PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ACADExMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF PHILADELPHIA.

1857.

PHILADELPHIA.

PRINTED FOR THE ACADEMY

1858.

/\5'?i

MERBIHEW & TUOJIPaO.N, PRINXEKS.

INDEX.

Abadie, E. H., U. S. A., don. to mus.,

V. ; letter from, 179.
Abert, Col. J. J., on the mocking bird,

104.
American Acad, of Arts and Sciences,

don. to lib., vi.* v.*
Ashmcad, C. C, don. to mus., ii. iii.
Ashmead, S., remarks on presenting

algaj, 74 ; don. to museum, ii. iv. vi.
Association, Amer., for advancement of

Science, don. to lib., ix.

Beale, E. F., letter from, 209.
Bolton, W. G., don. to mus., iv.
Boston, city of, don. to lib., xii.
Blanding, Dr. \V., death of, 203.
Binney, W. G., description of American

land shells, 17 ; notes on American

land shells, 183; don. to lib., iii;

don. to mus., vi.
Riddle, Thos., death of, 151.
Bailey, Prof. J. W., death of, 73.
Bonaparte, Prince Chas. L., death of,

175.
Baird, S. F., M. D., don. to lib., i. is.
Brenner, Dr. J., don. to lib., iii.
Briinnow, Dr. F., don. to lib., vi.
Bronn, H. G., don. to lib., vii. x.
Barclay, Rev. Dr., don. to mus., ii.
Bennet, D. R., don. to mus. ii. iv.
Blackwood, Dr., don. to mus., iii.
Biddle, John, letter from, 151 ; don. to

mus., iv.
Blandy, J. F., don. to mus., iv.
Barclay, J. Judson, letter from, 177;

don. to mus. v.
Blake, Charles W., don. to mus., viii.
Bates, Wm. J., don. to mus., iv.
Burtt, Dr. J. L., don. to mus., vii.
Burtt, R. J., don. to mus. vii.
Bertholet, Dr. Peter P., don. to mus., vii.
Belhomme, M., on a carmine from Mo-

narda didyma, 203.

Oassin, John ; catalogue of birds col-
lected on the river Muni, W. Africa,
by Mr. I . B. DuChaillu, with descrip-
tions of new species, 1 ; resolutions
by, 73 ; remarks on death of John A.
Guex, 75 ; announcement of death of
Lieut. J. C. Strain, Cor., 150 ; a reso-
lution by, 151 ; notes on the Ameri-
can species of Archibuteo and La-
nius, and description of a new spe-
cies of Toucan, of the genus Sele-
nidera, 194 ; don. to mus., v.

1857.]

Cassin, W. L., don. to mus., v. vii.

Caldwell, Dr. H. Clay, U. S. N., don. to
mus., iv.

Cleburne, Wm., don. to mus., i. ii.

Coleman, Dr. J. P., don. to mus. ii.

Cuming, Mr., exchange with, iii.

Chandler, W. P., don. to mus., iv. vii.

Canfield, F., don. to mus., v.

Curtis, Rev. M. A., don. to mus., vii.

Curioni, G., don. to lib., v.*

Conrad, T. A., description of two new
genera of Shells, and rectification of
some of the generic names of Ameri-
can Tertiary Fossils, 149 ; descrip-
tion of a new species of Myacites,
description of a new genus of the
family Driessenidae, 150 ; observa-
tions on a new group of Fossil Shells
found in Tippah Co., Miss.j with de-
scriptions of fifty-five new species,
205 ; don. to lib. v ;* don. to mus.,
iii. V.

Cook, Geo. H. don. to lib., vii.

Cressou, Dr. C. M., don to lib., ix.

Committees on scientific papers : on
catalogue of the species of Bembi-
dium in U. States and contiguous
northern regions, by Dr. John L. Le
Conte, 1 ; on index to the Bupres-
tidse of the U. States, described by
Laporte and Gory, with notes, ib., 1 ;
on description of several new mam-
mals from Western Africa, by Maj.
John Le Conte, 1 ; on Aluminium,
&c., by W. J. Taylor, 1 ; on catalogue
of Birds collected by P. B. DuChail-
lu, on the river Muni in Western Af-
rica, with descriptions of new spe-
cies, by John Cassin, 1 ; on descrip-
tions of American land shells, by W.
G. Binney, 17 ; on Prodromus descrip-
tionis Animalium evertebratorum,
quae in expeditione ad Oceanum Pa-
cificum Septentrionalem a Republica
federata missa Joli. Rogers duce, ob-
serv. et descrip. W. Stimpson, 17;
on the crania of the Ancient Britons,
with remarks on the people them-
selves, by Joseph Barnard Davis, 17 ;
on notice of a collection of reptiles
made by Dr. Hen. A. Ford in the
Gaboon country, W. Africa, by Ed-
ward Hallowell, M. D., 18 ; on des-
cription of thirteen new species of
Uniones from Georgia, by Isaac Lea,
18 ; on contributions (No. 1) to the

IV.

INDEX.

Neuropterology of the U. States, by
Phil. R. Uhler, 73 ; on descriptions
of twelve new species of Naiades, by
Isaac Lea, 73 ; on the Caducibranchi-
ate Urodele Batrachians, by Edward
Hallowell, M.D., 75 ; onTrigonophrys
i-ugiceps, ib. 73 ; on synopsis of the
species Cliyina and allied genera in
the U. States, by John L. Le Conte,
M. D., 75 ; on investigation of the
Rock Guano of the islands in the
Caribbean Sea, by J. W. Taylor, 75 ;
on description of six new species of
Unio from Alabama, by Isaac Lea,
75 ; on description of eight new spe-
cies of Naiades from various parts of
the TJ. States, ib., 75 ; on description
of three new exotic species of Nai-
ades, ib., 75 ; on list of extinct Ver-
tebrata, from the region of the Mis-
souri, with remarks upon their geo-
logical age, by Joseph Leidy, M. D.,
75 ; on description of six new spe-
cies of fresh water and land shells,
by Isaac Lea, 101 ; on examination
of a nickel meteorite from Oktibbeha
county. Miss., by W. J. Taylor, 101 ;
on a supposed new species of mock-
ing bird, by Col. J. J. Abert, 104; on
explorations under the War Depart-
ment ; descriptions of new Creta-
ceous and Tertiary Fossils, collected
by Dr. F. V. Hayden in Nebraska,
with some remarks on the geology
of the Upper Missouri country, by
F. B. Meek and F. V. Hayden, M. D.,
104 ; on notes explanatory of a map
and section illustrating the geolo-
gical structure of the country bor-
dering on the Missouri River, from
the mouth of Platte River to Fort
Benton, in lat. 47° 30' N., long. 110°
30' W., by F. V. Hayden, M. D., 107 ;
on the larva of Thyreus Abbotii, by
J. P. Kirtland, M. D., 107; on notes
on the geology of the Mauvaises Ter-
res of White River, Nebraska, by F.
V. Hayden, M. D., 149; on prodro-
mus descriptionis animalium everte-
bratorum, qu^e in Expedition! ad
Oceanum Pacificum Septentrionalem
a Ropublica Federata missa^Cadwal.
Ringgold et Job. Rogers ducibus,
observ. et descrip. W. Stimpson, 149 ;
on description of two new genera of
Shells, and rectification of some of
the generic names of American Ter-
tiary Fossils, by T. A. Conrad, 149;
on notices of the remains of Extinct
Fishes, by J. Leidy, M. D., 150 ; on
description of a new species of Mya-

cites, by T. A. Conrad, 150 ; on des-
cription of a new genus of the family
DreissenidEe, ib., 150 ; on examina-
tion of Enargite, from New Grenada,
by W. J. Taylor, 150; on descrip-
tions of twenty-seven new species of
Uniones from Georgia, by Isaac Lea,
151 ; on three new species of Vesper-
tilionidse, by Maj. John Le Conte,
173 ; on observations on the Wild
Turkey, ib., 173; on descriptions of
some new Reptiles, collected by the
U. S. Exploring Expedition under
command of Capt. Charles Wilkes,
U. S. N., 3d part, by Chas. Girard,
175 ; on rectification of the references
of certain of the extinct mammalian
genera of Nebraska, by J. Leidy,
M. D., 175; on notes on American
Land Shells, No. 2, by W. G. Binney,
183 ; on descriptions of some new
Reptiles collected by the U. S. Ex-
ploring Expedition under the com-
mand of Capt. C. Wilkes, U. S. N.,
by Chas. Girard, 194 ; on notices of
new genera and species of marine
and fresh water Fishes from Western
North America, by Chas. Girard, 194 ;
on description of a new species of
Cypselus, collected in the N. W.
Boundary Survey, A. Campbell, Com-
mis., by C. B. R. Kennerly, 194 ; on
notes on the American species of
Archibuteo and Lanius, and descrip-
tion of a new species of Toucan, of
the genus Selenidera, by John Cas-
sin, 194; on description of several
new North American Reptiles, by E.
Hallowell, M. D., 203 ; on descrip-
tions of Exotic Genera and species
of the family Unionidae, by Isaac
Lea, LL. D., 203 ; on prodromus des-
criptionis Animalium Invertebrato-
rum quEe in Expeditione ad Oceanum
Pacificum Septentrionalem a Repub-
lica federata missa Cadwal. Ring-
gold et Joh. Rodgers ducibus, observ.
et descrip. W. Stimpson, Pars tertia,
205 ; observations on a group of
Fossil Shells found in Tippah Co.,
Miss., with descriptions of fifty-five
new species, by T. A. Conrad, 205.

Committees : on memorial to Congress,
by Dr. Leidy, 1 ; to make arrange-
ments relative to funeral of Dr. E. K.
Kane, 73.

Committees, election of Standing, 2.

Correspondents elected : Brig. Gen.
Harney, U. S. A., Capt. Alfred Plea-
souton,'228.

Corse, Dr. B. M., remarks on the de-

[1857.

INDEX.

velopement of the spawn of the Frog,
173.

Davis, Joseph Barnard, on the crania

of the Ancient Britons, with remariis

on the people themselves, 17 ; don.

to lib., vi.
Dunn, Dr. Theo. C, don. to mus., vii.

viii.
Davis, "W. H., don. to mus., viii.
Davidson, George R., don to mus. viii.

iii.
Durand, E., report on Herbarium, 225 ;

don. to lib., v. ; don. to mus., v.
Dowler, Bennett, M. D., don. to lib.,

vii.*
Dumeril, Dr. Auguste, don. to lib., vii.*
Dunglison, Dr. Robley, don. to mus., i.

iv., don. to lib., v.*
Du Chaillu, P. B., Letter from, 194.
Denckla, H., don. to mus., vi.
De Vesej, L., don. to mus., ii. iv.

Election, Standing Committees, 2 ; an-
nual of officers, 227 ; of members and
correspondents, 228.

Editors Am. Journ. Sci. and Arts, don.
to lib., iii. iv. vii. vi.* x.

Editor Charleston Medical Journ. and
Review, don. to lib., iii. v. vi.* si.

Editor Amer. Notes and Queries, don.
to lib., iv.

Editor Canadian Naturalist and Geolo-
gist, don. to lib., iv. vi. v.* vii.* xiv.

Editor Canadian Journal Ind. Sci. and
Art, don. to lib., iii. vi. v.* vii.* ix.
xiv.

Editors Nat. His. Review, don. to lib.,
viii. vii.* x.

Editor Journ. Indian Archipelago and
East. Asia, don. to lib., v.* iii.

Editor New Orleans Med. and Surg.
Journ., don. to lib., vi.* x.

Executors of Dr. A. Binney, don. to lib.,
viii.

Elliot, Mr. J. B., don. to mus., v. vii.

Emmons, Ebenezer, don. to lib.,i.

Editors Encyclopaedia Britannica, don.
to lib., viii.

Foulke, Wm. Parker, reply to observa-
tions of Hugh Miller, 104; don. to
mus., vi.

Ford, Dr. Henry A., don. to mus., i.

Flint, C. J., don. to lib., v.*

Foster, J. W., don. to mus., iii.

Front, J. C, M. D., don. to mus., vi.

Gillou, C, don. to mus., ii.
Gould, A. A., don. to lib., viii.
Gibbes, R. W., don. to mus., viii.

1857.]

Girard, Chas., M. D., description of some
new Reptiles collected by U. S. Ex-
plor. Exped., &c., part 3d, 175; part
4th, 194 ; notice on new genera
and species of marine and fresh-
water fishes of North America, 194.

Gucx, John A., death of, 75.

Gillis, Lieut., J. M., don. to lib., iv.

Gliddon, G. R., death of 203; don. to
lib. vii.

Garrigues, Dr. S. S., don. to lib., xi.

Golding, R. D., don. to mus., iii.

Hallowell, Edw., notice of a collec-
tion of Reptiles made by Dr. Hen. A.
Ford, Gaboon, W. Africa, IS ; on the
Caducibranchiate Urodele Batrachi-
ans, 73 ; on Trigonophrys rugiccps,
73 ; description of several new North
American Reptiles, 203 ; don. to mus ,
iii. ; remarks on Proteus, 173.

Hammond, Dr. W. A., U. S. A., special
vote of thanks to, 183 ; don. to mus.,
i. ii. iv. vi. vii. viii. ; don. to lib., xi.

Hayden, F. V.,M. D., notes explanatory
of a Map and Section illustrative of
the geological structure of the coun-
try bordering on the Missouri river,
&c., 107 ; notes on the geology of the
Mauvaises Terres of White river, Ne-
braska, 149.

Harris, Edward, remarks on speci-
mens of cotton wood and chips cut
by beavers, 107 ; don. to mus., iii.
viii.

Hayes, Dr. I. I., don. to mus., i. iii. vi.

Herring, Chas., don. to mus., iii.

Holmes, Prof. F. S., don. to mus., v.

Hoopes, B., don. to mus., v.

Harper, S., LL. D., don. to lib., ix.

Hazard, Samuel, don. to mus., vi.

Hoy, P. R., don. to mus., i.

Harvey, Prof., remarks of, on Caulerpa
Ashmeadii, 74.

Hartshorne, H., M. D., don. to lib., i.

Haldeman, S. S., don. to lib., i.

Jeanes, Jos., don. to mus., v.
Jordan, A., don. to lib., viii.

King, Prof. A. W., don. to mus., vii;
Kennerly, C. P. R., description of a

new species of Cypselus collected in

the N. W. Boundary Survey, 194.
Kennicott, Robt., don. to mus., ii.
Kirtland, Dr. J. P., on the larva of Tby-

reus Abbottii, 107 ; don. to mus., v.
Krider, Mr. J., don. to mus. v.
Kennedy, Dr. A. L., don. to lib., i.
Kane, Dr. E. K., U. S. N., notice of

death of, 73 ; don. to mus., i.

VI.

INDEX.

Kittoe, Dr. E, D., don. to mus., iii. I

Lea, Isaac, LL. D., Vice President, re-
marks on the visual organs of certain
species of the Genus Unio, 17 ; de-
scription of thirteen new species of
Uniones from Georgia, 18 ; descrip-
tion of twelve new species of Naiades,
13 ; description of six new species of
Unio from Alabama, 75 ; description
of eight new species of Naiades, from
various parts of the United States,
75 ; description of three new exotic
species of Naiades, 75 ; description of
six new species of fresh water and
land shells, 101 ; remarks on Unio
spinosus, 101 ; change of name of
Unio umbrosus and Unio Wheatleyi,
to U. umbrans and U. Catawbensis,
104; remarks on two specimens from
the dark slates of the Red sandstone
of Phoenixville, Pa., 149 ; descriptions
of twenty-seven new species of Uni-
ones from Georgia, 151 ; observa-
tions on the geology of the Red sand-
stone near Gwynnedd, 173 ; descrip-
tions of Exotic Genera and species of
the family Unionidas, 203 ; remarks
on plates of fresh water Naiades from
Siam, 205 ; remarks on Trilobites
found at Braintree, Mass., 205 ; don.
to mus., i. iv.

Le Conte, Maj. John, description of
several new mammals from Western
Africa, 1 ; on three new species of
Vespertilionidffi, 173; observations
on the Wild Turkey, 173 ; don. to
mus., iii.

Le Conte, Dr. J. L., catalogua of the
species of Bembidium found in the U.
States, 1 ; Index to theBuprestidae of
the U. States, described by Laporte
and Gory, with notes, 1 ; synopsis of
the species of Clivina and allied
genera inhabiting the U. States, 75 ;
don. to mus., ii. iv. vii. v.

Leidy, Joseph, M. D., memorial to Con-
gress, 1 ; observations on Entozoa
found in the Naiades, 18 ; list of Ex-
tinct Vertebrata found in the region
of the Missouri, with remarks upon
their geological age ; 75 ; observa-
tions on coprolites and shales with
Posidoniae, 149 ; observations on new
Red Sandstone fossils from the Gwyn-
nedd Tunnel, North Penna. R. Road,
150 ; rectification of the references
of certain of the extinct Mammalian
genera of Nebraska, 175 ; remarks
on dentition of the Mososaurus, 176 ;
on Oceanthus, 177 ; resolutions on

death of G. R. Gliddon, 203 ; remarks
on a large species of Gordius, 204;
remarks on larva of Oestrus or bot-
fly, 204 ; remarks on a curious Ani-
malcule on stones and dead plants in
the Schuylkill and Delaware rivers,
204 ; observations on the introduc-
tion of the Camel into North Ameri-
ca, 210 ; don. to lib., v. vi. ;* don.
to mus. ii. iii. iv. v. vi. viii.

Lesley, J. P., remarks on specimen of
lead, 173.

Laughlin, D. M., don. to mus., iv.

Lambert, J., don. to mus., iii.

Lehman, E., don. to mus., vi.

Lesquereux, Leo., don. to mus., vL

Luther, S. M., don. to mus., vi.

Lapham, J. A., don. to lib., iv.

Latour, L. A. Huguet, don. to lib. v. v.*

Lowe, Rev. E. J., letter from, 17.

Letters 1, 2, 3, 4, of correspondence.

Meek, F. B., explorations under the
War Department : descriptions of
new cretaceous and tertiary fossils
collected by Dr. F. V. Hayden in Ne-
braska, &c., with some remarks on
the geology of the Upper Missouri,
by F. B. Meek and F. V. Hayden,
M. D., 104.

Morris, J. C, M. D., remarks on fishes
kept in vases without change of
water, 150 ; remarks on fishes brought
from Panama, 178 ; don. to mus., i.
iv,

Morton, Thos., M. D., don. to mus., i.

Mactier, Wm. L., don. to mus., i.

McClane, Wm., don. to mus. ii.

Morris, G. C, don. to mus., ii.

Mitchell, R. W., don. to mus., iii. vi.

Miller, S. F., don. to mus., v.

McKown, Capt. J. P., U. S. N., don. to
mus., vi. viii.

McClellan, Dr. J. H. B., don. to mus.
vi. vii.

Michener, Ezra, don. to mus., vii.

Mitchell, S. Weir, M. D., don. to mus.,
viii.

McCartee, Dr. don. to mus., viii. ix.

Minturn, Dr. Edward, don. to mus., viii.

Marcou, Jules, don. to lib., i.

Motschulsky, V. de, don. to lib., x.

Maximilian, Prince de Wied, don. to
lib., vi.* ; don. to mus., iv.

McEuen, Chas., death of, 204.

Nott, J. C, don. to lib., vii.

Ord, George, Prcst., don. to lib., v.
Osten Sacken, Baron R., exchange with
lib. vi.

[1857.

INDEX.

TIJ.

Owen, David Dale, don. to lib. vii.
Olmsted, D. don. to lib., x.

Poey, Felipe, don. to lib., i.
Patent Office, don. to lib. ii. x. xii.
Prime, P., don. to lib. vi.
Powel, J. H., don. to mus., Tii.
Powel, S., don. to mus., vii. viii.
Pease, Mr., don. to mus. viii.
Pennsylvania Hospital, don. to lib., xii.
Pratten, H. J., death of, 175.
Plympton, E. B., letter from, 203.

Quetelet, A., don. to lib., ix.

Roy. Lit. University of Havana, don. to
lib., i.

Rodgers, J., don. to lib., v.

Riise, A. H., don. to lib., viii.

Rhees, Wm. J., don. to lib., vi.*

Redfield, W. C, don. to lib., vii.*

Ruschenberger, Dr. W. S. W., U. S. N.,
don. to mus., i. ii. iii. v. vii.

Rand, Wm. H., Dr., don. to mus., iv.

Report of Committee on papers of J. L.
LeConte, M. D., 2 ; on paper of Maj.
J. Le Coute, 10 ; on W. J. Taylor's
paper on Aluminium, 11 ; on Mr.
Lea's paper, 31 ; on W. G. Binney's
paper, 18; on John Cassin's paper, 33 ;
on paper of Joseph Bernard Davis, 40 ;
on paper of Edward Hallowell, M. D.,
48 ; on papers of Edward Hallowell,
M. D., for the Journal. 75 ; on paper
of John L. Le Conte, M. D., 75 ; on
paper of Isaac Lea, LL. D., 83 ; on
paper of Isaac Lea, LL. D., 84 ; on
paper of Isaac Lea, LL. D., 85 ; on
paper of P. R. Uhler, 87 ; on paper of
Joseph Leidy, M. D., 89 ; on paper of
Wm. J. Taylor, 91 ; on paper of Isaac
Lea, LL. D., 101 ; on paper of Wm.
J. Taylor, 102 ; on paper of F. V.
Hayden, M. D., 109 ; on paper of F.
B. Meek and F. V. Hayden, M. D.,
117 ; on paper of J. P. Kirtland, M. D.,
148 ; on paper of F. V. Hayden, 157 ;
on paper of W. Stimpson, 159; on
paper of T. A. Conard, 165 ; on paper
of T. A. Conrad, 166; on paper of T.
A. Conrad, 167 ; on paper of Joseph
Leidy, M. D., 167 ; on paper of
Wm. J. Taylor, 168 ; on paper of
Isaac Lea, LL. D., 169 ; on paper of
Maj. J. Le Conte, 174 ; on paper of
Dr. Joseph Leidy, 175 ; on paper of
Maj. J. Le Conte, 179; on paper of
Chas. Girard, M. D., 181 ; on paper
of W. G. Binney, 183; on paper of
Col. J. J. Abert, 195 ; on paper of
Chas. Girard, M. D., 195; on paper of

]857.]

Chas. Girard, M. D., 200 ; on pape*
of C. B. R. Hennerly, M. D., 202 ; on
paper of John Cassin, 211 ; on paper
of Edward Hallowell, M. D., 215 ; on
paper of Wra. Stimpson, 216 ; on
paper of T. A. Conrad, 2 1 1 ; on paper
of Isaac Lea, LL. D., 211.

Report of Recording Sec, Annual, 221.

Report of Librarian, Annual, 223.

Report of Treasurer, 224.

Report of Curators for 1857, 224.

Rogers, W. Frederick, death of, 226.

Resolutions of Mr. Cassin on death of
E. K. Kane, 73 ; of Dr. Le Conte as
to Dr. B. Vreeland, U. S. N., 101 ; of
Mr. Cassin as to J. H. Slack, 151 ; of
Dr. Leidy as to Dr. W. A. Hammond,
183 ; of Dr. Leidv on death of Geo.
R. Gliddon, 203. '

Ross, Mrs. David, don. to mus., iv.

Stimpson, W., Prodromus descriptionis
animalium evertebratorum, quaj in
Expeditioni ad Oceanam Pacificum
Septentrionalem a Rep. fed. missa,
C. Ringgold et J. Rodgers ducibus,
149; Prodromus, &c. &c., Pars tertia,
205, don. to lib., vii.* don. to mus. i.

Saussure, H. de, don. to lib. i. iii. t.
vii.* X.

Schlossberger, J. E., don. to lib., iii.

Survey, Geological, of India, don. to
lib., vii.*

Steiner, Dr. S. H., don. to lib., ix.

Smithsonian Institute, don. to lib., ix.
don. to mus. vi.

Sec. of War, don. to lib., ix. x.

School of Mines, don. to lib., iii. iv.
vii.* X.

Slack, Dr. J. H., thanks to, 151 ; re-
marks of, 193; don. to lib., xi. ; don.
to mus., iv. V. vi. viii.

Souder, Edward A., don. to mus., i.

Snowden, James Ross, don. to mus., i.

Sheafer, P. W., don. to. mus., ii.

SplUman, Dr. Wm., don. to mus., iii.

Swift, Mr. R., don. to mus. iii. vi.

Struthers, Wm., don. to mus., iii.

Smith, A. H., don. to mus., iv.

Sharpless, Eugene, don. to mus., v.

Society for encouraging Arts, London,
don, to lib., x.

Squier, E. G., don. to mus., vii.

Sergeant, J. Dickinson, don. to mus.,
viii.

Suckley, Geo., M. D., don. to mus., viii.

Society Nat. Hist, of Boston, don. to
lib., i. iii. iv. t. viii. vii.* ix. xiv.

i Society, Elliott, don. to lib., i. ix.
Society, Nat. Hist., of Montreal, don. to

1 lib., i.

INDEX.

Society, American Antiquarian, don.

to lib., ii. xiv.
Society of Arts, London, don. to lib., ii.

V. vi.* vii.* X. xii.
Society, American Philosophical, don.

to lib., iii. v.* x.
Society, Linnean, of London, don. to

lib., V.
Society, Imp. Zoological, of Acclimata-

tion, don. to lib., iv. v. vii.* ix.
Society, Academy of Sci., St. Louis,

don. to lib., vi.
Sclater, P. L., don. to lib., vi. xi. xii.
Shumard, B. F., M. D., don. to lib., vi.
Society, Danish, of Sciences, don. to

lib., ii.
Society. Imp., of Naturalists, of Mos-
cow, don. to lib., viii.
Society, Bavarian, Acad, of Sci., don. to

lib., viii.
Society, Royal, of Sciences of Upsal,

don. to lib , viii.
Society, Geological, of London, don. to

lib., viii. xi.
Society, Royal Imp. Geological, of Vien-
na, don. to lib., v.* vi.
Society, Royal, of Gottingen, don. to

lib., vii. iii.
Society, Royal, Academy of Sciences,

&c., Belgium, don. to lib., ix.
Society of Natural Sciences, Neuchatel,

don. to lib., x.
Society, British Ass., for advancement

of Science, don. to lib., xi.
Society of Science, Agriculture and

Arts of Lille, don. to lib., xiv.
Society, Royal, of Edinburgh, don. to

lib., xiv.
Society, Royal, Leopold. Carolin. Acad.

Vienna, iii., don. to lib., x.
Society, Royal Mineralogical, St. Peters-
burg, iii., don. to lib., viii.
Society, Natural Hist., Frankfurt a M.,

don. to lib., vi.
Society, Nat. Hist., Leipzig, don. to lib.,

vi. vii.
Society, Royal Danish, Nat. Hist., don.

to lib., vii.
Society, Nat. Hist., of Marburg, don. to

lib., vii.
Society, Nat. Hist., Basel, don. to lib.,

vii.
Society, Royal Gardeners, Berlin, don.

to lib., vii. I

Society, Royal Bohemian Nat. Hist.,

don. to lib., viii.
Society, WurttembergNat. Hist., don. to

lib., viii.
Society, Royal Acad, of Naturalists,

don. to lib., viii.
Society, Nat. Hist., of Westphalia, don.
to lib., viii. x.

Society, Nat. Hist., of Emden, don. to

lib., viii. X.
Society, Lombardy Institute, don. to

lib., v.*
Society of Nat. Hist., Zurich, don. to

lib., v.* vii.
Society of Nat. Hist., Duchy of Nassau,

don. to lib., v.*
Society, Entomological, Stettin, don. to

lib., v.*
Society, Nat. Hist., Netherland India,

lib., vii.*
Society, Nat. Hist., Danzig, don. to lib.,

viii.
Society, Nat. Hist., Hamburg, don. to

lib., X.
Strain, Lieut. J. C, death of, 150.

Taliaferro, Dr., don. to mus., i.

Tarbe, Prosper, don. to mus., i.

Taylor, Wm. J., Aluminium, the pro-
gress in its manipulation, 1 ; investi-
gation of the Rock Guano of the
islands of the Carribbean Sea, 75 ;
examination of a Nickel Meteorite,
101; examination of Enargite, 1-50;
don. to mus., ii.

Thornton, S. C.. don. to mus., viii.

Tiffany, Mr., don. to mus., vi.

Torrey, Prof. John, don. to mus., iv.

Totten, Col. G. M., don. to mus., viii.

Troschel, Dr., don. to lib., vii.*

Turner, Dr. Thos. J., don. to mus., v.

Tyson, J. R., don. to lib., i. vi.

Uhler, Philip R., contributions to the

Neuropterology of the U. States, 73.

Uhler, Dr.W. H., don. to mus., i. ii. iv. vi.

Van Leeuwen, J., don. to lib., viii.
Vaux, Wm. S., don. to lib., xiv. ; don.

to mus., iii.
Vreeland, Dr. B., don. to mus., ii.

Watson, Joseph, don. to mus., viii.
Wayne, Major, U. S. A., remarks oa

camels in U. States, 206.
Weitenweber, Dr.W. R., don. to lib. viii.
Wheatley, C. M., don. to mus., iii.
Wilson, Dr. T. B., don. to lib., i. ii. iii.

iv. V. vi. vii. v.* vi.* vii.* viii.* ix.

X. xi. xii. xiii. xiv. ; don. to mus., i.

ii. iv. V. vi.
Wilson, Jr., Dr. Jos., U. S. N., don. to

mus., iv. vi.
Willis, B. B., don. to mus., vi.
Woodhouse, Dr. S. W., don. to mus., ii.

iii. iv. vi.
Wood, Wm. S., don. to mus., ii.
Wood, C., don. to mus., iv.
Wood, W. W., don. to mus., vi.

Yardley, F. W., don. to mus., viii.

[1857.

PROCEEDINGS

OP THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF PHILADELPHIA.

t

1857.

January 2S)th.
Col. M'Call in the Chair.

Communications intended for publication in the Proceedings were
presented, entitled :

Catalogue of the species of Bembidium found in the United States
and contiguous northern regions. By John L, LeConte, M. D.

Index to the Buprestidse of the United States, described in the
work of Laporte and Gory, with notes. By John L. LeConte, M. D.

Description of several new Mammals, from WcBtern Africa. By
John LeConte.

Aluminium ; the progress in its manipulation, W. J. Taylor.

Catalogue of birds collected by P. B. Du Chaillu, on the river Muni,
Western Africa, with descriptions of new species. By John Cassin.

Which were severally referred to Committees.

On leave granted. Dr. Leidy introduced a memorial to Congress,
praying that a report be ordered to be prepared on the collections of
Natural History, recently made by the North Pacific Exploring Ex-
pedition, under Com. Rodgers; which was referred to a Committee with
power to act.

January 27th,

Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.

The Annual Report of the Publication Committee was read and
adopted.

In accordance with the By-laws, an election for members of the
standing Committees for the present year was held, with the following
result :—

1

2

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Ethnology.
J.'Aitken Meigs, S. S. Haldeman, T. Gr. Morton.

Comparative Anatomy and General Zoology.
Joseph Leidy, Jas. M. Corse, W. H. Gobrecht.

Mammalogy.
Geo. A. M'Call, Wm. Camac.

Ornithology .
Geo. A. M'Call, S. W. Woodhouse.

HerpetoJogy and Ichthyology .

R. Bridges, J. C. Morris.

Conchology.
T. B. Wilson, W. G. Binney.

Entomology and Crustacea.
John A. Guex, F. Scliaf hirt.

Botany.
S. S. Garrigues,
Geology.
Chas. E. Smith,

Mineralogy.
S/Ashmead,

Palaeontology.
Joseph Leidy,

Physics.
Fairman Rogers,
Library.
R. Pearsall,

Proceedings.
Joseph Leidy,

John LeConte,
John Cassin,
Edw. Hallowell;
T. A. Conrad,
R. Bridges,
E. Durand,
Isaac Lea,
W. S. Vaux,
T. B. Wilson.
B. H. Rand,
W. S. V^ux,
J. Aitkin Meigs,

A. J. Brasier.
John L. LeConte.
F. A. Genth.
T. A. Conrad.
W. M. Uhler.
Joseph Jeanes.
Geo. A. M'Call.

The following papers, on report of the Committees to which they had
been referred, were ordered to be published in the Proceedings.

Catalogue of the species of BEMBIDITIM found in the United States and
contiguous Northern Kegions.

BY JOHN L. LECONTE, M. D.

On revising recently my collection of the species of the genus named above,
I regretted to find, that in former years I had been led to describe as distinct
species, many which a more practiced eye now leads me to consider as varieties.
The number, also, of well-defined species, being very great, I have thought it
important to attempt to separate them into definite groups, which, by contain-
ing a comparatively small number of species, would facilitate the subsequent
labors of the student endeavoring to identify his specimens.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3

With this object in view, I sought the divisions established by Jacquelin Du
Val, in his admirable treatise " De Bevibidiis Europacis"* among our own species,
but was much disappointed to find them not at all applicable. After repeated
trials to reduce a system on the characters of Du Val, which should present a
natural series when applied to the species before me, I was at length com-
pelled to adopt another method of division, the result of which is presented
below.

But first with regard to the limits of Ochthedromus Lee. and its claims to re-
gard as a natural genus. European entomologists have thus far refused to place it
in their system, adhering to the view that the subulipalpate Carabica, with few
exceptions, (Anillus is received by all, Thalassobius and Tachypus by a few)
form but one great genus Bembidium. From this view I ventured to dissent
many years ago, but more distinctly in ray notes on the classification of the
CarabidiB of the United States,* where the Trechi and Berabidia were widely
separated on a difference in the mesothoracic parapleurae ; these in the former
are divided by a suture near the posterior margin, and in the latter by a
diagonal suture. I also found that in the Trechi the marginal stria of the elytra
was interrupted at the middle, while in the Bembidia it was entire. Renewed
observation has confirmed the result then obtained, and has induced me still
farther to enlarge the group of Trechi, by adding to it not only Tachys, but
also Anillus, the form recognized by me as Blemus, (which is probably not
genuine Blemus), and Lymnaeum, which has been found on the coast of Cali-
fornia, at San Diego.

Thus of the genera in my table (loc. cit. 39'7) there remains only Pericomp-
sus, Bembidium, Octhedromus, Hydrium,''and Patrobus. The last named genus
must form a group by itself, or at least separate from Bembidium, and more
nearly allied to Pterostichus, or Platynus. Hydrium does not appear to be suf-
ficiently definite to be retained.

Of the three genera thus retained, Pericompsus is known by the antf.rior
tarsi of the male being hardly or not at all dilated, by the anterior tibiae being
obliquely truncate at tip, and by the elytra being without scutellar strije : the
mentum tooth is small and acute. Bembidium and Ochthedromus differ from
Pericompsus only by the male having two joints of the anterior tarsi dilated,
by the anterior tibise being somewhat rounded at tip, and by the elytra having
a short scutellar stria. They differ among themselves by the comparative size
of the middle portion of the mentum, which in the species with impressed square
spots is longer and broader than in the others, and also in the comparatively
larger size of the first dilated joint of the anterior tarsi in the same species.
Nevertheless, taking into account the great variations in character, especially of
the mentum, in other groups, it seems to me more natural again to unite them
into one genus, to be called Bembidium. And with a view of shewing the re-
lations between the different groups, the following table may be made use of.

BEMBIDIUM Latr.

Legio Ima. Elytra humeris subangulatis, stria 8va a margineremota, inter-
stitio 3io punctigero.

A. Mentum dente brevi bicuspi ; elytra striis abbreviatis.

I. Elytra interstitiis seriatim parce punctatis, setiferis. {Ilydrmm Lee.)
II. Elytra glabra, interstitio 3io bipunctato. {Eudromus Kirby.)

B. Mentum dente magno, integro : elytra striis integerrimis.
III. Elytra interstitio 3io bipunctato et foveis quadratis

impresso. (^Bembidium Lee.)

IV. Elytra interstitio 3io bipunctato, baud foveato.

* Annales de la Soc. Entom. de France, 2nd Ser. 9, 462.
t Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. vol. x, STD.

1857.]

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Legio 2nda. Elytrorum stria 3ia bipunctata :

A. Stria 8va ad marginem modice approximata.

V. Elytra humeris subaugulatis, stria 5ta ad apicem extensa.

Elytra humeris rotundatis, striis antice fortiter punctatis, 5ta vel 7ma
ad apicem extensa :

VI. Subdepressa, elytrorum striis integris vel postice parum obliteratis.
VIL Convexa, elytrorum striis postice valde obliteratis.

B. Stria 8va ad marginem valde approximata ; humeris rotundatis.
VIII. Thorax planus trapezoideus, utrinque ad basin bifoveatus ; elytra tenuiter

striata ; antennse et pedes nigri.
IX. Thorax planus trapezoideus, ad basin late foveatus (vel vix bifoveatus),
fovea externa minuta ; elytra striis profundis saepe abbreviatis ; anten-
narum basis et pedes testacei. (Peryplms p.)

X. Thorax convexus subcordatus, fovea basali externa breviore ; elytra striis
profundis saepe abbreviatis ; antennarum basis et pedes prsecipue tes-
tacei, raro nigri. {PerypJius p.)

Legio 3ia. Elytra humeris rotundatis, interstitio 3io punctigero.

A. Linea humerali hand hamata.

a. Striae frontales norraales ; striae elytrorum nonuUae integrse, (8va
ad marginem approximata).
XI. Elytra interstitio 3io tripunctato.

XII. Elytra interstitio 3io bipunctato.*

§ Caput subtilissime granulatum.
\\ Caput nitidum laeve.

6. Striae frontales convergentes, vel saepe duplices ; elytrorum omnes
dorsales abbreviatse.

XIII. Striae frontales duplices integrae vix convergentes ; thorax cordatus tran-

catus, angulis posticis carinatis.

XIV. Striae frontales duplices obliquae, exteriors interrupta; thorax cordatus

truncatus, angulis posticis carinatis.

XV. Striae frontales duplices obliquae, exteriore interrupta ; thorax cordatus

pedunculatus, angulis posticis minutis baud carinatis.

XVI. Striae frontales obliquse antice conniventes ; thorax cordatus truncatus,

angulis posticis carinatis.
c. Striae frontales normales ; elytrorum omnes abbreviatae.
XVII. Thorax cordatus ; elytrorum interstitio 3io bipunctato.
XVIII. Thorax cordatus ; elytra interstitiis seriatim punctatis.

B. Linea humerali hamata, cum stria 5ta coniuncta, hac Integra.
XIX. Thorax trapezoideus, angulis posticis carinatis, elytris iridescentibus.

Catalogue of Species.
I. 1 . B. 1 ae V i g a t u m Say.
II. 2. Eudromus n i t i d u s Kirby.

JII. 3. B. punctato-striatum Say; stigmaticum Dej.; ? sigillare Say.

4. B. imp res sum GjlLKirhy; CarabusimpressusFsibv. 5. B. palu-

d o s u m Sturm, Lee. ; lacustre Lee. 6. B. inaequale Say ; are-

narium Dej.

IV. 7. Odontium carinatum Lee. 8. B. coxendix Say ; nitidulum Dej.

V. 9. OcA^A. b if o s su latu s Lee. ]G. B. am e r i c a n u m Dej. 11.

Ochth. dilatatus Lee. 12. B. antiquum Dej. ; ? honestum

Say ; var. Ochth. basalts Lee. 13. B. chalceum Dej.

VI. 14. Ochth. salehrsitvLs Lqc; v&T. 0. purpurascensliGC. 15. 0. I'ongu-

lus Lee; var. 0. $ubceneus Lee.
VIL 16. B. nigrum Say.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5

Vlfl. IT. Oc/(M. pi an at us Lcc. 18. 0. s im pie x Lcc. 19. B. pi a n in s-
c u 1 u m Mann. 20. Perijphus c o m p 1 a n u 1 u s Mann. 21. E.
i n c e r t u m Mann. ; Nolaphus incertus Motsch. 22. Fenjph. t e t ra -
gl y ptu s Mann.
IX. 23. Ochth. f u gax Lee. ; 0. planipennis Lee. 24. Peryphus p 1 a n u .^
Hald. 25. 0. p er spicuus Lee. 26. B. trans v e rs al e Dej. ;
var. 0. compar Lee. 27. 0. JI a n n e r h e i ra e i Leo. ; B. irans-
wrsaZeJMann. 28. B. 1 u g u b r e Lee. (infra).
X. § Antennarunk basis et pedes testacei vel rufi. 29. Oc/f^/t. s t r i o 1 a
Lee. 30. PeryjoA. b im ac ulatu s Kirby. 31. Oc/t</(. lu c id us
Lee.; Y&T. 0. substrictus Lee. 32. B. rupestre Doj. : Carabm
rup. Fabr. ; £. tetracolum Say ; Peryph. rupicola Kirby. ; ' Cara-
bus Andrcce Fabr.'tEr. ' Carahus ustulatus Linn.' fide DuVaL
33. B. p o s t r 6 m u m Say ; P. scopulimis Kirby. 34. Peryph. p i c i -
pes Kirby. 35. Ochth. g e 1 i d u s Lee. Many of this group have a
very -wide distribution, and No. 32 is even found upon both con-
tinents.
X. §§. Antennarum basis et pedes toti nigri. 36. OcA</i. a r at u s ^-ec.
37. Ochth. n i t e n s Lee. ; Peryph. picipesXlla-Tin. The latter i.s
found at Lake Superior and in Russian America.
XI. 38. Ochth. sexpunctatus Lee.

XII. §. Caput subopacum, subtilissime granulatum. 39. Ochth. insulatu.s
Lee. 40. 0. cordatus Lee. 41. O. laticollis Lee. 42.
B. nigripes 'iila.nn.] Notaphusnigripes'K.ivhj. 43. 0. approxi-
m a t u s Lee. ; var. 0. consentaneus Lee. 44. B. i n d i s t i n c t u ni
Dej. 45. B. fraternum Lee. (infra). 46. Notaphus v i r i-
dicollis Ferte. 47. B. d o r sa 1 e Say. 48. 0. u m bra tu s
Lee. 49. 0. t e s s e I a tus Lee. 50. B. p at r u el e Dej. 51.
0. aeneicollis Lee. 52. B. v ar ie ga tu m Say ; var. Not.
posticus ^&\i. 53. 0. rapidusLec. 54. 0. versicolor
Lee. ; Not. Dar^a^MsH Kirby. 55. 0. t i m i d u s Lee. 56. 0. p i c-
t u s Lee. 57. B. contractum Say, Dej. ; var. 0. constrk-
tvs Lee.

XII. §§. Caput nitidum laeve. 58. OcA^A. e p h i p p i g e r Lee. 59. 0.
g r a nd i e ol 1 i s Lee. 60. 0. vilisLec.

XIIT. 61. Ochth. sulcatus Lee. ; trepidus Lee.

XIV. g. Antennarum basis pedesque testacei. 62. B. affine Say.; falla/
Dej. ; decipiens Dej.

XIV. §g. Antennarum basis pedesque nigri. 63. 0. dubitans Lee. 64.
0. c r u r a 1 i s Lee.

XV. 65. 0. axillaris Lee. 66. B. quadrimaculatum Gyll. ; op-
posiium Say ; Cicindela A-maculatum Linn. 67. B. p e d i c e 1 1 a t u ni
Lee. (infra.)

XVL 68. Ochth. a n g u 1 i f e r Lee. 69. 0. c o n n i v e n s Lee. 70. 0.

cautusLec. 71. 0. f r o n ta 1 is Lee.
XVII. 72. Ochth. m u n d u s Lee.
XVIII. 78. Leia scmistriata Hald.

XIX. 74. Ochth. trechiformis Lee. 75. 0. i ride s c ens Lee.

Species unknown to me.

VII?. Bemb. breve Mann.; Peryphits brevis Motsch. Perhaps belongs to 11.

VIII. Bemb. Kuprianovii Mann. B. b i i m p r e s s u ra Mann. B. q u a d -

rifoveolatum Mann.

X. §§. Peryphus concolor Kirby.

XII. |. Bemb. undulatum Sturm, (fide Mann. Bull. Mose. 1853). Notaph.

quadratieollis Mann.
XITI. Bemb. f or t i str ia t.um Mann.; Omala fortestriata Motsch. Perhaps
not different from B. sulcatum Lee, which is found at Lake-
Superior.

1857.]

G • PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

Bemb. g 1 ab r i us culum Mann. Bull. Mosc. 1853, cannot be referred fo
any of the divisions above defined.

ThefolIowingtwospeciesdescribedbyKirby, (Fauna Bor. Am. 4) are probably
identical with some above named. Peryphus sordidus (perhaps No. 30) ;
Noiaphus intermedius.

The following are not recognisable, owing to the imperfection of the charac-
ters given: P«'?/j9/iMs c o nc ol or||Motsch. (Oarab. Russ. 9.) P. erosus
Motsch. (ibid. 10). Lopha bifasciata Motsch. (ibid. 12). Omala p o 1 i ta
Motsch. (Bull Mosc. 1845, 1, 29) perhaps is B. angul^fer Lee. (No. 68.)

Descriptions of new species.

28. B. 1 u g ub r e, subdepressum, nigrum obscure virescens, thorace latitu-
dine paulo breviore, lateribus rotundatis, postice oblique angustato, marginato,
ad basin truncato, angulis posticis subrectis baud rotundatis, fovea utrinque
basali profunda parce punctata, elytris striis parum impressis antice punctatis,
postice obliteratis, 3ia bipunctata, Vma baud conspicua, ad apicem obsolete
piceis ; subtus nigrum, antennarum basi, palpis pedibusque rufis. Long. -28.

One specimen collected by Mr. Schott in the valley of the Rio Grande. Of the
same size as B. transversale, but with the thorax smaller and more narrowed
behind ; the stricB of the elytra are less impressed, and the "Zth is altogether
wanting.

45. B. fraternum, depressum, obscure aneo-olivaceum, capite thoraceque
subtilissime granulatis, hoc latitudine paulo breviore, postice subangustato,
lateribus rotundatis postice breviter sinuatis, angulis rectis carinatis, basi utrin-
(^ue bistriato, hand punctato, elytris striis ante medium fere fortiter punctatis,
versus apicem subobliteratis, 5ta ad apicem exteusa ; interstitiis planis, 3io bi-
punctato ; fasciis duabus undulatis solitis angustis interruptis apicequetestaceis,
antennarum articulo Imo pedibusque rufis. Long. -IS.

One specimen found by me in Habersham County, Georgia. The thorax is
formed nearly as in B. viridicolle, and is narrower and more sinuate on the
sides than in B. patruele ; from both species it is distinguished by the striaj of
the elytra being almost obliterated towards the tip, but tolerably strongly punc-
tured at base.

67. B. pedicellatum, seneo-nigrum, convexum, nitidum, thorace cordato,
latitudine breviore, postice maxime angustato, angulis posticis minutis, ad basin
pedunculato, marginato, utrinque fovea minuta impresso, elytris punctis majus-
culis striatis, pone medium Itevigatis, macula triangulari pallida magna hume-
rali utrinque ornatis, antennis palpis pedibusque testaceis. Long. -12.

One specimen found in Lancaster Co., Pennsylvania, by Mr. S. S. Rathvon.
Of the same form and size as B. 4-maculatum, but the elytra are more strongly
punctured, and the posterior pale elytral spot (as in B. axillare) is entirely want-
ing. Six joints of the antennae that remain, are of a uniform reddish yellow.

Indes to the BUPEESTID.ff; of the United States, described in the work of
Laporte and Gory, with notes.

BY JOHN L. LECONTE, M. D.

Having recently procured, after many exertions, a complete copy of the His-
toire Naturelle et Iconographie des Insectes Coleopteres, by MM. Laporte and
Gory, I have thought that a catalogue of the native species of Buprestidse de-
scribed in the work, which has heretofore been inaccessible to the American
student, would, perhaps, tend to the more easy recognition of many of our
species. In consequence of the confusion which now reigns among the genera
of the family mentioned, the time is not yet propitious for a synopsis of all the
native species; but with the appearance of the fourth volume of Lacordaire's
work on the Genera of Coleoptera, this difficulty will be removed, and the real

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. . 7

characters of the misconceived and wrongly described genera now mentioned in
the books will be recognized. In the meantime, however, the synonymical aid
to be derived from reference to the monograph of Laporte and Gory must not be
overlooked.

The dates of publication are as follows: vol. 1 ; 1837 ; vols. 2 and 4; 1841.

ACMJEODERA Esch.

1. A. flavomarginata Gray, L. Ife G. 1, 2 ; tab. 1, 2. (Guatimala) ; Texas.

2. A. ornata L. & G. 1, G; tab. 2, 7.

3. A. volvulus (Fabr.) L. & G. 1, 6; tab. 3, 8. B. pulchella Herbst, Say. The
locality is incorrectly given as Columbia.

4. A. tubulus (Fabr.) L. & G. 1, 11 ; tab. 3, 15. B. culla Weber; B. gcranii
Harris. The locality is misplaced as in the preceding.

5. A. flavosignata L. k G. 4, 30 ; tab. 6, 28. Certainly a variety of No. 3.

6. A. dispar L. & G. -r, 31 ; tab. 6, 29. Perhaps a variety of the preceding.

APATURA Lap. & Gory.

1. A. Drummondi Kirby ; L. & G. 1, 3; tab. 1, 3. Oregon and California. The
species from Siberia considered by Mannerheim as identical, is on comparison
seen to be quite distinct.

2. A. octospilota L. & G. 1, 4 ; tab. 1, 4. This is merely a variety of A. cro-
ceosignata with large spots.

3. A. notata L. & G. 1, 4 ; tab. 1, 5.

4. A. croceosignata L. & G, 1, 5; tab. 1, 9. Lake Superior and Middle States.

5. A. decolorata L. & G. 1,5; tab. 1, 7. This is merely an unspotted variety
of the preceding.

G. A. caudata L. & G. 1, 8 ; tab. 2, 13. This species is unknown to me : the
figure somewhat resembles Dicerca lurida, and presents rows of punctures not
mentioned in the description.

7. A. appendiculata L. & G. 1, 8 ; tab. 2, 14, is Buprestis longijHS Say ; the pos-
terior angles of the thorax in the American specimens are less prominently rec-
tangular, and the sides are less perceptibly sinuate than in those from Europe,
but the difference appears one rather of race than species.

BUPRESTIS Linn.

1. B. liberta L. & G. 2, 11 ; tab. 2, 6. Not B. liberta Germar, bat a species
not yet named from the Southern States, B. Georgiana Lee.

2. B. virginiensis Herbst, L. & G. 2, 11 ; tab. 2, 7.

3. B. borealis L. & G. 2, 13 ; tab. 3, 9. This is the true B. liberta Germ.

4. B. substrigosa L. & G. 2, 13 ; tab. 3, 10. This isB. campestris Say ;
Chalcophora Langeri Chevr.

5. B. Drummondi L. & G. 2, 37 ; tab. 9, 44 ; from Mexico, is perhaps Dicerca
Woodhousei, valens or Webbii Lee. ; the two last named are described in the
Report on the U. S. and Mexican Boundary, not yet published.

6. B. clara L. & G. 2, 41; tab. 10, 50. " Amerique boreale." Unknown to
me ; certainly not from the U. States.

7. B. punctulata Schonh. L. & G. 2, 99 ; tab. 25, 134. B. transversa Say.

8. B. tuberculata L. & G. 2, 99 ; tab. 25, 135. B. scobina Chevr.

9. B. pugionata J L. & G. 2, 99 ; tab. 26, 136. Not at all B. p u g i o n a t a
Germ. ; it is named in my collection Dicerca 1 e p i d a.

10. B. obscura Fabr. L. & G. 2, 103 ; tab. 26, 141. B. baltimorensis Herbst.

11. B. consimilis L. & G. 2, 104; tab. 27, 142. This figure is very similar to
that of B. costicollis, but the description is valueless.

12. B. asperata L. & G. 2, 105 ; tab. 27, 142. Dicerca chrysea Mels. ; D. molitor
Mels.

13. B. lurida Fabr. L. k G. 2, 105 ; tab. 27, 144.

14. B. sexnotata L. & G. 2, 129 , tab. 32, 178. A very bright colored variety
ofB. maculiventris Say.

1857.]

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

14', B. magica L. & G. 2, 138 ; tab. 34, 189. A Brazilian species ; a specimen
imported into Massachusetts is the B. coronataJ^ Harris, Cat. Ins. Mass.

15. B. rufipes Fabr. L. & G. 2, 139 ; tab. 34, 191.

16. B. lineata Fabr. L. & G. 2, 143 ; tab. 35, 196.

17. B.fasciata Fabr. L. & G. 2, 144 ; tab. 35, 193.

18. B. decora Fabr. L. & G. 2, 145 ; tab. 36, 199.

19. B. aurulenta Linn. L. & G. 2, 146 ; tab. 36, 200. Appears to be a bright
colored variety of B. striata. ♦

20. B. Bosci L. & G. 2, 146 ; tab. 36, 201.

21. B. striata Fabr. L. & G. 2, 147 ; tab. 37, 202.

22. B. impedita Say, L. & G. 2, 148 ; tab. 26, 203. An elongate variety of B.
Striata.

23. B. ornata Gory, 4, 93 ; tab. 16, 90. Undoubtedly not found in the United
States.

24. B. Lecontei Gory, 4, 107; tab. 18, 104. A species of Dicerca from Georgia,
but unknown to me.

25. B. spreta Gory, 4, 108 ; tab. 19, 105. Dicerca impressifrons Mels.

25. B. pruinosa Gory, 4, 109 ; tab. 19, 106. A Dicerca, unknown to me ; said
to be from New Orleans.

26. B. costicollis Gory, 4, 109; tab. 19, 107. Also a Dicerca described pre-
viously asB. thureura Say.

27. B. erecta Gory, 4, 110 ; tab. 19, 108. ?B. divaricata Say ; Dicerca auri-
chalcea Mels. ; Z>. parumpunctata Mels.

28. B. rusticorum Kirby ; Gory, 4, 117; tab. 20, 115. A species of Ancy-
lochira found in Oregon and California, very similar to A. maculiventris.

29. B. maculipennis Gory, 4, 119; tab. 21, 117. This is most probably a
variety of Ancyclochira lineata ; it was subsequently described as A. inconstans
Mels.

30. B. consularis Gory, 5, 120 ; tab. 21,118. An Ancylochira previously de-
scribed as B. N u t a 1 11 Kirby.

31. B. erythropus Gory, 4, 126; tab. 22, 124. Unknown to me; probably from
tropical America.

POLYCESTA Serville.

1. P. Velasco L. & G. 2, 6 ; tab. 1, 7. Mexican, but recently found in Texas.

CHRYSOBOTHRIS Esch.

1. C. ultramarinaJL. & G. 2, 13; tab. 3, 19. Does not in the least resemble
B. ultramarina Say, which is an Ancylochira closely allied to B. decora Fabr.
The present species must be called C. az ur e a, the name it bears in Dejean's
Catalogue.

2. C. thoracica (Fabr.) L. & G. 2, 14; tab. 3, 20. This species is unknown
to me, if it is not a variety of the preceding.

3. C. hybernata (Fabr.) L. & G. 2, 16 ; tab. 4, 24, Unknown to me if not a
variety of the next.

4. C. viridipunctata L. & G. 2, 21 ; tab. 4, 31. Commonly considered as B.
hybernata Fabr., and agrees with the description of that author.

5. C. atabalipa L. & G. 2, 43 ; tab. 8, 60. Mexican, but found abundantly in
Texas.

6. C. quadriimpressa L. & G. 2, 48 ; tab. 9, 64. Our most common species,
and usually considered B. femorata Fabr. ; C. rugosiceps Mels. is a variety.

7. C. femorata L. & G. 2, 48 ; tab. 9, 65. A large species named C. c a I c a -
rata in my collection.

8. C. LesueuriL. & G. 2, 49 ; tab. 9, 66. Cannot be identified with certainty.

9. C. Germari L. & G. 2, 50 ; tab. 9, 67. Perhaps a variety of the next, but
cannot be certainly determined.

10. C. ignipes L. & G. 2, 50 ; tab. 9, 68.

11. C. dentipesJL. & G. 2, 52; tab. 9, 70. Not Germar's species, but pro-
bably a variety of C. f e m o r a ta (C. quadriimpressa L. & G.)

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 9

12. C. scabripennis L. & G. 2, 53; tab. 9, 71.

13. C. pusilla L. & G. 2, 53 ; tab. 10, 72.

14. C. Bigritula L. & G. 2, 54; tab. 10, 73.

15. C. posticalis L. & G. 2, 56; tab. 10, 76.

IG. 0. planata L. & G. 2, 56 ; tab. 10, 77. Commonly ooneidered as C.
d entip e 8 Germ.

17. C. scitula Gory, 4, 160 ; tab. 27, 155. Perhaps a variety of the next.

18. C. chlorocephala Gory, 4, 161 ; tab. 27, 156. B. Harrisii Hentz.

19. C. errans Gory, 4, 172 ; tab. 28, 167. Unknown to me.

20. C. rugosula Gory, 4, 177 ; tab. 30, 172. Unknown to me.

21. C. floricola Gory, 4, 179; tab. 30, 175.

22. C. dissimilis Gory, 4, 181 ; tab. 31, 177. Not identified.

23. C. Alabama Gory, 4, 185 ; tab. 32, 183. A large not uncommon species.

AGRILUS Lap. & Gory.

1. A. latebrus L. & G. 2, 38 ; tab, 9, 50. Unknown to me if dififerent from A.
acatipennis.

2. A. ruficollis (Fabr.) L. & G. 2, 60; tab. 13, 78.

3. A. difficilis Gory, 4, 224 ; tab. 37, 215. A. occidentalis Uhler, Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sc. 7, 416.

4. A. acutipennis Mann. Enum. Buprestides, 109 ; Gory, 4, 225 ; tab. 37, 216.

5. A. anxius Gory, 4, 226 ; tab. 37, 217.

6. A. quadriguttatus Gory, 4, 228 ; tab. 39, 219.

7. A. zemes Gory, 4, 234 ; tab. 39. 225. Unknown to me.

8. A. fuscipennis Gory, 4, 238 ; tab. 39, 230.

9. A. frenatus Gory, 4, 139 ; tab. 40,231. Unknown to me.

10. A. cupricollis Gory, 4, 240 ; tab. 40, 232.

11. A. aurolineatus Gory, 4, 248; tab. 41, 240. A. bilineatus Say.

12. A. subcinetus Gory, 4, 252; tab. 42, 245.

13. A. obsoletoguttatus Gory, 4, 256 ; tab. 43, 249.

14. A. nigricans Gory, 4, 257 ; tab. 43, 250. Unknown to me.

15. A. egenus Gory, 4, 258; tab. 43, 251.

16. A. virens Gory, 4, 259; tab. 43, 252.

EUMERUS Lap. & Gory.
1. Eu. ignarus (Fabr.) L. & G. 2, 4 ; tab. 1, 5. Buprestis cogitans Weber.

COR^BUS Lap. & Gory.
1. C. caliginosus L. & G. 2, 7 ; tab. 2, 9. Unknown to me.

ANTHAXIA Esch.

1. A. viridicornis (Say), L. & G. 2, 19 , tab. 5, 25.

2. A. quercata (Fabr.) L. & G. 2, 21 ; tab. 5, 28.

3. A. iBneogaster L. & G. 2, 32 ; tab. 7, 44. A California species, remarkable
for its broad form.

4. A. viridifrons Gory, 4, 284; tab. 47, 277.

5. A. cyanella Gory, 4, 285 ; tab. 47, 278. A. scoriacea Mels.

6. A. cuneiformis Gory, 4, 290 ; tab. 48, 284.

7. A. flavimana Gory, 4, 291 ; tab. 49, 285.

8. A. bivittata Gory, 4, 292; tab. 49, 286. Unknown to me.

BRACHYS Solier.

1. B. alboguttata (Mann.) L. & G. 2, 2 ; tab. 1, 1. Buprestis graci lis Say;
belongs to Taphrocerus Solier.

2. B. tesselata (Fabr.) L. & G. 2, 3; tab. 1, 2. ? Bupr. ovata Weber.

3. B. terminans (Fabr.) L. & G. 2, 3 ; tab. 1, 3.

4. B. molesta Gory, 4, 332 ; tab. 56, 325.

5. B. aeruginosa Gory, 4, 335 ; tab. 56, 329.

1857.]

10 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

6. B. americana Gory, 4, 346; tab. 58, 343. Metonius purpureas
Say, This and the next species belong to Solier's genus Pachyscelis, but the
name given by Say has priority.

7. B, punctata Gory, 4, 347 ; tab. 59, 344. Metonius or at us Say.

Becriptions of several new MAMMALS from Western Africa.

BY JOHN LECONTE.

Among a large collection of birds sent from Africa by M. du Chaillu, were a
few species of Mammals, which have been referred to me for examination. The
following is the result of my researches. Some of them appear to be new, at
least I cannot find any thing like them described in any book in the possession
of the Academy. I have hesitated about naming them, as some of them may be
well known in Europe, but imperfectly described.

Semnopithecus anthracinus.

Entirely black, hair rather glossy, from two to three inches in length, over
the eyes and on the top of the head coarse and bristly. Tragus broad. Thumb
of the fore hands a mere oblong tubercle. Nails, except of the hind thumb, long
and narrow. Tail very long, slightly tapering towards the point.

Length 2 feet 2 inches ; tail 2 feet 7 inphes ; arms 1 foot 6 inches ; legs 1 foot
9 inches. Seems to resemble the Colobus satanas of Waterhouse, Loud. Mag.
for 1838, p. 335, which was brought from the Island of Fernando Po. The length
of the hair in the specimen sent to England is stated by the very accurate natu-
ralist who describes it to be ten inches, whereas in our animal it rarely in any
part exceeds two.

Cbrcopithecus buccalis.

Above and on the sides, hair deep cinereous, annulate with rufous beneath,
and on the inner parts of the thighs grey. Hair of the head black, annulate like
that of the back. Cheeks with a large yellow spot which extends even behind
the ear ; behind the eye this spot appears to be bounded above by black. Arms
and hands black, the hairs more or less tipped with rufous ; beneath, except
near the hands, they are grey. Tail for one-third of its length, above the
color of the back, beneath grey ; the rest of the tail is both above and beneath
bright rufous, increasing in intensity to the end. Nails long, narrow and com-
pressed. No callosities on the rump.

Length 1 foot 8 inehes ; tail 2 feet 5 inches ; arms 8 inches ; legs 1 foot 2
inches.

MiOROCEBUS ELEGANTULUS.

Hair soft, dark cinereous, tipped with rufous brown, beneath with grey, the
latter color extending somewhat towards the back from the axillae and the groins,
and on the forward edge of the legs and thighs; tail longer than the body, cy-
lindrical, bushy, the hair tipped with grey, and at its root for about one inch in
length with rufous. Nose rather pointed. Ears large, oblong, naked except at the
base; lower fore teeth nearly horizontal ; nails of the fore hands round with an
acumination ; nail of the hind thumb flat, of the first finger falciform and sharp ;
of the other fingers like those on the fore hands.

Length 8 inches ; tail 12 inches ; head 1 foot 9 inches ; ears I inch.

Vespertilio pusillus.

Black, body beneath a little mixed with gray. Head short and small. Upper
fore teeth four, distant by pairs, simple ; lower, six, trilobate ; nose not eraarginate.
Ears small, oval, orillon lanceolate and rather blunt. Interfemoral membrane
naked except at the base; tail projecting a little beyond the membrane.

Length 1'3 in. ; ears -24; tail -8 ; naked part -05. Extent 6-9.

[Jan-

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PniLADELPHIA. 11

SOUBX ODORATUS.

Dark cinereous brown above inclining to chestnut, beneath slightly paler.
Snout proboscidal, deeply emarginate at the point, and furrowed on the under
side. Ears large, naked, with two rather large lobes within, the lower one of
which appears to be the antitragus ; tail long, triangular.

Length 5 inches ; head 1-G5 ; tail 2-6 ; ears -2.

This species has a very strong musky odor.

SCIURUS SUBVIRIDESCENS.

Above black, the hair tipped with pale brown, in some positions appearing
greenish; beneath pale yellowish cinereous; tail longer tban the body, of the
same colors above and beneath, and tipped with black, not distichous. Head
small. Ears rounded and very short, not tufted.

Length 6-7 in. ; tail 1-b in. ; head 1-5 in. ; ears "3.

SciURUS LEMNISCATU8.

Above on the head, upper part of the back and legs rufous brown, mixed
with darker and black. The back with four black stripes from the shoulders to
the hinder parts of the body and two stripes of yellowish, Avith one of rufous
(this last sometimes quite indistinct) down the middle of the back. Hair of the
head annulate with black, of the sides dark cinereous tipped with pale rufous.
Under side of the head, body and legs white. Head roundish : nose pointed ;
lower fore teeth slender; ears small round. Tail distichous.

Varies in having the paler stripes scai'cely apparent.

Length 7-5 in. ; tail G-5 in.

SCIDRUS RUFOBRACeiATCS.

Louis Eraser, Zoologia typica No. 24 ; Waterhouse, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1 842, p. 1 28.

This animal is figured in Audubon and Bachman's Quadrupeds of North
America, under the name of Spermophilus annulatus. The specimen described
by Dr. Bachman was purchased in New York from a dealer in preserved birds.
It is by no means a native of our continent.

SCIURUS PUMILIO.

Hair short and soft, dark cinereous, tipped with reddish brown, on the throat
and belly with much paler. Head short roundish ; ears small ; tail shorter than
the body, distichous ; hair reddish brown at base and tip, black in the middle,
appearing by this disposition of colors to be edged with brown ; four of the toes
on each foot equal.

Length 5-4 ; head -I . ear -2 ; tail 2-3 ; fore leg -9 ; hind leg 1-5.

ALUMINIUM.

The progress in its manufacture.

BY W. J. TAYLOR.

The use of sodium in the reduction of metals from their chlorides, as has been
so successfully accomplished within the last two years, may be justly considered
a great progressive step in science.

Aluminium has been the first in which this process has been perfected. What
the other metals are which will be reduced successfully from their chlorides by
the use of sodium, the future will determine. Some facts concerning the early
history of aluminium, the progress made in its manufacture, and the numerous
uses to which it can be applied, will not be uninteresting.

Much confusion existed in the minds of the early alchymists regarding the
oxide alumina. They knew of an alum which was brought from the East, which
they regarded for a long time as sulphuric acid combined with an earth. Stahl
and others also mistook this earth for lime. Geoffroy, in 1728, pointed out its
existence in clay; Marggraff, in 1754, proved it to be a substance having a sepa-

1857.]

12 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

rate existence and peculiar characters. To Oerstedt belongs the credit of first
preparing the chloride of aluminium, from which compound W5hler, in 1827,
succeeded in first eliminating the metal. Wohler first obtained aluminium in
the form of a grey powder, by heating gradually in a porcelain crucible over a
spirit lamp equal volumes of metallic potassium and chloride of aluminium ;
other chemists, by slight modifications of this process, have obtained aluminium
in the form of the grey powder, as first obtained by Wohler.

To M. Sainte Claire Deville belongs the credit for first improving the process,
so as to produce aluminium in such quantities that its characters as a metal
could be fully investigated. M. Ste. Claire Deville used in his process sodium
as a substitute for potassium. (It requires 39 parts of potassium to produce the
same reductive effect as 23 parts of sodium.) At the time of his first experi-
ments sodium was worth one hundred dollars per pound ; he so improved the
process for making this metal as to reduce the price to ninety cents per pound.

At this time the chloride of aluminium was regarded witli sodium as a curi-
osity of the laboratory ; it was then produced in small quantities by heating
alumina mixed with coal, in a porcelain tube, and passing over it a current of
dry chlorine gas.

M. Ste. Claire Deville made farther improvements in this process, so as to
make it in an apparatus as large as a gas retort and in quantities proportional,
at a price of twenty-five cents per pound. To produce the reaction of sodium
with the chloride of aluminium was the most difficult point of the entire process.
M. Ste. Claire Deville used for the reduction the distillation of the chloride of
aluminium over the sodium, which was placed in trays of copper enclosed in a
tube. The temperature developed by the reaction is very great if the current
of the chloride of aluminium be rapid ; by this process it was found that it re-
quired at least ten pounds of sodium to produce one pound of aluminium, (part
of the aluminium produced being destroyed at its formation by the scorise,)
when by theory it required only two and a half pounds. This great loss of
sodium and the difficulties in conducting this reaction on a large scale, were
very great objections to the process.

All the aluminium at the Paris Exhibition was made by this process, and it
was from a portion of this that M. Regnault made his investigations, and in
which he found copper and iron. The copper came from the trays in which
the reduction was made. The presence of these metals in small quantities will
account for the peculiar physical properties which he ascribed to aluminium.

Circumstances having interrupted M. Ste. Claire Deville in the experiments
which he was making on a large scale, the subject rested for a while here. In
the meanwhile Heinrich Rose suggested and made experiments with cryolite,
(a fluoride of aluminium and sodium,) and gave his views that this mineral was
a valuable substance from which to produce aluminium.

Wfthler made experiments also with cryolite, and arrived at conclusions
somewhat similar to Heinrich Rose. They both succeeded in producing
some of the metal, but the results were not entirely satisfactory.

M. Ste. Claire Deville again resumed his experiments, but instead of distilling
the chloride of aluminium on the metallic sodium, as in his first experiments,
he fused in a crucible, in the manner pursued by Rose and Wohler, using,
however, with the double chloride of aluminium and sodium and the metallic
sodium, the fluoride of calcium, (fluor spar,) or some cryolite as a flux. This
experiment of M. Deville was very satisfactory, and the reduction in accordance
with the theory.

While these experiments were in progress in Europe, similar ones were being
made in this country by Mr. Alfred Monnier, in Camden, N. J. ; to him credit is
due for having first made aluminium in the United States. Having had oppor-
tunities for examining his processes for making the double chloride of aluminium
and sodium, metallic sodium, and the modes of reduction, melting and refining the
aluminium, the conclusion is satisfactory that the discoveries of science have
been successfully applied to render the manufacture of this metal an industrial
art.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13

Mr. Monnier in his experiments met with the same diCBculties in the reduction.
He found, however, by careful investigation and analysis, that the effect pro-
duced was also perfectly in accordance with the theory. When, after great dif-
ficulties, sufficient quantities of pure aluminium were obtained, and its proper-
ties as a metal carefully studied ; it was found that it was not in the least
degree oxidized by fusion with the nitrate of potash. This peculiar property
causes a strong contrast between it and any well known metal, and this won-
derful fact produced a new phase in the manufacture of aluminium. Owing to
this discovery, the efforts which had been made to produce aluminium from
perfectly pure material were found unnecessary.

By using pure materials for its manufacture, it was necessary to employ ap-
paratus which was very costly, as it required that it should be free from any
injurious substances.

By the facility with which aluminium can be refined, owing to its peculiar
properties to resist oxidation, it can be manufactured from impure and crude
materials, in apparatus which can be cheaply made of still cheaper material, and
without the great care and watchfulness necessary in the manipulations, where
pure materials are employed.

Since July, 1855, Mr. Monnier has made the double chloride by mixing alumina
with salt (chloride of Sv/dium) and coal, and bypassing over this mass (ignited)
a current of dry chlorine gas, (kaolin or common clay can be used instead of the
alumina.) The double chloride runs out from the condenser in a stream, and
is collected in a receiver; it becomes solid when cold.

The reaction is so complete that no chlorine is lost. It has already been
manufactured at a cost of eight cents per pound, but the operations were car-
ried on to a very limited extent. It is, however, clearly (to be) demonstrated that,
with works of sufficient size and a proportional economy in manufacture, the
double chloride of aluminium and sodium, can be produced at a cost not ex-
ceeding four and a half cents per pound.

In the manufacture of sodium Mr. Monnier has made considerable improve-
ment; it has already been produced at a cost of twenty-five cents per pound.

In the manufacture of zinc (by the Belgian process) one retort produces about
thirteen pounds of metal in 24 hours. In the manufacture of sodium the reduction
is so quick that 52 pounds of this metal can be produced in a retort of the same
size in the same space of time.

The reduction of zinc costs from two to two and a quarter cents per pound.
The amount of ore necessary, being from a half to three-quarter cents per pound.
Giving for the cost of one pound of metal about three to three and a quarter
cents.

The reduction of sodium costs about ... 4 cents per pound.

The carbonate of soda, 2^ lbs. at 4 cents, . . 10 " •'

Giving for total cost of one pound of sodium, . . 14 "

Sodium can be manufactured on as large a scale as zinc, and when the work-
men have the same practical experience in the manipulations, the price of reduc-
tion will be still farther reduced, so that the difference between it and zinc will
be that of the first cost of carbonate of soda and the zinc ore.

It has already been shown that the double chloride of aluminium and sodium
can be produced at a very low price ; metallic sodium can also be made very
cheaply ; the reduction is readily effected in accordance with the theory, but the
difficulty in uniting the metallic globules of aluminium when formed, is obviated
by stirring at this point with a rod, and the destruction of the metal by the
alkaline scoria is prevented by adding to the charge of the double chloride of
aluminium and sodium, chloride of sodium and metallic sodium, either fluoride
of calcium, (fluor spar,) or cryolite.

By these means the greater portion of the metal is united in one mass, the
other portion of the metal in small globules remain with the slag, which can be
removed mechanically, or by first digesting in water ; there will however remain

1857.]

14 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

about ten per cent, with the slag. This will be explained by the following data.
Theoretically:

• 250 parts of metallic Sodium produce

100 " " Aluminium;

VO parts are obtained in one metallic mass ;
20 " " in metallic globules ;

90 " being the nett produce.
10 " remain with the scoria.

Total, 100

The alkaline scoria contains large quantities of the chloride of sodium, that
can be easily extracted by water, leaving an insoluble residue from which the
fluoride of aluminium can be extracted by volatilization. The scoria containing
the fluoride and the metallic aluminium is economically used by introducing it
again with a new charge of the double chloride of aluminium and sodium, and
metallic sodium, and by that means the loss of the metal is rendered very small.

Aluminium, when carefully removed from any slag, is readily fused in a
crucible by itself; when in fusion (which is at a lower point than that required
to fuse silver) the whole is stirred with a rod, and all the globules of metal are
united in one mass with the greatest facility ; at this point nitrate of potash ca,n
be added, (the stirring continued.)

All other metals are oxidized by this process ; the refining is finished when
the metal has a pure white color. It can now be poured into a mould of smy
shape.

Impure aluminium may be whitened by plunging it into caustic potash or
soda, washing it quickly with distilled water, plunging it again into pure nitric
acid, again washing quickly and thoroughly. The surface then has the fine
white color of pure aluminium, which it retains unless afterwards polished.
This operation has for its object to dissolve out the metals which darken the
color of aluminium by their presence.

Aluminium forms alloys with nearly all the metals, but those which it forms
with silver and copper are the most interesting.

Five parts of aluminium with one hundred parts of pure silver produce
an alloy almost as hard as a silver coin, which contains about one-tenth of
copper, so that sufficient hardness can be given to silver, without introducing
into it a poisonous or an alterable metal. It has the advantage of being worked
like silver in a pure state, possessing, however, greater hardness, and being
capable of a higher polish.

Ten parts of aluminium and ninety parts of copper produce an alloy of a pale
gold color, possessing great hardness and considerable malleability ; its hard-
ness is greater than that of bronze, in the proportion of fifty-one to forty-nine.
It can be worked when warm, with the same facility as the best soft iron.

Twenty parts of aluminium and eighty of copper give to the alloy the color
and brilliancy of fine gold, and at the same time sufficient hardness to scratch
the alloy of gold employed in coin, without imparing in the slightest degree its
malleability.

By an increase of the per centage of copper in alloys of aluminium the alloy
is rendered brittle, showing that the metal must be either used pure or alloyed
in small quantities with the copper.

This explains the peculiar properties ascribed to it by M. Regnault in his in-
vestigations on the physical properties of the aluminium prepared by M. Deville,
exhibited at the Paris exhibition.

Numerous experiments have been made (without regard to economy of manu-
facture) to obtain the aluminium directly from the oxide alumina, or from the
fluoride of aluminium.

But the results obtained by the use of this double chloride of aluminium and

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 15

sodium, have fully demonstrated that it is the most economical mode by which

to produce this metal. Theoretically it requires —

3-86 Chlorine, at 6 cents per pound, . . . -23 16-100

1-86 Alumina, at 3 " " 05 58-100

5-68 Carbonate of Soda, at 4 cents per pound, . -22 72-100

Total, -51 46-100

Making for the materials for manufacturing one pound of aluminium, estimated
at the market prices, 51^ cents. Practically it requires —

16 lbs. of the double chloride of aluminium and sodium, at 8 cts. per lb., $1 28
2| lbs. metallic sodium, at about 25 cents per lb., .... 70

Flux aud cost of reduction, 2 02

Total, $4 00

By manufacturing on a larger scale, and by using the slag as a flux instead of
employing fresh material, the lowest cost will be reduced to the following :
10 lbs. of double chloride of aluminium and sodium, at 4J cents per lb., $0 45
2\ lbs. of sodium, at 14 cents per lb., ....... 35

Cost of reduction, 20

Total, $1 00

It is seen that the actual cost of one pound of aluminium, when manufactured
extensively, will be about double the theoretical cost as before estimated, (fifty-
one cents.)

For the production of aluminium are used clay, salt, sulphur, manganese,
lime and fluor spar, materials which are very abundant and cheap ; all that is
now required is practical experience, to reduce the price of the metal still nearer
to the price of the raw materials, as has been before stated. The history of the
useful arts coutains numerous instances that, where skill and perfection of ap-
paratus are required, difficulties are speedily overcome.

The density of aluminium when moulded is 2-56. The density of aluminium
when rolled is 2-67. In equal weight with silver it is four times more volumi-
nous. In equal weights with copper, bronze, brass and German silver, it pos-
sesses from three to three and a half times greater volume. In equal volumes
with the above metals and alloys it possesses greater rigidity.

Mention has already been made of a very important property of aluminium
when pure ; that is to resist oxidation, a property which it possesses to a greater
degree than the other metals.

Aluminium is not acted upon by nitric acid, hydrosulphuric acid, or by the or-
ganic acids ; slightly by sulphuric acid. It is but little affected by fusion with
sulphur ; mustard is found to act upon it slightly. Its true solvent is hydro-
chloric acid.

When we compare it in these respects with those metals, which are acted
upon by most of these acids giving salts, which are more or less poisonous, the
comparison is favorable to aluminium, as its salts, if formed, are innocuous.

According to M. C. Tissier, aluminium is not changed by a solution of nitrate
or sulphate of copper, but it is dissolved by a solution of chloride of copper with
the separation of metallic copper. It is attacked, however, by a solution of ni-
trate or sulphate of copper when it contains chloride of sodium, and this proves
that chloride of copper is formed by the presence of the chloride of sodium.
Aluminium is not attacked by an aqueous solution of alum, or by one of chlo-
ride of sodium, but a mixture of the two dissolves it with an evolution of hydro-
gen, aud this proves that chloride of aluminium is contained in the mixture.

Wheatstone long since showed that aluminium was as strongly electro-nega-
tive as platinum. Its sonorous qualities are very great, like tlaat of crystal.
Various are the uses which can be made of the aluminium and of its alloys with
silver and copper. All the purposes for which it could be advantageously em-
ployed in virtue of its peculiar properties, of not tarnishing by exposure to at-
mospheric agencies, aud its lightness combined with its extraordinary strength,

1857.]

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

would be far too tedious to enumerate. A few instances only will suffice of its
adaptability for philosophical apparatus, for all articles for table, for service
and ornament, for kitchen utensils, for the works of clocks and even watches,
for trappings of harness, for plate and door knobs, keys, &c. Its sonorous quali-
ties render it valuable for making bells. In the galvano-plastic arts it replaces
platinum.

Aluminium is most easily soldered with its own alloys. The alloys most con-
venient are those with silver, zinc or tin, their point of fusion being below that
of aluminium. The soldering may be done by means of a spirit lamp, and with-
out any previous cleaning.

Pure aluminium can be easily distinguished from impure by its greater white-
ness, its indistinct traces of crystallization ; occasionally one or two well-
defined hexagons can be recognized on the surface of the ingots. The impure
has a bluish tint like zinc, and if the entire surface is not crystalline, the upper
surface is always more so than in pure aluminium; the form of the crystals is
also quite different.

In giving the theoretical proportion of material employed in the manufacture
of aluminium, the relative cheapness of its production, its properties and strength
when comparing it bulk for bulk with other metals, it is desired to demonstrate
its valuable properties and uses, also to guard against the fictitious reports so
current of its excessive cheapness.

Note. — The experiment of Sir H. Davy should be mentioned in the early pro-
duction of this metal ; he endeavored to produce it by passing the vapor of po-
tassium over alumina at a white heat ; he obtained only small grey particles
interspersed with aluminate of potash.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PniLADELPHIA. 17

February 3tZ.
Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.

A letter was read from Rev. E. J. Lowe, dated Observatory, Beeston,
near Nottingham, (England,) Jan. 7th, 1857, containing the following
passage : —

"The late Mr. Lawson, F. R. S., left rae his valuable collection of Meteoro-
logical Instruments, amongst which are Dr. Benjamin Franklin's Hygrometer,
which is in as good working order as on the day it was made, an Electric Kite
belonging to Dr. Franklin, and several letters. Mr. Lawson had a card placed
on the hygrometer, with the following inscription, ' Invented by and belonged
to Dr. Benjamin Franklin, the Patriot of Philadelphia.' I have mentioned this,
thinking that you would feel an interest as American Philosophers in the
information respecting the instruments of that glorious philosopher Dr. Frank-
lin."

Communications were presented for publication in the Proceedings
entitled : —

1. Descriptions of American land shells. By W. G. Binney.

2. Prodromus descriptionis Animalium evertebratorum, qu?e in es-
peditione ad Oceanum Pacificum Septentrionalera a Republica Federata
missa, Joh. Rodgcrs duce, observ. et descripit W. Stimpson.

3. On the Crania of the Ancient Britons, with remarks on the people
themselves. By Joseph Barnard Davis.

Which were severally referred to Committees.

Mr. Lea made the following remarks on the visual organs of certain
species of the genus Unio :

He 'stated that he had at various times paid a good deal of attention to
the habits and organs of the Naiades of our own country, and for that purpose
frequently had them for long periods in a living state under his observation.
Their condition as to special sense has been of great interest, and particularly
those of touch, hearing and sight. In the course of these investigations, it be-
came evident to him that some species of Unio were sensitive to light, and he
found one species ( Unio radiatus) very eminently so. He stated that he was not
aware of its ever having been suggested that any of the family were possessed
of organs of sight, even in a young state, as in the case of the young of Mytilus
edulis. It is well known that some of the Molluscs have large and perfect eyes,
while some others have imperfect ones, but generally they are altogether devoid
of the optic nerve. The Sirombidce are said to possess an eye highly organised,
but in most of the Gasteropoda it is of a more simple structure, and perhaps only
possesses sensibility of light without the power of distinct vision. The terres-
trial Gasteropoda have usually a distinct eyeball on the extremity of the superior
tentacula, which Dr. Leidy has shown, in some of our species of Helices, to
possess a crystalline lens and choroidea, with clear, consistent, vitreous humor.
Cuvier and Lamarck considered the whole class of Conchifera to be devoid of
eyes, but Poll has shown that in Fecten varius, Lin., the margin of the mantle is
furnished with numerous eyes. These, according to Carpenter, are protected
by a sclerotic coat with a transparent cornea in front, a layer of pigment, a
crystalline lens and vitreous body, and a retinal expansion proceeding from an
optic nerve. In the course of his observations, Mr. Lea became satisfied that
the closing of the siphonal tubes, on his approach to the specimens he had in
his vivarium, was not altogether occasioned by the vibration caused by his ap-
proach, and he accordingly arranged numerous individuals of several species
with a view carefully to observe them. In the course of these e.xaminations
repeatedly made, he found several species of Unio quite sensitive to his passing
his hand between them and the light, while the Margaritana margarttifera, and

1857.] 2

18 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

Anodonta undulata and A. lacustris, Lea, showed no signs of sensitiveness. Unio
■inflalus exhibited but little motion, while numerous specimens of U. radiatus in-
variably gave more or less sign when the interruption of light took place. Some
individuals were more sensitive than others, and the females exhibited this
power much more than the males, often withdrawing, not only their siphons,
but their mantle within the valves.

It is difficult to say with certainty how far their visual organs are developed,
as well also as to number and exact position. The fringes of the branchial and
and anal siphons are, in the Uniones, formed of small, subconical tentacula.
These are larger in the branchial siphon of Unio, while they do not exist at all
in the anal opening of Anodonta;. With a good lens the terminal point of the
tentacula may be observed to be rounded and furnished with at least the ap-
pearance of an eye, and that it will prove to be a true eye, however imperfect,
there can be but little doubt. Mr. Lea did not intend to pursue the minute ana-
tomy of this organ ; he left it to Dr. Leidy, who had done so much in the histo-
logy of the terrestrial Gasteropods, believing that he would be able to make out
the complete anatomy of the eye in the U7iio.

February 17 tJi.

Vice-President Lea in the Chair.

Communications for publication in the Proceedings were read, en-
titled :—

1. Notice of a collection of Reptiles made by Dr. Henry A. Ford in
the Gaboon country, West Africa, by Edward Hallowell, M. D.

2. Description of thirteen new species of Uniones from Georgia, by
Isaac Lea.

Which were referred as usual to Committees.

Dr. Leidy made the following observations on entozoa found in the
Naiades.

He had observed a curious parasite allied to Aspidogaster conchicola, infesting
Anodonta fiuviatilis and Anodonta lacustris, within the cleft of the upper bran-
chial cavity, adhering to the outer surface of the renal organ and the con-
tiguous margin of the foot. The new parasite, for which the name of Cotylaspis
insignis was proposed, is from ^ aline to 1 line long, curved funnel shaped, with
the base forming an oval ventral disk provided with an outer circle and an inner
row of acetabula 29 in number. The animal is provided with distinct eyes,
while Aspidogaster, in accordance with its being imprisoned in the pericardium
of the Naiades, is blind.

February 2At7i.

Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.

The following communications, on report of the Committees to which
they had been referred, were ordered to be published in the Proceed-
ings.

Descriptions of Americau L and Shells.

BY W. G. BINNEY.

Helix intercisa. Testa solidissima, luteo-ciuerea, apicc rufa, globoso-conica ;
epira brevis, sutura impressa ; anfr. quinque convexiusculi, lineis parallelis, vol-
ventibas, yalde demissis, strias incrementales distiactas intercidentibus ; anfractue

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19

nltimus globosus, supra perphcriam fascia unica, rufa, obscurissima ornatus ;
apertura maxime obliqua, forma equicalcei, rotundata; labrum albo-cinercum,
incrassatum, siibtus reflcxiusculum, subunidentatum, umbilicum occultans ;
margiaibus approximatis, callo iuterjunctis. Diam. maj. 22 ; min. 19; alt. 15
mill.

Habitat in provincia Oregon.

Figurata est sub nomine //. Nickliniana, Lea, var. tabula vi. patris mihi
Amos Binney, Doctoris, (Terrestrial Mollusks, iii. t. vi. fig. 1, icon in medio
posita, vol. ii. p. 120). Sed differt ab hac specie ct ab II. Californiense, Lea,
forma testa solidiori, apertura, et sculpturae indentatae et gramilatae absentia.
Ab aliis Californias et Oregon speciebus hodie cognitis, lineis profundis volven-
tibus facile noscitur.

SucciNE.\ LiNEATA. Tcsta oblongo-ovata solidiori, albida, vel cinerea ;
spira elevata, acuta sutura impressa, anfr. ternis convexis, lineis crassis paral-
lelis inter rugas incrementalcs volventibus ornata ; apertura oviformis, partem
testae dimidiam aequante ; columella plicata, pariete callo albo induta. Diam.
6, alt. 12 miU.

In provincia Nebraska, ad flumen ' Yellowstone' prope Fort Union specimina
plurima collegit Dr. F. v^. Hajden.

Similis <S'. vermetce, Say, sed forma magis ovali, apertura anfractibus convexis
et spira breviori differt. Cognoscitur inter Succineas Americanas testa solidiori,
apertura oviformi, et specialiter lineis volventibus in anfr. ultimo positis.

Frodromus descriptionis animalium evertebratorum quee in Expeditione ad
Oceannm, Pacificum Septentrionalem a Bepublica Federata missa, Jobanne
Bodgers Snce, observavit et descripsit

W. STIMPSON.*

Pars. L TURBELLARIA DENDR0C(ELA.
Conspectus geneeum et familiaetjm.

Species nonnullas dubias vel non plene descriptas quarum exemplis non oc-
curri, non tentatum est hic generatim distribuere. Index omnium tamen in cl.
DiESiNGii Systemate Helmintbum inveniatur, cui refertur lector.

Monocelis auctoritate Schdltzii, (Beitrage zur Nat. der Turbellarien,) locum
suum hahGiin Rhabdoccelorumiv'ihvi. Telosioma Oerst., Distiffmaiiemp. etEhrenb.,
et Tetracelis Hemp, et Ehrenb., mihi videtur eidemtribui pertinent. iVioJe genus
Girardii, (Bost. Proc. Nat. Hist.,iv. 210.) Gasteropodum est generis Limaponti^B.
Pla7iaria bilobata Leuck., Centrostomum incisum Diesing, et Diplanaria notabilis
Darwin, forsitan Planariae in re sese bipartiendi sunt.

Cum DiESiNQio nomen Dendrocoela totae tribui applico. Divisiones ejusdem
vero Ceridea et Aceridea, formas afiBnes, e. g., Stylochns el Leptoplana separant ; et
genera admodum diversa, e. g., Euri/lepta et Planaria, approximant. Sic ea se-
cundum aperturarum genitalium numerum divisi.f

Subtribus I. DIGONOPORA. Aperturae genitales duaj.

EURYLEPTID^.

Corpus planum, dilatatum, laeve v. papillosum. Caput plicis tentacularibus
(pseudotentaculis, Quatref.) duabus frontalibus. Os ante medium situm. Ocelli
numerosi prope extremitatem anteriorem siti. Maricolae.

Thysanozoon, Grube. (Actin. Echinod. u. Wiirmer d. Mittelmeeres, 54. 1840) —

* Communicated by the Smithsonian Institution.

I Dr. Carolus Girard figurarum ineditarum suorum generum et speciemm
novarum mihi benigne usum dedit, quibas eorom characteres et afSnitates deeig-
nare possum.

1857.]

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Corpus supra papillis ubique obsessum. Caput discretum, tentaculis mediocri-
bus. Ocelli frontales aut cervicales. Os subcentrale. Apertura genitalis
mascula subcentralis, foemina retrorsuta sita.

T. Diesingii, Grube, 1. c, 54; Arcbiv fiir Naturgeschichte, xxi. 2, 143.

T. B r o c c h i, Oerst. Eolidiceros Brocchii, Quat. ; Voy. en Sicile, ii. 40, pi. 5, f.
1. (vix Th. £., Grube, Arch. f. Naturg. xxi. 2, t. 6, f. 4, 5.)

T. Dicquemaris, Oerst. ; Entwurf einer Syst. Einth. etc. der Plattwur-
mer, 47.

T. Pockei, Diesing, Syst. Helminthum, i. 213.

T. nigrum, Girard, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. iv. 137.

T. a u s t r a 1 e, infra.

Planeolis, n. g. Corpus papillis sparsis, seriebus duabus lateralibus dis-
positis. Caput grande, discretum, tentaculis magnis. Ocelli capitales et ten-
taculares. Os subcentrale.

P. Panormus. Eolidiceros Panormus Quatref., Voy. en Sicile, ii. 42, pi.
3, fig. 2.

Peocksos, Quatref. (Voy. en Sicile, ii. 37. 1845.) Corpus Iseve. Caput sub-
discretum, tentaculis subdistantibus. Ocelli cervicales v. tentaculares. Os
subterminale. Apertura; genitales retrorsum sitas.

P. argns, Quatref. ; 1. c. ii. 37, pi. 3, f. 5.

P. sanguinolentus, Quatref. ; 1. c. ii. 38, pi. 4, f. 4.

P. albicornis, infra.

EuRYLEPTA, Hemp, et Ehrenb. (Symb. phys., Phytoz. Turb., N. 11. 1830.)
Corpus Iseve, tenue. Caput vix subdiscretum. Plicae tentaculares marginales
approximatte. Ocelli in acervum minutum cervicalem. Os ab apice circiter
quartam corporis partem remotum. Apertura genitalis mascula ante, foeminea
pone OS sita (an semper ?).

E. praetexta. Hemp, et Ehrenb., I. c, N. 11, 1.

E. f 1 a vom argi n ata, Hemp, et Ehrenb., 1. c, N. 11, 2.

E. c o r n u t a, Hemp, et Ehrenb., 1. c, N. 11. Planaria cornuta, Miill.

E. zebra, Diesing, Syst. Helminthum, i. 211. Planaria se^ra, Leuckart, in
Ruppell's Atlas, T. iii. f. 1, a, b.

E. Ii m b ata, Diesing, 1. c. i. 210. Planaria limbaia, Leuckart, 1. c, T. iii.
fig. 4.

E. V el u tin a, Diesing, 1. c, i. 210. Proceros velutinus, Blanchard, Voy. en
Sicile, iii. pi. viii. fig. 2, a, b.

E. fulminata, niger, interrupt a, guttato-marginata, Ja-
ponic a, et coccinea, infra.

NAUTILOPLANID^.

Corpus planum, hyalinum. Caput parvum, discretum, auriculis duabus.
Ocelli nuUi. Os post-mediale, oesophago protractili multilobo. Aperturae geni-
tales antrorsum sita;. Pelagicse.

Nautiloplana, genus (novum) unicum.

N. oceanic a. Planaria oceanica, Darwin, An. et Mag. Nat. Hist., 1st ser.
xiv. 246. Eurylepta oceanica Diesing, 1. c, i. 211.

CEPHALOLEPTID^.

Corpus planum dilatatura. Caput discretum, extremitate acotabuliformi.
Ocelli duo. Os subcentrale, oesophago valde protractili. Aperturae genitales
ante os sitae. Aquarum subsalinarum incolae.

Cephalolbpta, Diesing, (Syst. Helminthum, i. 189, 1850) genus unicum.
C. macrostoma, Diesing, 1. c, i. 189. Planaria macrostoma, Darwin, I. c,
xiv. 247, pi. V. fig. 2.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21

TYPHLOLEPTID^.

Corpus planum v. depressum, capite continuo, tentaculis nullis. Ocelli
nulli. Os subcentrale ante v. post medium situm. Aperturae genitales retror-
sum sitae (an semper?). Maricolae.

Typhlolepta, Oerst., (Entwurf einer Syst. Einth. etc. der PlattwOrmer, 50.
1844.) Corpus plano-depressum, oblongum, dilatatum. Ospone medium situm.
" Penis absque stylo calcareo."

T. caeca, Oerst., 1. c, 50.

T.? rubrocincta. Orihostomum rubrocincitim, Grube ; Actin. Ecbinod. u.
Wiirmer d. Mittelmeeres, 56. Arch, fiir Naturg. xxi. T. 6, f. 6.

T. e X t e n s a, LeConte ; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., v. 319.

Cryptoccei.cm, n. g. Corpus planum, crassiusculum, latum, utrinque rotun-
datum. Os ante medium situm. Parasiticae,
C. o p a c u m, infra.

Typhlocolax, n. g. Corpus oblongum, depressum, utrinque attenuatum. Os
post medium situm. ParasiticJE.

T. acutus. Typlolepta acuta, Girard, in Stimpson's Marine Invert, of
Grand Manau, 27.

T.? m a r i n u s. Typhloplana marina, Oerst., 1. c, 27, f. 31.

T. aquminatus, infra.

LEPTOPLANID^.

Corpus planum, dilatatum, laeve, ssepius tenerrimum. Caput continuum, ten-
taculis nullis. Ocelli plus minusve numerosi, occipitales v. occipitales et mar-
ginales. Os ante medium situm. Aperturae genitales pone os, saepius pone me-
dium situm. Maricolae.

Ckntrostomum, Diesing. (Syst. Helm. i. 199. 1850.) Ocelli in acervos duos
parallelos dispositi. Os centrale, oesophago protractili multilobo. Aperturae
genitales retrorsum sitae.

C. lichenoides, Diesing, 1. c, i. 199, Planaria lichenoides, Mertens.

Elasmodes, LeConte. (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., v. 319, 1851.) Corpus
oblongum, tenerrimum. Ocelli occipitales in acervos duos saepius lineares et
parallelos dispositi. Os ante medium situm. Apertura genitalis mascula cen-
tralis, foeminea retrorsum sita.

E. f 1 ex ili s. Planaria ftexilis, Dalyell. Gosse, Brit. Mar. Zool., i. f. 12G.

E. pallidas. Pohjcelis pallida, Quatref. Voy. en Sicile, ii. 33, pi. iii. f. 8.

E. modestus. Polycelis modesta, Quatref. 1. c. ii. 33 ; pi. iii. f. 11.

E. ti gr i n u s. Polycelis tigrina, Blanch., Voy. en Sicile, iii. f. 74.

^- (') gracilis. Prosthioslomum gracile, Girard, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
iii. 251.

E. discus, LeConte, 1. c, v. 319.

E. acutus ettenellus, infra.

Leptoplana, Hemp, et Ehrenb. (Symb. Phys. Phyt. Turb., N. 12. 1830.) Cor-
pus planum, dilatatum, tenerrimum. Ocelli omnes occipitales, formarum duarum;
primarii majores, angulares, nigri, conferti, in acervos duos saepius in umbonibus
aggregate ; secundarii miuuti in acervos nebuliformes dispositi. Os subcentrale,
ante medium. Aperturae genitales retrorsum sitse.

L. hyalina. Hemp, et Ehrenb., 1. c. N. 12, 1, T. v. f. 6.

L. tremellaris, Oerst. vix Gosse in Brit. Mar. Zool. 1, f. 125.

L. a t o m a t a, Oerst. I.e., 49.

L. fall ax, Diesing. Polycelis falax, Quatref. Voy. en Sicile, ii. 35, pi. 3, f. 10.

L. iffivigata, Diesing. Polycelis ^eew^a^a, Qu.atref., 1. c, ii. 34, pi. 4, f. 2.

L. ellipsoides, Girard, in Stimpson's Mar. Invert, of Grand Manan, 27,
fig. 16.

1857.]

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

L. humilis, oblong a, delicatul a, maculosa, patellarum,
punctata, Sch 6 nb o rn ii, trul lae f or m i s, et fusca, infra.

DiONCUS, Stimpson. (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., vii. 389, 1855.) Corpus
planum, dilatatum. Ocelli in umbones duos subdistantes, occipitales, dispositi.
Ocelli marginales nuUi. Os subcentrale.

D. badius, St., 1. c. vii. 389.

D. o b 1 0 n g u s, St., 1. c. vii. 389.

Pachyplana, n. g. Corpus latum, crassiusculum. Ocelli primarii in umbones
duos parvos occipitales aggregati ; secundarii in margine anteriore dispositi.
Os subcentrale.

P. 1 a c t e a, infra.

Prosthiostomum, Quatref. (Voy. en Sicile, ii. 35. 1845.) Corpus oblongum.
Ocelli numerosi, quidam in acervum unicum ssepe bipartitum occipitalem, re-
liqui anteriores, marginales aut submarginales, arcuatim dispositi. Aperturse
genitales subcentrales.

P. a ret u m, Quatref., 1. c, ii. 36.

P. elongatum, Quatref., 1. c, ii. 36, pi. 3 ; f. 12.

P. affine, tenebrosum, constipatum, cribrarium, crassi-
usculum, sparsum, grand e, collar e, et obscurum, infra.

DiPLONCHUS, n. g. Corpus oblongum, crassiusculum et maculatum ut in Stylo-
chis. Caput papilla occipitali, bilobata ocellifera instructa. Ocell numerosi,
minuti, ad papillam, etiam saepe ad ejusbasim dispositi. Ocelli marginales nuUi.

D. marmoratus, infra.

STYLOCHIDiE.

Corpus planum saepius crassiusculum. Tentacula duo parva, brevia, occipitalia.
Ocelli numerosi ad tentacula, vel in acervos capitales aggregati. Os subcentrale.
Aperturae genitales approximatse, retrorsum sitae. Maricolae.

Stylochus, Hemp, et Ehrenb. (Symbol Physicae, Phytoz. Turb. N. 8. 1830.)
Corpus laeve. Tentacula subdistantia. Ocelli numerosi, minuti, conferti in ten-
taculorum superficie ; marginales nuUi.

S. S u e s e n s i s. Hemp, et Ehrenb., 1. c. N. 8, t. v. f. 3.

S. corniculatus et obscurus, infra.

Stylochoplana, n. g. Corpus laeve. Tentacula subapproximata. Ocelli ad
basim tentaculorum v. in acervos vicinos aggregati; marginales nulli.

S. fo Ii um. Stylochus folium, Grube, 1. c, 51, f. 12.

S. maculata. Stylochus maculatus, Quatrefages, Voy. en Sicile, ii. 44, pl.
4, fig. 3.

S. reticulata et tenuis, infra.

Callioplana, n. g. Corpus tenue, Iseve. Tentacula elongato- con ica, gracilia,
approximata in areola alba. Ocelli ad tentacula et in areola inter tentacula ;
marginales nulli.

C. marginata, infra.

Trachyplana, n. g. Corpus crassiusculum, supra tuberculatum. Tentacula
parva, inconspicua, hyalina. Ocelli ad tentacula ; marginales nulli.
T. tuberculosa, infra.

Stylochopsis, n. g. Corpus subcrassum, molle. Tentacula distantia, obtusa.
Ocelli magni ad tentacula, et minuti ad marginem anteriorem ; interdum quoque
in acervum occipitalem.

S. limosus, et conglomeratus, infra.

Imogine, Girard. (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., vi. 367. 1853.) Corpus laeve.
Tentacula brevia. Ocelli duo magni, ad apicem tentaculorum ; et numerosi,
minuti in corporis margine.

I. 0 culi f e ra, Girard, 1. c.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 23

PLANOCERID^.

Corpus planum, latum, Ireve. Tentacula duo elongata, subfiliformia, retrac-
tilia. Ocelli nuUi. Os subcentralc. Aperturae genitales retrorsum sitie. Mari-
colse.

Planocera, Blainv. (Diet. d. Sci. Nat., Ivii. 579), geuus unicum.

P. G a i m a r d i i, Blainv., 1. c.

P. e Hi p tica, Girard, Proc. Bost Soc. Nat. Hist., iii. 251.

Subtribus II. MONOGONOPORA. Apertura genitalis unica.
PLANARIAD^.

Corpus oblongum depressum v. subplanum, antice auriculatum v. subauricu-
latum, capite raro tentaculato. Ocelli duo globulis vitreis instructi ; rarissime
plures vel nulli. Os post medium situm, interdum ceatrale. Stomaclius am-
plus, post medialis. Apertura genitalis pone os. Aquarum dulcium v. mari-
narum incolae.

Procotyla Leidy, m. s. Corpus elongatum, antice vix auriculatum. Caput
absque tentaculis. Frons disco evertibili acetabuliformi praedita. Ocelli duo
distantes. Tubus cibarius varius parum divisis. Fluviatiles.

P. flu V i a tills, Leidy, m. s. Dendroccelum superbum,LGidy, Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Philada., v. 288, (non Girard.)

Galeocephala, n. g. Corpus oblongum, antice subauriculatum. Caput biten-
taculatum; tentaculis ab auriculis distinctis. Ocelli duo subdistantes. Os post-
medialc. Tubus cibarius ramis arbusculiformibus. Fluviatiles.

G. superb a. Dendroconlum superbiim, Girard, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
iii. 265. Nordam. Monatsb., ii. 2.

G(?) tentaculata. Fasciola tentaculala, Miill., Hist. Vermium, i. 2, 63.

Dbndroccelum, Oerst., (Entwurf einer Syst. d. Plattwiirmer, 51. 1844.) Cor-
pus antice auriculatum, auriculis tentaculiformibus. Caput antice excavata v.
bilabiata, absque tentaculis. Ocelli duo. Os subcentrale, ousophago protractili
cylindrico. Tubus cibarius ramis arbusculiformibus. Fluviatiles.

D. lacteum, Oerst., 1. c. Planaria lactea^ Auct.

D. fuscum. Fasciola fmca, Y'aWd.s.

D. v itta. Planaria vitti, Duges, An. des Sci. Nat., 1st ser,, xxi. 82,

Planaria, Miill. {Dugesia, Girard, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., iii. 265, 1850.
Corpus depressum, oblongum, capite sessius subdiscreto, triangulari, nee labiis
nee acetabulo praedito. Ocelli duo subapproximati. Os subcentralc, oesophago
protractili cylindrico. Fluviatiles.

P. t or va, Miill., etc.

P. gonocephala, Duges, Ann. des Sci. Nat. 1st ser. xxi. 83, pi. ii. f. 22.

P. fusca, Duges (non Gmel.) 1. c. xv. 143, pi. 4, f. ii.

P. maculata, Leidy, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. iii. 251 et v. 289. Dugs-
aiamaculata, Girard, Nordam. Monatsb. ii. 3.

P. gonocephaloides. Dugesia gonocephaloides, Girard, Proc. Bost. Soc.
Nat. Hist. iii. 265. Nordam. Monatsb. ii. 2.

P. Foremanii. Dugesia Foremanii, Girard, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. iv.
211.

P. truncata, Leidy, 1. c. v. 225.

P. Sinensis, badia, etcinerea infra.

Phagocata, Leidy. (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.Pbilad. iii. 248. 184'7.) Corpus antice
subauriculatum, tentaculis nullis. Ocelli duo. Os post medium situm, ceso-
phago protractili multipartito. Fluviatiles.

P. gracilis, Leidy, 1. c. Girard, Nordam. Monatsb. ii. 1. Planaria gracilis,
Hald. Suppl. to No. 1, Monogr. of Limniades.

Proceuodes, Girard. (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. iii. 251, 1850.) Corpus de-
pressum, antice truncatum, tentaculis auricularibus duobus. Ocelli duo dis-
tantes. " Tubi cibarii rami indivisi." Maricolae.

1857.]

24 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

P. ulvas. Planaria ulvce, Oerst. 1. c. 53, T. 1, f. 5.

P. Wheatlandii, Girard. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. iii. 251. Nordam.
Monatsb. ii. 4.

P. f r e q u e n s. Planaria frequens, Leidy. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 2nd
ser. vol. iii. pai-t 2, 143.

FoviA, Girard. (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. iv. 211, 1852.) Corpus depressum
antice subtruncatum ; fronte sfEpius in medio producta v. acuta. Ocelli duo
subapproximati. Tubus cibarius ramis indivisis. Maricolos.

P. littoralis. Planaria littoralis, Oerst. 1. c. pi. i. f. 6.

F. affinis. Planaria affmis, Oerst. 1. c. 54.

F. War re n ii, Girard, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. iy. 211. Vortex Warrenii,
Girard, 1. c. iii. 264. Nordam. Monatsb. ii. 4.

F. graciliceps et tri 1 ob at a, infra.

Bdelloura, Leidy. (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. v. 242, 1851.) Corpus
depressum, antice acutum v. subacutum, cauda subdiscreta dilatata. Ocelli
duo. Os centrale, cesophago cylindrico. Stomachus latus. Caeca indivisa.
Apertura genitalis ? Maricolce.

B. 1 0 n gi c e p s, Leidy, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. v. 289. Planaria longi-
ceps, Duges, Ann. des Sci. Nat. Igt ser. xxi. 83, pi. ii. f. 21.

B. p a r as i tica, Leidy, 1. c. v. 242. IVortex caw(?8c?a, Girard, Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist. iii. 264.*

B. r u s t i c a, Leidy, 1. c. v. 243.

Anocelis, n. g. Corpus depressum, elongato-ovale, ssepe antice truncatum.
Os post medium subcentrale. Ocelli nulli. Fluviatiles.

A. 0 33 6 a. Planaria ccBca, Duges. Ann. des Sci. Nat., 1st ser. xxi. 83, pi. ii.
f. 20.

A. f ul i g i n 0 s a. Planaria fuliginosa, Leidy, 1. c, v. 225.

Oligocelis, n. g. Corpus oblongum depressum, antice auriculatum. Ocelli
sex in acervos duos parallelos subterminales dispositi. Os post medium sub-
centrale. Tubus cibarius ramis arbusculiformibus. Fluviatiles.

0. p u 1 c h e r r i m a. Dendrocoelum pulcherrimum, Girard. Proc. B. S. N. H.
iii. 265. Nordam. Monatsb. ii. 2.

POLYCELIDJ]].
Corpus oblongum, planum, dilatatum. Ocelli numerosi marginales. Os post
medium subcentrale, cesophago cylindrico, longeprotractili. Apertura genitalis
retrorsum sita. Fluviatiles.

PoLYCELis, Hemp, et Ehrenb. (Symbolse Physicos, Phytoz. Turbell. No. V.
1830) genus unicuni.

P. nigra, Hemp, et Ehrenb. Planaria nigra, Miill., J, Johnston, Duges, etc.

P. b r u n n e a. Planaria hrunnaa, Miill.

P. Viganensis. Planaria Viganemis, Duges, Ann. des Sci. Nat. 1st ser.
xxi. 84, t. ii. f. 23-25.

GEOPLANIDJS.

Corpus elongatum depressum v. depressiusculum, subtus pcde sat distincto.
Caput continuum v. discretum. Ocelli duo vel plurimi, in capite dispositi. Os
post mediale. 0<]sophagus protractilis campanulatus, margine saepius sinuoso.
Apertura genitalis pone os. Terricolse.

Geoplana, n. g. Corpus depressum.v. depressiusculum, elongatum v. lineare,
capite continuo. Ocelli numerosi marginales, v. in acervos submarginales, in
capite dispositi.

G. vag in ul 0 i de s. Planaria vaginuloides, Darwin, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
1st ser. xiv. 244. Polgcelis vaginuloides Diesing, Syst. Helminth, i. 172.

G. b i 1 i n e a r i s. Planaria bilinearis, Darwin. 1. c. xiv. 245. Polgcelis bilin-
earis, Diesing, 1. c. i. 194.

G. pulla. Plana7-ia puUa, DskTwin, I. c. xiv. 2io. Polycelis pulla, Diesing,
1. c. 192.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25

G. pallida. Planaria pallida, Burwin, 1. c. xiv. 245. Folycdis pallida,
Diesing, 1. c. i. 194.

G. Tasmanica. Planaria Tasmanica, Darwin, 1. c. xiv. 246. Polycelii
iasmanica, Diesing, 1. c. i. 193.

G. nigro-fusca. Planaria nigro-fusca, Darwin, 1. c. xiv. 245. Polycelis
nigro-fasca, Diesing, 1. c. i. 193.

G. lapidicola, infra.

BiPALiUM, n. g. Corpus lineare, depressiusculum. Caput discretum, luna-
tum, transversum, auriculis longis retrorsum tendentibus. Ocelli numerosi,
minuti, in capite, plerumque in ejus marginibus dispositi. Os centrale v. post-
centrale. Apertura genitalis inter os et extremitatum posteriorem, sajpius ad
dimidiam distantiffi.

B. maculatum, fuscatum, trilineatum, etvirgatum, infra.

Rhynchouemus, Leidy. (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. v. 589. 1851.) Corpus
elongatura, subdepressum, antrorsum attenuatum, utrinque obtusum. Ocelli
duo subtermiuales.

R. te rres t r is, Leidy, 1. c. V. 289. Planaria terr estr is, Unges, Ann. d. Sci.
Nat. 1st ser. xxi. 82, pi. 1, f. 18.

II. sylvatica, Leidy, 1. c. v. 289. Planaria sylvatica, Leidy, 1. c. v. 241.

POLYCLADID^.

Corpus planum v. depressum oblongum, dilatatum, capite continuo. Ocelli
nulli. Os subcentrale. Apertura genitalis anteos. Terricolae.

PoLYCLADUs, Blanchard, (Ann. des Sci. Nat.Sd. ser. viii. 146-149, 1845.) genus
unicum.

P. Gayi, Blanch. 1. c.

P. maculatus, Diesing, 1. c. i. 201. Planaria maculaia, Darwin, 1. c. xiv.
246.

P. semilineatus, Diesing, 1. c. i. 201. Planaria semilineata, Darwin, 1. c.
xiv. 246.

P. elongatus. Planaria elongata, Darwin, 1. c. xiv. 246. Polycladus Dar-
winii, Diesing, 1. c. i. 202.

Descriptiones specierum novarum,

1. Thysanozoon Australe, St. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. vii. 389. Corpus
ovale, utrinque late rotundatum, supra fusco nigroque maculatum, papillis sub-
aequalibus, regulariterdispersis, ad 60 obsessum. Papillaj sat grandes, fuscae,
tuberculis prominentibus flavis gemmatae. Tentacula mediocria, graciliora.
Ocelli conferti in acervum parvum, ovatum, postico macula alba cuneiformi in-
terruptum. Long. 1 ; lat. 0-6 poll.

Hab. Li portu Jacksoni Australiensi ; inter spongias e profunditate sex or-
gyiarum.

2. Proceros albicornis. Late ovalis, supra fuscus, albo-punctatus,tentaculis
albis. Ocelli ■ magnitudine variabiles, in areola clara, magna, oblongo-ovali
dispositi, majores anteriores. Long. 1-3 ; lat. 0-9 poll.

Hab. Ad oras insula " Jesso" Japonise Borealis ; sublittoralis inter lapides
algosos.

3. Edrylepta pulminata, St. 1. c. vii. 380. Oblongo-ovalis, supra rubro-
fusca, viridi-punctata, fasciis obliquis rufis fusco-raarginatis, in medio conve-
nientibus. Tentacula lata, approximata, macula flava ad basim exteriorem.
Ocelli in acervum unicum in papilla minuta, ovali,cervicali, situm. Long. 1-25;
lat. 0-58 poll.

Ifab. Prope oras insulae " Loo Choo" ; inter corallia e profunditate orgyiarum
duarum.

4. EuRYLEPTA cocciNEA. Oblouga, utriuquc rotundata, supra rubra, maculis
albis incouspicuis ; lateribus fere parallelis, marginibus purpureis undulatis.

1857.]

26 PROCEEDINGS OF TflE ACADEMY OP

Tentacula minora, approximata. Ocelli in acervum minnutum pone tentacula
situm. Long 2 ; lat. 0-7 poll.
Hab. Ad insulam " Loo Choo" ; sublittoralis in rupibus.

5. EuRYLEPTA GUTTATO-MARGiNATA, St. 1. c. vii. 380. Oblongo-ovata, postice
latior ; supra alba, margine serie macularum pupurearum ornata. Tentacula
brevia. Ocelli circiter 12 in acervum minutum pone tentacula situm. Long.
0-5; lat. 0-28.

Hab. Ad insulam " Loo Choo" ; littoralis in rupium fissuris.

6. EuRTLEPTA INTERRUPTA, St. 1. c. vii. 380. Ovalis, supra pallide fusca, fascia
longitudinali mediana nigra interrupta ; marginibus linea Ima aut extima
hyalina, 2da nigra, 3tia aurantiaca, 4ta vel interna, nigro-fusca et latiore ; omni-
bus (antice excepta) frequenter interruptis. Tentacula prominentia. Ocelli
cervicales in acervos duos lunatos, parallelos, antrorsum convexos aggregati.
Long. 0-75 ; lat. 0-31 poll.

Hab. Ad oras insulse " Loo Choo" ; littoralis sub lapidibus in locis
arenosis.

7. EuRYLEPTA NIGRA. Elougato-elliptica, supra nigra, rufo-marginata, subtus
albens. Tentacula minora, graciliora, nigra, ad apicem alba. Papilla ocelli-
fera cervicalis, in linea alba longitudinali, mediana, brevi sita. Long. 3 ; lat. 0*9.

Hab. Ad oras insulee " Ousima" Japonise Australis ; littoralis inter rupes.

8. EuRYLEPTA Japonica. ObloHgo-ovalis, marginibus undulatis ; supra fulva,
albo punctata; tentaculis approximatis, prominentibus, subtriangularibus, acutis.
Ocelli numerosi, magnitudine asquales, in areola parva, ovata, antice acuminata,
juxta tentacula sita, conferti. Long. 2.9 ; lat. 2.9 ; lat. 1.3 poll.

Hab. Ad oras insulae " Jesso" Japoniae Borealis ; sublittoralis inter lapides.

9. Cryptoccelum opacum. Subovale, postice parum latiore, utrinque late
rotundatum, colore nigro-purpureo-fuscum, marginibus incoloratis. Caput
interdum depositione nigra irregulari, in loco usitata ocellorum acervorum.
Long. 0-2 ; lat. 0-125, poll.

Hab. In portu Sinensi " Hong Kong ;" parasiticum in Echinarachnio magno
purpureo e profunditate sex orgyiarum.

10. Typhlocolax acuminatus. Depressiusculus, gracilis, antice subattenu-
atus et truncatus, ad trientem posteriorem corporis partem latior et convexior ;
Cauda acuminata. Colore supra sanguineus, maculis 2-3 nigris indistinctis ad
summum dorsum. Long. 0-1 ; lat. 0-03 poll.

Hab. In freto Behringii ; parasiticus in Chirodotce specie e profunditate decern
orgyiarum.

11. Elasmodes acutcs. Leptaplana acuta, St. 1. c. vii. 381. Lanceolatus,
utrinque acutus, ante medium quam post medium vix latior, subpellucidus
pallide griseus, bruneo-maculatus. Ocelli pauci in acervos duos, parvos, arcu-
atos, ab extremitate anteriore parum remotos. Long. 0-33; lat. 0-14 poll.

Hab. In portu Sinensi " Hong Kong ;" in fundo limoso profunditatis sex
orgyiarum.

12. Elasmodes tenellus. Elongato-ovatus, ad caput latior ; hyalino-albus,
supra macula elongata mediana pallide fusca. Ocelli inconspicui, in acervos
duos elongatos sparsim dispositi. Lon. 1-6 poll.

Hab. Ad insulam " Ousima;" littoralis inter lapides.

13. Leptoplana Schonbornii. Parvula, ovata, pallida, supra minute cupreo-
maculata. Ocelli in acervos duos oblongos, antice attenuatos ex secundariis,
postice ex primariis constatos. Long. 0-2 ; lat. O-l poll.

Hab. Prope Promontorium Bonae Spei; in fundo saxoso profunditatis 20
orgyiarum.

14. Leptoplana fusca. Subelongata, utrinque rotundata, antice parum
latior, supra fusca. Ocelli in areola incolorata, in acervos duos oblongos,
quadrangulatos, antrorsum convergentes aggregati ; primarii posteriores,

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 27

secundarii anteriores, utrinque dimidium partem acervorum formantes. Long.
0-75 ; lat. 0-25 poll.
Uab. Ad oras insulae Sinensis " Hong Kong ;" littoralis, sub lapidibus in locis

saxosis.

15. Lkptoplana TRULLiBFORMis, St., 1. c. vii. 381. Elongata, antice late
rotundata, postice attenuata subacuta, supra pallide fusca, fascia mediana ob-
scuriore pone ocellos. Ocelli in areola incolorata; primariorum acervi oblongi
obliqui, antrorsum convergentes, utroque circiter 16; secundarii in acervos
quinque, quorum tribus ante, duobus parvis pone primariorum acervos. Long.
0-75; lat. 0-22 poll.

Ilah. In freto " Li-yu-moon," prope insulam Sinensem "Hong Kong;" in fundo
lapidoso profunditatis 25 orgyiarum.

IG. Leptoplana maculosa. Oblongo-ovata ; supra pallide grisea, maculis
fuscis sparsis, medianis obscuris; marginibus hyalinis. Ocelli primarii in acer-
vos duos ovatos aggregati, utroque septem ; acervi in extremitatibus areola;
hyalinae, transverstB, arcuate, positi. Ocellorum secundariorum acervi duo par-
vi aute medium areola; siti. Ocelli 4-6 in areola inter primarios dispersi. Long.
0-8 ; lat. 0-4 poll.

Hab. In portu " San Irancisco" California^ ; littoralis sub lapidibus in locis
limosis.

17. Leptoplana delicatula. Subovata, tenerrima, marginibus undulatis ;
supra rufo-fusca, versus marginem pallescens. Ocellorum primariorum acervi
in umbonibus, utroque circiter 14. Ocelli secundarii valde numerosi, minuti,
in acervos quatuor elongatos, ante et pone alteros sitos. Long. 0-6 ; lat. 0-3
poll.

Hab. In portu " Hong Kong" ; littoralis inter ulvas in locis arenosis.

18. Leptoplana oblonga. Subelongata, antice truncata v. subtruncata, pos-
tice attenuata et acuta, supra fusca versus marginem pallescens. Ocelli in
areola hyalina ; primarii in summa parte umbonum, utroque 8 ; secundarii in
acervos elongatos arcuatos longitudinales duos inter primarios, — sparsi. Long.
1-8 ; lat. 0-45 poll.

Hab. In portu " Simoda" Japonise; sublittoralis in rupium fissuris.

19. Leptoplana humilis. Ovata, supra pallide griseo-brunnea, fasciis obscu-
rioribus radiatim dispositis ; fascia incolorata mediana interrupta. Ocelli
primarii in umbonibus, utroque 12-15; secundarii inconspicui ante et pone
primarios sparsi. Long. 1 ; lat. 0-7 poll.

Hab. Prope oras insulaj "Jesso"; in fundo arenoso profunditatis quatuor
orgyiarium.

20. Leptoplana PATELLARnii, St. 1. c. vii. 389. Subovata, utrinque late ro-
tundata, postice parum latior ; supra fulva, fascia lata mediana et maculis
obscurioribus ; subtus alba. Ocelli primarii in umbonibus utroque circiter 10 ;
secundarii in acervos duos oblongos approximatos ante primarios sitos. Long,
0-9 ; lat. 0-65 poll.

Hah. in " Simon's Bay" prope Promontorium Bonee Spei ; littoralis, in rupibus
sub Patellis magnis reperta.

21. Leptoplana punctata. Sat grandis, oblongo-ovata, tenuis, subpellucida,
supra punctis rubro-fuscis regulariter adspersis, et fascia longitudinali mediani
rubro-fusca, antice inter acervos ocellorum incipiente. Ocelli primarii in um-
bonibus parvis, utroque 8 ; secundarii in acervos duos parvos triangulares
pone primarios et eis confluentes, utroque circiter 10.

Hab. Ad insulam " Ousima" ; sublittoralis inter lapides algosos.

22. Dioncus badics, St. 1. c. vii. 389. Ovalis, utrinque subtruncatus, supra
badiuS; ex parte albo-punctatus. Ocelli numerosi minuti, superficiem totam
umbonum translucidorum occupantes, utroque circiter 30. Long. 1-5 ; lat. 0-75
poll.

Hab. In portu Jacksoni Australiensi ; littoralis sub lapidibus.

1857.]

28 PKOCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

23. DiONCUs OBLONGUS, St. 1. c. vii. 389. Oblongo-ovalis, supra pallide fusco-
griseus. Ocellorum acervi in summa parte umbonum pellucidorum siti, ita
annulo hyalino simulate cincti. Ocelli subgrandes circiter 15 in utroque acervo.
Long. 1 ; lat. 0-35 poll.

Hab. In portu Jacksoni ; littoralis.

24. Pachyplana lactea. Exacte ovata, lactea, prope marginem obscurior lineis
granulse (ova ?) radiantibus et dirisis. Papillae ocelliferae parvae, ad partem
quintam anteriorem corporis longitudinis sitae, et parte sexta latitudinis re-
motae. Ocelli magni sex in utroque papilla ; alii pauci minuti in margine
anteriore. Long. 1-5; lat 1 poll.

Hab. Ad oras insulse " Ousima" ; sublittoralis in locis lapillosis et algosis sub
lapidibus magnis.

25. Prosthiostomum grande. Valde elongatum, antice subtruncatum re-
trorsum attenuatum acutum ; colore supra pallide fulvum, sparsim rubro-mac-
ulatum ; fascia longitudinali mediana fusca reticulata. Ocelli occipitales in
acervum elongato-triangularem, longitudinaliter linea mediana bisectum, ad
vicesimam partem anteriorem corporis situm. Ocelli marginales in margine
frontali modo dispositi. Long. 6 ; lat. 0-4 poll.

Hab. Ad oras insula " Ousima" ; sublittorale.

26. Prosthiostomum OBscoRUM. Leptoplana obscura, ^i.\. c. \ii.'^^l. Elon-
gato-ovale, antice subtruncatum, supra pallide rubro-fuscum, saepe rufo-macu-
latum, fascia mediana pallidiore. Ocellorum acervus occipitalis e linea
mediana bipartitus ; utrinque linearis ocellis 3-4 magnis, et 5-6 parvis poste-
rioribus divergentibus. Ocelli reliqui submarginales, frontales tantum, sparsi.
Long. 1 ; lat. 0-34 poll.

Hab. In portu " Hong Kong" ; sublittoralis in locis arenosis et algosis.

27. Prosthiostomum afpine. Elongatum, antice subtruncatum et in medio
sinuatum supra rufo-variegatum, fascia longitudinali mediana obscuriore.
Ocelli minuti, in lateribus areolae pellucidae, parvae conferti, et secundum mar-
ginem anteriorem dense distribute Os infra ad partem sextam corporis situm.
(Esophagus protractilis in tubo elongate, subclavato, truncate, prope extremita-
tem constricto. Long. 0-9 ; lat. 0-2. poll.

Hab. In portu Sinensi " Hong Kong" ; littorale inter ulvas in locis arenosis.'

28. Prosthiostomum oollare. Leptoplana collaris, St. 1. c. vii. 381. Oblongum,
antice truncatum, fronte sepius concava; postice attenuatum acutum; snpra
badium, lineis longitudinalibus fuscis duobus in corpore, unica mediana in
capite ; fascia transversa alba cervicali. Ocelli numerosi in acervum occipita-
lem v-formem, antrorsum acutum. Ocelli marginales ? Long. 0-5 ; lat. 0-29
poll.

Hab. Ad oras insulae "Loo Choo"; sublittorale inter algas in rupium fissuris.

29. Prosthiostomum constipatum. Oblongum, utrinque rotundatum, supra
punctis numerosis obscure fulvis, postice in medio confertis ; antice fascia
pallida longitudinali mediana, oesophagi positionem indicante. Ocelli acervi
occipitalis pauci, inagquales, in areola pellucida, ovali, bilobataadspersi ; reliqui
nurcerosi aequales in acervum arcuatum a margine anteriore paullo remotum.
Long. 1 ; lat. 0-27 poll. ^

Hab. Ad oras insulee ''Jesso" Japoniae Borealis ; sublittorale inter lapides.

30. Prosthiostomum cribarium. Oblongum, lateribus fere parallelis, ex-
tremitate anteriore subtriangulari, in verticem obtusum finiente ; extremitate
posteriore late rotundata ; colore supra fusco-rufum, maculis parvis incoloratis
confertis ; margine lactea. Ocelli valde numerosi, in acervum hippocrepi
formem, magnum, prope verticem situm, conferti. Ocelli marginales pauci, sec-
undum marginem anteriorem irrcgulariter adspersi. Long. 2 ; lat. 0-9 poll.

Hab. Prope oras insulae "Jesso"; in fundo arenoso et algoso profunditatis sex
orgyiarum.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 29

31. Prosthiostomum crassiuscclcm. Elonjjate ovale, crassiusculum, supra
obscure fuscum, subtus pallide rufura. Ocelli occipitales nunierosi, minuti,
acervum ovalem formantes in areola pellucida ad partem septimara anteriorem
corporis sila ; ocelli marginales in margine frontali et antero-laterali, post
acervum occipitalcm extensi. Long. 2*3 ; lat. 0-9 poll.

Ilab. Ad insulam " Ousima" ; littorale inter lapides.

32. Peosthiostomdm tenebrosum. Elongatum, utrinque rotundatum, supra
obscure griseum vel subnigruni, areola ocellifera vix pallidiore, itaque ocello-
rum acervus ovalis occipitalis non bene distiuctus. Margo pellucida; ocelli
marginales autice distincte aperti. Long. 2 ; lat. 0-3 poll.

Eab. In portu " Hong Kong" ; littorale sub lapidibus in locis arenosis.

33. Prosthiostomum SPARSCM. Leptoplana sparsa, St. 1. c. viii. 381. Suboblongum,
antice late rotundatum postice parum angustatum acutum ; supra pallide fus-
cum unicolore, interdum macula obscuriore prope extremitatera posteriorem.
Ocelli numerosi aequales in acervum ellipticum occipitalem aggrcgati ; interdum
utrinque acervo minuto inconspicuo. Ocelli marginales inmarginibusanterior-
ibus et antero-lateralibus conferti. Long. 1 ; lat. 0*5 poll.

Hab. In portu insula: " Kikaisima" ; Japonige Australia ; sublittorale inter
confervas.

34. DiPLONCHCS MARMORATn.1. Oblongo-cllipticus, antice subangustatus,
postice rotundatus, supra brunneus, maculis albis reniformibus marmoratus.
Ocelli in papilla elliptica bilobata ; alii in acervum linearem ab hac papilla
antrorsum extensum. Long. 3-3 ; lat. 1-4 poll.

Hab. Ad oras insulas " Ousima" ; sublittoralis inter lapillos.

35. Stylochus coRNictJLATcs, St. 1. c. vii. 381. Oblongus, extremitatibuslatc
rotundatis ; supra fulvo-maculatus. Tentacula triangulato-pyramidalia facie
exteriore ocellis minutis ubique confertis. Areola clara circularis sine ocellis
inter tentacula sita. Long. 2 ; lat. 0-1 poll.

Hab. In portu "Hong Kong" ; in conchis bivalvis desertis e fundo limoso
profunditatis 6 orgyiarum.

36. Stylochus obscurus. Subovatus, antice latior, supra obscure glaucus,
maculis subnigris, in linea mediana confertis. Tentacula parva, inconspicua in
corpore obscuro. Areola pellucida nulla. Ocelli numerosi, minuti, superficiem
tcntaculorum totam tegentes. Long. 1*7; lat. 1 poll.

Hab. Ad oras insula " Jesso" ; sublittoralis.

37. StylochopI/Ana tenera. Ovato-cordata, pertenuis, capite dilatato. Cor-
pus hyalinum, supra fasciis duobus centralibus pallide griseis. Tentacula in
areola pura. Ocelli in acervum transversum inter tentacula utrinque ad eorum
basim extensum. Long. 0-9; lat. 0-6 poll.

Hab. In mari Atlantico inter 20® et 30° lat. bor. ; pelagica.

38. Stylochoplana reticulata. Stylochus reticulatus, St. I. c. vii. 381. Late
ovata, supra pallide brunnea, fusco-maculata, fills nigro-punctatis reticulata.
Tentacula et ocelli in areola clara ad quartam anteriorem corporis sita. Ocelli
in acervos quatuor dispositi, quorum duo ad basim anteriorem tcntaculorum,
et duo inter et ante tentacula siti. Long. 2 ; lat. 1-5 poll.

Hab. Ad oras insulae " Loo Choo" : sublittoralis in rupium fissuris.

39. Callioplana marginata. Ovalis, tenuis ; supra nigro-fuscus margine
cinnabarino. Tentacula parva, approximata, gracilia, styliformia, ad apicem trun-
cata ; in areola alba, parva, lunata, transversa sita. Ocelli ad latus exteriorem
tentaculorum prope basim, et in acervos duos lineares inter tentacula. Long.
2-4; lat. M poll.

Hab. Ad oras insulag " Ousima" ; sub lapidibus in profunditate 4 pedum.

40. Stylochopsis conglomeratus. Oblongo-ovalis, antice subtruncatus aut
late rotundatus, structura paullo crassa ; supra pallide griseus, maculis nigri-
1857.]

30 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

cantibus angularibus acute definitis, confertis. Tentacula remota, brevia, ad
apicem obtusa. Ocelli magni in tentaculis, alii minuti in acervum rhomboida-
lem inter et post tentacula ; reliqui in margine anteriore sparsim distributi.
Long. 1-4 ; lat. 0-55 poll.

Hab. Ad insulam " Ousima" ; sub lapidibus in profunditate pedum duorum.

41. Stylochopsis limosus. Amplus, oblongo-ovalis, crassiusculus, sed mol-
lis et mucosus ; supra pallide fuscus, maculis oblongis, parvis, numerosis,
griseo-fuscis adspersus. Tentacula remota. Ocelli ad tentacula et in margine
anteriore corporis sparsim distributi. Long. 3 ; lat. 1-3 poll.

Hab. in sinu insulae " Ousima ;" sublittoralis in fundo arenoso et algoso sub
lapidibus.

42. Trachyplana tuberculosa. Oblongo-ovalis, structura pauUo firma et
dura, tuberculis minutis supra obsessus ; colore flavus, tuberculis carneis. Ten-
tacula parvula, hyalina. Ocelli pauci in superficie tota tentaculorum sparsim
dispositi. Long. 1-4; lat. 0-6 poll. Hab. in sinu insulae "Ousima;" inter
lapides e profunditate 4 pedum.

43. Planaria Sinensis. Oblonga, postice acuta ; fronte obtuse triangulari, in
medio valde producta ; auriculis parvulis, capite quam corpore latitudine minore.
Colore corpus supra variabile, nigrum, fuscum v. fulvum ; margine hyalina ;
macula hyalina stomachal! mediana. Pigmentum ocellorum rotundatum, in
globulo vitreo ovali, ad latus internum approximatum. Long. 0-5 ; lat. 0-15 poll.

Hab. in rivulis insulae Sinensis "Hong Kong."

44. Planaria cinerea. Oblonga, subconvexa, postice attenuata, lateribus
leviter convexis ; fronte triangulari, in media paullo producta ; auriculis medi-
ocribus. Corpus colore supra cinereum, fascia mediana subpinnata obscuriore.
Ocelli auriculis oppositi ; pigmento ovali ad latus internum globuli mediocris.
Long. 0-4; lat. 0-11 poll.

Hab. in fossis insulae " Ousima," Japoniae Australis.

45. Planaria badia. Oblonga, convexiuscula, postice acuta, lateribus leviter
convexis ; fronte acute triangulato-producta ; auriculis mediocribus. Corpus
colore supra badium, ad caput pallidus ; macula stomachali oblonga pellncidula
post-mediali. Ocelli auriculis oppositi : pigmento substellato ad latus internum
globuli sat magni. Long. 0-4 ; lat. 0-09 poll.

Hab. in fossis insulae " Loo Choo."

46. FoviA graciliceps. Gracilis, supra grisea, post medium latior et con-
vexior, antice angustata ; capite valde elongato, gracili ; fronte acute triangulata,
cervice vix latiore ; auriculis nullis. Cauda apiculata. Ocelli approximati, ad
quintam anteriorem corporis siti; pigmento reniformi. Long. 0-2 ; lat. 0-04
poll.

Hab. in portu " Hong Kong ;" littoralis in locis arenoso-limosis.

47. FoviA TRiLOBATA. Oblouga, depressa, antrorsum subangustata, retrorsum
rotundata ; supra rubra, fascia mediana pallidiore, et linea transversa nigricante
pone ocellos ; subtus alba. Ocelli octavam partem corporis ab apice remoti ;
pigmento semicirculari ad latus internum globulorum ovalium. Long. 0-2 ; lat.
0-05 poll.

Hab. in sinu " Avatscha " Kamtschatkse ; littoralis inter lapides.

48. Geoplana lapidicola. Elongata, subconvexa, post medium parura latior,
lateribus fere parallelis, extremitatibus rotundatis ; supra grisea, fascia mediana
fulva, marginibus pallidis. Ocelli vix numerosi in lateribus extremitatis an-
terioris sparsi, majores utrinque 3-4 latero-frontales. Long. 1-2 ; lat. 0-1 poll.

Hab. ad insulam " Loo Choo ;" sub lapillis in sylvis.

49. BiPALiUM viRGATUM. Sat gracile, postice obtusum ; ad cervicem angus-
tatum. Auriculae capitis graciles sepius retrorsum curvatse. Frons arcuata, in
medio leviter sinuata. Corpus colore supra pallide aurantiacnm, fasciis nigro-
fulvisquinquelongitudinalibus, lateralibus marginalibus, — virgatum ; fascia me-

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF rUILADELPHIA. 31

diana sola caput transiente. Ocelli valde numerosi, in marginibus capitis et
cervicis dense distributi. Long. 2 ; lat. 0-15 poll.
Hab. ad insulam " Loo Choo" ; inter lapillos et folia putrida.

50. BiPALiUM MACULATUM. Subdeprcssum ; capite auriculis sat brevibus,
fronte arcuata. Corpus supra fulvum, maculis nigris confertis, fascia mediana
pallida nigro-marginata ; auricularnm marginibus postcrioribus nigris. Ocelli
valde numerosi in acervum arcuatum frontalem submarginalem. Long. 3 ; cor-
poris lat. 0*2 ; capitis lat. 0-3 poll.

Hab. ad insulam " Ousima ;" sub foliis et lignis putridis in humidis.

51. BiPALiuM TRiLiNEATDM. Elongatum, rctrorsum attenuatum acutum ; cer-
vice subangustata; margine posteriore auricularnm recta. Frontis margo 10-
dentata, dentibus parvis distantibus. Corpus colore supra pallide flavo-fuscum,
in medio longitudinaliter nigro trilineatum ; marginibus capitis et cervicis
nigris. Ocelli numerosi submarginales in capite. Long. 1-6 ; corporis lat. 0-22;
capitis lat. 0-33 poll.

Hab. in coUibus insulce " Jesso ;" inter folia putrida.

52. BiPALiuM FuscATUM. Grande, depressum, postice attenuatum acutum,
supra nigro fuscum, ms-gine frontali pallida. Ocelli in marginibus capitis
sparsi. Long. 5 ; lat. 0-3 poll.

Hab. prope urbem Japonicam " Simoda" sub foliis putridis.

Description of Thirteen New Species of TJNIONES, from Georgia.
BY ISAAC LEA.

Unio Blandianus. Testa tuberculata, subquadrata, subinflata, subaequi-
laterali, antice rotundata, ad basim eraarginata; valvulis percrassis, antice
crassioribus ; natibus elevatis, compressis, ad apices granulatis ; epidermide vel
castanea vel luteo-fusca ; dentibus cardinalibus magnis, percrassis, crenulatis,
in utroque valvule duplicibus ; lateralibus rectis, brevibus, percrassis crenula-
tisque ; margarita argentea et iridescente.

Hab. Othcalooga Creek, Gordon county, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.

Unio concestator. Testa laevi, elliptic^, inflata, inaequilaterali, antice rotun-
data; valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide
nigricanti, eradiata, transverse striata ; dentibus cardinalibus subcrassis, du-
plicibus, crenulatisque ; lateralibus longis subcurvisque ; margarita vel pur-
purea vel salmonis colore tincta et iridescente.

Hab. Creeks near Columbus, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.

Unio extensus. Testa laevi, valde transversa, valde compressa, ad latere
planulata, valde insequilaterali, postice subangulata ; valvulis subcrassis ; nati-
bus prominulis, compressis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, transverse striata ;
dentibus cardinalibus subcrassis, acuminatis ; lateralibus praelongis, rectis,
postice incrassata ; margarita alba et iridescente.

Hab. Dry Creek, near Columbus, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.

Unio pytiiformis. Testa laevi, obliqua, oviformis, valde compressa, valde in-
ajquilaterali, postice biangulata ; valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus
subprominentibus ; epidermide luteo-castanea, nitida ; dentibus cardinalibus
subgrandibus crenulatisque ; lateralibus subbrevibus subcrassisque ; margarita
vel salmonis colore tincta vel alba et iridescente.

Hab. Near Columbus, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.

Unio Columbensis. Testa laevi, oblonga, subinflata, valde insequilaterali,
postice angulata ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus prominulis et concentrice undu-
latis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca ; dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus, elevatis,

1857.]

32 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

acuminatis crenulatisqiie ; lateralibns prselongis, lamellatis subrectisque ; marga-
rita alba et iridescente.

Hab. Creeks near Columbus, Georgia. Bisbop Elliott.

Unio fallax. Testa Isevi, elliptica, subinfiata, insequilaterali, antice et postice
regulariter rotundata ; valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus prominulis, ad apicem
minute undulata ; epidermide luteo-fusca, valde radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus
erectis, compressis, acuminatis ; lateralibus subrectis sublongisque ; margarita
vel albd vel purpurea vel salmonis colore tincta.

Hab. Streams near Columbus, .Georgia. Bishop Elliott ; and French Broad
River, Tenn., Mr. Joseph Clark.

Unio intercedens. Testa laevi, elliptica, subinfiata, valde inaequilaterali, pos-
tice subangulata; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide tenebroso-
fusca, postice radiata, antice subsulcata j dentibus cardinalibus parvis, angn-
latis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis subrectisque ;
margarita purpurea.

Hab. Streams near Columbus, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.

Unio excavatus. Testa laevi, subtriangulari, valde inflata, subaequilaterali,
postice angulata ; valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus valde pro-
minentibus et tumidis ; epidermide vel lutea vel luteo-oliva, polita, radiata,
antice subsulcata; dentibus cardinalibus magnis, erectis, conico-compressis,
crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus subbrevibus, lamellatis
crassisque ; margarita alba et iridescente.

Hab. Othcalooga Creek, Gordon County, Georgia; Bishop Elliott; and
Etowah, Georgia, Rev. Geo. White. Alabama river, Claiborne, Alabama, Judge
Tait.

Unio eadians. Testa laevi, elliptica, subinfiata, inaequilaterali, postice rotun-
data ; valvulis subtenuibus, antice crassioribus ; natibus prominulis, ad apices
undulatis ; epidermide lutea, polita, valde radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus sub-
grandibus, erectis, subconicis crenulatisque ; lateralibus sublongis, lamellatis
subrectisque ; margarita vel alba vel rosacea et valde iridescente.

Hab. Othcalooga Creek, Gordon county, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.

Unio uubellinus. Testa plicatd, transversa, subtriangulari, subinfiata, valde
inaequilaterali, postice acute angulata, antice rotundata ; valvulis subcrassis,
antice crassioribus ; natibus prominulis, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide rubi-
uscula, nitida ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, erectis acuminatisque ; lateralibus
longis lamellatis subrectisque ; margarita rubida et iridescente.

Hab. Othcalooga Creek, Gordon county, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.

Unio umbrosus. Testa laevi, elliptica, ventricosa, subaequilaterali, postice
obtuse angulata, compressa et emarginata ; valvulis crassis, antice crassiorir
bus ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, postice obsolete radiata ;
dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus, erectis, obtuso-conicis ; lateralibus sub-
longis, subrectis subcrassisque ; margarita tenebroso-purpurea et iridescente.

Hab. Othcalooga Creek, Gordon county, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.

Unio apicinus. Testa laevi, elliptica, subcompressa, subaequilaterali, postice
obtuse angulata ; valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus prominulis, ad apices regu-
lariter et decore undulatis ; epidermide fusco-lutescente, radiis minutis induta ;
dentibus cardinalibus parvulis, obliquis, compressis, subacutis crenulatisque ;
lateralibus sublongis, lamellatis subcurvisque ; margarita albida et iridescente.

Hab. Othcalooga Creek, Gordon county, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.

Unio Othcaloogensis. Testa laevi subtriangulari, ventricosa, subaequilate-
rali ; valvulis crassis, antice crassioribus, natibus subgrandibus, ad apices un-
dulatis ; epidermide lutescente, perlaevi, nitida, eradiata ; dentibus cardinalibus
crassis, obliquis, crenulatis et in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus brevibus
subrectisque ; margarita alba et iridescente.

Hob- Othcalooga Creek, Gordon county, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 33

Catalogue of Birds collected on the Eiver Muni, Western Africa, by Mr. P. B Db-

Chaillu in 1856, with notes and descriptions of new species.

BY JOHN CASSIN.

The collection of birds, of which the succeeding is a catalogue, was made by
Mr. DuChaillu during a journey up the River Aluni, made with the hope of
being able to reach the supposed source of the River Congo as laid down in
recent maps. In this, however, he did not succeed, being prevented by ranges
of high mountains, and the fact that the nations of negroes at the extreme point
attained by him were unwilling to allow any of their people to accompany him,
and apparently knew nothing of the nations beyond those mountains. He
penetrated to a distance of 250 to 300 miles from the coast, and traced the Muni
to its source. '

As at Cape Lopez, Mr. DuChaillu did not collect birds of which numerous
specimens had formerly been sent in his collections from the Gaboon and from
the Moondah. This fact will account for the absence of some well known species
from the present catalogue.

Mr. DuChaillu is at present about to undertake the ascent of the River Camma,
lat. about 1.30 S., again hoping to reach the Congo, and if successful will attempt
its ascent to its source. With this journey he will occupy the present year, and
is amply provided with the necessary equipment for his arduous and perilous
undertaking, through the liberality of gentlemen of this Academy.

1. Gypohierax ANGOLENSis, (GmcHn.)

Falco angolensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 252, (USS.)
Gray's Genera, i. pi. 4. Jard. & Selby, 111. Orn. pi. 13.
Adult specimens.

2. POLYROROIDES RADIATUS, (ScOpoli.)

Vultur radiatus. Scop.

Polyboroides typus, Smith.

Temm. PI. Col. 307 ; Smith 111. S. Af. Zool. Birds pi. 81, 82.

Several shades darker than any specimen in the Museum of the Academy or
as represented in the plates cited. The fine cinereous color of this bird's plumage
probably fades very readilj'. Adult specimens in the present collection.

3. Chaunonotus Sabinei, (J. E. Gray.)
Thamnophilus Sabini, Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 7, (1842.)
Jard. & Selby, 111. Orn. N. S. pi. 27.

Apparently not abundant in Equatorial Africa. One specimen only in this
collection and one other only has been received in Mr. DuChaillu's collections.
Adult, very nearly as figured above, but never, 1 think, having had quite so fierce
an eye as in the plate above cited.

4. Laniarius Peli, (Bonaparte.)

Malaconotus Peli, Bonap. Consp. Av. p. 360, (1850.)

Laniarius lepidus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada., vii. p. 327, (1855.)

5. Tricophorus calurus, Cassin.

Tricophorus calurus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada., viii. p. 158, (1856.)

6. Tricophorus notatus, Cassin.

Tricophorus notatus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada., viii. 158, (1856.)

7. Tricophorus tricolor, nobis.

Allied to the preceding {T. notatus) but much smaller, and having the colors
different. Bill nearly straight, culmen distinct; wing with the fifth and"8ixth
quills longest ; tail moderate.

Total length (of skin) about 6J inches, wing 3, tail 3 inches.

Tail and its upper coverts dark chestnut, tinged with green on the outer edges
of the feathers and paler beneath. Upper parts dark olive green, darkest on the
1857.] 3

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

head. Under parts yellow, clear and deeper on the throat ; breast and middle
of the abdomen tinged with greenish on the sides and flanks ; under tail corerts
pale yellow ; exposed end= of secondary quills chestnut brown ; primaries edged
with greenish yellow on their outer webs. Bill dark, both mandibles tipped
and with their cutting edges white ; legs light bluish.

Sexes very nearly alike, females slightly smaller.

Hah. River Muni, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. DuChaillu.

This is a small straight billed species belonging to the same group as our
T. noiaiiis and T. canicapillus, Hartlaub. It may be easily distinguished by its
straight bill and chestnut colored tail, both of which characters strongly mark
all of the specimens now before me, through some are evidently not in adult
plumage.

The present bird appears to be allied also to T. olivaeens, Swainson, and to
T. icterinus, Temm. Bonap. Cons. Av. p. 262. It is, however, but a distant rela-
tive of T. barbaius, Temm. PL Col. 88, not belonging to the same subgeneric
group, and the description of T. icterinus, consisting as it does simply of a state-
ment : " Similis Tr. barbato, sed diiplo minor," is too careless and indefinite to be
entitled to any consideration.

Six specimens have been received from Mr. DuChaillu, five of which are in
the present collection and one in that from the River Moonda, formerly received.

8. Ixos ASHANTEUS, Bouaparte.

Ixos ashauteus, Bonap. Consp. Av. p. 266.

9. Andropadus latirostris, Strickland.

Andropadus latirostris, Strickl., Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1844, p. 100.

Fraser, Zool. Typ. pi. 35 ?

Very fine adult specimens, with the yellow stripe on each side of the throat
strongly marked. Sexes alike. I am not quite sure that Mr. Fraser's plate as
above represents this species.

10. Andropadus virens, nobis.

Smaller than either A. gracilirostris, latirostris or imporiimvs, but most resem-
bling the last. Bill wide at base, rather short, cutting edge of the upper man-
dible distinctly crenated near tbe tip ; wing moderate, rounded, fourth and fifth
quills longest and nearly equal ; tail rather short, with the feathers wide, plu-
mage of the rump long, ample, soft ; feet moderate.

Total length, about 6 inches, wing 3, tail 2| inches.

Colors generally resembling those of ^. i7}iportunus, but with the tail in the
present species dark greenish brown. Entire plumage above dark olive green,
rather lighter on the rump ; upper tail coverts tinged with brown. Under parts
yellowish green, the yellow predominating on the middle of the abdomen and
under tail coverts. Inferior coverts of the wing light greenish yellow ; quills
edged on their inner webs with yellowish white. Tail greenish brown with the
feathers slightly edged with yellowish green. Bill dark ; legs light colored.

Hab. Cape Lopez and River Muni, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B.
DuChaillu.

This is a smaller species than any hitherto known of this genus. It resembles
in general appearance .4. importunus, but can at once be distinguished by its
smaller size and the more decided brown color of its tail, in which character it
is more like the other two species mentioned above. This bird and A. graci-
lirostris and latirostris are evidently abundant species of Equatorial Western
Africa, numerous specimens of each being in the collections of Mr. DuChaillu.

11. Platystira MELA.NOPTERA, (Gmelin.)

Muscicapa melanoptera, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 939, (IVSS.)

Buff. Pl. Enl. 567, fig 3 ; Jard. & Selby, 111. Orn. i. pi. 9.

Evidently an abundant species throughout Western Africa.

The present collection contains a specimen marked as a young female which
has the throat and breast white, with only a few spots of the chestnut of the
adult.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35

12. Platystira leucopygialis, Fraser.
Platystira leucopygialis, Fraser.
Fraser, Zool. Tj^- Birds, pi. 34.

A beauliful and apparently abundant Flycatcher of Equatorial Africa.
Specimens of both sexes are precisely as figured above.

13. Mdscipeta flaviventuis, Verreaux.

Muscipeta fiaviventris, Verr. Cab. Jour. 1855, p. 103.

14. Muscipeta melanogastra, Swainson.
Muscipeta melanogastra, Sw. B. of W. Af. ii. p. 55.

15. BuTALis EPULATUS, Cassin.

Butalis cpulatus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada., vii. p. 326, (1855.)

Several specimens of this little species are in the present collection, all of

vrhich are but very slightly different from our specimens as above described.

Some specimens have, however, the under mandible entirely yellowish white, and

the color of the tarsi and toes is much lighter, being in fact pale yellowish. The

present specimens are more recent than the former.

16. Bdtalis comitatus, nobis.

Intimately allied to, and resembling the preceding, but much larger, with the
under mandible entirely dark colored and all the plumage darker.

Bill wide at base with very strong bristles ; wing rather long, fourth quill
longest ; tail moderate, with the feathers rather pointed.

Total length about 5 inches, wing 2i, tail 2^ inches.

Eftire upper parts dark cinereous, lighteron the rump, a narrow line of black
aroiiad the neck behind. Quills and tail brownish black. Throat and middle
of the abdomen white, breast and flanks dark cinereous. Inferior wing coverts
ashy white, inner edges of quills white. Bill dark.

Hab. Muni river, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. DuChailiu.

Much resembling H. ejmlalus, but larger and easily distinguished. One speci-
men in the present collection is all that I have seen.

17. MusciCAPA McCallii, (Cassin.)

Pycnosphrys McCallii, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada., vii. p. 326, (1855.)
Presenting no characters diflering from those given in the original description.
A second specimen of this curious little bird is in the present collection. It does
not belong to the genus Pycnosphrys^ a specimen of the type of which is now in
the Museum of the Academy. The present bird has a strong and rather wide
bill, numerous long bristles and a rather long tail. In form only (not in color)
it resembles the genus Tyrannula. My leisure at present will not warrant an ex-
tended examination.

18. Drymoica Bairdii, Cassin.

Drymoica Bairdii, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada., vii. p. 327, (1855.)
Not different in any respect from the specimens originally described by me,
and strongly characterized by the uniform and numerous transverse stripes of
the under parts from the base of the under mandible to the inferior tail coverts
including the iihice.

19. Sykcopta tincta, Cassin.

Syncopta tincta, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada., vii. p. 315, (1855.)

20. Campephaga nigra, Yieillot.
Campephaga nigra, Vieill.

Le Vaill. Ois. d'Af. pi. 165.

Very similar to specimens in the museum from Southern Africa.

21. CoRvus ccRviROSTRis, Gould.

Corvus curvirostris, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1836, p. 18.
Jard. & Selby, 111. Orn. N. S. pi. 33.
A very handsome and strongly marked species.
1857.]

36 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

22. Lamprocolius splendidus, (Vieillot.)
Turdus splendidus, Vieill.

Lamprotornis chrysotis, Swains. B. of W. Af. i. p. 143, pi. 6.

23. Lamprocolius purpureiceps, Verreaux.

Lamprocolius purpureiceps, Verr. Rev. et. Mag. 1851, p. 418.

24. Sycobius cristatus, (Vieillot.)
Malimbus cristatus, Vieill.

Tanagra malembica, Daudin, Ann. du Mus. ii. p. 148.

Vieill. Ois. Chant, pi. 42.

The adult of this species is very easily recognized, but the young is different.
In some specimens there is no appearance of the crest, and the entire head and
neck is of a dull brick red ; the other plumage dull browish black. In one speci-
men, evidently youug, the head above is of the same dull brownish black with
a few red feathers intermixed.

25. Sycobius scutatus. Cassia.

Sycobius scutatus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada.

Jour. Acad. Philada., Quarto, i. pi. 41.

Males only, precisely similar to those described as above cited.

The female of this species bears some resemblance to that immediately
succeeding, but may at once be distinguished by its under tail coverts being
scarlet.

26. Sycobius nitens, (J. E. Gray.)

Ploceus nitens, Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 7. (1842.)
Gray, Gen. of Birds, i. pi. 87, fig. 2.

One of the most beautiful species of this genus. Mr. Gray's specimen figured
as above was scarcely as mature as several that are in the present collection.

27. Sycobius RACHELiin;, nobis.

Rather smaller than S. scutatus. General form short and rather heavy ; bill
stout ; wing moderate, third quill longest ; tail rather short. Total length about
52 inches, wing 3^, tail 2 inches.

Head above bright reddish orange, a paler shade of which extends on to the
sides of the neck. Throat and cheeks black, which color includes the eyes.
Neck before and breast bright orange red, immediately fading into bright yellow
and extending on the sides further than on the middle of the breast. Entire upper
parts, wings and tail and abdomen deep black, which color on the abdomen
runs into a point on the middle of the lower part of the breast. Under tail
coverts yellow. Under wing coverts black. Bill and feet dark.

Hab. River Muni, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. DuChaillu.

This is a beautiful and quite peculiar species in its colors and general appear-
ance. It is the only one in which the colors of the breast extend on the sides,
as may be seen in some species of Euplcctes (for instance in E. melanogaster (Lath.)
Vieill. Ois. Chant, pi. 27). On the neck and breast the rich orange red is most
distinct immediately next to and below the black of the throat, and rather sud-
denly fades into bright and clear yellow on the sides of the breast. Two speci-
mens are in the collection.

Not wishing nor ever intending to pursue science as a cold abstraction, nor
as an object of selfish ambition, I have named many birds in commemoration of
my friends, and hope to do so again. For this I have the example of the great-
est zoologists, and of none more conclusively than that of the greatfounder of mod-
era systematic Zoology, who applied this description ofnames, especially to genera
of plants, more extensively than any other naturalist has done in any depart-
ment of Natural History.

By this token, I name the present beautiful bird after my loved and only
daughter. Should her pathway in the world be pleasant, may she know also the
great gratification that comes from the pursuit of Natural History ; but if like
her namesake of ancient days she shall go on her way weeping, may she have

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PniLADELPHIA. 37

for her comfort the conscience, patience and moral excellence of her mother, with
whatever of the good of the character of her father those who know him best
may accord to him !

28. EsTRELDA ATRiCAPiiiLA, Vcrrcaux.

Estrelda atricapilla, Verr. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1841, p. 421.

29. NiORiTA CANiCAPiLLA, (Strickland.)

.^thiops canicapilla, Strickl. Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1841, p. 30.
Eraser, Zool. Typ. Birds, pi. 48.

30. Passer Swainsonii, (Riippell.)
Pyrgita Swainsonii, Riipp. Faun. Al)yss.
Pyrgita simplex, Swains. B. of W. Af. i. p. 208,
Riipp. Faun. Ab^^ss. Birds, pi. .33, fig. 2.

Not distinguishable from specimens in the Museum of the Academy labelled
as coming from various localities in Southern and Eastern Africa.

31. CORYTHAIX PERSA, (LinnsEUS.)

Cuculus persa, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. ITI, (1766.)

Edward's Birds, pi. 1.

Received in every collection yet sent by Mr. DuChaillu.

32. Berenicornis albocristatds, (Cassin.)
Buceros albocristatus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada.
Buccros macrourns, Bonap Cons. Av. p. 91, (1850.)
Jour. Acad. Philada Quarto, i. pi. 15.

The present collection contains the second specimen that I have ever seen of
this remarkable species. This specimen is apparently not in so mature plumage
as that originally described by me, and has the feathers on the clieeks behind
and below the eye mixed with white and black, instead of pure white as in the
former specimen. The greater wing coverts and all the quills are tipped with
white.

33. Bdceros poexsis, Eraser.

Buceros poensis, Frasei-, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1853.

Described by Mr. Fraser as above, from a female specimen, and apparently
the same bird which was labelled as the female of Buceros elafii.i, Tcmra. in a
collection from Western Africa received from Dr. Robt. MacDowell at this Aca-
demy some years since, as stated by me in the Proceedings of this Academy.

If this is the female of that species, it is more unlike the male than is the case
in any otiier with which I am acquainted. A single specimen, which is labelled
as a female, is in the present collection.

34. Aloedo leucogastra, Fraser.

Alcedo leucogastra, Fraser, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1841, p. 4.
Fraser, Zool. Typ. Birds, pi. 32.

35. Halcyon senegalensis, (Linnceus.)

Alcedo senegalensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 180, (1766.)
Swains. Zool. 111. pi. 27.

36. Halcyon badia, Verreaux.

Halcyon badia, Verr. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1851, p. 264.
Precisely similar to the specimen described by Mr. Verreaux which is in the
Museum of the Academy.

37. Merops VARiEGATus, Vicillot.

Merops variegatus, Vieill. Ency. Meth. p. 390.

Merops cyanipectus, Verreaux, Rev. et. Mag. de Zool. 1854, p. 269.

Le Vaill. Guepiers, pi. 7.

Received in every collection.

38. Meropiscus MOlleri, nobis.

Rather larger than M. gulark. Bill long, curved, culmen distinct, wing mode-
1857.]

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

rate, third and fourth quills longest and nearly equal ; tail rather long, even or
slightly rounded ; feet weak.

Total length about 8 inches, wing 3J, tail 3} inches.

Throat with a few feathers of bright scarlet. Head above and entire under
parts fine blue, lighter and inclining to green in front and over the eyes. Back
and wings chestnut. Tail above blue, darker than that of the under parts of the
body, with the inner webs of the outer feathers black, beneath black. Auricular
feathers bluish black, under wing covets pale rufous chestnut. Bill and feet
dark.

Hab. Muni River, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. DuChaillu.

One specimen only of this curious and very handsome species is in the collec-
tion. It is a true 3Ieropisms, and though but little larger than M. gularis, and
strictly of the same form, does not resemble it in colors.

As a slight testimony to his accomplishments as a naturalist and enterprize
as a scientific traveller, this handsome bird is dedicated to my friend, the Baron
John William Von Milller of Wiirtemberg, distinguished for his Zoological Re-
searches in North Eastern and Central Africa.

39. Cypselus ambrosiacus, (Gmelin.)
Hirundo ambrosiaca, Gm. -^yst. Nat. ii. p. 1051.
Cypselus parvus, Licht. Verz. p. 58.

Temm. PI. Col. 460, fig. 2.

40. Atticora nitens, nobis.

Tail neai-ly square, not forked, and but slightly emarginate, the tips of the
feathers slightly produced or mucronate. Bill short, rather wide at base, weak ;
wing long, the first quill longest with its outer edge having reversed serrations
rough to the touch ; tail rather long. Quills wide, primaries somewhat curved.

Total length about 4J inches, wing 3|, tail 2^ inches.

Throat fuliginous. Entire other plumage greenish black with a tinge of brown
on the back and darkest on the abdomen and under tail coverts, and in the
whole plumage having a green metallic lustre. Quills and tail black, edged
with glossy dark green. Bill and feet dark.

Hah. Muni River, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. DuCbaillu.

I have in this collection four specimens of this species, labelled as both sexes,
and can refer them to no description given in the books. This species appears
to resemble Hirundo ohseura, Temm. Cabanis' Jcur. 1855, p. 355, but has no such
character as " cauda profunde fiircata." On the contrary, the tail is quite square
or truncate and but slightly emarginate.

41. Apaloderma narina, (Vieillot.)
Trogon narina, Vieill.

Le Vaill. Ois. d'Af. pi. 228, 229 ; Gould, Monogr. pi. 26.

The first instance of the occurrence of this well known species in Western
Africa. One very fine specimen is in the present collection, and is precisely
identical with numerous others now before me from the Cape of Good Hope.

42. Zanclostomus flavirostris, Swainson.
Zanclostomus flavirostris, Sw. B. of W. Af. ii, p. 183, pl» 19.

43. Dendrobates, Swainson.

There are in the collection, two species which I cannot at present determine.
There are also specimens of one sijecies of Woodpecker not belonging to this
genus. Numerous specimens of species of this family being now in the posses-
sion of the Academy I propose at an early period to make them the object of
special study.

44. Nectauinia superba, (Vieillot )
Certhia superba, Vieill.

Vieill. Ois. Dor. pi. 22.

Really a superb species, apparently not uncommon in Equatorial Africa.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 39

45. Nectarinia cyanocephala, (Vieillot.)
Certhia cyanocephala, Vieill.

Vieill. Ois. Dor. pi. 1, 25.

46. Nectarinia Stangerii, Jardine.

Nectarinia Stangerii, Jard. Ann. Nat. Hist. x. p. IST.
Jard. & Selby, 111. Orn. U. S. pi. 48.

47. Nectarinia chlorgptgia, Jardine.
Nectarinia chloropygia, Ann. Nat. Hist. x. p. 188.
Jard. & Selby, 111. Orn. N. S. pi. 50.

48. Nectarinia obscura, Jardine.

Nectarinia obscura, Jard. Nat. Lib. Orn. xiii. p. 253, (1842.)
Jard. & Selby, 111. Orn. N. S. pi. 51.

Two specimens in the present collection labelled as males appear to "be this
species. They are, however, evidently in immature plumage.

49. Peristera chalcospilos, (Wagler.)
Columba chalcospilos, Wagler.
Riipp. Syst. TJebers. nl. 38,

50. Peristera PUELtA, Schlegel.

Peristera puella, Schleg. Beydr. Dierk. i. p. 19, pi. 6, (1848.)

51. Peristera tympanistria, (Temminck.)
Columba tympanistria, Temm.

Le Vaill. Ois. d'Af. pi. 272 ; Knip. et Prev. Pigeons, ii. pi. 36.
Not to be distinguished from specimens from Southern Africa.

52. Sqdatarola helvetica, (Linnaeus.)

Tringa helvetica, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 250, (1766.)
Wilson, Am. Orn. vii. pi. 59 ; Gould, B. of Eur. iv. pi. 290.
Not distinguishable from the bird of the coasts of America and Europe. Speci-
mens in the present collection are from the mouth of the Muni and Corisco
island.

53. Cuaradrids zonatus, Swainson.

Charadrius zonatus, Sw. B. of W. Af. ii. p. 135, pi. 25.

Very similar to the European and AmericanC. »jj«or. Specimens from Corisco
island.

54. Scopus umbretta, Gmelin.

Scopus umbretta, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 618.

Ardea fusca, Forst. Desc. An.

Cepphus scopus, Wagler, Syst. Av. p. 146.

Butf. PI. Enl. 796.

From the mouth of the Muni.

55. Harpiprion olivaceus, (Dubus.)

Ibis olivacea, Dubus, Mem. Acad. Brussels, 1837, p. 103.

Dubus, Esq. Orn. i. pi. 3.

A young specimen, but evidently of this species, and the first that I have ever
seen. General colors as figured by the Baron Dubus, but with the feathers of
the neck and breast having central large spots of dark fulvous, with which also
a few of the feathers of the crest are striped longitudinally.

56. Totanus hypoleccus, (Linnaeus.)
Tringa hj'poleuca, Linn Syst. Nat. i. p. 250.
Gould, B. of Eur. iv. pi. 316.

From Corisco Island.

57. Calidris arenaria, (Gmelin.)
Tringa arenaria, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 680.

Wilson, Am. Orn. vii. pi. 59 ; Gould, B. of Eur. iv. pi. 335.
From Corisco Island.

1857.]

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY Or

58. Strepsilas interpras, (Linnaeus.)
Tringa interpras, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 148.

Wilson, Am. Orn. vii. pi. 57 ; Gould, B. of Eur. iv, pi. 318.
Precisely similar to specimens from the coast of New Jersey,
From Corisco Island.

59. NuMENius PH^OPUS, (Linnaeus.)
Scolopax phasopus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 243.
Gould, B. of Eur. iv. pi. 303.

From Corisco Bay, mouth of the Muni.

GO. PODICA SENEGALENSIS, (Vieillot.)

Heliornis senegalensis, Vieill. Nouv. Diet. xiv. p. 277.
Lath. Gen. Hist. x. pi. 164; Gray, Gen. iii. pL 172.

Gl. Sterna senegalensis, Swainson.

Sterna senegalensis, Swains. B. of W. Af. ii. p. 250.

Scarcely different from the European, Sterna Idrundo. A single specimen
from the island of Corisco, mouth of the Muni.

On the Crania of the Ancient Britons, with Semarks on the People themselves.
BY JOSEPH BARNARD DAVIS.

It was the distinguished and excellent Professor Samuel George Morton, who,
by his industry, skill and great attainments, mainly developed what may be de-
nominated the science of Comparative Cranioscopy, as applied to ancient and
extinct races of men. And we deem it an especial honor to be permitted to
address that learned body before which Morton's chief discoveries in this science
were first announced — an Academy which had the surpassing advantage of
numbering him among its Presidents. But in venturing thus to address the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia upon a subject congenial to those
so admirably illustrated by its late President, and therefore in some measure
following in his steps, it must be distinctlj'' announced in limine^ that it is not
with any pretensions whatever to co-equal powers, or co-equal learning.

The Ancient Britons, the aboriginal people of the British Isles, are a race of
whose physical characters we can learn little or nothing from classical writers,
whether Greek or Roman. The very little knowledge to be acquired is only
incidental, never direct — imparted as it were by accident. They were a people
divided into a number of tribes, living chiefly by the chase and the products of
the rivers and the sea ; yet not devoid of both pastoral and agricultural habits.
They are known to us mainly from presenting a serious obstacle for ages to the
arms of the conquerors of the world — imperfectly subdued with much difficulty,
and only held in subjection by the most consummate stratagems of the military
art of the Romans. To account for their first appearance in the Islands, many
ingenious and learned theories of immigration have been broached, all of which
are exposed to a serious objection, independent of failing to suggest any reason-
able motive for such primordial migration, viz : that they are based upon a
point, instead of a broad and solid foundation — they invert the order of nature,
and make use of the result and the superstructure to give the substratum which
is required. They all suppose man, in his most primitive and most helpless
condition, to have been endowed and furnished with apjiliances and arts, which
are only the result of development and cultivation. And, like the similar fan-
ciful speculations which would derive the Indian tribes of the American continent
from the eastern one, are obnoxious to the objection of being gratuitous and
superfluous. Their inventors can give no valid reason, based on solid ethno-
logical ground, why the assumed migrations may not have pursued a diametri-
cally opposite course. This being the case, we have a right to maintain, that
there is a decided preponderance on either one side or the other, and an equal
reason to assume for the primitive inhabitants of the British Islands an aboriginal
and primordial character not inferior to that of any other race.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41

Like most, if not all the primitive people, they have manifested the great
principle inherent in the human mind, which incessantly animates an irrei)ressibly
longing hope and aspiration for a future life — one of those elements of man,
which more than any other bears irresistible evidence, both of his inherent
grandeur and superiority in the animal scale, and also, of the strict unity and
identity of his race — they have manifested this noble and sacred sentiment by a
scrupulous and elaborate care in preserving the dead ; to whom they even fur-
nished food, objects of adornment, weapons and companions also for the future
life they anticipated beyond the tomb. Their tombs, the Cromlechs, Barrows,
Cairns of the British Islands, notwithstanding the lapse of twenty, thirty or
more centuries, have remained until recent times scattered over the surface of
the country in various directions; and, it is evident, have been constructed with
such pains and skill as to have braved all the chances and changes of revolving
ages, until the arts of modern agriculture, or the inquisitive hand of man — alas !
almost constantly a rude, uninstructc^d and ruthless hand — have unhearsed the
remains they have so faithfully preserved.

These remains, which, as Sir Thomas Browne long since said, " have quietly
rested under the drums and tramplings of three conquests," are capable of
teaching us something of the race to which they have belonged, andof recnlling
some of those physical features of which it is so unfortunate the ancients left
no full, faithful and permanent record, when they had the living people before
them. If we might not have expected from the martial spirit of Caesar an eth-
nography of the tribes who proved such stubborn obstacles to his ambition and
desire of conquest, there were those among his friends, who passed over
and remained with him in Britain, who had both the abilities and the op-
portunities to accomplish this task. The most illustrious of Roman orators, as
we learn from his invaluable Epistles, writing to his brother Quintus, who was
one of Ca.'sars companions in Britain, and even entertained the design, urges
upon him the composition of the work which we must ever lament the want of
— a Poem on the geography, the natural history, the ethnography — " mores et
gentes," the nations or tribes, and their manners and customs — as well as the
history of the war in which the great Roman general had been engaged with
them. It were in vain to lament the want of the curious information this work
would have imparted. We are now mainly reduced to the teachings of the
tomb, and in the language of M. L'Abbe Cochet, a learned French archicologist,
" dans le silence de I'histoire, le tombe est le meilleur document que Ton puisse
consulter pour connaitre la vie, les mreurs, et la religion de nos peres."

The eleven fine lithographs of the skulls of the ancient Britons, which I trans-
mit to the Academy with this paper, have been executed from the crania them-
selves of the natural size, and with the greatest care and fidelity. They are
derived from Barrows in parts of England at considerable distances from each
other, — some from Yorkshire, which was inhabited by the tribe of the Brigantes
in the time of Ptolemy, about the year 120 of the Christian era, — some from Der-
byshire and Staflbrdsbire, the seats of the Coritani and Cornavii at the same
period, — one from Gloucestershire, the seat of the Dobuni, — and others from
Wiltshire, the country of the Atrebaiii in the days of Ptolemy. We cannot af-
firm that they have actually belonged to individuals of these tribes respectively,
as there are many chances which might render this doubtful. Wars, whether
intestine or foreign, and migrations, no doubt did their work of mutation in that
early time as they have done since ; and there is also the possibility, although
very remote, of their having belonged to prisoners, or to guests of neighboring
or remote tribes. But in the absence of all evidence to support these supposi-
tions, we cannot err much in appropriating them to the tribes in whose country
they were found. At least, there can be no question of their genuine Britannia
origin and derivation. This, as we shall perceive on closer examination is im-
pressed on every feature, and is now almost as cognizable as in the day in which
they were clothed with their fleshly lineaments.

The study of skulls in general teaches us that among all races, although there
is a general resemblance running through the series belonging to a given race,

1857.]

42 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

yet there are many minor diversities ; and it is probable that among European
races these diversities have a wider range than in the other great divisions of
the human family. Morton was able to discern among all the numerous Ameri-
can races, exclusive of his hyperborean, a family resemblance. Notwithstand-
ing this position of his, we must admit that the diversities of the cranial forms
of the very numerous and diverse tribes of the American continent are both
great and frequent; and an extended study would in all probability develope
such resemblances in specific families as would confer upon them a distinct
and proper value. Now among such specific families belonging to European
races we believe it is much the same, only that the individual peculiarities in
the families diverge further from the tribal type of form, and are probably
more frequent. Under these circumstances, we are prepared to expect diver-
sity of form among the crania of the ancient IBritons ; but it is not unreasonable
also to expect that, true to the beautiful principle of nature, of an endless diversity
under a comprehensive uniformity, this diversity will be restrained within limits,
and be subjected to definite rules. We may therefore endeavor to distinguish
what may be denominated the typical form of cranium belonging to any race of
man, and then to arrange the divergent forms subordinately around this.

I. We believe the iijpical form of cranium of the ancient Briton may be re-
garded as represented by some of the skulls delineated in these lithographs,
especially in that from the Barrow on Ballidon Moor in Derbyshire, and that
from Green Gate Hill Barrow in Yorkshire, and that from Codford iu Wilt-
shire, plates 1, 3, 4 of the 1st decade of Crania Britannica. They are somewhat
short or brac/u/-ccphalic, not ill-developed, nor remarkable for a small facial angle.
The bones of the face, and especially the upper maxillaries, are upright, or orthog-
nathous, but, also rather short ; and they present, more than the bones of the
calvariunl that rugged aspect which is the characteristic of a savage or semi-civil-
ized race. The chin is usually prominent, the external surface of the upper max-
illaries depressed, the nose abrupt and short, surmounted with a frowning
eminence marking the situation of the frontal sinuses. The teeth are tolerably
large and usually well worn. They correspond with the rugged and frequently
everted angle of the lower jaw, the spacious zygomatic arch, and the large
surface, well marked out by its superior semi-circular line on the sides of the
calvarium. These rough and spacious surfaces indicate power in the temporal
and masseter muscles, and equally with the condition of the teeth, reveal a
people of carnivorous tastes, a peojile whose delight was in the chase, and the
luscious feasts it afforded them.

II. Of the aberrant forms of the ancient British skull one is remarkable for its
length, and may be denominated doUcho-cephalic. To this form there attaches
a good deal of interest, from the theories which learned men have been in-
duced to associate with it. An example of this peculiar aberration is afforded
by the cranium from the famous chambered Barrow of Uleybury in Gloucester-
shire, plate 5 of Cran. Brit. This skull is remarkable for its length and want
of elevation, but it is not particularly distinguished by narrowness. Other ex-
amples of the dolicho-cephalic form of the ancient British cranium are known
to the writer, but some of these are quite as much marked by their want of
breadth as by their elongation. In fact, they equal in this feature the skulls of
that race to which longness and narrowness of cranium are regarded as pe-
culiarly appropriated — the negroes of Africa. It is a singular circumstance
that these long skulls of ancient Britons have usually been met with in a
particular species of Barrow, that which is composed of a series of chambers,
arranged it may be in diverse manners — the chambered Barrow. In the anxious
inquiries in which the mind is apt to indulge when prying into the almost im-
penetrable obscurity of a very remote past, every special circumstance fixes
the attention and acquires importance. And the discoveries we have men-
tioned have led to the theory that these long crania have belonged to a par-
ticular precedent race of people, a people who interred their dead in a more
elaborate and complex manner than the race which succeeded them ; a race of
people which have been distinguished by the denomination oipre-Celtic. In the

LFeb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 43

opinion of the writer the evidence is much too incomplete for any such inference
as this, were it not equally obnoxious to the objection mentioned in the early
part of our rcniurks — that of a certain inversion in the order of sequence — by
representing the complex barrow builders as jjreceding those who raised simple
barrows, which is contrary to all experience. There arc good archaeological rea-
sons, it is true, for believing that the chambered Barrows of Great Britain be-
long to what is denominated " the stone period," and that they are very early,
but that the builders of them can with any good confidence be referred to the
earliest portion of the stone period, seems to us to want [jrobability as much as
it wants conclusive evidence for its suj)port. The circumstance that these long
skulls have usually been found in chambered Barrows may be a mere contin-
gency, little more than accidental, and further inquiry may not improbably
prove this. For it must not be supposed that the skulls of ancient Britons are
numerous, or have often been saved from the wreck of their primeval sepul-
chres, and especially that many of the dolicho-cephalic crania from Barrows
of a chambered character have been met with. Strangers to the facts of the
case might have supposed both these things to be true, but indeed they are far
from being so. Specimens of crania of ancient Britons are rare objects, those
in anything like a perfect state, very rare, and all specimens are becoming rarer
every day. British Barrows have been undergoing destructiou for ages, having
been the prey of idle curiosity or cupidity always, and the skulls of those once
so sacredly enhearsed in them by the tender hands of mourning friends and re-
lations have always been especially exposed to destruction, possibly from the
feeling of ignorant terror, which is so apt to diverge into ferocity and destriic-
tiveness. But whatever be the cause, the fact receives daily confirmation that
when ancient tombs are accidently opened by uninstructed and unscientific per-
sons, the relics are plundered and the fragile bony remains are at once violent-
ly broken into fragments. Therefore objects such as those with which our at-
tention is occupied are not numerous, and have not received that notice to
which they are entitled. But to return to the dolicho-cephalic crania of the
chambered Barrows, supposed to indicate a " pre-Celtic race," and upon which
has chiefly been built the mighty doctrine — certainly mighty for such a meagre
foundation — that an entire race of a distinct peo])le, in some verj'^ remote period
of antiquity, migrated to the shores of the British islands and invaded them,
established themselves therein and dwelt there for ages. In some cases the
evidence for this vast hypothesis — countenanced by ethnologists of the greatest
learning, men well meriting the high reputation they enjoy — maj' be explained
in a much simpler way. In a Derbyshire Barrow, called Long Lowe, three
crania of this type occurred, which we are strongly inclined to regard as having
a family relation, and as exhibiting a mere family peculiarity. One a long flat
skull of beautiful outline, is that of a man, aged about 40 years ; another, that
of a woman somewhat older ; and the third, of a girl under 10 years of age, who
may be concluded to have been the daughter of the two above named p;vrents.
Another of the Derbyshire chambered Barrows, which has been ])roductive of
dolicho-cephalic crania, is situated u[)on " Five Wells Hill," and is unquestion-
ably of vast antiquity ; but we possess a skull from among the lowest interments
in this Barrow, which is of brachy-cephalic form, and the existence of which,
in the position in which it was found, we cannot help thinking shakes the
theory of the dolicho-cephalic pre-Celtic race to its very foundations. In fine,
we may remark, that we see no sufficient ground for admitting a favorite hypo-
thesisofthepresent day, that another race of people preceded the ancient Britons ;
which kind of doctrine has not been confined to the British isles, but took its
rise in Denmark and Norway, where it has received its chief attention and illus-
tration, although it should be mentioned, that the order of precedency has been
inverted there, and the brachy-cephalic, not the dolicho-cephalic people, have
been supposed to have come first.

III. The next important aberrant form is one that is remarkable for hori-
zontal expansion, and which we have denominated plaiy -cephalic. The cranium
is not deficient in longitude, but does not impress the eye by its length on ac-
1857.

44 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

count of being equally expanded in breadth. It forms a skull of considerable
capacity, and is well exhibited in the cranium from the Western Hill Barrow,
No. 6, although not very apparent in the lithograph of the profile.

IV. These are the chief aberrant forms. It is probable there may be another
distinguished by the extreme elevation of the vertex, to which the name of
aero-cephalic is applicable. It is not unlikely that the skull from the Barrow at
Kennet, near the famous avenue and megalithic circle of Avebury in Wiltshire,
in the lithograph No. 9, is an instance. Its extraordinary facial form we fear
is partly to be attributed to some distortion arising from an imperfect restora-
tion from the fragments to which it was reduced when found.

From the remarks now made, it will be seen that our investigations are far
from giving countenance to a doctrine, announced by a very respectable
authority, that in primeval times the skulls of mankind were much more alike
than in the present day, that they were, as it may be said, "stereotyped" in
one mould. So far from this we believe it may be proved in this field, as in all
others, that diversity within certain definite limits has been the beautiful law of
nature from the first.

In stature we have reason to know the ancient Britons varied a good deal. A
famous skeleton of a British chieftain, discovered in a coffin made out of the
trunk of a tree, in 1834, at Gristhorpe, near Scarborough, and now preserved
in the Museum of that town, measured 6 feet 2 inches in height. Another
skeleton, also from the North Riding of Yorkshire, in the rich Museum of British
antiquities of Mr. Bateman, of Youlgrave, in Derbyshire, measures only 5 feet
3 inches in height. Whilst that of a British woman in the same Museum, from
a Derbyshire Barrow called " Wagon Lowe," near Buxton, measures 5 feet 5|
inches in height.

No one has labored so earnestly, so diligently, and with so much pains and
care as the late Professor Morton to bring the test of the measurement of crania
of various races to tlie elucidation of different obscure problems of anthropo-
logical science. It becomes us, therefore, to explain what little information we
have been able to collect upon this subject. At present it is but little, still in
the course of another year or two we trust to make it much more complete. In
bringing our present imperfect evidence before the Academy, we hope to be ex-
cused for remarking, that we are not inclined to expect quite so much or quite
such conclusive information from the determination of the capacities of crania
as Morton did. And we are satisfied that a much more extended observation,
upon a more defined basis than he adopted, is requisite to develope data of a
reliable character as to the relative capacities of difi'erent series of skulls. One
great source of error will require to be eliminated, arising from taking any series
of crania above a certain age, provided they are not idiots, indiscriminately^ and
without regard to the relative numbers of the different sexes. For instance, from the
remarkable and well known difference in the size of the skulls of men and of
women of the same race, if we have an equal number of crania of two races to
compare together, the one series containing a greater number of those of women
than the other, the whole calculation will be vitiated. But without dwelling
further upon tlaese questions at present, we will give, in a tabular form, the in-
ternal capacities of a few ancient British crania, merely explaining that they are
all those of men, and are taken with dry sand by weight. In order, however,
to render them as far as possible available for comparison witli Morton's great
table laid before the Academy in the year 1849, and published in the "Pro-
ceedings" for that year, we have converted them into the denomination of cubic
inches employed by him, and arranged the figures exactly as he did.

Number of Ancient British skulls of men 11.

Largest internal capacity 110-15 cubic inches.

Smallest do. 87-7 "

Mean do. 98-6 "

These results do not admit a strict comparison with the table of Morton, on
the ground already stated, that the British skulls have belonged to men exclu-
sively. Still we shall be safe in comparing Morton's largest internal ca])acity

[Feb.

NATUEAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45

with ours of 110-15 cubic inches, for, no doubt, both were derived from the
skulls of men. The largest internal capacity in his whole table, 114 cubic
inches, was found in the skull of a Dutchman, who was born at Utrecht and
died in Java. In fact, it is the largest cranium in the grand Mortoniau collec-
tion. A skull of an ancient Briton found in Green Lowe, in Derbyshire, which
has probably belonged to a Ooritanian, has a capacity of 110-15 cubic inches,
or within 4 cubic inches of the same size. The largest of Morton's English
skulls had an internal capacity of lOG cubic inches, or 5-15 cubic inches less
than the Green Lowe Barrow cranium. And the largest of Morton's Anglo-
American skulls was no less than 13 cubic inches Ic-ss than this from the Green
Lowe Barrow in internal capacity. From this small and imperfect amount of
evidence we appear to be justified in concluding that the crania of the Ancient
Britons were by no means deficient in internal or cerebral capacity. Much
more numerous observations arc, however, required before any data can be de-
duced on this subject, of a nature as satisfactory as the evidence will admit.

It may not be impertinent to mention here, parenthetically, that the skull of
largest internal capacity we have met with, is au ancient Iri>sh calvarium, found
in 1855 at a depth of 10 feet in Suffolk street in Dublin; of course the term
ancient in this place must be taken conditionally, as applying probably to
medieval and not to pnmeval times. The internal capacity of this calvarium is
notless than 123-5 cubic inches, or very nearly 10 cubic inches more than that
of the Dutchman of noble birth in the i\[ortonian Collection.

An assertion is frequently made by the advocates of the progressive develop-
ment and improvement of all races, which it may not be improper to allude to
here. They maintain that the influence of what is denominated civilization is
able to develope the brain of any race materially in the course of ages, and con-
sequently its osseous case. This doctrine of development is distinct from that
which affirms that different races of men are distinguished by crania of different
capacities ; on the contrary, it supposes that all races may, by a process of
civilization and development attain to a large capacity of the skull and corres-
ponding great brain. As far as the observations of ancient British. crania we
have previously mentioned, they do not give any countenance to this theory of
development. And, we may add, that our further observations, although neither
so numerous nor so extensive as they ought to be, and as we hope to make them,
on ancient Roman and on Anglo-Saxon skulls, are equally far from rendering
this doctrine support. Of the hitherto few skulls already engraved in the
" Crania Britannica," we may refer to one ancient Roman skull derived from the
city of York, the Roman "Eburacum." The internal capacity of this cranium
amounts to no less than 104-7 cubic inches. Another fine cranium of an Anglo-
Saxon derived from an ancient cemetery in Cambridgeshire, has an internal
capacity of no less than 109-6 cubic inches. As far, therefore, as these data go,
they give no countenance to the assumption that, as races proceed in their ad-
vancement from the state of barbarism upwards, their brains gradually expand.
With the capability of all races to make this advance, another assumption that
is usually associated with the former, we have nothing to do at present.

It would be quite unnecessary to remark upon the permanency of cranial
forms before an Academy presided over by Morton, any more than to dwell upon
primitive diversity, which has already been alluded to. But the series of sknlls
to which the attention of the Academy has been solicited, afford additional evi-
dence which bears upon these points. And an attentive consideration of ancient
skulls will develope a series of remarkable diversities.

Professor Morton, in his elaborate and well-reasoned work, " Crania ^gyp-
tica," which stands in so near a relationship to this Academy, has pointed out
in the most masterly manner the characteristics of the cranium of the ancient
Egyptians. That delicate cranial form was proper to them, whom Morton ulti-
mately concluded to be indigenous to the valley of the Nile, and strictly abo-
rignes. It was we, believe, deserving of the epithet idiogeneous, or especially
proper to the race, and had a relation to them alone, and to no other race, an-
cient or modern. There is a peculiarity in the generality of the mummified

1857.]

46 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

heads of the ancient Egyptians, well seen in the skulls also, ■which Morton has
not expressly mentioned, but which always strikes us at the first glance. Like
all ocular impressions, it is more readily perceived than described. But it arises
from the particular outlines by which the profile of the cranium is circumscribed.
The base line, the most essential feature, runs along the whole of the base of the
lower jaw from the tip of the pointed chin, and passing thence directly to and
along all the external centre of the occipital bone as far as its tuberosity. This
base line may be seen to be totally at variance with the line which bounds the
ancient British skull in the same direction from the profiles before the Academy.
"We believe it is only found in crania of an African lineage, and in none so level
and uniform as in those of the ancient Egyptians. If we let down upon this
base a facial line, which shall run along the forehead, and, with only a slight
deviation, till it runs also along the forepart of the pointed chin, we thus bound
the cranium in these two directions by right lines, which meet at a more acute
angle than in any other race. They are strictly Egyptian in their character, for
in the negro races this facial line has no proper commencement from the re-
ceding forehead, and is seriously interrupted by the prognathous jaws and teeth.
It is the form we have thus endeavored to analyse and describe which imparts
to the ancient Egyptian skull its delicate and elegant character.

How diverse is the robust erect form of the ancient British skull, marked by
great depressions of the facial surfsice, and instead of the graceful long nasal
bones, abrupt and short ones, standing immediately below the frowning frontal
protuberance, with the intervening hiatus. All which features impress the
mind with feelings of a much less complacent kind, and inevitably lead to the
conviction that we have before us the representation of a bold uncivilized nature
— full of power, and not deficient in capacity, but quite incapable of refinement
and the graces of cultivation. These Egyptian and British cranial forms are
strikingly at variance, although probably owning an equal antiquity — indeed
we see no good reason whatever, why these different people may not have been
primeval contemporaries ; and yet the marks of diversity they present are as
clear and sharp as any that can be adduced among any modern people. They
point, therefore, in an irresistible manner to a primordial difference.

The ancient Britons themselves, it is probable, may be regarded as an idio-
geneoiis race, i. e., taken as a whole proper in their characters, physical and
moral, and distinct from all others. Whether the ancient Gauls resembled them
in all particulars, seems very doubtful. They admit of comparison with other
people of ancient and modern times, but we are inclined to think, were we able
to realize a faithful and complete picture of them, it would present irreconcila-
ble discrepancies with other races. They had many marks of agreement with
the Indian Tribes of North Amei'ica. They dwelt in a temperate region, where
animal and vegetable life was abundant, and devoted themselves to the chase,
in which they were assisted by the aborignal hounds of Britain. Claudian, in
his allusion to these dogs, represents them as capable of overcoming bulls.

hfe pedibus celeres : has nare sagaces.

Hirsutaeque fremunt Cressffi, tenuesque Lacaenae,
Magnaque taurorum fracturas colla Britannae.

The Britons were equally possessed of the small indigenous horse of the coun-
try. They also found in the native forests animals of chase of equal, nay great-
er, magnitude than that of the Buifalo of the prairie, and, we have reason to
think, were as successful as the Indians of the northern part of this continent
in their pursuit of them. A Barrow opened in the parish of Cherhill near Calne
in Wiltshire, in 1833, revealed a number of bones, and among them were the
enormous horns of an ox, the horn-cores of which had a circumference of 15J
inches at the root, and in their widest expansion, a diameter of 33 inches. Be-
sides this collossal ox they had other bovine cattle, and deer, of the hunting of
which with hounds the Romano-British pottery aS'ords numerous pictures, as
it seems to have been a favorite subject with the artists for the Samian ware.
It appears at first view an astonishing circumstance that the weapons of chase,

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47

the arms and implements of the ancient Britons should be almost identical with
those of the ancient race of Indians of this continent. The same siiear-heads,
arrow-heads, axes, &c., of the earlier North American Indians are of the same
forms as those of the ancient Britains, and they differ only in material. Instead
of the constantly occurring flint of the Britons, the North American tribes have
used flint more sparingly, and a series of other hard and beautiful stones, sueh
as chalcedony, jasper, crystal, &c., for the production of these weapons. To
the kinduess of Mr. Franklin Peale, a highly esteemed Member of this Academy,
the writer is indebted for a very fine collection of the stone implements and
weapons of the North American Indians, Avhich excited surprise to find them so
closely approximating to those of the ancient Britons. The truth is the resem-
blance now alluded to seems to be confined by no limits of latitude or longitude.
The stone weapons and implements from Japan in SiebokVs Museum at Leyden
we found to be scarcely distinguishable from the British ; and we have also
seen flint spear-heads from New Zealand, not only closely api>roximating the
ancient British ones, but actually fashioned with the same number of strokes,
given in the self same direction.

In accordance with the prevailing views on the origin and distribution of
man, this extraordinary similarity in the stone weapons and other utensils of
such widely distributed races has been ascribed to the distribution of the
makers, and the communication of the art. An hypothesis, we believe, out of
the limits of possibility by any natural means of difl'usion. Whereas, the simple
circumstance that these weapons are all produced by beings of similar jiowers
and capacities, having similar wants, and similar objects wherewith to satisfy
those wants, is an adequate explanation of the phenomenon ; and according to
all right principles of philosophy should be admitted at once.

That the ancient Britons adopted the flexed or crouching posture in the in-
terment of the dead, just as the Indian races of America, we have abundant evi-
dence. This again is a practice generally diffused among all uncivilized races,
the aborigines of Australia adopting it, as well as others. There need be no
question also, that it is to be referred to some common cause operating on all
alike ; very probably to a desire to imitate that posture which is both easy and
agreeable to them, in the hut or around the fire, and associated in their minds
with the most pleasing recollections of life ; therefore fittest in which to renew
life, and to begin again the social intercourse and delights of another world be-
yond the tomb. For it should never be forgotten that savages, as we call them,
are not brutes, but richly endowed with all the sentiments of the human mind,
and animated by its highest aspirations.

How far the ancient Britons advanced in that general development which we
call civilization, it is difficult to ascertain. That the more southern tribes, es-
pecially, received from the Phoenician traders, implements and weapons of bronze,
and learned the art of manufacturing such themselves, is now pretty satisfac-
torily determined ; although it is very questionable whether these superseded
the earlier stone ones wholly anywhere, but especially in the remote districts of
the country. Their fate was by a succession of imperial armies to be kept in
check, to be subjected to a succession of conquests, and ultimately to be in large
part reduced to -slavery, whether in their native regions, or in Italy and in the
other dependencies of the empire. Those who can lay claim by descent to the
nearest relation to the aborigines of the British Islands are still a peculiar people,
marked in every feature of their characters by traits which distinguish them
from the races of other blood with whom they have been for so many ages in
contact. Thus proving that the lineaments of nature cannot be effaced by all
the chances and changes of time.

We have now gone over the subject proposed to be discussed — perhaps in a
somewhat too long and discursive manner, with a view of rendering it more
easy to be understood by those to whom it is probably not very familiar — as fiir
as it seems desirable at the present time. And it only remains for the writer
to express his appreciation of the mark of honor conferred upon him by this
learned Academy in allowing him to address them, and more especially in per-
1857.]

48 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

mitting him to do so in the character of a Corresponding Member. However
inadequate to make a due return for such a distinction, it will always be his
pleasure and his ambition to place his poor attainments at the service of the
Academy.

Notice of a collection of Reptiles from the Gaboon country, "West Africa, recently
presented to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by Dr. Henry A,
Ford.

BY EDWARD HALLO WELL, M. D.

Ord. SAURII.

Fam. GECKONES.

Hemidactylus ANGtJLATUS, Hallowell. Proc. Acad. N. S., vol. vi. p. 63. Six
specimens.

Fam. LACERTIANS.

(Sub-fam. Autosaures eselodontes, D. & B.)

Tachydromus Fordii, nob.

Char. A small plate between the fronto-nasal ; back with six complete
carinae and two incomplete ; abdomen strongly carinated ; femoral pores
oblong, oval, numerous; color bronze above with metallic reflections, greenish
below.

Description. Nostril in a single plate, thenaso-rostral; immediately behind it
a small plate, the naso-frenal ; two frenals, an anterior and posterior, the latter
much the larger of the two ; one freno-orbitar on the right side, two on the left ;
that on the right oblong, quadrilateral ; rostral broad, pentangular, in contact
with the naso-rostral ; internasal large, in contact posteriorly with the fronto-
nasal and the small intermediate plate between them ; laterally with the naso-
rostral and the first frenal ; the frontal plate is long, hexagonal, slightly exca-
vated at its sides ; the supra-orbitar consists of two plates as in Lacerta ; there
are two fronto-parietals, two large parietals, an inter-parietal somewhat urceo-
late in shape, and a small occipital ; six plates margin the upper jaw, the fifth,
which is beneath the eye, by far the largest ; four plates on each side of the jaw
beneath the infra-labials, the three first quadrangular, the last less distinctly so,
but much larger than the others; auricular openings oval; no palatine teeth;
posterior maxillary teeth tricuspid, the anterior conical ; tongue slender, bifid in
front, chevronee ; body slender, covered with large hexagonal plates upon the
back, each with a carina running along the middle, constituting six longitudinal
complete rows ; besides these there are two others, which terminate about half
way down the body. Upon the abdomen six rows of plates strongly carinated ;
flanks covered with small plates ; extremities strongly carinated ; fourth finger
and toe the longest ; from 11 to 13 ohlong femoral pores on each side ; tail very
long, verticillate, strongly carinated both above and below. A large scale in
front of the anus with two small ones externally.

Coloration. Head black above; sides bluish, body bronze with metallic reflec-
tions ; tail and extremities bronze above ; throat, abdomen, under part of extremi-
ties and tail greenish, mingled with yellow.

Dimensions. Length of head 6 lines ; greatest breadth 3 ; length of neck and
body to vent 1 inch 5 lines ; tail 2 inch 11 lines; (mutilated) of arm 3; of fore-
arm 3 ; of head to extremity of longest finger 4 lines , of thigh 4 lines ; of leg 4 ;
of sole to extremity «f longest toe 6.

Habitat. Gaboon contry, W. Africa, one specimen in Mus. Acad, presented by
Dr. Henry A. Ford.

Gen. Remarks. This is the first time that the genus Tachydromus has been
recognized to exist on the African continent, sexlineatus being found in China,
Cochin China and Java ; and Japonicus in Japan. This genus is also found in

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 49

the Loo Choo islands. The African genus differs in no respect from the Asiatic,
except in the presence of the small plate imbedded between the inter-nasal and
frontal and the two fronto-nasals.

Fam. CHALCIDIANS or CYCLOSAURIANS.

(Sub-fam. Ptycliopleuri.)

There are two specimens of Gcrrhosnurus in the collection of Dr. Ford, one
much smaller than the other and jjrobably the young. The Larger one resem-
bles in its coloration Gerrhosaurus Bibronii, of S. Africa, but the measurements
differ both from those of that species and of typicus.

Inches. Lines.

Length from nose to base of tail 3 6

Of tail 7 9

From nose to meatus externus 9

From nose to base of anterior extremities 1 4

Distance between fore and hinder extremities 2

These dimensions more nearly correspond with those of flavigularis, but in
that there are ten rows of ventral scutes.

G. validus is a much larger species, and sepiformia and subtessellatus do not
in the least resemble it, (vide Smith, Illustrations of the Zoology of S. Africa.)
We therefore consider these two specimens as belonging to a new and un-
described species, with the following characters: —

Gerrhosaurus nigro-lineatus.

Char. Eight rows of ventral scutes; six superior labials ; body slender; tail
long, two yellowish vittae, one on each side of the back, commencing at the
occiput and lost upon the tail; within each vitta a black band running the
whole length of the back ; the interspace marked with black spots assuming more
or less the form of longitudinal lines well marked upon the tail ; flanks, in the
young white spotted, under parts yellowish.

Description. The body is slender, covered above and upon the sides with
twenty-five longitudinal rows of carinated scales; the interspace between these
and the ventral scutes occupied with six rows of granulations ; tail long and
tapering, cyclo-tetragonal at base ; the rostral plate presents an acute angle
above, and articulates on either side with the first labial and the naso-rostral ;
the nostril opens between three plates, the naso-rostral, the naso-frenal and
the first labial ; the naso-rostral are well developed, in contact, with a convex an-
terior margin, the internal quite short, the posterior concave, where they articu-
late with the inter-nasal ; the naso-frenal are in contact inferiorly with the first
supra-labial, above with the inter-nasal ; the inter-nasal is a large plate, more
extended laterally than longitudinally, its inferior and lateral margin in contact
with the first frenal ; the fronto-nasals are tw'o in number and in contact ;
the frontal is hexagonal, longer than broad, more narrow posteriorly, its lateral
margins excavated ; there are two fronto-parietals, a little larger than the fronto-
nasals, and like them pentagonal ; there are two large parietals, with a small
inter-parietal, broader anteriorly; the second frenal is much larger than the
first ; there are two small freno-orbitars, the first longer than the second ; there
are four supra-orbitars, with a longitudinal row of as many plates beneath
them, and there are six supra-labials ; the posterior geneials are considerably
larger than the anterior ; the mental is broader than long ; there are eight longi-
tudinal rows of quadrangular ventral scutes, more or less striated, and fourteen
anal pores on each side ; the preanal scales are five in number, the lateral ones the
most developed ; scales upon outer surface of thighs, legs and forearms strongly
carinated ; there are thirteen transverse rows of scales between the occiput and
the anterior extremity; the total number between the occiput and the posterior
extremity fifty-one; one hundred and eleven verlicillas upon the tail ; auricular
opening triangular, with a large scale in front; eight scales upon right temple,
nine on left, in three rows, the posterior of the middle row the largest.

1857.] 4

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Coloration. Head oli\'e colored above, spotted with black ; two yellow stripes,
one on each side of the back commencing at the occiput, and lost nearly mid-
way upon the tail, bordered with a band of black internally ; interspace olive,
black spotted, having the appearance of lines upon the tail ; extremities
olive colored above, posterior part of thighs yellow spotted ; abdomen ccerulean
blue ; the remainder of the under surface yellowish. Young white spotted upou
the sides upon a bluish ground, and a double row of white spots along the back
between the black colored bands ; sides of tail white or yellow spotted.

Dimemions. Length of head 10 lines ; greatest breadth 6 ; of head and body to
vent 2 inch. 10 lines. Total length including tail 11 inch. 5 lines.

Habitat. Gaboon. Two specimens, adult and young.

(Sub-fain. Cyclosaures glyptodermeS; D. & B.)

Phractogonus galeatds, nob.

Proceed. Acad. N. S., vol. vi. p. 62. The length of this specimen is 1 ft. 2}
inches ; of tail 1 inch 4 lines. A very singular looking animal. The contrast
between the narrow mosaic looking quadrangular scutes upon the back, and
the two longitudinal rows of broader ones is quite striking; the tail is short
and rounded at its posterior extremity, which is protected by a circular mamme-
lonated shield. The figure of the plate in the wood-cut of the nostrils in the volume
of the Proceedings referred to, does not appear to be accurate, this plate being
more extended longitudinally, reaching to the extreme end of the rostral, where it
is quite narrow terminating almost in a point. The single lateral pore on each
side of the preanal scutes is very distinct and is no doubt a constant character.
This species appears to be allied to the Cephalopeltis Cuvierii of Miiller,
which has two plates upon the top of the head, (Zeitschriftfur Physiologie, von
F. Tiedemann, G. R. & L. C. Treviranus, Vierter Band. Erstes Heft. 1831,
Taf. xxii, iig. 5, a, b, c. Dr. Smith in speaking of Monopeltis capensis observes,
that although I have put forward this species as a type of the group, I doubt if its
more extended observation will justify the proceeding. It may prove to be only
a very aberrant species of Lepidosternon, and if so Cephalopeltis Cuvieri, Miiller,
will be a species of the same group, only a degree less removed from the typical
form. The most marked difference between the species in question and Lepi-
dosternon macrocephalum, Wagl., consists in the covering of the head ; in the
latter it is formed of many plates, in Cephalopeltis of two only, and in Mono-
peltis of one. (Illustrations of S. African Zoology, Reptiles, pi. xvii.)

Fam. SCINCOIDIANS.

EoPREPES Blandingii, nob.

Proc. Acad. N. S., vol. ii. p. 5S. Six specimens, (four adult,) (one immature,)
(one quite young.)

In a specimen from Liberia, the white stripe extends about half way along
the side of the body, but it is more extended on the opposite side, and in all the
specimens from the Gaboon there are two white vittae on each side, the lower
one commencing in front of the eye and terminating at the posterior extremity ;
the upper one beginning at the occiput and reaching as far as the root of the
tail, the lower band the broader of the two ; four narrow black lines along the
back, two on each side, becoming lost upon the root of the tail where they as-
sume more the form of spots ; the row of white spots passing along the side
of the neck and body as far as the extremity of the tail mentioned in the former
description, is no doubt identical with the upper lateral vitta; under surface
immaculate. I do not observe that the inter-parietal is larger than either of
the fronto-parietals in any of the specimens; in the one from Liberia it is
longer. In all the Gaboon specimens the fronto-nasal are separate; in the one
from Liberia they are almost in contact.

Edprepes frenatds, nob,
Sp. Char. Fronto-nasals in contact ; frenals remarkable for their great de-

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51

velopment, especially the second frenal ; scales upon back broader than in
Blandingii ; color olive above, black spotted without any distinct dorsal or
lateral vittae ; abdomen greenish with a tinge of yellow, immaculate ; the green
much more marked upon the sides ; 33 rows of scales, tricarinate upon back and
sides; total length 5 inch. 4 lines; from extremity of snout to anterior extremity
1 inch ; between anterior and posterior extremities 1 inch 4 lines ; of tail 3
inches ; (renewed) of anterior extremity to extremity of longest finger 10 lines ;
of posterior to extremity of longest toe 1 inch 1 line.

Habitat. Liberia. One specimen presented by Dr. "William Blanding, per-
haps a variety of Blandingii.

EUPREPES ALBILAHKIS, nob.

Char. Supero-nasals not contiguous, inter-nasal much broader than long,
fronto-nasals in contact, more extended laterally than longitudinally; fronto-
parietal very narrow anteriorly ; scales 3-keeled ; color olive, black spotted, a
black irregular band passing from behind the eye along the sides, margined in-
feriorly with white; upper lip white; under parts bluish mingled with green
upon the abdomen ; chin yellowish.

Description. This specimen is much smaller than any of those of Blandingii,
and differs from them all, even the young, in a marked manner, both in the
shape of the cephalic plates and in the coloration. The rostral plate presents
nothing remarkable, the supero-nasals are narrow, situated obliquely, a short
distance apart; the inter-nasal is hexagonal, much broader than long, with
an obtuse angle posteriorly, its lateral margins quite short; the fronto-nasal
are closely in contact (separate in Blandingii), and are shorter and more ex-
tended transversely than ia the latter species ; the frontal is quite narrow pos-
teriorly, presenting an obtuse angle in front ; the fronto-parietal differ much in
appearance from those of Blandingii, theiranteriorextremitiesbeing very narrow
and their lateral margin longer ; the inter-parietal is quite slender posteriorly,
with a moderately acute angle posteriorly ; there are eight supra-labials, the
sixth long and quadrangular (fifth in Blandingii), and situated immediately be-
neath the eye ; twelve transverse rows upon the back counting from one white
lateral margin to that on the opposite side.

Coloration. Bronze or olive above, with irregular black spots ; a black band
from posterior margin of orbit, broad and well defined upon temples, more
narrow upon sides where it appears to be lost near the middle, with an irregular
margin superiorly, bordered with white inferiorly ; upper lips white ; under
parts bluish mingled •with green upon the abdomen ; chin with a tinge of
orange.

Dimensions. Length of head 9 lines ; greatest breadth 3 ; length from head
to vent 13J lines; between anterior and posterior extremities 8}; from snout
to anterior extremity 6} ; arm 2 lines ; forearm 2 ; palm to tip of longest finger 3 ;
of thigh 2^; of leg 2; of sole to extremity of longest finger, 4^ lines, (tail
mutilated.)

Habitat. Gaboon. One individual presented by Ford.

A single specimen of a Scincoid described in Vol. VI. of the Proceedings
of the Academy, p. 64, under the name Acontias elegans, biit much larger, and
which evidently belongs to a genus distinct from Acontias. This specimen
measures 8 inches and 8 lines in extent, the tail 2 inches 10 lines, circumference
1 inch 3 lines. There are twenty-two transverse rows of scales, and one hun-
dred and seventy-three longitudinal, including fifty-six upon the tail ; there are
no eyelids, but the eye may be distinguished situated near the middle of a scale
at its anterior margin. The Typhline of Cuvier, from the Cape of Good Hope,
the only species of Typhline described by Dumeril and Bibron and by Mr. Gray,
is represented by the former to be without other cephalic plates than that which
encloses the whole face, as in a sort of case, (etui,) Mr. Gray, however, mentions
1857].

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

an internasal, a frontal, an interparietal and two parietals, but in both descrip-
tions the preanal scale is represented as single.

The scales upon the head, as given by Mr. Gray, are very different
from those of the genus under consideration, the characters of which approach
nearest perhaps to those of Feylinia, Gray, Cat. Lizards of British Museum, p.
129, in which the preanal scales are numerous. Feylinia is characterized as
having a moderate rostral, no eyes, with scales in front of the vent like those of
the belly, and a tapering tail, a description which does not represent our animal.
The scales upon the back appear to be somewhat larger than those upon the
sides ; those upon the abdomen and under part of tail are very finely striated,
upon the back also, but the striations are less distinct.

Should no generic name have been previously given to this Scincoid, we would
propose that of SpUenorhina.

Sphenorhina elegans, nob.

Syn. Aconiias elegans^ Hallowell, Proceed. A. N. S. vol. vi., p. 616.

Char. Head rather small, depressed ; snout enclosed in a single scale ; nostrils
lateral, with a semicircular slit reaching to the posterior margin of the rostral ;
three large plates upon the top of the head in a longitudinal line ; the first, which
is heptagonal, situated immediately behind two small plates posterior to the
rostral ; the second regularly hexagonal ; the third presenting three distinct mar-
gins in front, the posterior margin rounded ; eyes concealed by a scale, but quite
visible ; body cylindrical, somewhat depressed, covered with twenty-two trans-
verse and one hundred and seventy-three longitudinal rows of smooth scales,
including fifty-six upon the tail ; the latter of moderate length, of nearly equal
thickness throughout, except at the posterior extremity, where it is conical ; four
scales in front of the anus, smaller than those which cover the rest of the body.
Total length 9 inches 7 lines ; tail 2| inches ; circumference 13 lines.

JIabilat. Gaboon. Two specimens in Mus. Acad. N. S. presented by Dr. H.
Ford.

Order OPHIDII.

Fam. SYKCRATERIANS. (Innocui.)

Leptophis smaragdinus, Dumeril et Bibron.

Syn. Dendroplm smaragdhia, Boie. MS. Schlegel, Essai sur la Physiognomie des
Serpens, La Haye, 1837, p. 237, Id. Traill's Translation, p. 156, 1843.

Ab. scut. 158; a double preanal; sub-caud. 135, in Dumeril and Bibron's spe-
cimen 154 ; 15 rows of carinated scales ; sides of abdomen very angular. Total
length 2 feet 6 lines ; of tail 9 inches 4 lines.

One specimen, Gaboon ; presented by Dr. H. A Ford.

Gen. Remarks. Dendrophis Chenonii, Reinhardt, appears to be a different
serpent ; the anterior frontals in the figure of that species (Reinhardt, nye Slan-
genarter, fig. 13,)* are quite small ; in L. smaragdinus their internal margin is
much larger than that of the posterior, the reverse is the case in D. Chenonii.
L. smaragdinus is now one of the best determined species first described in
print, and very accurately, by Prof. Schlegel.

Among the specimens sent by Dr. Ford is an arboricole serpent, having a
general resemblance to Leptophis smaragdinus, but which, on a careful examina-
tion, differs so much in its characters from those of Leptophis, that we do not
hesitate to make it a distinct genus, and for the following reasons : The head is
more robust and not so long, the anterior frontals are smaller comparatively,
the vertical is shorter, as are also the occipitals ; indeed, all the plates upon the

*Beskrivelse Af Nogle nye Slangenarter ved J. Th. Reinhardt. Kjobenhavn.
Trykt L Bianco Lunos Bogtrykkeri. 1843.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPniA. 53

top of the head, although having a general resemblance, differ in fact from the
corresponding plates of smaragdinus ; the nostril, instead of being between two
nasal plates, (the naso-rostral and naso-frenal,) is situated between the naso-
rostral and the frenal, which, however, may be accidental ; the frenal plate is
considerably less narrow ; the eyes, instead of being oval, as in smaragdinus,
are round or subround, and much more prominent ; the temporal plates are five
in number, in two longitudinal rows, three in the inferior and two above ; in
smaragdinus there are four, two below and two above ; in another, younger
specimen, four on one side, three on the other, but differently arranged ; the
number of superior labials is the same in each, viz., nine, the fifth and sixth
immediately beneath the eye; but the shape of these plates diflVrs in the two
animals, no two being alike; the posterior and superior angle of tne sixth in
smaragdinus is much more prolonr;ed upward and backward, and the seventh is
much larger ; the middle labial and the accessory labials differ in form, but the
difference most to be remarked is between the posterior geneials, which in smarag-
dinus are very long and comparatively slender ; the scales in the one snake are
long, narrow, and strongly carinated, in the other perfectly smooth, much less
narrow and quadrangular, and there is a difference of three and a half inches
in the length of the tail. It may be interesting to compare this serpent with
Herpetodryas aestivus and Dryophylax viridissimus, two slender green serpents,
the one from Surinam, the other from the United Slates. Herpetodryas astivus
and Chlorophis heterodermus are of nearly the same length, there being a differ-
ence of about 7 lines ; but the difference between the tails is greater, that of
iestivus being, in the specimen examined, 1 inch 81 lines longer ; but how marked
is the difference in the shape of the frontal plate ; the nostrils in Herpetodryas
open in a single plate, and although in both there are but one preocular and two
postoculars, they are altogether different in form ; in the one the eye rests upon
the fifth and sixth supra-labials, in the other (Herpetodryas) upon the fourth
and fifth. The arrangement and number of the temporal plates is difl'erent; in
Dryophylax, which is a much stouter and longer serpent, the frontal plate differs
from either of the others, the prefrontals pass down upon the side of the head
as far as the supra-labials, the pre- and postoculars, although the same in number,
still differ in shape, the position of the nostril is different, being between two
plates, the eye rests on the fourth and fifth supra-labial plates, and the size of
the eye differs, being smallest in Herpetodryas, largest in Chlorophis. If we
compare the supra-labials in the three we shall find them each of a peculiar
type ; in Dryophylax the sixth and seventh being remarkable for their large size.
The scales upon the body are also different. If we examine the teeth compara-
tively, we shall find that in Chlorophis the maxillaries, which are smooih, pre-
sent a marked curvature anteriorly, the points inclining backward, the three
posterior longer than the other, the two last more especially, which are also
much more robust ; neither of the posterior teeth appear to be grooved. In
Herpetodryas the teeth are smooth and resemble each other, (Aglyphodontes
isodontiens, D. and B.) In Dryophylax the posterior maxillary teeth are longer
and channelled, (Opistoglyphe dipsadien, D. and B.) Dryophylax is a South
American genus, exclusively, so far as is known, but Herpetodryas. according to
Dumeril and Bibron, exists not only in America, but in Madagascar and the
Isle of France. The following are the generic characters of Chlorophis :

Maxillary teeth recurved, the posterior ones less than the anterior, the three
last larger than the others, the two hinder ones especially, which are not chan-
nelled; nostrils between anterior nasal, and frenal; frenal remarkable for its
large size ; one antocular, two postoculars ; nine superior labials, the eye resting
on the 5th and 6th, and a very small part of the founh ; three anterior supra-
labials small, the three posterior large ; rostral rather high ; two internasals and
two prefrontals, vertical, pentagonal, much broader anteriorly, longer thau
broad, excavated laterally, presenting an acute angle behind ; occipitals pent-
agonal, well developed; supra-oculars not projecting; eyes round and quite
prominent; scales smooth, in 15 rows, quadrangular, about twice as long as
broad anteriorly, broader posteriorlv, the inferior row the largest ; a single pre-

1857.]

54 pRocEEDmas or the academy op

anal scBte ; tail slender and tapering to a point, of moderate length, not half the
length of neck and body.

Chlorophis heterodermus, nob.

S^). Char. Color green; 15 rows of scales, many of the scales marked -with
■white, more especially upon their external border, sometimes both the internal
and external. Total length 1 foot 9^ inches ; abdom. sc. 157, sub-caud. 83.

Dimensions. Length of head 7 lines ; breadth 4 ; of tail 5 inches 9 lines.

Habitat. Gaboon. One specimen presented by Dr. Henry A. Ford.

Gen. Remarks. We at first supposed that this serpent might be identical with
the Dendrophis Chenonii, Reinhardt, from Guinea, but the nasal in that
species is between two nasal plates, and according to Dumerii and Bibron, the
preanal scute is double. They also state that were it not for the difference in
the teeth, they would consider it a true Dendrophis; now Dendrophis has a
much larger row of scales along the middle line of the back, which Chlorophis
has not. Dumerii and Bibron also mention that in Leptophis Chenonii there
are 154 urostega — M. Reinhardt, 108 — 126.

Fam. LYCODONTIANS.

Among the serpents in the collection of Dr. Ford, are three different genera
of Lycodontians, three of different ages belonging to the genus Boedon, and two
of undescribed genera. We propose to give an account of them, and also a
Boedon presented some time ago by Dr. Burtt, U. S. Navy, from the Isle de Los.

The family of Lycodontians is characterized by Dumerii and Bibron as "ser-
pents with smooth teeth, or unchannelled, always unequal, the anterior longer
than those which follow, distributed in numerous series upon the jaws, and
without vacant spaces between them. Body cylindrical ; head larger behind
than the neck," the essential characters being the existence of smooth teeth
(Aglyphodonts) " of unequal force and length in both jaws." Erpet. Gen. tom.
vii. p. 357. The Lycodontians are divided into four tribes : 1, Boedonians ; 2,
Lycodontians; 3, Eugnathians ; 4, Pareasians. In the Boedonians the palatine
teeth are unequal, the submaxillary teeth separated; those above not separated. In
the Lycodontians these teeth are distinct, isolated ; the anterior pterjgo-pala-
tine teeth not longer than those which follow ; the submaxillary teeth unequal.
In the Eugnathians the submaxillary teeth are not separated by a free space,
the pterygo-palatine equal; and in the Pareasians, as in the Eugnathians, the
mandibular teeth are much longer in front than those which succeed them, but
in the former the anterior pterygo-palatine teeth are much longer.

The essential characters of the sub-genus Boedon, belonging to the first
tribe Boedonians, and the family Lycodontians, the ninth of the Aglyphodont
Ophidians, in Dumerii and Bibron's arrangement, consist in having "the four or
five superior maxillary teeth longer by half than those which follow, and which
are nearly equal among themselves and regularly spaced ; then a free interval ;
the four or five first palatine teeth longer ; the five first inferior maxillaries longer
and more curved."

Bo.lilDON QUADRIVITTATUM, nob.

Char. Two white vittffi bordered with fuscous on each side of the head, the
inferior commencing behind the eye and extending as far as the angle of the jaw,
the superior passing over the eye and upon the temple, expanded inwardly upon
the occiput, forming two large white irregular blotches, one on each side, uniting
with its fellow on the opposite side, upon the internasals and prefrontals, poste-
riorly extending about 1|^ inch upon the neck, where it is lost. Body and tail
uniformly brown above, white beneath with dark colored maculations. 27 rows
of scales; a single preanal scute. Total length 2 feet 8^ inches.

Description.. The head is of moderate size, depressed, covered above with nine
plates ; the internasals are considerably smaller than the prefrontals ; the latter
are in contact laterally and interiorly with the fren il, posteriorly with the
frontal, and by their postero-external margin, which is incurvated, with the

[February,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65

superior antocnlar ; the frontal is long, presenting a nearly straigbt margin an-
teriorly, its sides scarcely incurvated, its posterior angle acute, passing a con-
siderable distance beyond the supra-oculars ; the supra-oculars are five-sided ;
they do not project over the eye ; the nostrils are between two plates, their
superior maroin in contact with the internasal, the posterior margin of the
second with the frenal, its postero-superior with the prefrontals ; the frenal is
obloDg, more or less quadrilateral, or rather pentangular, about twice as long
as broad ; there is one large antocnlar of singular shape, five-sided, larger above,
the surface by which it is in contact with the prefrontal, convex, the postero-
superior by which it is in contact with the supra-ocular and the frontal concave,
as well as the anterior and posterior margins ; there are two post-oculars, the
first somewhat quadrangular in shape, the inferior five-sided; the rostral is
broader than high, its latero-superior margins excavated, with an acute angle
above, its inferior margin also excavated, its lateral margins rounded ; there
are eight supra-labials, no two of them are precisely alike in shape ; the second
is higher than the first, and is quite narrow above ; the third is quite large, four-
sided, about as broad as long, the fourth smaller than the third, the firth five-
sided, the eye resting upon the upper margin of the fourth and fifth, which are
excavated to receive it; the sixth also pentangular, but higher than the fifth;
the seventh also pentangular, but in a different manner, and broader than the
last ; the eighth also pentangular, but broader than either the sixth or the
seventh, with a more obtuse angle above, and its summit lower than that of
either of the two last mentioned plates ; the middle labial is long, having an
acute angle posteriorly, broad in front ; the accessory labials are also long, and
pointed behind, the anterior geneials longer and more developed than the pos-
terior; there are seven inferior labials; two parallel rows of large plates upon
the temples ; superior maxillary teeth of nearly equal size and moderately
curved, except the five anterior, which are longer, more robust, and more
strongly incurvated ; anterior inferior maxillary teeth longer than the others;
palatine and pterygoid teeth in two long rows, not straight, but slightly curved
anteriorly, presenting an ovoid interspace posteriorly ; tongue enclosed in a
sheath, with two slender pointed filaments in front ; ne;k not so 'thick as poste-
rior part of head ; body moderately robust, becoming more slender toward the
tail, which is of moderate length and tapering, but not pointed at its extremity :
the flanks present no remarkable angularity ; the scales are smooth, lanceolate
and narrow anteriorly, broader posteriorly ; there are 27 rows at the middle of
the body, 25 near the neck, 20 near the tail, upon which there are from 6 to 15
rows.

Abdom. scut. 235 ; 1 single preanal ; 58 sub-caud. urostega, which are in a
double row.

Coloration. Uniformly brown above upon the neck, body and tail, with two
vittae on each side of the head, as above described; chin, throat and neck white;
abdomen and under part of tail white, with dark colored maculse.

DimeriHions. Length of head 1 inch ; greatest breadth 7 lines ; length of body
2 feet 2 inches 10 lines ; length of tail 4| inches. Total length 2 feet 8 inches
7 lines ; circumference 1 inch lOi lines.

Ilahitat. Isle de Los. One specimen presented by Dr. Burtt, U. S. N.

We have in the collection of Dr. Ford three specimens of a serpent formerly
described in the Proceedings under the name Caelopeltis virgata, but which is a
species of Boedon, and although allied to the species above described, differs
from it in the following particulars : The largest of the specimens is considera-
bly smaller than quadrivittatum ; the head is shorter and more obtuse ante-
riorly ; the temples more protuberant ; the frontal is more narrow ante-
riorly, less acute posteriorly ; the superior labials resemble those of quadri-
vittatum sufficiently, but there is a difference in t^e form of the frenal and ant-
ocular plate ; there is also but a single row of temporals, with a single large
one situated between the parietal and the three plates constituting this row;

1857.]

56 PROCEEDINGS OE THE ACADEMY OP

the shape of the scales does not differ materially, but the number is less, there
being but 23 rows near the middle of the body, from four to 11 rows upon the
tail. The two lateral stripes oq each side of the head are of a yellow color and
more narrow, and meet at the rostral, the interspace forming an acute angle,
whereas in quadrivittatum they meet upon the internasal and prefrontals, dis-
playing a quadrangular interspace.

BO^DON QUADRIVIRGATDM, nob.

Syn. Ccelopcltis virgata, Proceed. A. N. S. Vol. vii. (1854) p. 98.

Sp. Char. Head short and thick, more narrow in younger specimens ; snout
obtuse; frontal plate of moderate breadth anteriorly, posterior angle somewhat
obtuse; 23 rows of scales ; two narrow yellow lines on each side of the head,
the superior commencing at the rostral, passing over the eye and upon the
temple, extending about three lines upon the side of the neck ; the inferior
commencing at the middle of the posterior margin of the orbit, passing obliquely
over the inferior post-ocular, the three last superior labials, and crossing the
angle of the mouth, extends in an oblique manner a distance of three lines, and
terminates at the line of junction between the neck and throat, at a distance of
two lines from the superior lateral stripe.

Color uniformly brown above; neck and abdomen yellow; beneath, in the
middle, the external portions of the gastrostega brown; the intermediate space
spotted with brown ; under part of tail brown.

Total length 2 feet 2 inches.

Abd. scut. 205 ; sub-caud. 45.

Description. The scales are somewhat broader than in the last described spe-
cies; in the younger specimens the head is more narrow, the temples less pro-
jecting, upon which are observed two rows of temporal plates. In each of these
specimens there are but 23 rows of scales. In one the internasal and prefrontals
are fused together. Gastrostega 202 ; a single preanal ; urostega 47, in
2d 190—55.

Dimensions. Length of head 9 lines ; greatest breadth 6 ; length of neck and
body 1 feet 11 inches 3 lines; of tail 3 inches 4 lines.

Habitat. Gaboon, west coast of Africa. Four specimens in Mus. Acad, N. S.,
presented by Dr. Henry A. Ford.

Sub-Fam. Eugnathians.

The first of the two serpents about to be described, belonging to the sub-
family or tribe Eugnathians, presents a series of remarkable characters such
a3 belong to no serpent with which we are acquainted, and which constitute a
genus to which the name Hormonotus may be applied.

HORMONOTUS,* nob.

Ocn. Char. Head Lycodontiform ; the temples swollen ; the snout rounded ;
the eyes prominent, looking upward and outward ; internasals considerably
smaller than prefrontals ; vertical long, pentangular ; nostril between two plates ;
a frenal ; one antocular, three postoculars ; the eye resting on the fourth and
fifth supra-labial ; two of the anterior teeth of the lower jaw quite large, the pos-
terior stouter at the base, and longer than the anterior ; two long anterior teeth in
the upper jaw preceded b}' several small ones, followed by an interspace with-
out teeth, and eight or more maxillaries of nearly equal length ; palatine and
pterygoid teeth in two long rows, presenting an ovoid space posteriorly ; scales
smooth, with a larger hexagonal row along the median line of the back; tail
of moderate length, tapering to a point, with double urostega ; ventral scutes
passing up along the sides in a nearly rectangular manner.

HORMONOTDS AUDAX.

Sp. Char. Uniform light brown or reddish as above, yellow beneath ; 15 rows
of smooth scales. *

* ogjMs;, a chain, and vona-, back.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 57

Description. The head is depressed ; the snout rounded ; the temples swollen ;
the nostrils, which are large, are situated in a depression between two plates ;
the eyes prominent, latero-superior, circular, the pupil ovoid, perpendicular ;
the rostral plate is pentangular, much more broad than high ; the internasala
are of moderate size, the prefrontals of much greater dimensions, their external
and inferior border in contact with the frenal, their posterior with the antocular,
the supra-ocular and the frontal plates ; the supra-ocular are pentangular, much
more narrow anteriorly ; the frontal is five-sided, its lateral margins scarcely
excavated, its posterior angle moderately obtuse, two and a quarter lines in
length by about one and a half in breadth ; the parietals are three lines in length
by two in breadth, much more narrow posteriorly ; the frenal is rathf r long and
of moderate breadth, in contact inferiorly with the second and third supra-la-
bials ; the antocular is larger than either of the three postoculars, and is pent-
angular in shape ; there are two rows of temporal plates, surmounted by a
third, of which the posterior is the largest ; there are nine superior labials, the
eye resting on the fourth and fifth ; no two are precisely alike, the first is the
smallest, the seventh pentangular, a line in breadth by half a line in height ;
there are seven inferior labials, each differing more or less in shape, and of
which the fourth is of much greater dimensions than either of the others; the
mental is triangular, the accessory labials rather long, the first geneial much
larger than the second. The neck is much more narrow than the head, is rather
long and slender; the body of very moderate thickness; the tail one-fifth of
the total length. There are 15 to 17 rows of smooth scales near the middle of
the body, 18 upon the neck, 12 near base of tail ; the scales are short and quad-
rangular upon the middle, more narrow upon the neck, broad upon the tail ;
the scales constituting the dorsal row are considerably larger than the
adjoining rows, and each scale is hexagonal in shape ; this larger row extends
upon the tail, but in the specimen examined appears to be interrupted near its
root. Ab. scut. 221 ; 1 single preanal ; 81 bifid sub-caud.

Dimensions. Length of head 9 lines; greatest breadth .5.V; length of body 1
foot 8 inches 7 lines ; length of tail 5 inches. Total length 2 feet 2 inches 4
lines.
Habitat. Gaboon, west coast of Africa.

Gen. Remarks. The outline of the head and the general arrangement of the
plates, has a certain resemblance to the figure of Lycodon audax (Lycognathus
scolopax, D. and B.) in the altas accompanying the Physiognomie des Serpens
of Prof. Schlegel, pi. iv. fig. 18, but it is quite a different serpent from the latter,
which is found in South America. It has also a certain relation, in the general
disposition of the plates upon the head and teeth, with Lycognathus cucuUatas,
a North African serpent, but a comparison of the two proves at once that they
belong to different genera. The outline of the head, the relative proportions of
the internasals and prefrontals, and the form of the frontal plate, are very dif-
ferent ; the nostrils are deeply excavated in Hormonotus ; in cucullatus there is
no larger dorsal row, and the scales are shorter, &c. It is also a much smaller
animal.

The species which remains to be described is a quite different looking serpent
from the last, presenting a series of generic characters quite remarkable, more
especially the form of the frontal plate.

Gen. Char. Head cuneiform, eyes small, two small inter-nasals, two large pre-
frontals, a frontal about as broad as long, presenting an acute angle posteriorly ;
nostril in a single plate at its posterior margin, two nasals, a frenal, one
antocular, two postoculars, seven superior labials, the eye resting on the third
and fourth ; several small teeth on the upper jaw, followed by a much larger
one, after which an interspace, succeeded by a row of small and nearly equal
teeth ; maxillaries of lower jaw presenting a corresponding system of dentition ;
but the interspace behind the larger teeth do not exist apparently ; body
nearly the same thickness as head ; tail short; scutes bifid.

1857.]

58

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Lycophidion laterale, nob.

Sp. Char. Uniformly reddish brown above and olive below, with the exception
of two lateral yellow vittEe on each side of the head, the one reaching to the
angle of the jaw, the other to the posterior margin of the occiput; 17 rows of
smooth scales.

Description. Head cuneiform, flat above, shelving forward, the plates exhibiting
the appearance of a polished surface ; snout rounded ; rostral plate much
broader than high, with an obtuse angle at its summit ; the inter-nasals
are quite small compared with the pre-frontals, their external margins in con-
tact with the nasal and the first frenal ; the pre-frontals are quite large
presenting an acute angle externally, where they are in contact with the first
and second frenal and the antocular; the frontal is short and broad, its pos-
terior angle acute, its anterior and external corners bevelled, the inter-
mediate space undulating; it measures nearly a line and a half in length, by
one and a quarter in breadth ; the supra-oculars are quite short, about one-half
their usual length, broader posteriorly; the posterior half of their external
margin in contact with the superior post-ocular ; the parietals are large, much
longer than broad, in contact anteriorly with the supra-ocular; the first post-
ocular, and by a very small facet at their anterior and external angle, with the
second posterior ocular ; there is one frenal plate, longer than broad, with
♦ an acute angle posteriorly ; it is in contact above with the pre-frontal ; it pre-
sents a somewhat obtuse angle, and two surfaces inferiorly, the anterior in
contact with the first supra- labial, the posterior with the second ; its anterior
and superior border is much broader than its posterior, which is externally
narrow ; the antocular is a remarkably large plate, more narrow above, in con-
tact inf, ricrly with the second and third supra-nasal, above by an oblique facet
with the frontal, anteriorly by a convex margin with the pre-frontal, posteriorly
with the eye, and the anterior border of the supra-ocular plate; there are two
post-oculars, the inferior the larger of the two ; there are eight superior labials,
no two precisely alike, the first the smallest, the sixth, which is pentagonal, the
largest, the eye resting on the third and fourth ; the third is separated from the
anterior margin of the orbit ; the fourth supra-labial and the antocular inter-
vening; the nasal plate is somewhat quadrangular in shape, the nostril being
situated in its posterior half, its posterior border in contact with the anterior
border of the naso-frenal, which presents an oblique facet without any sinuation
whatever; the plates upon the top of the head are all highly polished; the eye
is small, the pupil ovoid, rather than round ; there are two rows of temporal
plates, three in the inferior, two in the row above, and a large quadrangular
plate between these and the parietals; immediately behind the parietals, are two
smaller plates than the latter, with a still smaller one between them ; the
mental and accessary labials present nothing remarkable ; the anterior geneials
are quite broad, larger than the posterior, which are much more narrow ; four
small teeth precede the larger one in the upper jaw, then follows an interspace
succeeded by nine or more small teeth of nearly equal size ; anterior to the large
tooth in the lower jaw are also several smaller ones, succeeded by a row of nine
or more small teeth, the anterior a little the largest on the left side, but not in
the right; the palatine teeth are in two long rows, and present an ovoid space
posteriorly ; the neck is of nearly the same thickness as the head behind, the body
thicker, the tail short and robust, rapidly tapering to a point ; the scales are
smooth and shining, those upon the neck more narrow, those upon the body
broader, with rounded posterior angles ; the inferior row perhaps a litile the
largest; there are 15 rows upon the neck, 17 upon the middle of the body, 8
near the root of the tail ; the scales upon the tail appe^ir to be irregular, about
three lines from the vent they are homogeneous, but posterior to this space may
be observed two parallel rows of hexagonal scales broader than the others, suc-
ceeded by siualler ones, and then a single row of four narrow and quite broad
hexagonal plates ; the gastrostega are narrow, the sides of the abdomen not
angular.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59

Coloration. The neck, body and tail are brown above, inferior parts brown
with a tinge of olive, presenting a shining and a polished appearance, especially
the ventral and sub-caudal scutes; a yellow vitta on each side of the head
meeting upon the muzzle, and extending as far as the extremity of the occiput ;
a more narrow one extending from the posterior margin of the eye to the angle
of the mouth.

Dimensions. Length of head H lines ; greatest breadth 3^ ; length of neck and
body 1 ft.; of tail 1 inch 11 J lines.

Abdom. scuta 176, a single preanal, 44 snb-bifid-caudal.

Hahidit. Gaboon country, one specimen presented by Dr. Henry A. Ford.

Gen. Remarks. The serpent above described belongs apparently to the genus
Lycophidion of Fitzinger, but does not correspond in all respects with the ad-
mirable description of the Eugnathians by Dumeril and Bibron, particularly in
the size of the eyes, which they represent as " tres grands", and the form of the
abdomen which is described in the species observed by them as flat, in our
specimen being much rounded.* In other respects there appears to be a perfect
coincidence. But two species are enumerated by them both from South Africa,
viz: L. Ilorstockii and L. scmicinctum ; the first is white beneath, the second
is brown, but has a series of reddish bands across the back ; both want the
lateral yellow vitlae of L. laterale.

Sub-Order Opistoglyphs, (venenosi.)

OXYBELIS KlRTLANDII.

Syn. Leptophis Kirllandii, nob., Proceed. A. N. S. vol. ii. 1844, p. 62. Bryo-
phis Kirllandii, Id. Proceed. Acad. N. S. vol. vii. 1854, p. 100 ; Oxijbelis Le-
comptei; Dumeril et Bibron, vol. vii. p. 821. These specimens measure 4 ft. 2
inches in length, tail 1 ft. 7 inch. 10 lines. I find 19 rows of scales near the
middle, 17 upon the neck, 6 near the root of the tail; the nostril is large and
ovoid in a single nasal plate; there are two frenal plates in both specimens on
each side of the head, the posterior in the one being much larger than the cor-
responding ons in the other, the anterior more narrow than the anterior one of
the other in the same side ; on the right side in one they are narrow and oblong,
in the other the anterior is much smaller than the posterior; one antocular, two
post-oculars on the right side, three on the left in one ; in the other three
posterior on the right, three on the left; eight superior labials; the eye resting
on the fourth and fifth in both specimens; posterior geneials quite long; the
scales are long and slender, the inferior row the largest ; the tail at its extremity
almost filiform ; the p'ates upon the top of the head, though not corresponding
precisely in the cut, have the same general proportions; 170 gastrostega, a
double preanal, 166 urostega, 175 in another, urostega 168.

Gen. Remarks. The description of this " Arboricole opistoglyph" by Dumeril
and Bibron is very characteristic of its specific relations, and extremely accurate,
but they are in error in stating that it had never before been described, the first
account of it having been given by us in the second vol. of the Proceedings of
the Academy, 1844, p. 62, a fact for which I am indebted to Prof. Aug. Dumeril
himself, but who had not previously seen the animal.

The collection of Dr. Ford contains a fine specimen of Dipsas Blandingii, Hall.,
Proceed. Acad. N. S. vol. ii. p. 170, and vol. vii. p. 100. It is, however, not a
Dipsas, and we propose for it the generic name Toxicodryas. This remarkable
Arboricole serpent measures 5 ft. 7 inch. (Fr.) in length, tail 1 ft. 4 inch. ; 22
rows of scales may be counted at the middle of the body exclusive of the large
hexagonal dorsal row, 17 rows more posteriorly. The former description char-

* We had proposed for this serpent the generic name Lissophis, but have not
well authenticated specimens of Lycophidion to compare with it ; future observa-
tion must determine whether the former or latter name shall be retained.

1857.]

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

acterizes the external form of the serpent sufficiently well, but it may be added
that the supra-labials are for the most part bordered with black, and that 25
large blotches may be counted on each side of the body ; upper part of neck of
same color as occiput, probably green during life. There is but a single chan-
nelled posterior tooth on each side in these specimens, and therefore they cannot
belong to the genus Triglophodon of Dum. and Bibron, which has three ; the
posterior geneials are longer than the anterior, but of about equal breadth.

TOXICODRYAS, nob.

Gen. Char. A single tooth channelled anteriorly in the posterior part of the
upper jaw, much longer than the others, and more robust ; the other superior
maxillary teeth smooth, of nearly equal length, well developed, and equally
spaced but wide apart, the two anterior somewhat shorter; five or six in num-
ber; pterygopalatine teeth well developed, the anterior the longest; three
anterior teeth in the lower jaw longer than the others, and stouter, the three
posterior the smallest, the three intermediate ones smaller than the three anterior,
but larger than the three posterior ; unequally spaced ; head covered above
with nine plates ; a rostral broader than long, two broad inter-nasals, smaller
considerably than the pre-frontals ; a frontal of moderate length, but broader
anteriorly; supra-oculars remarkable for their great breadth posteriorly;
parietals of moderate size ; nostrils large, lateral, between two plates ; a quad-
rangular frenal ; two anterior and two posterior oculars; two rows of plates
between the parietals and supra-labials ; eye resting on the fourth, fifth and
sixth of the latter; body very long and much compiessed ; scales long, narrow
and quadrangular ; a dorsal row much larger, hexagonal ; abdominal scutes
extending upon the flanks ; sides of abdomen angular ; tail long with bifid
scutes.

ToxicoDRTAS Blandingii, nob.

Syn. Dipsas Blandingii, vol. ii. p. 170 — vol. vii. p. 100.

Sp. Char. 17 to 22 rows of scales ; color greenish olive above; three black
spots upon the head ; one at the internal and posterior angle of the supra-ocular,
the other near the internal and posterior margin of the parietals ; supra-labials
bordered posteriorly with black, one of these spots broader than the rest,
reaching up nearly to the eye; body greenish olive above, with 25 large dark
colored alternate blotches on either side; upper part of tail marked in a similar
manner; chin, throat, abdomen and under part of tail yellow ; ab. scut. 274,
1 bifid preanal ; sub-caudal 137; circumference 3 inches, total length 5 ft. 7
inch. (Fr.) tail 1 ft. 4 inch.

Habitat. Liberia and Gaboon. Two specimens, one presented by Dr. Wil-
liam Blanding, the other by Dr. Henry A. Ford.

Gen. Remarks. We formerly placed this serpent in the genus Dipsas, from its
large head, compressed body and the large row of hexagonal scales along the
middle line of the back; but a careful examination of the teeth, as well as of
the external form, shows that it does not belong to that genus ; it is one of the
most remarkable of the Arboricole Opystoglyphs, so characteristic of the her-
petological fauna of the western coast of Africa; we had supposed also that this
serpent might be identical with the Dipsas cynodon of Schegel, (Opetiodon cy-
nodon D. and B.) but in Opetiodon there is but one pre-ocular, the flanks are
rounded, pupil oval, &c. The frontal and supra-ocular plates in Toxicodryas are
quite different in shape from the corresponding plates in the figure of Dipsas
cynodon by Prof Schegel (Abbildungen, pi. xi. fig. 10 and 11,) the supra-
oculars being more narrow iu front, the frontal more narrow posteriorly; the
two last supra-labials are different in shape and much larger in Toxicodryas
than in fig. 11. In 0. cynodon, the pre-oculars are almost contiguous to the
frontal, in T. Blandingii they are separated by an interval of about a line, seven
or eight temporals instead of five, of which three touch the post-oculars (two
in T. Blandingii.) Cynodon is a native of Java and Borneo. The characters

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 61

of the serpent above described, resemble much those of Triglophodon fuscum,
also from the Gaboon, (D. and B. vol. vii. p. 1102, Appendix,) but it has three
channelled posterior teeth. There can be no doubt that although allied, Toxi-
codryas and Trit^^lophodon are distinct genera; compared with a specimen of Tri-
glophodon dendrophilum from Java, of which we have a fine specimen in our
colleclion, due to the liberality of the administration of the Garden of Plants,
through Prof. Dumeril, we find that the scales in T. Blandingii are more narrow,
the tail lousrer and more slender, and the plates upon tlie head different ; the
vertical in T. Blandingii is much more narrow posteriorly, the rostral not so
high, the parietals are much smaller; there are ?m-o pre-oculars, and the in-
ferior margin of the orbit is formed by the fourth, fifth and sixth supra-labials ;
in Triglophodon by the third, fourth and fifth, &c. Both have a large row of
scales along the middle of the back. Toxicodryas is a genus quite distinct from
Tarbophis, (Ailurophis, Bonap.)

Sub-Old. Proterogli/phs.

Among the serpents in the collection of Dr. Ford, is one of the black variety
of Naja, six feet 31 inches in length. There is also a younger and much more
slender specimen. Besides these we have another and much larger one than
either, presented several years ago by Dr. Ford, measuring G ft. 9,] inch. (Fr.) in
length. Neither of these correspond with the description or figure of the
black variety of Naja haje in Dr. Smith's work on the Reptiles of Southern
Africa. The most striking difference consists in the coloration, the South
African species being uniformly black below, the variety from the Gaboon hav-
ing upon the anterior part of the abdomen a greater or less number of black
bands of unequal breadth, the interspaces being yellow, the throat and chin also
yellow, (white probably during life). Dumeril and Bibron state that the Mu-
seum of Paris possesses three large specimens of the black variety described by
Dr. Smith, one from Senegal, one from Morocco, the third from the White Nile,
They admit but two species of Naja, the tripudians and haje ; in the first the
sixth superior labial is quite small, in the latter very large ; which also wants
the spectacle figure upon the neck, and the neck is less dilatable.

This difference between the labial plates, however, is presumed to be not an
invariable character. In the plate of Naja haje in the great work on Egypt,
there are several black bands passing across the abdomen, near its middle, one of
them very broad, more so than in any of the Gaboon specimens, which in that
variety are also situated much more anteriorly. Dumeril and Bibron state that
in the greater part of the specimens they possess from Java, Sumatra, China and
difl'erent regions of the East there are several gastrostega of a beautiful black,
forming a transverse band more or less broad, followed by other scutes of a
white color. Comparing the large Gaboon specimen with A. tripndians, from
Bengal, I find a single dark colored band nine lines in breadth, running
across the anterior part of the abdomen, quite near to the throat, and as
stated by Prof. Schlegel the sixth supra-labial much smaller than the cor-
responding one in the African species. In the tripudians this plate is sepa-
rated from the post-oculars by a large plate, in N. haje it is in contact with
them. There is a difference in the proportional size of the inter-nasals and
pre-frontals, but this may be merely the effect of age ; for, although the former
are comparatively much smaller than the latter in the adidt W. African speci-
mens, they more nearly correspond in the younger individual as they do in that
from Bengal. The frontal plate is pentagonal in both, but in the Asiatic
specimen it is quite narrow.* In the E. India serpent there are 23 rows of
scales near the middle of the body, in the Gaboon but 19. We have not the
materials for a thorough study of the two admitted species, but consider those
from Gaboon as belonging to a variety of the haje, for which the name melano-

* In the plate of the head of the tripudians in Prof. Traill's translation of
Schlegel it is represented as quite broad, perhaps the adult.

1857.]

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

leuca might be given, with the following characters : Length over seven or
eight feel ; color black above and beneath, in much the greater part of its length ;
chin white, neck and anterior part of abdomen white, with black transverse
bands varjing in breadth, with white interspaces of unequal extent ; sides of
head white or yellow, the margins of the labial plates bordered with black ; 19
rows of scales. Ab. sc. 213, sub-caud. 66.

Dimensions. Length of head 2 J inches ; greatest breadth 2 ; length of tail 1 ft.
\\ inch. Total length 6 ft. 9^^ inch. ; circumference 4| inch. Three specimens
in Mus. Acad. N. S., presented by Dr. Henry A. Ford.

Gen. Remarks. This is one of the largest and most savage looking of the
venomous serpents. Dr. Smith gives from 5 to 6 feet as the length of the
South African species. According to him they feed on small quadrupeds, birds
and eggs, and climb trees readily to rob nests. The genus Naja belongs to the
4th section or sub-order of Ophidians in Dumeril and Bibron's arrangement, viz :
The Proteroglyph or Apistophid serpents (serpents Proteroglyphes dits Apisto-
phides,) of which the essential characters given are, —

" Serpents in which the anterior teeth are channelled and not perforated at their
base," and to the first group into which this section is subdivided, viz : the
Conocercal Proteroglyphs, (P. conocerques) having a conical or rounded tail ;
the second group, the platycercals, and which live in the water having this
organ flat. The family of Conocercals includes nine genera, viz : Elaps, Pseudo-
elaps, Furina, Trimersurus, Alecto, Sepedon, Causus, Bungarus, Naja, two-
thirds of which exist in our collection. In the largest of the three specimens
there are two large and strong anterior channelled teeth, of about equal length
on the left side ; on the right side one, having behind it one or two smaller teeth.
In the other specimen but a single one is seen on each side; palatine and ptery-
goid teeth in two longitudinal rows.

1 Sing. Preanal, sub-caud 66

1 " " 65

1 " " , G4

the tail terminating in a sharp pointed cone.

Another of the formidable serpents with which W. Africa abounds is the
Echidna nasicornis, Cerastes nasicornis, Wagler, of which Dr. Ford's collection
contains one fine specimen.

Echidna nasicornis, Merrem.

Syn.' Col. nasicornis, Shaw, Misc. 94, Gen. Zool. v, iii. p. 297, pi. 204.

Vipera nasicornis, Daudin, Rep., vol. iii. p. 322.

Vipera nasicornis, T. Reinhardt, Bescrivelse af Nogle nye Slangenarter, 1843,
T. iii. fig. 8, 9, 10.

Cerastes nasicornis, Wagler, Amph. p. 150.

Echidna nasicorns, Merrem, Tent. p. 178.

Clotho nasicornis, Gray, Zool. Mis. 60. Cat. Br. Mus. Rept. p. 25.

Vipera hexacera, Dum. et Bib,, T. vii. p. 141G, Atlas pi. 78, bis. fig. 2.

We have now three specimens of this deadly but magnificently robed serpent
in our collection, two adult and one very young, all from the Gaboon ; the ser-
pent formerly figured in the Proceedings (1847, vol. iii. p. 320) having been lost.
V/e are ourselves now somewhat in doubt in regard to the animal described and
figured in the Proceed. Acad. N. S., vol. iii. p. 320, (1846 — 7.) The description
of the Echidna Gabonica, D. & B., given in the Erpetologie generale, corresponds
with it perfectly, and no mention is made, nor does the drawing display the
narrow headed black mark bordered with yellow, so characteristic ofE, nasicor-
nis, and the longitudinal bars upon the middle line of the back are not cut in tri-
angle at their extremities, which is the case even in the very young nasicornis.
Both specimens referred to have unfortunately been destroyed, the skull of the
adult alone remaining, which, however, I am inclined to believe belongs to E.
nasicornis.

As no detailed account of this remarkable animal appears to have been pub-
lished, we propose to give a full account of it.

[Feb.

Ab. Scut 213

" 221

" 219

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 63

Sj). Char. Three horny projections on each side of the muzzle, the anterior
small, the posterior which is immediately over the nostril quite long.

Description. The head is more or less triangular above, covered with scales,
very strongly carinated, the carinations so developed as to assume the form of
triangular leaf-like projections, giving a sensation of roughness to the latero-
superior upper part of the head ; there are three or four scales immediately
within the circular row above surrounding the eye, which are larger than the
others ; the carinie of these scales are less f )liated than the rest, and re-
semble spines ; the eye is of moderate size, ovoid in shape, and somewhat
projecting; the nostrils are large, on a line with the eye, three lines from it and
ar^not lateral, but look upward and outward; there are three foliated scales
upon each side of the muzzle, the posterior 6 lines in length ; the rostral plate
is broad and narrow with a convex margin above, concave below, very differ-
ent in shape from that of Vipera ammodytes ; there are sixteen supra-labial
plates on each side, most of which resemble each other in shape, presenting a
serrated margin inferiorly; there are sixteen superior labials which differ from
each other, and the anterior are more extended transversely ; the anterior geneials
are very large ; the posterior quite narrow ; the pterygo-palatine teeth do not
pursue a strictly longitudinal course but diverge posteriorly ; the fangs are
enormous and lie entirely concealed in their sheath; the neck is more' narrow
than the posterior part of the head, the body quite thick at the middle ; the
tail rather shorty terminating in a horn-like pointed projection ; the scales
are short and broad, strongly carinated, the inferior row much the largest ; 44
may be counted in a row near the middle of the body ; 18 on each side of the
neck, 16 rows at the base of the tail. Ah. scuta 128; sub-caud. 31 ; 1 long
preanal.

Coloration. A dark jet black arrowheaded blotch upon the top of the head
commencing between the posterior horns, its hinder extremities reaching as
far as the posterior margin of the head, the middle portion being lost upon the
neck ; this blotch has a narrow border of yellow; upper and lateral part of the
head brownish, or brownish mingled with yellow ; a narrow stripe of yellow
commencing near the middle of the range of scales which margin the orbit
below, and terminating at the inferior margin of the twefth supra-labial, less
distinct in older specimens ; posterior to this a large dark-colored triangular
blotch reaching from the eye to the angle of the jaw ; a small triangular yellow
one upon the side of the head close to its anterior margin, its apex reaching
to within a line of the eye; the intervening space between it and the narrow
yellow stripe, dark colored, as well as that part of the side of the head in front
of the eye reaching to the anterior extremity of the muzzle, on aline with the
inferior border of the nostril ; upon the middle line of the back and tail a series of
oblong yellow blotches, with triangular emarginations anteriorly and posteriorly,
imbedded in a black ground ; sides dark brown, in younger individuals mingled
with reddish and yellow, black spotted; the lateral extension of the dark col-
ored blotches in which the yellow bars are imbedded triangular in shape; a
series of yellow spots on each side at the point of juncture with the abdominal
scutes; chin and throat orange mottled with black; abdomen and under part
of tail yellow, thickly mottled with black.

In a very young specimen measuring 10| Inches in length, the coloration of
the head is nearly the same, the middle line of the back presenting a longitudinal
series of black rhomboids alternating with the lighter colored bars with trian-
gular emarginations ; these bars are much shorter upon the anterior part of the
body and upon the neck ; the posterior prolongations of the arrowheaded blotch
upon the head extend half an inch upon the neck, and present a triangular cut
posteriorly ; there is a series of large dark colored spots upon the sides alternating
with yellow ; chin and throat dark colored; abdomen thickly maculated with
dark subquadrate spots.

Dimensions. Length 2 inches 3 lines ; breadth 1 inch 11 ; length of body 2 feet
8 inches (Fr.;) of tail 6 inches 7 lines. Total length 3 feet 4 inches 10 lines;
circumference 6 inches.

1857.]

64 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

Habitat. Gaboon and Liberia. Three specimens in Mus. Acad, presented by
Dr. Henry A. Ford.

Oen. Remarks. Dumeril and Bibron are evidently in error in placing this ani-
mal in the genus Vipera. In Vipera the nostrils are lateral, in Echidna latero-
superior. la Vipera ammodytes the rostral plate is very high ; the posterior
geneials differ much ; ammodytes has a large supra-ocular ; there is but one row
of plates between the supra-labials and the rows of scales which surround the
eye ; the scales in ammodytes are long, short in nasicornis. The same may be
said of Vipera aspis. Compared with Echidna arietans of the Cape, we find
absence of the supra-ocular, two rows between the scales beneath the eye and
the supra-labials, and the scales short, like those of nasicornis. The difference
in the number of rows of scales between the eyes and the supra-labials consti-
tutes a good specific character in serpents belonging to the same genus, but the
position of the nostrils and the form of the scales are constant and of generie im-
portance.* Echidna nasicornis belongs to the 5th section or suborder of Ophidi-
ans in Dumeril and Bibron's arrangement, viz., the Solenoglyphs, (serpents Sole-
noglyphes dits Thanatophides,) of which the following are the essential charac-
ters:

" Serpents having teeth in both jaws, of which the anterior supra-maxillariea
are alone channelled and perforated by a canal in the length of their base."

Ord. BATRACHIANS.

In the synoptical table of the genera of Raniforms, in the 8th volume of Du-
meril and Bibron's work, (1841,) but two genera of the 16 there determined are
mentioned as having no palatine teeth, viz., Oxyglossus and Leiuperus ; the first
with a rhomboidal, the second with an oval tongue, in both entire. In Arthro-
leptis, Smith, (Illustrations of South African Zoology, 1849,) the toes are with-
out webs. la the Batrachian now under consideration, the most remarkable
structure is shown in the tongue, which presents a central pedicel, but is bound
down in its anterior half along the middle by cellular tissue, as in the genus
Heredia, among the Urodeles recently discovered in California. We pro-
pose for this remarkable Batrachian, and which, should this conformation be
found to exist in other individuals, would, from the connecting link between
the Anourous Batrachia, and the Caducibranchiate Urodeles, the name of

HETER0GL0S3A.
Head nearly as long as the body, and about as long as broad, depressed above,
narrow in front ; teeth in the upper jaw small, smaller in front, posteriorly re-
curved, sharp-pointed ; nine in the lower jaw ; no palatine teeth; posterior nares
Buboval, eustachian foramina small ; tongue suboval, deeply notched posteriorly,
attached by a cylindrical pedicel at the centre, entirely free in its posterior half;
bound down anteriorly along the middle line by cellular tissue, reaching from
the tip to the pedicel, free laterally except at the apex; body short; toes free
anteriorly, webbed at their base posteriorly ; tympanum distinct.

Heteroglossa. Africana, nob.

Sp. Char. Chocolate brown above, abdomen ash colored ; posterior nares
small.

Description. The head is about as broad as long, triangular in shape, rounded
in front, depressed above ; the eyes are of moderate size, not prominent ; the
tympanum also of moderate size, quite distinct, is situated immediately over the
angle of the jaw ; posterior nares suboval, small ; the fingers are quite free, the
first and second of about equal length, the fourth longer than these, the third
the longest; sub-articular tubercles distinct; extremities of first and second toes
nearly on a line with each other ; third toe longer than second, the fourth much

* Since the above was written we have received the December number of
Guerin (Revue et Magazin de Zoologie, 185G,) in which I find that Prof. A. Du-
meril has himself corrected this error.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF rillLADELPIIIA. C5

the longest, the fifih longer than either the first or second ; the toes are webbed
at their base, the web extending to about the middle of the antepenultimate
phalanx; abdomen perfectly smooth ; skin smooth above; no rows of porea
visible.

Coloration. General color dark brown, or chocolate above, mingled to a Blight
extent with ash ; upper jaw presenting several chocolate colored spots upon a
lighter ground ; posterior extremities barred with dark brown approaching to
black ; abdomen ash colored ; chin and throat chocolate spotted ; under surface
of extremities blackish mingled with ash ; when examined with a magnifier
the body appears to be blotched all over with dark brown on a much lighter
ground.

JJimendons. Length of head and body 1 inch ; length of head 5^ lines ; breadth
5 ; from tip of snout to anterior extremity 5 ; distance between anterior and pos-
terior extremities 5 lines ; length of arm 3 lines ; of forearm 2\ ; of hand to ex-
tremity of longest finger 3 lines ; of thigh bl lines ; of leg t> lines ; of foot to
extremity of longest toe 5.1 lines.

Habitat. Gaboon. One specimen in Mus. Acad. N. S. presented by Dr. Henry
A. Ford.

Hyla. i'0Nctata, nob.

A young specimen o^ Hyla punctata, nob., Proceed. Acad. N. S. vol. vii. p.
193.

It measures 1 inch 4 lines in length from the extremity of the snout to the
posterior extremity of the body; bead large ; body very slender posteriorly ; the
color is of a darker brown than in the adult, and a number of darker blotches
may be observed over diil'erent parts of the animal; a characteristic mark, and
one which does not appear to have been mentioned in the previous description,
consists in the presence of an orange-colored undulating line a short distance
above the auus, commencing on the posterior part of the thigh about two lines
from the latter ; beneath this line the ground color is more obscure. This line
exists also iu the adult specimen, but is of a yellow color.

PIPAD^lil.
DACTYLETHRA, Cuvier.

There i.s one specimen of Dactylethra, but this differs from the Dacty-
lethra of the Cape, and more especially in the presence of a sharp pointed
spur projecting from the cuneiform bone, which is not observed iu Dactylethra
capensis.

Dactylethra Mullkri, Peters.

Sp. Char. Black above, dark brown or chocolate below ; a cutaneous appen-
dage beneath each eye; numerous crypts upou the muzzle, chin, and under part
of the muzzle ; a series of larger longitudinal glands upon chin ; a sharp pointed
spur at base of first toe.

Dcscj-iption. The head is small, depressed ; the snout rounded ; the eyes pro-
minent; the nostrils near the extremity of the snout a line apart, and three-
fourths of a line from the anterior border of the eye; the snout is quite smooth
above, but covered as far as midway between the eyes, (the posterior border of
which is but three lines from its anterior extremity,) with numerous small ele-
vated granules or crypts, the under part also, as well as the chin ; a semicircu-
lar row of longitudinal glands, nine or ten in number, Avith open mouths, four
or five in each longitudinal row upon the chin ; no tongue or palatine teeth ;
numerous small teeth in the upper jaw; ejistachian foramen large, broader than
long ; body large, subquadrate, about a line broader posteriorly, where, as Du-
meril and Hibron observe, it has the appearance of being truncate; perfectly
smooth both above and below ; with a ui:ignifier, however, presenting a minutely
granular appearance ; no lateral line of pores visible ; anterior extremities small,
posterior very large ; fingers free ; fourth finger stoutest, second longest, third
not as long as second, first and fourth of nearly equal length ; thighs aud legs
1857.] 5

66 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

greatly developed ; toes webbed as far as distal extremity of first phalans, the
three first provided with a nail, sharp pointed, slightly iiicurvated ; these nails
are convex above, but present a ridge along their middle below ; a sharp pointed
short spur at the base of the first toe ; second toe longer than first, third longer
than second, fourth and fifth of nearly equal length ; no subarticular tubercles
visible ; posterior extremities smooth both above and below, no pores upon the
xhighs.

Coloration, as given in the specific characters.

Dimensions. Length from tip of snout to anterior extremity 6 lines ; between
anterior and posterior extremities 10 lines ; of arm IJ lines ; of forearm 3 ; of
hand to extremity of longest finger 3i lines ; of thigh 6 lines ; of leg 7 ; of foot
to extremity of longest toe (the third) 8 lines.

Uabilat. Gaboon. One specimen presented by Dr. Henry A. Ford.

Gen. Remarks. Dactylethra belongs in Dumeril and Bibron's arrangement, to
the second group of the Anourous, or Phrynaglossal Batrachians, (Phryna-
glosses) and family of the Pipteformes, being entirely destitute of a tongue,
wheieas the 1st gioup, or the f haneroglossal, have this organ " developed in a
greater or less degree." The Phrynaglossal Batrachians, including but two
genera at present known, viz., Dactylethra and Pipa, have also this very re-
markable peculiarity, that instead of two eustachian foramina, there is but one,
and that situated at the middle of the posterior part of the palate. In Dactylethra
Mdlleti this is very large. We had proposed for this singular Pip^form the name
spinosa, from the spur at the base of the first toe, but having received the 12lh
number of the Revue de Zoologie for 1856, we find it mentioned and referr'^d to in
the interesting and important paper of Prof. Aug. Dameril, with the well known
and honored name Miilleri given to it in 1844 by Prof. Peters of Berlin, (Monats
Bericht ber Kon. preuss. Acad, zu Berlin, 1844, p. 37) who has found it also in
Mozamoique.

Having now finished the notice of Dr. Ford's collection, which contains so
many animals new to science and of great importance in the study of the geo-
graphical distribution of Reptiles, I propose to correct some errors in former
papers of mine upon the Reptiles of Western Africa — which either had escaped
my attention, or which a better knowledge of the subject, and the aid of my
vade mecum in that branch of science, Dumeril and Bibron, have enabled me
to point out. Pachydactylus tristis appears to be identical with Platydactylus
theconyx, a common West India animal, the label indicating the locality having
been erroneous. Tropidolepis Africanus and Calotes versicolor are identical with
Agama Oolonorum. Python Liberiensis is identical with Python bivittatus, (Py-
thon kSebae, D. & B.) admirably described by Prof. Schlegel and long known.

Bo.v LiuERiENSis. Proceed. Acad. N. S , vol. vii. (1854) p. 100.

The animal indicated is not identical with Python Liberiensis, (Python
biyittatus, Schlegel,) the latter specimen having at the time been mislaid, but
ii the young of Epicrates cenchris from S. America.

Fam. SYNCRATERIANS, (innocui.)

Dendroi'his flavigularis, Proceed. A. N. S. vol. vi. p. 205.

The Aboricole serpent described in the Proceedings of the Academy with the
above name is not a Dendrophis, but presents characters quite sulficient to consti-
tute it a new gentis. It differs from Dendrophis in the following i)articulars : 1st.
Dendrophis is an Isodontian, the teeth having equal proportions, the Sj' ncraterians
having the posterior longer. 2d. It wants the larger row of scales alongthe median
line of the back, characteristic of Dendrophis. 3rd. The eye in Dendrophis
rests on the fifth and sixth supra-labials. 4th. The rostral appears more
upon the top of the head, and the internasals are proportionably larger.
5th. In Dendrophis the frontal is more acute posteriorly, and the parietals are
longer than broad. Gth. In Dendrophis the frcnal is long and narrow and not
quadrate ; there are two post-oculars instead of three, and the temporal plates
are more numerous. 7th. The nock is more narrow in Dcndroj)liis, the abdo-
uiuu is an<>'ular and the scales are smooth. In llcrpctodryas (Isodontian) the

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP rillLADELnil A. 67

rostral opens in a ningh plate, tliere is but one post-ocular, tlic parietals are
long, the eye rests on the third and fourtli sui)ra-labials, and the shajic of the
scales is very dillerent, being lanceolate and not long and quadrangular; the
internasals arc smaller in proportion, the rostral docs not extend so far back-
ward on tlie top of the head, and the frontal differs in shape ; it approaches
more nearly Leptophis (Syncrateriau), a genus also existing on the AV'cst Coast
of Africa, but in Leptophis, the internasals are proportionately /ar^cr, the frontal
more acute posteriorly, the rostral quite different in shape, the frenal long and
narrow, but two post-oculars, the eye resting on the iifth and sixth supra-labials,
the latter plate being much prolonged at its posterior and superior angle, and
the posterior gencials, or intermediate sub-niaxillary plates, are longer than the
anterior and more narrow. In Bucephalus the scutes beneath the tail are bifid
for one-fourth of its lengtli, simple in the remainder, and the posterior teeth are
channelled (Opistoglyph) ; atc propose therefore for this remarkable Arboricole
(Jphidian the generic name

T1IRAS0PS.»

Gen. Char. Head long, flat above, somewhat ti'uncate anteriorly ; shelving in
front ; rostral extending upon the top of the head ; internasals of about same
length as pre-frontals ; frontal three and a half lines in length, and about as
broad anteriorly, rounded posteriorly ; parietals short and broad, nostril be-
tween two plates ; a quadrangular frenal ; one antocular, three post-oculars ;
e^'e resting on the fourtli and fifth supra-labials; pupil circular ; j)OSterior
geneials broader than the anterior; teeth of the upper maxillaries Syncratorib,n,
the posterior twice as long as the anterior, not channelled, but trenchant, the
preceding ones sharp pointed, a wide space in front destitute of teeth ; pterygo-
palatine teeth small, in two nearly' parallel rows ; mandibular teeth presenting
no larger or longer ones anteriorly, the posterior ones a little shorter ; neck
nearly as broad as jjosterior part of head, body long, rather stout in the middle,
covered with long and quadrangular imbricated and carinated scales of about
equal breadth except those of inferior row which are broader and shorter than
the others ; scales and scutes presenting a silken appearance ; abdomen angular
but not distinctly so, the gastrostega ascending obliquely upon the flanks ; tail
long, sub-caudal scutes bifid.

Thrasops flavigclaris, nob.

Sp. Char. 13 rows of scales ; jet black black above with a silken lustre,
mingled with brown upon the head ; lips dove color ; chin and throat white, or
light yellow ; neck white or light yellow, black spotted ; abdomen and under
part of tail black or yellowish ; length 5 ft. 10|- inch. (Fr.)

Habitat. Gaboon ; two specimens in Mus. Acad. N. S. one presented by Dr.
Henry A. Ford, the other by Mr. DuChaillu.

Gen. Remarks. The description in the 4th vol. of the Proceedings is quite ac-
curate, and characterizes this serpent well, except its dentition. Its jet black and
silken lustre, and large and somewhat impudent eyes, make, we should think,
this reptile one of the most remarkable among the Arboricole Ophidians so
numerous in Western Africa.

CoroneUa trianyularis, nob. Proceed. Acad. N. S. vol. vii. p. 140.

Coluber Icevis, Proceed. A. N. S. Vol. ii. p. 118. This serpent described under
the above names, is not a CoroneUa, but belongs to a new genus of Syncrate-
rians, for which we propose the name

HETERONOTUS.

Gen. Char. Dentition of CoroneUa. Head long, temples somewhat swollen,
eyes of moderate size, nostrils latero-superior between two plates; a short frenal;
one pre-ocular; two post-oculars ; eight superior labials, the eye resting on the
fourth only; a broad rostral; two internasals rather long ; two broad pre-fron-

*@f>a<ro(, audax, and ^, oculus.

1857.1

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

tals ; a long hexagonal frontal ; two supra-orbitar, and two parietal plates, the
latter of moderate length ; a small occipital ; neck more narrow than posterior
part of head, body cylindrical, covered with broad quadrangular scales at the
sides, hexagonal above ; tail rather long and tapering, sub-caudal scutes bifid.

HETEaONOTUS TRIANGULARIS, nob.

Sp. Char. Color light olive above, with about yfteen narrow transverse yellow
fascia; from six to eight lines apart, commc-nciug on the neck and terminating
near the middle of the body ; a series of triangles, olive and yellow upon the
sides, the one inosculating with the other, the yellow lines upon the back con-
joining the apices ; 17 rows of scales near the middle ; ab. sc. 148, 1 bifid pre-
anal ; sub-caud. 100.

Descrijjtion. The head is long, narrow and rounded in front, somewhat pro-
tuberant at the temples, covered above with nine plates exclusive of a very small
one looking like an occipital ; the rostral measures about two lines in breadth
by one in heighth ; presenting more or less distinctly three facets above, the two
exterior in contact each with the naso-rostral, the middle with the inter-
nasals, the external margin convex, the inferior concave ; the naso-rostral is
quadrangular, the naso-frenal rhomboidal in shape ; the frenal is also quadran-
gular with its supero-posterior angle rounded ; the two nasals are in contact
above with the internasals, the frenal with the pre-frontal ; the pre-ocular is
large, its superior portion much more so than the inferior ; rectangular below
triangular above, presenting an anterior and posterior angle and one superior,
in contact inferiorly with the third and fourth supra-labial, above with the pre-
frontal and supra-ocular ; there are two post-oculars, the inferior prolonged
forward, its anterior portion between the fifth supra-labial, and the eye, which
reclines upon it; the internasals are longer than broad, the pre-frontals on the
contrary remarkable for their breadth ; they pass down on the side of the head
between the naso-frenal and pre-ocular, to reach the frenal as above described ;
the frontal is remarkable for its length, and in this respect' differs greatly from
Coronella, in which it is short, and broader than long ; it is hexagonal and more
narrow posteriorly ; the supra-oculars are much longer than broad, more nar-
row in front; the parietals are of moderate size, in contact anteriorly with the
supra-ocular and the superior post-ocular ; there are eight superior labials on
the left side, the seventh and eighth on the right being fused together and pre-
senting one large plate ; the inferior margin of the eye rests on the fourth, wiiich
is more distinctly quadrangular, than any of the other superior labials ; there
are five plates between the supra-labials and the parietals, two in front and
three posteriorly; the anterior geneials are somewhat broader than the
posterior and not quite so long ; the supra-maxillary teeth are long, smooth,
unequally spaced, the posterior teeth the longest, the two anterior more recurved
than the others ; pterygo-palatine teeth much smaller, straight, their points
thrown far backward, in two long rows ; these rows are not parallel, but ap-
proach each other near the middle, and diverge anteriorly, the two presenting a
long urceolate outline ; the teeth in the lower jaw are much smaller than those
in the upper, shorter anteriorly; the neck is more narrow than the head
posteriorly, the body more or less cylindrical and much thicker in the middle,
decreasing toward the tail, which is of considerable length, and tapers to a
poiat; there are 17 rows of smooth scales near the middle of the body, the
same number upon the neck, 13 upon the tail near its root ; the inferior row of
of scales is the largest ; those upon the sides about as broad as long (U line,)
quadrangular ; those upon the back distinctly hexagonal, and somewhat
narrower; this difference in the form of the scales is. indistinct upon the neck
and posterior part of the body ; gasirostega rather broad but not ascending upon
the flanks which present no marked angularity.

Coloration. Head yellowish above mingled with olive; the three or four pos-
terior of the superior labials bordered inferiorly with black, as well as the pos-
terior margin of the fourth ; several of the inferior labials margined with black ;
chin and throat yellow, black spotted ; ground color olive above, with about

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF rniLADELmiA. GO

15 narrow yellow transverse fasciae, extendinp: a short distance beyond the an-
terior half of the trunk ; a series of lateral olive colored triangular markings,
28 in number, on each side of the neck and body continuous with the ground
color above, aud the apex iuf'erior, the same numlier of ytUow ones inosculating
with the latter, aud continuous at their bases with the yellow ground color be-
neath ; the transverse fasciae terminating laterally at the apices of these yellow
triangular interspaces ; throat, abdomen, and uuder part of tail yellow, with
numerous bluish or olive colored spots.

Dimensions. Length of head one inch ; greatest breadth 7 lines ; length of body
1 ft. 4 inch. 3 lines; of tail 8 inch. (Fr.)

Ilahi.lat. Liberia; one si)ecimen in Mus. Acad, presented by Dr. "William
Blanding.

(len. liemarks. The previous description in vol. ii. of the Proceedings contains
a number of absurd typographical errors, — and is in many respects incorrect.
This genus is closely allied to Coronella, but differs from it in the shape of the
frontal plate which is short and broad in the latter genus, in the form of the
internasals which are longer in Hcteronotus, in the pre-frontals which arc not
so long, the position of the eye and the. shape of the scales; the tail is much
shorter in Coronella, and the teeth not so strongly developed. Heteronotus is
another of the many '"emarkable forms recently discovered in Western Africa,
which promises to present the most valuable materials to the Zoologist in the
determination of the higher problems of science.

Sub-Ord. 0}nstogli/plis, (venenosi.)

PsAMMOPHis Phillii'Sii, Dob. Procccd. Acad. N. S. vol. vii. p. 100.

Coluber rhillipsii, id. Proceed, vol. ii. p. 1G9. The head of this species presents
numerous singularly shaped black markings above; the lips, chin and throat,
thickly spotted with black ; ground color of chin and throat yellow ; the black
points are much more distinct upon the flanks, scarcely visible upon the back;
gastrostega marked near their external extremities with a longitudinal black
mark or spot ; preanal scale single ; dorsal row of scales differently shaped from
the others ; two or three inferior rows of scales, larger than the rest, which, ex-
cept the dorsal row, are long, slender and quadrangular as in Dendrophis ; 17 rows;
tail mutilated. This species of Psammophis differs from all those described
by Dumeril and Bibron.

Among the serpents not in the collection of Dr. Ford, but from Liberia, and
presented several years ago by Dr. Goheen, is a small Psammophis, probably
young, with 17 rows of scales, and 102 sub-caudal scutes. The coloration of
the head is different from that of the specimen just described.

Char. Head marked with dark colored irregular lines, simulating Arabic
characters, more especially upon the parietals ; a more regular figure, long and
quadrangular in shape upon the frontal; color greenish with a double row of
black spots at the posterior margin of the abdominal scutes near their external
margin; lips black spotted; chin and throat white; ab. scut. 164, 1 single
preanal, sub-caud. 102,17 rows of scales.

Gen. Reinarlis. The shape and arrangement of scales are the same as in Phil-
lipsii, thedorsal row differing from the others, being more narrow anterioily ;
(probably the young of the preceding species.)

DiPSAS CARiXATCS. Procecd. Acad. N. S., vol. ii.p. 119.

This description contains numerous typographical errors ; thus, the vertical
plate is put for the rostral, the nostril for tht- eye, &c. The name is pre-occu-
pied, having been given to a species of Pareas (Wagier) by Pi of Keinbardt,
(Dipsas carinata,) from Java. The teeth in this specimen are all lost, so that
it is impossible to say to what genus it really belongs.

CAIUNATUS.

Sp. Char, Color light or yellowish above with about 75 transverse narrow
1857.]

To PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

irregular lighter colored yellow fasciae, terminating at the external margin of
the abdominal scutes ; chin and throat yellowish; abdomen greenish, mingled
with yellow; tail olive above, white below. Length 2 ft. 1 inch 2j; ab. scut.
247 ; sub-caud. 13 ; 1 single preanal.

Description. The body is much compressed ; the scales all distinctly carinated ;
eeveaty-tive oblique narrow yellow bands maybe counted upon the body ; head
yellowish above, marked witb dark colored irregular Hues; the most conspicu-
ous of these are two irregular ones over the eyes and two large ones meeting
upon the middle of the frontal, and diverging in a V-shaped form, and extend-
ing as far as the posterior margin of the parietals, the right branch in the speci-
men examined continuous with another extending a short distance upon the
neck; these dark colored lines present longitudinal patches of yellow within;
scales of moderate length, rather narrow, presenting an angle posteriorly, the
carinaj in the middle, and running the whole length of the scale, the inferior row
the broadest; 22 rows near the middle of the body; on either side three rows of
narrower scales in the specimen examined, immediately above the second infe-
rior row ; flanks angular, abdomen fiat, but the gastrostega not ascending upon
the sides of the body ; tail of moderate length, tapering to a point. Plates of
head. A rostral broader than high, not extending upon the snout, two inter-nasals
and two pre-frontals, the former smaller than the latter ; a frontal longer than
broad, quite broad anteriorly, (2J lines nearly by 2 in breadth,) more narrow
posteriorly, distinctly hexagonal; parietals well developed, rather long, broad in
front; supra-orbitar long and narrow, presenting two facets displaying an angle
anteriorly, the superior in contact with the pre-frontal, the inferior with the
ant-ocular and two posterior, the inferior in contact with the superior post-
ocular, the superior, which is greatly extended, with the parietal; nostril between
two plates, the posterior much the larger, there being apparently no frenal ; a
single and large pre-ocular broader below ; two post-oculars, the inferior the
larger of the two; temporal plates but two in number (one above the other,)
between the supra-labials and parietals ; eyes of moderate size, round, resting on
the third and fourth supra-labials ; seven superior labials, the fifth quadrangular,
the sixth and seventh the largest; anterior genials broad, the posterior singular
in shape, broad, their external margin three or four times longer than the in-
ternal ; ab. scut. 247 ; sub-caud. 73 ; length of head 8 lines ; breadth Ah ; length
of body 2 ft. ; of tail 4 inch. 4 lines. Total length 2 ft. 1 inch 4 lines ; circum-
ference l.j inches.

Habitat. Liberia. One specimen in Mus. Acad. N. S., presented by Dr.
William Blanding.

Sub. Ord. Solenogli/phs (Viperidee.)

Atractaspis corpulentds, nob.

Syn. Brachycranion corpnhmtum, Hallowell. Proceed. Acad. N. S., vol. vii.
p. 99.

This is no doubt a distinct species from the Atractaspis Bibronii, Smith, of the
Cape of Good Hope.

Atractaspis oorpulentus.

Sp. Char. But seven plates upon the top of the head, two pairs only between
the rostral and frontal ;"' eye resting on the fourth supra labial, the third pro-
longed at its postero-superior angle, touching the eye anteriorly and inferiorly ;
body much stouter than in A. Bibronii ; 25 rows of scales, twenty-three upon
neck, 20 at posieiior extremity of body, commencing at the preanal scale, where
the body is only 4v lines in breadth, 8 lines at the middle; color shining black
above, brownish beneath ; ab. scut. 182 ; sub-caud. 25 ; preanal single. Total
length 1 ft. 8i inches.

Habitat. Uaboou. One specimen in Mus. Acad., presented by Dr Henry A.
Ford.

* Future observation must determine whether this be a constant character.

[Feb.

NATURAL .SCIENCES 01' rillLADKLl'lllA. 71

Iq a. Blbronii, the ab. and sub-caud. scuta are given bj' Dr. Smith as 255,
20, and 225, 21. The drawidg iu the S. African Illustrations is mHgnilied
and tberet'dre the fangs iu both animals are probably of equal length. The
gtit-trostega are quite broad, and extend very slightly if at all ujion the flanks,
which are rounded; the neck is of about the same thickness as the head pos-
teriorly, not so thick as the body at its middle ; tlie geneials are broad and short,
there are no posterior ones, properly so called but a single row of larger scales
on each side within the supra-labials, the anterior the longest. The fangs in
this serpent are remarkable; they are probably more capable of erection than
Dr. Smith supposes, but their shape is [)eculiiir; they arc convex anteriorly,
concave posteriorly, with a superior and inferior ritlge, compressed laterally, with
an elevation in the middle, resembling somewhat a squalus tooth, but of course
much more narrow ; they are not channelled anteriorly, but a canal can be dis-
tinctly seen running along their middle, the tooth being perforated at its base.
It therefore takes its place among the Solcnoglyphs and not the Proteroglyphs, as
Dumeril and Bibron conjectured it should from its general resemblance to
Elaps, (a specimen of the animal not having at that time reached the Museum of
Paris,) and the family A'iperidie, characterized by the absence of fossettes be-
tween the eyes and the nostrils, which on the contrary exist in the Crotalidie.

Gen. Remarks. We have endeavored in the preceding paper to give as cor-
rect an account as our means will permit of the West African Reptiles that have
come under our notice. All the specimens described or referred to in previous
numbers of the Proceedings as presented by Dr. Ford, come from the Gaboon
and not Liberia. This is an important correction, for the two countries are
widely separate, Monrovia, the capitol of Liberia being in North or Ujtper Guinea,
and the Gaboon in South or Lower Guinea; the difference in latitude between
the above mentioned town and the mouth of the Gaboon where Dr. Ford is
stationed as Physician to an American Missionary establishment being 450
miles, and in longitude 1400; the difference in space measured along the line of
the coast 1450 miles. This rectification is of much consequence in the study of
the geographical distribution of the Reptiles of[Africa. When we consider the very
great distance of the Cape of Good Hope from the Gaboon, it is not surprising
that the reptiles of the latter region should differ so much from those of the
former. Indeed, it is doubtful if among all the reptiles figured and described
by Dr. Smith, there be two absoliilrli/ identical and common to both countries.

Dr. Smith mentions the tollowiug species known to exist in W. Africa, as
found also at the Cape, viz. : Kinixis erosa, Varanus niloticus, Chamadeo di-
lepis, Agama coIonorura,Dinophis angusticep3(NaiaS.)and Causus ihombeatus.
He enumerates nevertheless and describes 144 species belonging to 84 genera.

According to Prof. Peters, of Berlin, the following species existing in W.
Africa are found also in Madagascar, viz., Cham;c!eo dilepis, OxybelJs Kirtlandii,
(Lecomptei, D. & B.) Echidna nasicornis, Dactylethra Miilleri, ( Archiv. fur Natur-
geschichte, 1855, p. 43,) and (Monatsberichte zu Berliner Acadamie, 1854, p.
C14.)

Few countries probably present a more interesting field to the Herpetologist
than Africa, whether we regard the variety or the remarkable character of the
forms, and we hope, through the efforts of M. DuChaillu, who is travelling in
the Gaboon, with a view to discover if possible the source of the Congo or river
Zaire, and of Dr. Ford, who is stationed at the mouth of the Gaboon, that we
shall be enabled to develops more fully the Herpetology of that region.

We have prepared the following list of the species inhabiting Liberia and the
Gaboon so far as known, and refer to the splendid work of Dr. Smith for those
found at the Cape. Those common to the two regions are printed in italics : —

Lilicria.
Cinixis denticulata, (erosa B.) Oxyhclis Kirtlandii, II.

Trionyx Mortoui, H. Dinophis Hammondii, H.

Agama colouorum D. (Dendraspis Jamesoui, A. D ) .

1857.]

72 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

Euprepes Harlani, H. Toxkodryas Blandinr/ii, H.

Eupi-eiJcs Ulandingii, H. Causus rhombeatus, W.

PytLoa bivittalus, S. (P. Sebffi, T).k^.) Eclddna Gabonica, D. & B.
Onychocephalus Liberiensis, H. Rana Bibronii, H.

Onychocephalus nigro-lineatus, H. Ixalus concolor, H.

Leptophis smarat/dinus, D. & B. Bufo maculatus, H.

Gaboon.
Cryptopodus Aubryi, A. D. BocBdon quadrivirgatum, H.

Trionj'x ^Egytiacus. G. Hormonotus audax, H.

Cinixis denticulata, H. Lycophidion laterale, H,

Cinixis Homeana, B. Oxybdis Klrtlandii, H.

Hemidactylus angulatus, H. Toxicodryas Blandingii, H.

Chamaeleo gracilis, H. Dinophis angusticepSj A. D,

ChatBcEleo dilepis, L. Echis squamigera, H.

Varanus niloticus, D. & B. Naia Haje, (var. melanoleuca, H )

Tachydromus Fordii, H. Echidna nasicornis, M.

Euprepes albilabris, H. Echidna Gabonica, D. & B.

Euprepes striata, H. Atractaspis corpuleutus, H.

Euprepes lUandingir, H. Triglophodoa fuscum, D. & B.

Splienorhiaa elegans, H. Caecilia rostrata, C.

Gerrhosauras nigro-liaeatus, H. Rana subsigillala, A. D.

Phractogonus galeatus, H. Lymnodytes albilabris^ A. D.

Leptophis smaraydinus, D. & B. Hyla Aubryi, A. D.

Chloropbis heterodermus, H. Heteroglossa Africana, H.

Bocedon quadrivittatum, H. Dactylethra Miilleri, P.

Nothing is more striking in the study of the various reptilian forms above de-
scribed than the simplicity of the elements out of which so great a variety of
essential characters are deduced, constituting generic types, permanent in their
nature, andlinked from the beginning with circumstances of physical geogra})hy
not yet fully made out, l^ut which a more thorough and accurate analysis may
euable us to discover. It is probable that a careful and precise investigation of
the genera now determined, even by the most eminent Herpetologists, taking into
consideration not one or several sets of characters but the entire animal viewed
in regard, not only to its anatomy, whicliis of equal importance, but also its geo-
graphical position, and so to speak, its i)hysiology, will of necessity cause many
of them to be separa,ted, constituting either distinct generic forms, or sub-generic
types, associated naturally with the physical characters of the soil and climate
in which they live ; and hence it is of the utmost importance that those animals
not liable to changes of domicile as is the case with birds, and even the mam-
mals, should be collected from all known regions of the globe, their habitat
being ascertained with the greatest precision, and their anatomy studied with
care, so that we may be enabled to deduce the laws which govern their ex-
istence, and determine their characters, which cannot be done for a long time
to come, and until the facilities for the prosecution of such pursuits are much
greater than exist at the present time, but which we have no doubt will ulti-
mately be accomplished. Natural History, phj-sical geography and jdiysiology
are so intimately connected, that no real progress can be made without their
combined study ; and in this manner instead of the artificial and disjoint-
ed aspect which the first of these has often been made to present, we
shall have a system based upon nature itself, the only true and real foundation
of all progress whether in science or morals, or in the solution of those perplexed
I)roblems which at present so much and so fruitlessly disturb the public mind.
Inquiries of this kind, so far from promoting a spirit of irreverence, induce the
contrary, leading man not only in the letter, but better in the spirit, and in the
r>.'al constitution of things, to search out the laws which determine his well being,
and give rise in him to the most profound sentiments of humility and worship
of the great (Ji'cator, whose iutclligonte and power at every step excite his
wonder and admiration.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 73

The death of Dr. E. K. Kane, U. S. N., late a member of the
Academy, was then announced; whereupon the following resolutions,
offered by Mr. Cassin, were unanimously adopted : —

Resolved, That the Academy has heard of the decease of its distin-
guished member Elisha Kent Kane, M. D., of the United States Navy,
with deep sorrow, and regards it as a loss to the cause of science, and
to the country.

Resolved, That the great abilities and enterprise of Dr. Kane entitle
him to the highest rank among scientific voyagers and explorers, and
that his many and valuable contributions to the collections of the
Academy, and his constant interest in it, entitle him to special regard.

Resolved, That this Academy will attend the funeral of Dr. Kane,
and that a special meeting be called for that purpose.

Resolved, That a copy of these Kesolutions be transmitted to the
family of Dr. Kane, and that the same be published.

March Sd.
Vice President Bridges in the Chair.

Dr. Uhler stated :

That on the night of the 10th inst., about 11.} o'clock, he was startled in his
residence at Manayunk, by a heavy rumbling noise, and shaking of the house
and furniture, and rattling of the windows ; the sound resembled that of a
heavy wagon drawn over hard frozen ground. In the course of four or five
seconds, the noise and trembling were repeated. Dr. U. raised the window im-
mediately, but found everything perfectly quiet ; there was no wind, and he
attributed the noise to an earthquake.

The sound appeared to come from the north east, and then returned; the
whole duration was probably twenty seconds. He had no means of determi-
ning the amount or direction of the oscillation.

March 10th.

Vice President Bridges in the Chair.

Communications were presented for publication in the Proceedings,
entitled :

Contributions to the Neuropterology of the United States, No. 1, by
Philip R. Uhler.

Descriptions of twelve new species of Naiades, by Isaac Lea.

And the following for publication in the Journal :

On the Caducibranchiate Urodcle Batrachians, by Edward Hallo-
well, M. D.

On Trigonophrys rugiceps, by Edward Hallowell, M. D.

Which were respectively referred to Committees.

Dr. LeConte announced the decease of Prof. J. W. Bailey, of West
Point, a correspondent of the Academy.

On motion, a Committee was appointed, consisting of Messrs. Vaui,
LeConte, and Foulke, to make arrangements relative to attendance at
the funeral of Dr. E. K. Kane, on the 12th lost.
1857.] 6

74 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

March VJth.

Mr, AsHMEAD in the Chair.

Mr. Ashraead made the following verbal communication regarding
specimens of Algae, presented by him this evening and upon a former
occasion :

In the catalogue of Marine Algae from Key West, which I presented to the
Academy last April, there were five undetermined species of the genus Cau-
lerpa, and two of Laurencia. These, together with some others, supposed to
be new, I referred to Prof. Harvey of Trinity College, Dublin.

I received a letter a few days since from that eminent Algologist, giving the
true names, which I have attached to the specimens on the table, as follows :

Caulerpa mexicana.

C. PLUMiGERA Harvey.

0. PASPALOiDES Bory.

C. SEDOIDES Ag.
C. PLUMAKIS Ag.

Laurencia implicata Harvey.

L. GEMMiPERA Harvcy.

There were also three species in that catalogue which I erroneously named,
viz :

SciNAiA furcellAta Bivona, I referred to Halymenia ligulata Ag.

Ceramium nitens J. Ag., I had supposed to be C. rubrum Ag. — and Cryp-
tonemia crenulata J. Ag., I named, (at the suggestion of Prof. Bailey,) Phyl-

LOPHORA BROADIiEI.

There is a great similarity iji the external habit of these plants, yet they are
well distinguished by the internal structure of the frond, to which I had not
applied the microscope.

In addition to my former catalogue, which is now corrected, I present this
evening

TuRBjNARiA VULGARIS, var. |3. DECURRENS Boryg.

This plant is interesting as an addition to our Marine Flora. It was known
to occur in the West Indies, but had not been detected on our shores, until I
found it at Key West.

Dasya Harvkyi Ashmead.

This is a new Dasya ; I obtained it at Key West with both kinds of fruit.
Prof. Harvey says, " This species is quite new to me, and I feel much gratified
by the compliment you pay me, by naming it D. Harveyi."

Choudria attropurpurea Harvey.

C. sedifolia Harvey.

Laurencia papillosa Greves.

L. cervicornis Harvey.

Geranium tenuissimum Lyngb.

Gracilaria armata J. Ag.
■ Tonaria lobata Ag.

Caulerpa Ashmeadii Harvey.

In regard to this species. Prof. Harvey makes the following remarks : "As
far as I at present know, it is nondescript — but it is not new to me, for I found
it myself at Key West, but did not find it growing. It is a very remarkable
species, diifering from those of similar habit, in its greater size, and in the ex-
treme obtuseness of the pinnje."

Of this rare species I found but one plant. It was growing in company
with Caulerpa plumaris, under the bridge leading to Fort Taylor, in a shady
position, and where it was sheltered from the action of the waves. Its fibrous
roots penetrated the coral sand for a* considerable extent, from which a number
of fronds sprung up at intervals. I collected every fragment I could find.

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75

March 2ith,
Vice President Bridges in the Chair.

The following communications were presented for publication in the
Proceedings.

1. Synopsis of the species of Clivina and allied genera inhabiting
the United States, by John L. LeConte, M. D.

2. Investigation of the Rock Guano of the Islands of the Caribbean
Sea, by W. J. Taylor.

3. Description of six new species of Unio from Alabama, by Isaac
Lea.

4. Description of eight new species of Naiades, from various parts
of the United States, by Isaac Lea.

6. Description of three new exotic species of Naiades, by Isaac Lea.

6. List of Extinct Vertebrata, the remains of which have been dis-
covered in the region of the Missouri, with remarks upon their geologi-
cal age, by Joseph Leidy, M. D.

And were respectively referred to Committees.

Mr. Cassin announced the death of Mr. John A. GuEX, late a mem-
ber of the Academy, and alluded to the enthusiasm of Mr. Guex as an
entomologist, and to his distinguished liberality in adding to the mu-
seum of the Academy his magnificent collection of Coleoptera.

March Slst.
Vice President Bridges in the Chair.

The following papers on report of the Committees to which they
were referred, were ordered for publication in the Journal.

On the Caducibranchiate Urodele Batrachians, by Edward Hallowell,
M. D.

On Trignophrys rugiceps, by Edward Hallowell, M. D.

And the following for publication in the Proceedings.

Synopsis of tlie species CLIVINA and allied genera inhabiting the United States
BY JOHN L. LECONTE, M. D.*

DYSCHIRIUS Bon.
A. Elytra stria vel interstitio 3io tripunctato.

A. Epistoma bisinuatum ; elytra stria basali integra.

a. clypeo tridentato ;

•18, Antennis nigris, thorace globoso, elytrorum

striis integris 1. tridentatus Lee.

b. clypeo dente intermedio obsolete, lateralibus acutis ;
•14, Antennis pedibusque nigerrimis 2. patruelis Lee.
•13, Antennis basi, pedibusque posterioribus rufis 3. basalis Lee.
(•13, Pedibus antennisque brunneis, his basi testaceis,

thorace antice angustato, 4. Dejeanii Puiz.

* The species which I have not seen are enclosed in a bracket ; in some in-
stances I have not been able to discover their characters from the description.

1857.]

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

B. Epistoma late emarginatum, bidentatum ; elytra stria basali nulla.

c. Frons transversim leviter vel vix impressa ;

(elytra striis postice exaratis ;)
■12, Thorace siibtransverso ; pedibus subaigris 5. integer i«c.

•12, Thorace minore globoso ; pedibus nigris 6. nigripes Lee.

•13, Thorace minore globoso ; elytris striis profundis

fortiter punctatis : pedibus nigris 7. consobrinus Lee.

•15, Thorace globoso; elytris striis tenuibus parcius

punctatis, pone basin impressis 8. gibbipennis Lee.

d. Frons transversim sulco impressa ;

g. striis elytrorum ad basin extensis, postice obliteratis ;

■15, Thorace globoso ; elytris striis tenuibus, antennis

pedibusque nigris 9. aeneolus Lee.

•11, Thorace globoso; elytris striis fortioribus, an-

tennarum basi pedibusque rufis 10. longulus Lee.

•09 — -12, Thorace tranverso, ovato ; antennis pedi-
busque rufis 11. globulosus Pm/z.

§^. striis elytrorum antice abbreviatis ; antennis pedibus ely-
trorumque apice rufis.
*. striis postice obliteratis ;
•13, Thorace transverse ovato ; elytris striis fortiter

punctatis 12. haemorrhoidalis Pttis.

•13, Thorace quadrato-globoso ; elytris striis leviter

punctatis 13. terminatus Lee.

/8. striis integria ;
•12, Thorace quadrato-globoso ; elytris striis fortiter

punctatis 14. analis Lee.

B. Elytra interstitio 3io bipunctato, vel impunctato, ad basin baud mar-
ginato.

A. Tibiis anticis extrorsum baud vel vix dentatis ;

a. JEnei, capite laevi, nitido ; pedibus rufis.
§ Striis elytrorum integris profundis.

•22, Clypeo bisinuato tridentato 15. sphoericoUis Putz.

(•28, Clypeo emarginato, bidentato, thorace elongate,

antice valde angustato 16. edentulus Putz.

§§ Striis elytrorum nonullis antice abbreviatis.
•22, Clypeo truncate ; thorace ovate, transverso 17. truncatus Lee.
■20, Clypeo truncate ; thorace ovali, baud transverso 18. erythrecerus Lee.

b. Testacei vel rufi, capite rugose, opaco, elytris pallidis macala

communi obscura.
•18, Clypeo bidentato; thorace rotundato, subtrans-

verso 19. sellatus Lee.

•14, Clypeo vix bidentato; thorace trapezoideo, ob-

longo 20. pallipennis Putz.

B. Tibiis anticis extrorsum dentatis ; stria 8va postice exarata.
^ Striis elytrorum profundis integris.
(12, Ferrugineus ; tibiis anticis calcari terminali valde

curvata 21. curvispinus Puts.

§§ Striis elytrorum antice abbreviatis; (nigro-aenei, pedibus rufis.)
•14, Valde elongatus ; elytrorum striis postice baud

obliteratis ; clypeo acute bidentato 22. filiformia Lee.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77

(•12, Thorace oblongo, elytrorum striis postice sub-

obliteratis 23. sublaevis Putz.

•14, Thorace ovato, elytroruoi striis postice suboblite-

ratis ; clypeo paruin deutato 24. dcntiger Lee.

•12, Thorace ovato, elytrorum striis postice oblitera-

tis ; clypeo acute bideutato 25. aratus Lee.

•11, Thorace ovali, elytrorum striis postice oblitera-

tis; clypeo truncato 2G. rufiventris Lee.

C. Elytra interstitiis 3io, 5to, ct tmo punctis setiferis uniscriatis.

•12, Thorace breviter ovato, elytris striis vix impres-

sis postice obliteratis 27. setosus Lcc.

•14, Thorace globoso, elytris striis impressis, internis

subintegris 28. pilosus Lee.

Two species from Russian America, D. transraarinus Mann, and D.
frigid us Mann. Bull. Mosc. 1853, Nos. 11 and 12, appear quite distinct from
suiy above described, but the characters given are not such as enable me to
place them in the tabic

I. D. convezus Lee. Ann. Lye. 5, ID.*}, is a variety of D. tridentatus with
more flattened elytral intervals.

6. Z>. apicalis ||Lec. Agass. Lake Sup. 204, is changed to D. n i g rip e s Lee.
Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 10, 396.

10. D. p u m i 1 u s Putz. is perhaps D. 1 o n g u 1 u s Lee, but the description
is hardly sufiBcient.

II. D. parvus Lee. Agass. Lac. Sup. 204, is merely a small variety of D.
glob ulosus.

3. D. basalis, nigro-aeneus, nitidus, clypeo trilobato, lobo medio breviore
obtuso, vertice subtilissime cristato, thorace globoso, elytris thorace sublatior-
ibus, striis antice punctatis, postice integris, ad apicem exaralis, marginali per
basin continuata, interstitio 3io tripunctato, antenuis fuscis, basi pedibusque
rufis, tibiis anticis dente inferiore acuto, superiore minuto. Long. -13.

Fort Yuma, Colorado River, California. This species has the form, size and
sculpture of D. integer ice, from the same locality, but difl'ers by the more
globose thorax, and trilobed clypeus ; the anterior thighs of D. integer are also
nearly black, while in the present they are dark red. The marginal stria in D.
integer ceases at the humerus : in the present it is disti\ictly continued along the
base: the dors.al striae do not completely attain the anterior declivity, thej
are punctured behind the middle, then smooth to the tip ; although not deep
they are entire, and the first, second, seventh and eighth, are deeper at the apex :
the eighth is obliterated for the rest of its course as usual. The upper tooth of
the anterior tibiae is very small, the second one is prominent, the terminal is as
long as the terminal spur, and both are slightly curved.

8. D. g i b b i p e n n i s, elongatus nigro-aeneus pernitidus, clypeo late emar-
ginato, angulis prominulis, fronte transversira paulo impressa, et dein plica
parva brevissima notata, thorace latitudine baud breviore, globoso, elytris tri-
punctatis, pone basin impressis, striis punctatis baud impressis, externis postice
exaratis, antennarum basi pedibusque obscure rufis, tibiis anticis bidenticulatis.
Long '15.

One specimen found at San Diego, California. More robust than D. terminatu?,
but more slender than D. globulosus, having about the proportions of D. n i g r i -
pes Lcc. Black, more bronzed than usual, and very shining ; head with deep
frontal impressions, and a slight transverse line in front of the eyes, which con-
nects with an almost imperceptible medial fold: clypeus broadly enmrginate,
truncate at the middle, with the angles distinct, not very acute: lateral margin
lobed, as usual. Palpi and antennae piceous, the latter obscure rufous at the
base. Thorax almost exactlv globose, slightly truncate in front, anterior trans-
1857.]

78 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

verse impression deep, dorsal line very fine. Elytra slightly wider than the
thorax, not quite twice as long as their width, convex ; near the suture, toward
the base, the surface is more convex, and this convexity is followed by a deep
impression near the suture, about the anterior fourth : the strias are punctured
but not impressed, they become obsolete at the latter fourth, and impressed at
their terminations, but the seventh and eighth are sinuate and impressed behind
to the very apex ; the tip of the third is not impressed : the marginal ceases at
the humerus : the first, fourth and fifth commence at the declivity of the base ,
the others are a little shorter ; the intervals are entirely flat and the third is tri-
punctate. The legs are very dark rufous ; the anterior tibiae are armed exter-
nally with a small denticle, and an acute tooth ; the apical tooth is long and
curved, the inferior spur is one-third shorter, and slightly curved.

lY. D. truncatus, nigro-aeneus, nitidus, clypeo truncato, vix emarginato,
fronte transversim hand profunde impressa, thorace latitudine subbreviore,
ovato antrorsum angustato, elytris striis impressis antice punctatis, 3ia hand
distincte bipunctata, 8va obsoleta, ad apicem exarata, interstitiis planis, palpis
pedibusque ferrugineis, antennis piceis ad basin ferrugineis, tibiis anticis vix
denticulatis. Long. •22.

One specimen, Illinois, Mr. Wilcox. Of the same size as D. sphaericollis, but
more robust, and known at once by the ovate thorax and almost squarely trun-
cate clypeus. Blackish bronzed, shining : head with deep frontal impressions,
transverse line not profound : clypeus almost truncate with the angles rounded
not prominent; sides lobed as usual: antennae rufo-piceous, with the base red.
Palpi and mouth reddish. Thorax a little broader than long, ovate, narrowed
in front ; dorsal line and transverse anterior impression deep. Elytra not wider
than the thorax, less than twice as long as their width, convex : striae impressed
and entire, the first, fourth and fifth commence on the declivity of the base,
the others area little shorter, the eighth is obsolete and represented by only a
few punctures, but is deep at the tip : the punctures are moderately large and
extend a little beyond the middle ; the marginal stria ends at the humerus : the
interstices are flat, and in contact with the third stria may be seen two hardly
distinct dorsal punctures.- The body beneath is black ; the legs are dark red ;
the anterior tibiie have hardly a trace of external denticles, the terminal tooth
is long and gradually curved, the terminal spur is shorter and slightly curved.

18. D. erythrocerus, elongatus, aeneo-niger, nitidus, clypeo fere trun-
cato, vix emarginato, angulis parum prominulis, fronte transversim impressa,
thorace latitudine longiere, subovato, elytris striis impressis, ad basin abbre-
viatis antice fortiter punctatis, 8va obsoleta ad apicem exarata, interstitiis fere
planis, antennis palpis pedibusque rufis, tibiis anticis vix denticulatis. Long. -20.

Ohio. Dr. Schaum : Pennsylvania, Haldeman. DiflFers from the preceding by
the more slender form, deeper transverse frontal impression, and pale antennse.

19. D. sellatus, piceo-rufus, nitidus, clypeo late emarginato, acute. biden-
dato, fronte transversim impresso, capite granulato rugoso, thorace convexo,
latitudine paulo breviore, ovato, elytris cylindricis convexis, pallidis, umbra
scutellari alteraque communi pone medium obscuratis, antennis pedibusque
testaceis. Long. -IS.

Found at Atlantic City, on the coast of New Jersey ; allied to D. p a 1 1 i p e n-
ni s Putz. (^Clivina pallijjennis Say) but is much larger, and more robust, with
a more globose and slightly transverse thorax, and more strongly bidentate
clypeus.

22. D. filiformis, feneo-niger, nitidus valde elongatus, clypeo late emarg-
inato bidentato, fronte transversim impressa, thorace latitudine baud breviore,
quadratim ovato, convexo, antrorsum subangustato, elytris cylindricis, striis
antice fortiter punctatis, postice fere integris, ad apicem breviter exaratis, ab-
domine postice, antennis pedibusque testaceis, tibiis anticis dente infcriore
elongato, superiore minuto. Long. -14.

Coney Island, near New York, in salt marsh. Quite as slender as D. t e r -

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 79

m i n a t u 3 Zee. shining brassy black. Head with clypeus broadly emarginate,
and acutely bidentate, front with a deep transverse line : antennae testaceous,
mouth reddish. Thorax not wider than long, subquadrate ovate, sides not con-
verging much in front, convex, anterior transverse impression feeble, dorsal line
entire, fine. Elytra not Avider than the thorax, twice as long as their width,
cylindrical: striae commencing behind the anterior declivity of the base, strong-
ly but distantly punctured nearly to the middle, the inner ones are then deep
and impunctured nearly to the tip, where they are less deep, but at the extreme
tip are again deeply impressed as in many other species : the interstices are
convex, the third not punctured : the outer strife are less deep, and the eighth
is almost eflfaced : the marginal ceases at the humerus. The abdomen is rufo-
testaceous, paler towards the tip : the legs are testaceous, the anterior tibiae are
armed externally with two teeth, the upper very small, the lower acute and
prominent: th*e terminal tooth is long and slightly curved, the inferior spur is
not longer than the tooth, but is more curved.

24. D. d e n t i g e r, elongatus, nigro-ceneus nitidus, clypeo late emarginato
angulis prominulis, fronte transversim paulo impresso, thorace latitudine vix
breviore, antrorsum angustato, subgloboso, elytris striis punctatis, postice
parum obliteratis, inte"uis antice abbreviatis ; stria basali transversa nulla,
apicali unica brevi exarata ; antennis pedibusque rufo-testaceis, tibiis anticis
dente externo longo armatis. Long. •14.

New York and Pennsylvania. More stout than D. terminatus andfili-
f or mis, but more elongate than usual. Blackish brassy, shining: head smooth
with deep frontal impressions connected between the antennae by a deep trans-
verse line : clypeus broadly emarginate, with the angles prominent, but not very
acute. Antennae reddish testaceous. Thorax slightly broader than long, nar-
rowed in front, subtrapezoidal, very much rounded behind, and convex, dorsal
line and anterior transverse impression well marked. Elytra hardly wider than
the thorax, about twice as long as the width, cylindrical, convex: striae seven
upon each, which are tolerably deep towards the base, but very fine and almost
obliterated at the apex : the punctures are large and extend to about the middle :
the marginal stria ceases at the shoulder, and the four interior strise do not
reach the declivity of the base. The under surface is black, and the legs are
ferruginous : the anterior tibiis are armed externally with a strong tooth near the
apex, the upper denticle is obsolete, the apical tooth is long and curved : the
interior apical spur is still longer and more curved.

26. D. r ufi ven tris, nigro-aeneus, aitidus, clypeo truncato, fronte trans-
versim baud impressa, thorace latitudine baud breviore, ovali, antrorsum paulo
angustatoj elytris striis antice fortiter punctatis postice exaratis, ore abdom-
ineque rufis antennis fuscis ad basin pedibusque testaceis, tibiis anticis dente
inferiore acuto armatis. Long. -ll.

One specimen from Louisiana given me by Dr. Schaum. In the proportions
of the body, and sculpture of the elytra this species resembles D. haemor-
r h o i d a 1 i s, but the other characters are very different. The upper denticle
of the anterior tibias is very small, the lower one is acute and prominent, the
terminal tooth is long and curved, but the inferior spur is yet longer and more
curved. The strife of the elytra do not extend upon the anterior declivity ; they
are very strongly punctured to the middle, and then become gradually obliter-
ated to the tip, when the first, second and seventh are slightly impressed : the
eighth stria is obliterated and the marginal ceases at the humerus : the inter-
stices are convex, and the third are without punctures.

27. D. setosu s, feneo-niger, nitidus, clypeo emarginato, bidentato, fronte
transversim impressa, thorace latitudine breviore, ovato, trapezoideo, elytris
convexis, grosse seriatim punctatis, postice laevigatis, interstitiis alternis punctis
minutis setiferis uniseriatis notatis, antennis pedibusque testaceis, tibiis anticis
dente inferiore acuto, superiore vix distincto. Long. -12.

Massachusetts and New York, in salt marsh. A very curious species, more
robust than usual and having nearly the proportions of D. globulosus.

1857.]

80' PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

The rows of large punctures on the elyti;a, which represent the striae cease be-
hind the middle, and at the tip only the extremity of the seventh stria is exa-
rate : the rows of small interstitial punctures are four and extend nearly to
the tip: each of them supports a long erect black hair, as in Bembidium
1 ae y ig a t u m, and other long hairs are seen at the margin of the thorax.
The anterior tibiae have a scarcely distinct superior denticle, and an acute in-
ferior tooth : the apical tooth is long and slightly curved, the spur is nearly as
long and curved.

28. D. p i 1 o s u s, aeneo-niger, nitidus, clypeo emarginato, bidentato, fronte
transversim impresso, thorace latitudine baud breviore, quadrato-globoso,
elytris convexis, striis integris antice profundis et fortiter punctatis, interstitiis
Imo, 3io, 5to, tmoque parce uniseriatim punctatis et setosis, ano, ore, antennis
pedibusque testaceis, tibiis anticis dente inferiore acuto, superiore vix dis-
tincto. Long. -14.

New Orleans, Dr. Schaum. Allied to the preceding, but larger and less
robust; the thorax is different in form and not at all transverse: the striae of
the elytra are impressed, and the inner ones may be traced to the very tip : the
outer ones are obliterated, the eighth is entirely wanting : the marginal ceases
at the humerus : the seventh is exarate at the tip as in the preceding. The
anterior tibiae are as in the preceding. A few long hairs are seen at the margin
of the head and thorax, as in D. s e t o s u s.

ACEPHORUS Lee.

•25, Testaeeus, subnitidus, elytris subtiliter striatis, ma-
cula parva communa fusca notatis. 1. msLTians Lee.

ARDISTOMIS Putz.

A. Elytra striata, glabra.

•32, Nigra, antennis, pedibus, elytrorum macula utrinque

postica rubris 1. obliquata Futz.

•22, Nigra, antennis pedibusque piceis, elytris interstitio

3io 5-punctato 2. Schaumii Lee.

B. Elytra seriatim punctata, punctis setiferis.

•23, Nigro-viridis, antennis pedibusque rnfis, thorace mar-

gine punctato 3. viridis Lee.

•23, Nigro-viridis, antennis pedibusque rufis, thorace disco

parce punctato 4. puncticollis Putz.

2. A. Schaumii, niger nitidus, capite angusto, thorace ovato, latitudine
vix breviore, antrorsum valde angustato, elytris subvirescentibus, striatis, inter-
stitiis parum convexis, 3io quinquepunctato, palpis testaceis, antennis pedi-
busque obscure rufo-piceis. Long. -22.

Louisiana, very rare: given me by my excellent friend Dr. Schaum, to whom
it is dedicated. This species has the form and sculpture of A. o b 1 i q u a t a,
but is smaller, with less convex elytral intervals, and only five dorsal punctures.

3. Clivina viridis Say ; Clivina rostraia Dej. ; Ardislomis rostrata Putzeys ;
Ardistomis vicina Putzeys.

ASPIDOGLOSSA Putz.

Of this genus is known to me but one species within our territory, A. s u b-
aagulata ice, which however varies slightly in the form of the thoraz, so
as to account for the list of synonyms, which are as follows:

Dyschirius subangulatus Chaud. ; Clivina crenaia\De}. ; Clivina bipvstulataX
Say. ; Dyschirius humeralis Chaud. ; Aspidoglossa vicina Putzeys ; Aspidoglossa
fraterna Putzeys.

[March

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81

CLIVINA Latr.

A. Tibiae intermediae extrorsum versus apicom calcaratae ; clypeus ad
latera lobatus; (elytra punctis dorsalibus pluribus.)

a. Femora aniica versus apicem dentata ; paronychio valde elon-

gato.
g. Tibiae anticae longitudinaliter sulcatae ;
Thorace plaaiusculo, latitudine fere breviore ;
•33, Capite puncto verticali distincto 1. corvina Putz.

;3, Capite puncto verticali obsoleto 2. confusa Lee.

•32, Thorace latitudine longiore, cylindrico ; capite

puncto verticali nuUo 3. georgiana Zee.

(§§. Tibiae anticae baud impresss ;
(•30, 4. dentipes Def.

(•35j 5. fissipes Putz.

b. Femora antica mutica, incrassata ; paronychio elongate.
§. Vertex sulcatum ;

•26, Capite laevi ; tota rufa 7. impressifrons Lee.

•24, Capite punctulato ; thorace laevi; tota rufa, de-

pressiuscula 8. planicollis Lee.

•21, Capite thoraceque punctulatis ; tota rufa 9. punctulata Lee.

•21, Capite thoraceque punctulatis ; picea 10. punctigera Lee.

§g. Vertex baud sulcatum ; caput thoraxque laevia ;
•21, Vertice foveato ; thorace angulis basalibus den-

tigeris ; tota rufa, depressiuscula 11. rubicunda Lee.

•20, Vertice hand foveato; thorace angulis basalibus

simplicibus ; tota fusco-rufa 12. rufescens Dej.

B. Tibiae intermidiae extrorsum baud calcaratae.

a. Clypeus ad latera lobatus ; elytra punctis dorsalibus pluribus ;

femora antica subtus versus apicem profunde sinuata ; paro-
nj'chio elongato ; (frons foveata ;)

g. Elytris striis integris subtilius punctulatis;

•20, Tota rufa 13. rufa Lee.

•21, Rufa, sutura late nigricante 14. Randalli Lee.

(•19, Nigra antennis pedibusque testaceis, elytrorum
raargine externo suturaque extrema ferru-
gineis 15. analis Puiz.

•24, Nigra, pedibus rufo-piceis, antennis rufis 16. americana Be;'.

§§. Elytris striis postice obliteratis; nigrae, antennis rufis ;

' '18, Thorace quadrato, elytrorum striis postice paulo

obliteratis IT. morula Lee.

•25 — -SI, Thorace ovato, elytrorum striis postice

paulo obliteratis 18. cordata Putz.

(•32, Thorace globoso-ovato, elytrorum striis postice

valde obliteratis 19. morio Bej.

•20, Thorace subquadrato, antice angustato, vage

punctulato (paronychio breviusculo) 20. striatopunctata Def.

b. Clypeus ad latera rotnndatus ; elytra punctis dorsalibus binis

vel nullis ; femora antica incrassata, subtus baud sinuata ;
paronychio brevi, vel nullo.

g. Vertex longitudinaliter sulcatum ;
•21, Rufa, thorace elongato 21. ferrca Lee.

1857.]

82 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

§§. Vertex baud vel vix obsolete sulcatum ;

a. Tibiae anticae dente laterali uaico, terminali rectangulariter flexo;
•20, Nigra, elytris maculatis ; thorace vage punctu-

lato ; paronychio subtilissimo 22. convexa Lee.

ji. Tibiae anticae dentibus lateralibus duabus, dente terminali sen-
sim curvata ;
•23 — '30, Nigra elytris maculatis ; thorace fere laevi ;

paronychio nullo 23. bipustulata Dej.

(•27, Nigra, elytrorum margine suturaque postica fer-

rugineis ; thorace laevi 24. marginipennis Putz.

•21, Nigra elytris maculatis; thorace punctato ; pa-
ronychio brevi 25. postica Lee.
•21, Nigra; sulco frontali transverso profundo ; tho-
race vage punctato ; paronychio brevi 26. picea Putz.
(•20, Nigra elytris maculatis ; thorace laevi 27. stigmula Putz.

The species 1 — 3 are so closely related that they might perhaps be regajr^d,
with some Mexican and South American forms, as races of one species ; 4 ^h. 5
perhaps may belong with them, but as Putzeys mentions particularly that the
anterior ^tibiae are not longitudinally impressed, I have retained them in the
table.

8. C. planicolis. South Carolina, sent me by Dr, Zimmermann.

10. C. punctigera. Found with the preceding.

11. C. rubicunda. Louisiana, Dr. Schaum.

12. C. ruf e s cens Dej. is perhaps C. p alii d a Say, but the color is darker
than described by Say ; none of the other species mentioned in the synopsis can
be referred to Say's description ; C. rubicunda has the proper color and form,
but besides the lateral angle, the basal angles are tooth -like.

13. C. rufa. Illinois, Mr. Willcox.

14. C. Randal li. Clivina elongata^^^&n&aXl. The specimen is very imper-
fect, but seems most allied in sculpture to 0. americana. The head is wanting.

16. C. am er i c a n a Dej. ; Clivina acuducta Hald., according to comparison
with the type. This and the two species which follow it are very closely allied ;
the only differences observed are those mentioned in the table.

21. C. ferrea. Illinois, Mr. Willcox; Catskill, Mr. H. Ulke.

22. C. convexa is probably C. bisignata Putzeys, though the peculiar form
of the terminal digitation of the anterior tibiae is not mentioned.

23. C. bipustulata. Scarites quadrimaculatus Beauv.

C. picipes Bon.; Putzeys, 105, is probably not found in the United States.
It is very different from any above mentioned.

Scarites attenuatus Herbst. Kafer, 10, 264, tab. 176, f. 7, is completely irrecog-
nizable.

SCHIZOGENIUS Putz.

A. Mentum edentatum, lobis recte truncatis ; elytra crenato-striata, inter-

stitio 5to hand punctato ;
•17, Nigro-rufus, cylindricus ; elytris interstitio 3io

tripunctato 1. crenulatus Lee.

B. Mentum medio dentatum, lobis oblique emarginatis; elytra interstitio

5to punctigero.
a. Elytra striis punctatis ;
•19, Nigro-rufus, elytris subdepressis, striis dense

punctatis 2. lineolatus Lee.

•16, Rufus, elytris cylindricis, striis minus profunde

punctatis 3. ferrugineus Pntz.

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83

•15, Rufus, elytris valde depressis ; thorace angulis

ante basin prominulis 4. amphibius Lee.

'16, Obscure rufus, elytris valde depressis; thoracis

angulis baud prominulis 5. depressus Lee.

b. Elytra striis impunctatis ;

•17, Rufo-niger, elytris subdepressis, intcrstitiis al-

ternis multipunctatis setigeris 6. pluripanctatus Lee.

2. Clivina lineolata Say ; Schizogenius sulcifrons Putzeys.

3. S. ferruginous Putzeys ; Clivina sulcata Lee.

4. Clivina amphibia Hald. ; Clivina frontalis Lee.
6. S. pluripunctatus Lee. ; S. simplex Lee.

Description of Six New Species of TJNIONES from Alabama.
BY ISAA,C LEA.

Unio PROPiNguns. Testa, subnodulosa, obliqua, subtriangulari, valde inaequi-
laterali, ad latere sulcata ; valvulis crassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus erectis,
tumidis ; epidermide vel lutea vel viridi, radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus sub-
grandibus, in utroque valvule duplicibus ; lateralibus percrassis, crenulatis,
curtis subcurvisque ; margarita alba et iridescente.

Eab. Florence, Alabama, Rev. G. White and Tuscumbia, Alab., L.B. Thorn-
ton, Esq.

Unio Flokentinus. Testa Isevi, elliptica, subaequilaterali, ad latere paulisper
l)lanulata ; valvulis crassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus tumidis, ad apices
undulatis ; epidermide luteo-olivacea, valde radiata; dentibus cardinalibus sub-
magnis, conicis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus curtis,
subcurvisque ; margarita alba.

Hab. Florence, Alabama. Rev. G. White. Cumberland River, Tenn., Drs.
Troostand Edgar, and T. C. Downie, Esq., St. Simon's Island.

Unio biemarginatus. Testa Isevi, triangulari, insequilaterali, postice biangu-
lata, ad latere sulcata, ad basim et postice emarginata ; valvulis sub-crassis.
antice crassioribus ; natibus prominentibus, compressis ; epidermide rufo-fusca.
valde radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, valde crenulatis, sub-conicis, in
utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus curtis, crassis rectisque ; margarita
alba et iridescente.

Hab. Florence, Alab. Rev. G. White.

Unio mund.us. Testa laevi, obliqua, tumidii, postice subangulata, valde in-
aequilaterali ; valvulis crassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus valde elevatis,
tumidis, retrorsis ; epidermide vel lutea vel luteo-fusca, maculata ; dentibus
cardinalibus parvis, crenulatis, crompresso-conicis ; lateralibus ; sublongis,
crassis subcurvisque ; margarita alba et iridescente.

Hab. Tuscumbia, Alab. L. B. Thornton, Esq.

Unio Thorntonii. Testa laevi, subrotunda tumida, ad latere paulisper planu-
lata, ad basim compressa, valde inaequilaterali, antice ot postice rotundata;
valvulis crassis ; natibus valde elevatis, tumidis, retrorsis ; epidermide rufo-fusca,
maculata ; dentibus cardinalibus crassis crenulatisque ; lateralibus percrassis
subcurvisque ; margarita alba et iridiscente.

Hhb. Tuscumbia, Alab. L. B. Thornton, Esq.

Unio Moore.sianus. Testa laevi, subtriangalari, tumida, ad latere planulata,ad
basim compressa, postice subangulata, valde inaequilaterali ; valvulis crassis,
antice crassioribus ; natibus valde elevatis, tumidis, retrorsis ; epidermide rufo-
fusca, maculata ; dentibus cardinalibus crassis, obtuso-conicis, crenulatis, in
utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus crassis subrectisque ; margarita albiet
iridescente.

Hab. Tuscumbia, Alabama. H. Moores.
1857.]

84 PBOCEEDINaS OP THE ACADEMY OF

Description of Eight New Species of NAI&DES from various parts of the United

States.

BY ISAAC LEA.

Unio pinguis. Testa laevi, elliptica, inflata, valde inaequilaterali ; valvulig
subcrassis ; natibus prominentibus, retrorsis ; epidermide luted, obscure radiata
etpolita; dentibus cardinalibus submagais, duplicis, acuminatis crenulatisque;
lateralibus magnis, lamellatislongis curvisque; margarita alba et indescente.

Hab. St. Peter's River, Upper Mississippi. B. W. Budd, M.D.

Unio Hiqginsii. Testa Isevi, obliqua, ventricosa, valde inaequilaterali, antice
rotundata ; valvulis percrassis; natibus valde prominentibus, tumidis iocur-
visque; epidermide virido-oliva, polita, valde radiata; dentibus cardinalibus
magnis, crassis, erectis, crenulatis, in utroque valvule duplicibus ; lateralibus
sublongis, percrassis subrectisque ; margarita vel alba vel salmonis colore
tincta.

Hab. Muscatine, Iowa. Frank Higgins.

Unio Abbevillensis. Testa laevi, oblongS,, subinflata, ad'lateris planulatis, valde
inaequilaterali, postice biangulata ; valvulis crassis ; natibus prominulis ; epider-
mide brunnea, striata ; dentibus cardinalibus magnis, crassis, in utroque valvule
duplicibus ; lateralibus praelongis, lamellatis subcurvisque ; margarita vel alba
vel salmonis colore tincta.

Hab. Abbeville District, South Carolina. Dr. Barratt.

Unio Jamesianos. Testa laevi, elliptica, compressa, valde inaequilaterali, postice
valde compressa ad basim emarginata ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus prominu-
lis, ad apicem concentraliter undulata; epidermide lutea, polita; dentibus
cardinalibus compressis, crenulatis; lateralibus longis, lamellatis valde cur-
visque ; margarita alba et iridescente.

Hab. Jackson, Mississippi. U. P. James.

Unio Texasiensis. Testa laevi, elliptica, subcompressa, valde inaequilaterali,
postice subangulata ; valvulis subtenuibus, antice crassioribus ; natibus pro-
minulis, ad apices pereleganter et concentrice undulatis ; epidermide tenebroso-
oliva, polita, obsolete radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, compressis, erectis
crenulatisque; lateralibus longis, lamellatis subcurvisque ; margarita ccerulea
et valde iridescente.

Hab. Dewitt County, Texas. W, Newcomb, M. D.

Anodonta Lewisii. Testa laevi, elliptica, subventricosa, inaequilaterali, postice
obtuse angulata, antice rotundata ; valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus prominulis,
ad apices rugoso-undulatis ; epidermide tenebroso-olivacea, eradiata; marga-
rita cceruleo-alba et iridescente.

Hab. Erie Canal and Mohawk River, Herkimer Co., N. Y. James Lewis, M. D. :
and Genesee River, below Rochester. Prof. C. Dewey.

Anodonta laodstris. Testa laevi, transversa, subinflata, valde insequilaterali
postice subangulata ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus prominulis, ad apices crebri
undulatis; epidermide luteo-olivacea, eradiata, transverse vittata ; margarita
vel alba vel crocea et iridescente.

Hab. Crooked Lake and Little Lakes, New York. James Lewis, M. D.

Anodonta modesta. Testa Itevi, elliptica, subinflata, valde inaequilaterali,
aubemarginata, antice obtuse angulata ; valvulis subcrassis, postice crassior-
ibus ; natibus subprominentibus, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide olivacea,
transverse vittata et obsolete radiata; margarita argentea et valde iridescente.

Hab. Pond near Kalamazoo, Mich. J. Lewis M. D.

[March

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 85

Description of Three New Exotic species of NAIADES.
BY ISAAC LEA.

Unio Poetanus. Testa, laevi, transversa, subcylindracea, ad basim subemar-
ginata, valde inaequilaterali, ad latere planulala, postice tnincata et subbian-
gnlata ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus prorninul is, ad apices siniplicibus ; epider-
mide luteola; dentibus cardinalibus subcompressis, accuminatis crcnulatisque ;
lateralibus pra;longis, lamellatis rectisque ; margarita luteola et iridescente.

Hab. Rio de las Balsas, near Coyucan, Mexico. Prof. Poey of llavanna.

Unio Canadensis. Testa laevi, triangular!, subcompressa, inajquilaterali, pos-
tice obtuse angulata ; valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus sub-
prominentibus ; epidermide lutea, postice radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis,
erectis crcnulatisque ; lateralibus longis, curvis lamellatisque ; margarita alba
et iridescente.

Hab. St. Lawrence River, near Montreal. M. Carey Lea.

Anodonta IIoltonis. Testa bcvi, oblonga, inflata, valde inaequilaterali, e nat-
ibus lincatis ; valvulis subcrassis; natibus subprominentibus ; epidermide
tenebroso-olivacea, stria'a; margarita coerulea et iridescente.

Hab. Near Cauca River, Province of Popayan, S. A. Rev. J. F. Holton.

Description of Twelve New Species of NAIADES from North Carolina.
BY ISAAC LEA.

Unio Wheatleyi. Testa lasvi, quadrata, subinflata, ad latere planulata, sub-
emarginata, valde ina>quilaterali ; valvulis subcrassis; natibus prominulis :
epidermide tenebroso-fusca ; dentibus cardinalibus curtis, subcrassis, in utroque
valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus subcrassis, praelongis subrectisque ; marginata
vel alba vel purpurea et iridescente.

Hab. Catawba River, Gaston Co., N. C. C. M. Wheatley.

Unio percoarctatds. Testa Isevi, quadrata, valde coarctata ad latere planulata
valvulis tenuibus, postice subbiangulata; natibus vix prominetitibus, ad apices
undulatis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, minute et valde striata ; dentibus car-
dinalibus parvis, striatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus praelongis,
lamellatis rectisque; margarita purpurea, et valde iridescente.

Hab. Catawba River, Gaston Co., N. C. C. M. Wheatley and F. A. Gcnth.
M. D.

Unio gracilentus. Testa laevi, valde transversa, valde compressu, ad latere plan-
ulata, valde inajquilaterali, postice obtuse angulata ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus
vix prominentibus, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, postice ob-
solete radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo du-
plicibus ; lateralibus praelongis, lamellatis rectisque ; margarita coeruleo-albfc et
valde iridescente.

Hab. Catawba River, Gaston Co., N. C. C. M. Wheatley.

Unio micans. Testa laevi, elliptica, subcompressS., valde inEequilaterali, postice
angulata ; valvulis subtenuibus, postice crassioribus ; natibus prominulis ; epi-
dermide luteo-fusca, valde radiata et valde micante; dentibus cardinalibus
parvis, compressis, erectis crcnulatisque ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis rec-
tisque; margarita vel alb4 vel salmonis colore tincta et valde iridescente.

Hab. Catawba River, Gaston Co., N. C. C. M. Wheatley and F. A. Genth,
VL D. Deep River Gulf, N. C. Prof. Emmons.

Unio Genthii. Testa laevi, obliqufi,, inflata, injequilaterali, postice obtuse an-
gulata; valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus; natibus prominentibus ; epider-
mide tenebroso-fusca, obsolete radiat& ; dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibns,

1857.]

86 PROCEEDINGS- OP THE ACADEMY OP

obtuse conicis crenulatisque ; lateralibus crassis, curtis rectisque ; margaritd
alba et iridescente.

Hab. Catawba River, Gaston Co., N. C. C. M. Wheatley and F. A. Genth,
M. D. Deep River Gulf, N. C. Prof. Emmons.

Unio Emmonsii. Tests, Isevi, transversa subcompressa, valde ina3quilaterali,
postice subbiangulata, ad latere planulata ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus vix
prominulis, ad apices undulatis, epidermide tenebroso-fusca, radiata, nitida ;
dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus, compressis, crenulatis, in utroque valvule
duplicibus ; lateralibus prselongis, lamellatis rectisque ; margarita albS, et iri-
descente.

Hab. Roanoke River, at Weldon, N. C. Prof. E. Emmons.

Unio spadiceus. Testa Isevi, elliptic^,, subcompressa, inaequilaterali, postice
subbiangulata subemarginat4 ; Valvulis subtenuibus, antice crassioribus ; nati-
bus vix prominulis ; epidermide spadicea, eradiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis
crenulatisque ; lateralibus sublongis subrectisque ; margarita salmonis colore
tinct^ et iridescente.

Hab. Deep River, Gulf, N. C. Prof. Emmons : and mountain streams, N. C.
Joseph Clark.

Unio insulsus. Testa laevi, quadrata, inflata, insequilaterali, postice obtuse
angulata, at latere subplanulata ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus prominulis, ad
apices rugoso-undulatis ; epidermide virido-fusca, insulse, striata, obsolete ra-
diata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, subcompressis, in utroque vavulo
duplicibus ; lateralibus sublongis subcurvisque ; margarita vel alba vel pur-
purea et iridescente.

Hab. Roanoke River, Weldon, N. C. Prof. Emmons.

Unio striatulus. Testa laevi, triangulari, subinflata, subaequilaterali, postice
angulata ; valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus elevatis, accuminatis,
ad apices rugoso-undulatis ; epidermide fuscA, minute striata, obsolete radiata ;
dentibus cardinalibus parvulis, subcompressis in utroque valvule duplicibus
crenulatisque; lateralibus brevibus, subcrassis rectisque; margarita vel albfi,
vel crocea et iridescente.

Hab. Roanoke River, at Weldon N. C. Prof. Emmons.

Unio macer. TestS, alatfi., laevi, obovatS,, compressissim^, valde inaequilaterali,
postice biangulata ; vulvulis tenuibus ; natibus parvis, acuminatis, ad apices
undulatis ; epidermide fuscfi., nitidd, valde radiate ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis,
tuberculatis ; lateralibus praelongis, attenuatis, lamellatis subrectisque ; mar-
garita purpurea, et iridescente.

Hab. Roanoke River, Weldon, N. C. Prof. Emmons.

Unio contractus. Testa laevi, elliptica, valde compresssi, valde inaequilaterali;
postice rubrotundata ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus depressis, ad apices undulatis 5
epidermide tenebroso-fusca, obsolete radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis,
tuberculatis ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis rectisque ; margarita vel alba vel
purpurea et iridescente.

Hab. Roanoke River, Weldon, N. C. Prof. Emmons.

Anodonta virgulata. Testa laevi, elliptica, ventricosa, inaequilaterali, postice
obtuse angulata; valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus prominulis, ad apices undulatis ;
epidermide vittata, virido-radiata ; margarita cceruleo-alba et iridescente.

Hab. Roanoke River, Weldon, N. C. Prof. Emmons : and Washington Co.,
Georgia. Rev. G. White.

[Mareli,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 87

Contributions to the Neuropterology of the United States. No. 1.

BY P. R. UHLER.

NANNOPHYA Rambur.

N. be 11 a. Black, pleura and sides marked with yellow; ■wings with a saturate
pale-ferruginous spot at base enclosing a number of round dots of a darker
color.

Length I inch. Baltimore. June.

9 • Trophi blackish, front white with a large black spot upon the middle,
vertex blue, eyes brown, antenucO black : thorax black with a j-^ellow vittaupon
the pleura becoming posteriorly confluent with patches of the same color, inter-
alary surface maculate with yellow : wings hyaline, a broad, saturate yellowish-
ferruginous spot at base occupying about one-third of their surface and enclosing
a number of small round dots of a deeper color; pterostigma small, black : legs
black, spiny : abdomen black ^nnulated with yellow, caudal tip and appendages
also yellow.

This beautiful little species, the second only of the genus yet known, differs
a little from the type and must be placed in a division which may be charac-
terized by having two ranges of discoidal areolets. It is very rare and the
male is yet unknown to me.

LIBELLULA Lin.

1. L. b i s t i g m a. Lead-blue ; wings with a ferruginous tint upon the costal
margin, stigma brown and white.

Length 2 inches. Baltimore. June and July.

% . Body entirely lead blue ; eyes brown, trophi dusky ; frontal and vertical
vesicles dark blue, antennae black, stemmata brownish: thorax medially with
a deep longitudinal depression, a sharp carina occupying the middle : wings
lacteo-hyaline, costal margins slightly tinged with ferruginous, sometimes
extending narrowly upon the tips, stigma bicolored, half brown and half white,
membranes narrow, whitish : legs black, anterior ones dusky at base : abdomen
trigonal, carinate, tapering towards the tip, cerci subfusiform, sub-acute.

The female of this species I have not yet been able to discover, notwithstand-
ing it is here very common ; I was tempted to suppose it to be a geographical
variety of the species following: however as I have not yet heard that doctrine
fully elucidated it seems hardly prudent for me to venture any further sugges-
tions upon the subject.

2. L. p 1 u m b e a. Lead color ; pleura with two white spots ; wings with a tinge
of ferruginous upon the costal margin.

Length 2 inches. Baltimore. July.

% . Body plumbeous : labium, base of mandibles, and sides of nasus and
front white ; mandibles at tip, labrum, nasus, front and antennae black ; frontal
and vertical vesicles dark blue, eyes brown, occiput with two yellow spots be-
hind each eye : pleura each with two common white patches, which are divided
by black sutures, dorsolum and metapnystega also white, dorsal middle longitu-
dinally depressed, but slightly carinated : wings hyaline with a ferruginous
tinge upon the costal margin, stigma long, brown : abdomen gradually tapering
posteriorly, carinate, iirst and second segments white beneath, caudal segment
and appendages black, cerci fusiform, sub-acute.

$ . Body pale brown ; head, dorsal line, line between the wings, pleural
spots, pectus, sides of tergum and femora, testaceous-yellow; eyes brown, an-
tennae black : costal margins and tips of the wings ferruginous : abdomen sub-
depressed, tergum with a gradually dilating brown line upon the middle,
antepenultimate segment broadly dilated.

3. L. confusa. Fuscous; thorax with two oblique yellow lines upon the
pleura, connected with each of which is a pale trigonal spot; wings with a
brown basal line, and medial and apical spot.

Length 1| iuQhes. Baltimore and Boston.

1857.]

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

5 . Fuscous : head, with the frontal vesicles above, labium and spots upon
the occiput yellow, antennae and connecting line black, eyes brown : pleura
with two oblique yellow lines bounding inferiorly a trigonal pale spot, a pale
transverse line between the pairs of wings : wings hyaline, at the base a
longitudinal line, a spot upon the anterior middle, and another upon the apex,
brown, nervules of the spots and intervening surface yellow, pterostigma black :
legs pale at base, black upon the tip of the femora and tibiae : abdomen brown-
ish, a little depressed, antepenultimate segment a little dilated, a dark line upon
the middle, and one each side bright yellow, venter lined with yellow each
side, cerci short, subfusiform, acute, inferior appendage same length as cerci.

5 . Differs but little from the 9 in size and coloring ; it may be distinguish-
ed from L. pulchella, Drury, — to which it is very closely allied — in the lateral
yellow vitta and much larger size of the § : the male always wants the plum-
beous abdomen, which is common to L. pulchella.

4. L. s a t u r a t a. Reddish yellow ; head ; thorax dark yellowish-red, pale

beneath and upon the sides ; wings humeral portion saturate reddish-yellow,
cubital portion hyaline, nervules red, pterostigma red, margined anteriorly and
posteriorly by a black nervule ; legs rufous, pale at base, tibial spines black ;
abdomen slightly dilated, carinate, trigonate, lateral edge and denticles black ;
cerci subfusiform, acuminate, armed with a row of minute tubercles upon the
inferior surface, inferior caudal appendage oval, tapering at tip and emarginate.

Length 2 inches. San Diego trip. Dr. T. H. Webb.

This species is indicated by a mutilated individual only; the head and a great
part of the wings and legs are gone, and those parts remaining are in so bad a
condition as to render it almost uncharacterizable. It apparently belongs to a
group having five rows of discoidal areolets ; the triangle is crossed by four
nervules.

5. L. J u 11 a. Fuscous, pubescent; eyes brown, darker below, tips of mandi-
bles, line between the antenntB, antennae and pubescence upon the front black,
front and occipital spots yellowish ; thorax with the superior, middle-surface and
pleura pale fuscous, humerus with a dark-brown longitudinal line; wings hyaline,
posterior pair with a trigonal dark-brown spot at base of each, necks of anterior
pair tinged with brown, nervules and pterostigma dark-brown, the latter narrow
and a little elongated, membranes narrow whitish ; legs with the coxae, tro-
chanters and bases of femorae pale reddish-yellow, tibiae and tarsi blackish ;
abdomen sub-depressed, slightly carinate above, line upon the middle of the
posterior segments and lateral margin black, caudal appendages yellow, cerci
short, subfusiform, minutely, serially, granulate beneath.

Length 1^ inches. Fort Steilacoom, W. Territory. Dr. Suckley.
A species very closely allied to L. trimaculata De Geer. It possesses three
ranges of discoidal areolets, and the triangle is crossed by only one nervule.

6. L. as s i m i 1 a ta. Pale-yellow ; head yellowish-testaceous, a black line cov-
ering the antennal suture, tips of mandibles and antennae black, front and vertex
closely covered with blackish hair ; thorax densely pubescent, pectus pale-tes-
taceous ; wings hyaline, tinted with yellow upon the base and humeral margin,
costal nervule dotted with minute, black points, pterostigma yellow, margined
anteriorly and posteriorly, by a black nervule ; legs black, coxa;, trochanters
and inferior surface of the anterior legs, yellowish ; abdomen, almost transpa-
rent, yellowish, cerci .

Length 1^ inches. Fort Union, Nebraska. Dr. Suckley

The three individuals, the only ones that I have had the opportunity of ex-
amining, are in such a mutilated condition as to render it very difficult to
characterize them properly ; enough, however, remains to indicate their distinct-
ness from all the other species that have yet been noticed.

They liave three ranges of discoidal areolets to the primary wings, and the
triangle is crossed by a single nervule.

The three foregoing insects were kindly placed in my hands by Dr. Chas.
GLrard, to whom I would embrace this opportunity of returning my thanks.

[March

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. OV

List of Extinct VERTEBRATA, the remains of which have been discovered m the

region of the Missouri river : with remarks on their Geological Age.

BY JOSEPH LEIDY, M. D.

I. MAMMALIA.

RUMINANTIA.

1. Oreodon CuLBKRTSONii, Leidy : Ancient Fauna of Nebrtiska 45. Synonymes
Merycoidodon Culbertsonii, Oreodon priscus, Cotylops speciosa.

2. Oreodon gracilis, L. : Ibid. 53. Syn. Merycoidodon gracilis.

3. Oreodon major, L. : Ibid. 55 ; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. viii. 164. Syn. Men/-
coidodon major.

4. Agriochoerus antiquus, L. : Anc. Fauna Nebr. 24. Syn, 9 Eticrotaphus
Jacksoni.

5. AGRI0CH0ERU3 MAJOR, L. : Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. viii. 164. Syn. fHucrotaphus
auritus.

6. PoEBROTHERiUM WixsoNi, L. Anc. F. Nebr. 19.

7. Leptomeryx EviNSi, L. : Pr. A. N. S. vi. 394.

8. Leptauchenia decora, L. : Ibid. viii. 88.

9. Leptauchenia major, L. : Ibid, 163.

10. Protomeryx Halli, L. : Ibid. 164.

11. Merycodds necatcs, L. : Ibid, vii. 90.

12. Camelops kansanus, L. ; Jour. A. N. S. iii. 166.

MULTUNGULA.

13. Choeropotamus (Hyopotamus) americanus, L : Pr. A. N. S. viii. 59.

14. Entelodon Mortoni, L. : Anc. F. Nebr. 57. Syn. Archceoikerium Morioni
A. robustum, Arctodon.

15. Entelodon ingens, L. : Pr. A. N. S. viii. 164.

16. Titanotherium Prodtii, L. : Anc. F. Nebr. 72; Pr. A. N. S. viii. 92. Syn.
Falceotherium Cuv. Prout; P? Proutii, Owen, Norwood, and Evans ; Rhino-
ceros ? americanus ; Eotherium americanum, and Palceotheriv.m giganteum.
Leidy.

17. Palaeochoerus probus, L. : Pr. A. N. S. viii. 164.

18. Leptochoerus spectabilis, L. : Ibid. 88.

19. Rhinoceros occidentalis, L. : Anc. F. Neb. 81. Syn. Aceratherium. .

20. Rhinoceros (Hyracodon) nebrascensis, L. : Pr. A. N. S. viii. 92. Syn.
Aceratherium nebrascense.

21. Mastodon ohioticum. Small fragments of molar teeth.

SOLIDUNGULA.

22. HipPARiON ocoidentale, L. : Pr. A. N. S. vii. 59.

23. HipPARiON speciosum, L. : Ibid. viii. 311. Syn. 9IIippodon speciosus, VoiA.
vi. 90.

24. Anchitherium Bairdii, L. : Anc. F. Nebr. 67. Syn. Paloeofherium Bairdii.

25. Mebychippus insignis, L. : Pr. A. N. S. viii. 311.

RODENTIA.

26. Steneofiber nebrascensis, L. : Pr. A. N. S. viii. 89.

27. IscHYROMYS TYPCS, L. : Ibid.

28. Palaeolagus Haydeni, L. : Ibid.

29. EuMYS elegans, L. : Ibid ; 90.

7

90 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

PINNIPEDIA.

yO. ISCHTROTHERIUM ANTIQUUM, L. : Pr. A. N. S. Tlii. 89. •

CARNIVORA.

31. Hyaenodon horridus, L. : Pr. A. N. S. vi. 393.

32. Hyaenodon cruentus, L. : Ibid.

33. Hyaenodon crucians, L. : Ibid.

34. Amphicyon vetus, L. : Ibid. vii. 151. Syn. Daphcenus veins.

35. Amphicyon gracilis, L. : Ibid. viii. 90.

36. Machairodus primaevus, L. and Owea : Anc. F. Neb. 95.

37. Deinictis pelina, L. : Pr. A. N. S. vii. 121 ; viii. 91.

38. Leptarctus primus, L. : Ibid. viii. 311.

II. REPTILIA.

CHELONIA.

39. Testudo nebrascensis, L. : Anc. F. Neb. 103. Syn. Stylemys nebrascensis,
?Emys seu Testudo kemispherica, Oweni, Culbertsonii, et lata.

40. Trionyx foveatus, L. : Pr. A. N. Sc viii. 13, 312.

41. CoMPSEMYS viCTUs, L. : Ibid, 312.

42. Emys obscurus, L. : Ibid.

SAURIA.

43. MososAURUS MissouRiENSis, Leidy. Syn. Ichthyosaurus missouriensis, Harlan ;
Mososaurtcs Maximiliani, Goldfuss ; etc.

44. Megalosaurus ? (Deinodon) horridus, L. : Pr. A. N. S. viii. 12.

45. Palaeoscincus costatus, L. : Ibid.

46. Trachodon mirabilis, L. : Ibid.

47. Troodon formosus, L. : Ibid.

48. ?Crocodilus humilis, L. : Ibid. 73.

49. Thespesius occidentalis, L. : Ibid. 311.

III. PISCES.

50. Clupea hcmilis, L.: Pr. A. N. S. viii. 256.

51. Cladocyclus occidentalis, L. : Ibid.

52. Enchodus Shumardi, L. : Ibid.

53. Saurocephalus lanciformis, Harlan : Jour. Ac. Nat. Sc. iii. 337 ; Med. k

Phys. Res. 362.

54. Lepidotus occidentalis, L.: Pr. A. N. S. viii. 73.

55. Lepidotus Haydeni, L. : Ibid.

56. Mylognathus PRiscus, L. : Ibid. 312.

Of tlie above list of vertebrate remains tliose of Mososaurus, Cladocyclus, En-
chodus, and Saurocephalus were obtained from deposits of tlie cretaceous period.

The remains of Deinodon, Palccoscincus, Trachodon, Troodon, ?Crocodilus, and
Lepidotus, were discovered by Dr. F. V. Ilayden, in a deposit, on the Judith River,
which I have suspected to be of equivalent age with the Wealden formation of
Europe.

The remains of Compsemys, Emys, and Mylognathus, were found at Long Lake,
Nebraska, together with those of Trionyx, the same species of which appears
also to be common to the deposit just mentioned of the Judith River.

Oreodon, Ayriochccrus, PcubrotUeriumj Lcptomeryx, Leptauchenia, Froiomeryx,

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 91

Merycodus, Tilanotherium, Leptochcerus, Hyracodon, Merychippus, Ischyromys, Pa-
loeolayus, Eumys, Deiniclis, and Leptarctus are peculiar, extinct, mammalian genera,
from the tertiary formations of Nebraska, -wliicb have heretofore been generally
viewed as belonging to the eocene period, but which from their affinities,
from the associated genera, and the absence of others so common in the
eocene deposits of Europe, I suspect rather to belong to the miocene period.
The first seven genera, above mentioned, are true ruminants, with the teeth con-
structed upon the same type as those of living ruminants ; — a type which is not
found in the tertiary deposits of Europe and Asia earlier than the miocene
period.

EtUdodon, Paloeochcerus, Rhinoceros, Eipparion, Sieneofiber, AmpMcyon, and
Machairodus, are common to the Nebraska tertiary deposits and to the miocene
and later tertiary deposits of Europe ; and they have not been found in the
eocene formations of the latter continent.

Of the genera Anchitherium, Hyopolamus, and Ilycenodon, species are found
common to the Nebraska tertiary deposits and the European eocene and miocene
deposits.

Remains of Palceotherium, Anoplotherium, and Lophiodon, so common in the
eocene formations of Europe, are entirely absent from the Nebraska tertiary
formations.

Titanoiherium of Nebraska most nearly approaches the miocene Chalicotherium
of Europe and Asia.

The Nebraska rodents Ischyromys, PalcBolagus, and Eumys most closely ap-
proach the Arctomys, Lepus, and J/ms of European miocene and later deposits.

Very numerous remains of Testudo are found in association with the Nebraska
tertiary mammals ; and extinct species of the same genus belong generally to
the miocene and later deposits of Europe.

The remains of Mastodon and Camelops mentioned in the the list, I suspect to
belong to the post pliocene age of the upper Missouri country.

Ischyr other ium appears to be an animal allied to the llanatus. Its remains are
stated by Dr. Hayden to have been obtained from a lignite bed (miocene*) near
Moreau and Grand rivers ; but I must leave it to this indefatigable explorer to
determine whether it belongs to the same age as the numerous extinct terres-
trial mammals of Nebraska.

Thespcsius I suspect to be a huge dinosaurian. Its remains are stated to be-
long to the lowest member of the lignite formations (miocene) of Grand River.

The species of Clupea was discovered by Dr. John Evans, in a tertiary deposit
on Green River, Missouri ; but the exact age of this formation I have no
means of determining.

Investigation on the Rock Guano from the Islands of the Caribbean Sea.

BY WM. J. TAYLOR.

Though much has been written and published on the Columbian Guano of
the Caribbean Sea, which is also termed Phosphatic Guano, native Super-
Phosphate of Lime, &c., I have considered the subject not entirely exhausted,
and have for some time past been paying especial attention to its composition,
and have also endeavored to gather all possible information regarding its occur-
rence. To Dr. D. Luther, President of the Philadelphia Guano Company, I am
particularly indebted, for his kindness in furnishing me with material for the
investigation from the various groups of islands, and for information regarding

* Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. viii. 268.
1857.]

92

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

its occurrence. To Dr. F. A. Genth I am also indebted for allowing me to make
the investigation in his laboratory. The Guano rock is found on Islands N. E.
and N. of the coast of Venezuela in the Caribbean Sea, and belonging to that
Republic ; the islands form groups or keys composed of one hundred or more
small islands, inhabited principally and indeed almost solely, by water fowl,
who resort there in immense numbers for laying their eggs. Mr. Cassin informs
me that the birds are those commonly known as Gulls, Pelicans, and Cormo-
rants ; these have been the instruments by which the immense deposits of
Guano have been formed. But what the process has been is a problem not yet
fully solved.

The Columbian Guano is a hard rock, consisting of two distinct portions :
the outer exterior crust, consisting of a white, frequently reniform coat-
ing, which in places where it is not decomposed has a polished surface
not unlike enamel ; it is composed of concentric layers, each of which
is about two or more lines in thickness. The entire outer crust forms but
a very small proportion of the whole rock ; a carefully selected portion of this
has been analyzed, which had not undergone any apparent decomposition, and
upon which the enamelled surface was well preserved. In some portions the
reniform surface is distinctly marked, and it resembles to a certain extent in its
appearance the menilite from Menil Montant near Paris ; the concentric layers
composing it are well marked, and when they are fractured or cut across, an
appearance is presented not unlike some varieties of agate.

The following is the result of analysis : —

(I)-

2.0266 grammes ignited lost 0.1640

grammes gave

13.03

per cent.

Ag

0.0274

(I

Chlorine

0.44

U 11

CaO,

SO3

0.0419

i(

Sulphuric acid

1.93

11 11

CaO, SO3

1.9965

((

Lime

40.64

11 u

2MgO,

PO5

0.1654

((

Magnesia

2.93

11 1(

2MgO,

PO5

1.1T53

K

Phosphoric acid

37.15

(1 1(

(1 u

Residi

ne

0.0111

(1

Residue

0.55

11 11

11 11

NaCl

0.1231

1(

Soda

3.23

u a

Loss by ignition,

13.03 per

cent.

Oxygen ratio,

Chlorine,

0.44 "

11 (1

Sulphuric

Acid,

1.93 "

It et

1.15

Phosphoric Acid,

37.15 "

ii i(

20.82

Lime.

40.64 "

It i(

11.55

Magnesia,

2.93 "

(1 <c

1.17

Soda,

3.23 "

IC <<

0.82

From the oxygen ratio of this it appears that the Phosphoric Acid and Lime
exist in the proportion of SCaOPOs. The crucible after ignition showed indi-
cations that Chloride of Iron had been volatilized.

Below this exterior crust the rock has a varied appearance ; it is of a dark
brown color, in places quite black, varying in others to a lighter shade, in
which portion are frequent cavities filled with minute crystals of gypsum,
readily recognizable with a pocket lens. The darkest portion is the most solid,
with a slightly vitreous lustre, and of a much greater tensibility and hardness
than any other portion of the guano ; it has a sub-concoidal fracture, sometimes
splitting into thin fragments, which are translucent, through some portions of it
1 have observed frequently, thin irregular bands, l-32d to l-16th of an inch
in width, which has the appearance of carbon.

This portion was selected for analysis with particular care, with the view to
ascertain its exact composition; it was with difficulty reduced to the finest pow-
der and treated with distilled water (in the cold) in a beaker glass, being fre-

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93

i\uently stirred for several days in order that the water should be in frequent
contact with the j)articles ; it was then collected on a weighed filter and washed
with cold water until the filtrate showed no trace of Sulphuric Acid ; the excess
of filtrate was evaporated to dryness, and a thorough analysis made of it, the
result of which is the following; : —

(11).

3.9922 grammes

0.3836 gr.ams.

BaO, SO3

gave

Sulphuric Acid 3.30

(I (1

0.1761 '•

CaOC02

u

Lime 2.48

(( 11

0.0099 "

Ag

(1

Chlorine 0.08

(( If

0.0531 "

2MgO, PO

5

11

Phosphoric Acid 0.85

K «

0.0089 "

NaCl

If

Soda 0.88

Per centage

Sulphuric

Acid,

3.30

Oxygen ratio, 1.97

K i(

Phosphoric Acid,

0.85

" " 0.54

.C l(

Lime,

2.48

" " 0.70

I( <I

Soda,

0.88

" " 0.22

I< (1

Chlorine,

0.08

t( If

There was in this analysis a loss of Lime or Magnesia, also, of the insoluble
residue.

Selections were made from other specimens which resembled very nearly that
above described, it was treated in the same manner as (II.), but the results
show a marked difference, there being a smaller percentage of Phosphate of
Lime dissolved from (11.) than from (III.) and ajiroportional amount of Chloride
of Sodium. To this fact I shall again refer.

The following is the result of analysis :

(III.)

The residue before weighing was carefully dried at 100° C.
2.7271 grammes left, residue of 2.3177 gram.

" " 0.0095 grams. Ag g

" " 0.3603 " BaO, SO3

" " 0.2536 " CaO, SO3

" " 0.0083 " 2MgO, PO5

" " 0.0600 " 2MgO, PO5

" " 0.0201 " Na CI

84.98

ave Chlorine,

0.11

" Sulphuric

Acid,

4.91

" Lime,

3.84

" Magnesia,

0.11

" Phosphoric Acid,

, 1.58

" Soda,

0.40

Oxygen ratio,

11 II

2.94

II If

0.88

(I II

1.09

II II

0.04

II (f

0-10

Chlorine, 0.11 percent.

Sulphuric Acid, 4.91 " "

Phosphoric Acid, 1.58 " "

Lime, 3.84 " "

Magnesia, 0.11 '• "

Soda, 0.40 " "

From another portion of the rock the black portion were selected for analysis,
tlie quantity of sulphate of lime is very inconstant. The result of analyses were
as follows :

(IV.)

0.9170 grammes, .0536 gram. BaO, SO3 gave Sulphuric Acid, 2.01 per ct. ,

" " 0.0510 " CaO, CO2 " Lime, 3.13 '«

" " 0.1532 " Fe203 " Sesquioxide of Iron, 16.71 "

" " 0.1123 " AI2O3 " Alumina, 12.25 "

2.0741 grams, lost by heating, 0.3254 ' 15.69 "

" " insoluble residue, 0.1314 6.13 "

Owing to an accident to the platinum crucible just before weighing, the Phos-
phoric Acid, was not determined.
1857.]

94 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

Sulphuric Acid,

2.01 per cent.

Oxygen ratio,

1.20

Lime,

3.13 " "

K ((

0.89

Sesquioside of Iron,

16.71 " "

U II

5.00

Alumina,

12.25 " "

(( «

S.TO

The specimens from which the material for the above analyses were se-
lected, I received from Messrs. Richards & Miller, agents for the Philadelphia
Guano Company; there is doubt as to their exact locality; in appearance they
correspond exactly with that from Monk's Island, but the results of the analyses
are very different from those obtained from the specimens from this Island which I
received from Dr. Luther.

That Alumina is present as a phosphate, in the Guano from Monk's Island, I
have proved, by treating 3.4023 grammes of an average sample of the cargo of
Schr. Trident from Monk's Island, with pure Caustic Potash in a silver dish,
and was found to contain 1.32 per cent, of Alumina.

Specimens were given me from Monk's Island by Dr. Luther, the character-
istic appearance of which has already been described.

1.5915 grammes were treated in a silver dish with Potash, but not a trace of
Alumina could be detected ; the residue dissolved in Hydrochloric Acid was
found to contain Lime, 39.08 per cent.

The guano rock from Monk's Island when finely powdered and treated with
distilled water, gave an acid reaction with litmus paper.

(V.) .

1.70'76 gammes (organic matter and water not determined.)
" " 0.1993 gram. BaO, SO3 gave Sulphuric Acid, 4.00 per cent.

" " 0.0780 " 2MgO, PO5 " Magnesia, 1.64 " "

" " 1.1999 " CaO, CO2 " Lime, 39.34 " "

" " 1.1461 " 2MgO, PO5 " Phosphoric Acid, 42.98 " "

Sulphuric Acid,

4.00 per cent.

Oxygen ratio,

2.39

Magnesia,

1.64 " "

U ((

0.65

Lime,

39.34 " "

i( a

11.10

Phosphoric Acid,

42.98 " "

<( ((

24.09

For the Oxygen of the Sulphuric Acid 2.39 there are required, 0.88 of the oxy-
gen of the lime, and if to the remainder be added the Oxygen of the Magnesia
we have 10.95, which is to the Oxygen of the Phosphoric Acid very nearly as 1 : 2

(VI.)

2.8678 grammes treated with distilled water gave :

" " 2.7076 grams, residue, 94.41 per cent.

" " 0.1287 " BaO, SO3 gave Sulphuric Acid, 1.49 " «'

" " 0.0655 " CaO, CO2 " Lime, 1.27 " "

«« « 0.0363 " 2MgO,P05 " Phosphoric Acid, 0.81 " "

2.8420 grammes treated with distilled water gave:

" « 0.0076 grams Ag gave Chlorine,' 0.09 " "

■' " 0.0347 " 2MgO,P05 " Phosphoric Acid, 0.78 " "

'« " 0.1099 " BaO, SO3 " Sulphuric Acid, 1.33 " "

Lime,

1.27 per cent.

Oxygen ratio.

0.36

Phosphoric Acid,

0.81 " "

li a

0.45

Sulphuric Acid,

1.49 " "

(I a

0.89

Guano Rock has been brought from another group of islands called Centinella,
consisting of peaks, which sometimes attain a height of 800 ft. The rock is
described as consisting of two layers, the upper of which is a dark-brown com-
pact rock, varying slightly from the lower layer. This so called lower layer

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

95

has certain!}' a surface exposed, as the specimen which I have examined, has
been much weathered; the outer portion is partially reniform, which in places
shows a slight enamel, though not near as distinct as on the specimens from
Monk's and El Roque islands. It has evidently been formed in layers, which
when broken across show a slightly banded appearance not unlike that already
described as characteristic of portions of the rock from Monk's Island ; the
color varies from a buff to an ochrcous brown ; it is hard, brittle and much more
readily pulverized than the Monk's Islands guano rock. An opinion may seem
premature, but I am inclined to the belief that this has once been as the guano
rock from Monk's Island, which has undergone changes from causes not yet fully
studied, which seems ihore probable from the fact that small quantities of Phos-
phate of Alumina have been found in the Monk's Island rock.

The whitest portion of the rock was selected for analysis, which gave the
following results :

(VII.)

1.5165 grams, ignited gave .3469 grams.

" " 0.2000 grams, insoluble matter,* Silica,

1.3048 "

0.0474
0.6921
0.0720
.0.2120
0.1628
0.6438
0.0660
0.0057

BaO, SO3

2MgO, PO5

CaO, CO2 "

AI2O3 "

Fe203 "

2MgO,P05 "

CaO, CO2 "

2AI2 03,3P05?"

gave Sulphuric Acid,

" Phosphoric Acid,

" Lime,

" Alumina,

" Sesquioxide of Iron,

" Phosphoric Acid,

" L(ime,

22.87 perct.

13.18 "

1.07 "

29.23 "
2.66 "

16.24 "
12.41 "
31.60 "

2.83 "

Phosphate of Alumina, 0.43

Water?

Silica,

Sulphuric Acid,

Phosphoric Acid,

Lime,

Alumina,

Sesquioxide of Iron,

22.87 per cent.

13.18 " "

1.07 " "

31.60 " "

2.66 " "

16.24 " "

12.41 " "

Oxygen ratio,

21.54
6.84
0.65

20.24
0.75
7.59
3.61

The 0.65 of Oxygen of the Sulphuric Acid requires 0.22 of the Oxygen of the
Lime, the remaining lime is most likely combined with Carbonic Acid, as nearly
every specimen on treating with dilute acid gave a slight effervescence, (the guano
rock from the vertical cliff contained nearly one per cent.), or possibly a rem-
nant of the once phosphate of lime still exists. The alumina and phospho-
ric acid exist most likely in the form of Wavellite which has the formula
3AI2 O3 , 2PO54-I2HO. It is diflScult in a rock which is in progress of decompo-
sition to obtain other than approximate formulae.

This island of Centinella is now inhabited by immense numbers of water-
fowl, many of which roost on the cliffs ; some of these roosts have been long oc-
cupied, and judging from the signs on the rocks beneath, have been much resorted
to. Mr. Richards of this city, who visited the islands a short time since broke
off a portion of the concretion which cover the cliffs beneath a bird roost of this
description ; the organic properties had mostly been removed by causes which
had converted the inorganic constituents into a guano rock, which in its com-
position, is not unlike that from Monk's Island and El Roque. Mr. Richards
mentioned that when first obtained it had quite a strong odor, which has now
almost disappeared ; it is very hard and was difficult to powder.

The analysis of the concretion is as follows :

1857.]

96

PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

> (VIII.)
2.0904 grams, on ignition lost 0.2361 gram
Al2 03
BaO, SO3
'< CaO, CO2

" 2MgO, PO5
" Fe203&Al203

2.2904
.8470

0.0248 grams.

" 0.066 "

" OA101 "

" 0.0406 "

" 0.0143

" 0.0506

" 1.0153

" " 0.0926

" " 0.0346

" " 1.2520

1.2142 " contained 0.0089 grams. CO2

1.8570

Alumina,

Sulphuric Acid,

Lime,

Magnesia,

Iron and Alumina,

Silica,

Lime,

Magnesia,

Alumina and Iron,

Phosphoric Acid,

Carbonic Acid,

Oxygen ratio.

11.29 perct.

1.08 "

2.67 "

31.18 "

1.74 "

1.69 "

insoluble, " Silica, 5.97 "

" CaO, CO2 " Lime, 30.68 "

" 2MgO,P05 " Magnesia, 1.79 «

" FeaOs AI2O3 " Alumina and Iron, 1.86 "

" 2MgO,P05 " Phosphoric Acid, 41.89 "

0.73 '-

Alumina and Iron, 1.86 per cent. Oxygen ratio, 0.86

Sulphuric Acid, 2.67 " " " " 1.59

Carbonic Acid, 0.73 " « " " 0.54

Lime, 31.18 " " " " 8.86

Magnesia, 1.74 " " " " 0.69

Phosphoric Acid, 41.89 " " " " 23.25

1.59 Oxygen of Sulphuric Acid require 0.53 of Oxygen of the lime ; 0.53 of

Oxygen of the Carbonic Acid require 0.27 Oxygen of the lime, but if there is

added to this remainder the Oxygen of the Magnesia there remains 8. 75 Oxygen of

lime, which is to the Oxygen of Phosphoric Acid 23.25, about in the ratio of 1 : 2,

particularly as the Oxygen of the Alumina requires Oxygen of the Phosphoric

Acid, to form a salt with a formula most probably corresponding to that of Wa-

vellite as before mentioned.

Mr. Richards brought with him also a specimen of the recent alluvial guano,
or bird excrement, as it may be justly termed ; he obtained it from a little nook
in the rocks, where it was protected from the intense dry heat of the sun and from
the action of water. Mixed through it were several birds feathers. As may
readily be imagined it had some odor, though not excessively strong.

7.4921 grams, were ignited in a platinum crucible, andgave a very strong and
disagreeable odor like burning hair ; it was moistened with carbonate of am-
monia and again gently heated, and gave a loss of 4. 0032 grams. ,=53. 83 per ct.

2.1975
((

2.236

4.0704
1.9997

(IX.)

grams, of the ash showed a trace of Alumina.

«' 0-2746 grams. BaO, SO3 gave Sulphuric Acid
grams. 1.5150 " CaO, CO2 " Lime

" 0.0913 " Sand "

grams, ignited gave a loss 1.9171 gram.
" Ash

1.3858 grams. CaO, CO2 gave Lime

0.2206
0.2100
1.3178
0.0225
0.0164

BaO, SO3
2MgO, POs
2MgO, PO5
Sand
Ag

Shlphuric Acid
Magnesia
Phosphoric Acid

Chlorine

3.9652
.9857
.9794

grams, loss by ignition 1.9282 gram.
" 0.6892 grams. CaO, C02 gave Lime
" 0.0085 '• CO2 " Carbonic Acid

" 0.1250 " BaO, SO3 " Sulphuric Acid

Lime 38.89 per cent.

Phosphoric Acid, 42.21 "
Sulphuric Acid, 4.29 «
Magnesia, 3.77 «'

Oxygen ratio.

4.29
38.02

4.83
47.10

38.89
3.79
3.77

42.21
3.25
0.26

48.62

39.12
0.86
4.28

11.05
23.65

2.57

1.50

March.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 97

2.57 Oxygen in Sulphuric Acid require 0.85 oxygen in Lime, there remains
10.19 oxygen of lime, which, if added to the oxygen of the magnesia makes
11.69, which stands with the oxygen of the phosphoric acid 23.65 near the
ratio 2CaO, PO5.

A guano rock has recently been brought from a group of Islands called El
Roque, in the Caribbean Sea. In composition it resembles very closely that
brought from Monk's Island, the specimens that I have analysed, contain how-
ever, a much larger quantity of sulphuric acid than has been found in the
latter rock. The appearance of the body of the two rocks is also much alike,
bat in the specimens which I have seen from EI Roque the exterior ( rust is very
different ; it is rarely more than a slight coating ; in some places it has a slight
, appearance of the enamel, when examined with a pocket lens; the surface is
very irregular, often containing cavities which are lined with the same white
coating. It was impossible to obtain sufEcient of this for analysis : the analy-
sis of the black portion of the rock was as follows :

(X.)

1.8636 grms.loss by ignition 0.1904 grms. water and organic matter 10.22 perct.

1.4609 " 0.3274 grams. BaO, SO3 gave Sulphuric Acid, 7.70 "

«' " 1.0066 " CaO, CO2 " Lime, 38 67 "

" " 0.1118 " 2MgO, PO5 " Magnesia, 2.75 "

" " 0.0116 " Insoluble 0.78 "

" " 0.0058 " Fe203 & AI2O3 Iron & Alumina 0.40 "

1.1680 grams 0.7936 gram. CaO, CO2 gave Lime, 38.12 "

" " 0.0879 " 2MgO, PO5 " Magnesia, 2.70 "

" " 0.7383 " 2MgO, PO5 " Phosphoric Acid, 40.49 "

Organic matter and water, 10.22 per cent.

Sulphuric Acid, 7.70 Oxygen Ratio, 4.61

Lime, 38.67 " 10.09

Magnesia, 2.75 " 1.09

Phosphoric Acid, 40.49 " 25.93

Alumina and sesquiox- "

ide of Iron, 0.40 "

Insoluble, 0.78

4.61 oxygen in Sulphuric Acid require 1.54 oxygen in lime; therefore remains
3.55 oxygen in lime which stands with the oxygen of Phosphoric Add 25.93 in
the ratio 1 : 3, showing that the phosphate in this specimen consists principally
of 3CaO PO5.

A specimen containing no organic matter was examined from Testigoe Island,
but the rock was very much disintegrated ; it was very porous, and evidently
had been acted upon by some causes which were gradually removing all its com-
ponents except the silica. In appearance it was largely a sandstone, as the analy-
sis showed. The most compact portion of the specimen was selected, which was
readily pulverized ; the results of the analysis differ from all the other speci-
mens. The following are the results :

(XI.)

1.2910 grams, insoluble silica 0.6722 grams.

" 0.0085 CaO, CO2 gave

" 0.0206 2MgO "

0.8806 grams. 0.1073 loss by ignition

0.8806 grams, insoluble 0.4600 grams.

1857.]

" 0.1158 AI2O3 " gave

" 2Fe203, 3PO5 0.0318 " "

2MgO, PO5 0.2394 " "

52.07

per cent.

Lime,

0.37

K

Magnesia,

0.57

(1

Water,

12.17

ti

Silica,

52.27

((

Sulphuric Acid trace.

Alumina,

13.03

it

Phosp. of Iron

3.61

II

Phosp. Acid,

17.41

«

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Silica, 52.07 per cent.

Lime, 0.37 "

Magnesia, 0.57 "

Water, _ 12.17 " oxygen ratio, 10.81

Sulphuric acid trace

Alumina, 13.03 " 6.12

Phosphate of Iron, 3.61 "

Phosphoric Acid, 17.41 " 9.81

The Alumina and Phosphoric Acid seem in this to be in the form of wavellite.
The guano rock from the various groups of islands has very varying compo-
eition, as has been seen from the foregoing investigations ; it is found in layers,
and the surface sometimes covered with an alluvial deposit ; these layers are in
places highly inclined, showing that since their deposition dynamic causes have'
altered their original position. This same phenomenon is described as occurring
at the Chincha islands in the Peruvian guano, where it is found in layers two or
three yards in thickness. Various theories have been formed and published as
to the origin of the rock guano ; these are doubtless premature, as the accounts
as to its occurrence are founded on reports of those not accustomed to noting
geological phenomenon.

Prof. C. IJ. Shepard has, with his characteristic energy, extended his mine-
ralogical species to various portions of this rock, which he severally describes*
and designates generally as Pyroguanite minerals, and entirely destitute of am-
monia ; but examinations made of an average sample of a cargo from Monk's
Island showed one-half per cent, of nitrogen. Every specimen which I have
examined, has on ignition given very marked evidence of burning organic matter.
How this can be retained in a rock subjected to the agency of heated trap is as difiB-
cult to reconcile, as that the composition of minerals existing with and forming
a part of its mass, as Prof. Shepard describes,* containing water in their
composition. Moreover, how can a rock subjected to the agency of heated trap
have as its principal basis a salt with the formula 2CaO, HO, PO5 which is the
formula ascribed to it by Drs. Piggot and Beckell, of Baltimore, and which
seems to be the proper composition of some portions, as shown by analysis of
Monk's Island rock (V), though in the analysis of the specimen from El Roque
(X) there is obtained the formula, 3CaO PO5.

As I have already mentioned, this Guano rock from Los Monges has been called
a native Super-Phosphate of Lime, but no satisfactory proofs are given as to its
meriting such a name ; phosphoric acid being found in solution after the
guano is treated with water is no proof that it exists in a free state. Phosphate
of Lime, when recently precipitated, is soluble to a slight extent in pure water
(R. Phillips, Ann. Phil. 22,188). Berzelius long since discovered Phosphates
of Lime and Alumina in the water and deposits of hot springs at Carlsbad. f
That Phosphates are insoluble and must be rendered free before becoming effi-
cacious as fertilizers is an erroneous though a very prevalent opinion. Accord-
ing to BrischofJ Phosphate of Lime must be regarded as present in all water
running into the sea ; it has already been detected in the waters of the Dee and
and of the Don, and it will most likely be found in the waters of all rivers. Phos-
phate of Lime and Magnesia have also been found in the waters of an artesian well
at Wildegg, in the Canton Argan (Switzerland). Phosphote of Lime has been
shown to be present in sea water by Clemm^ and by Forchammer.|| According
to Berzelius it is the Z>i-phosphate which is found in the mineral waters,^ which
is readily soluble in water saturated with carbonic acid. The Basic-Phosphate
of Lime is also readily soluble in water containing carbonic acid ; Bischof gives

* Am. J. Sci. 12, xxii. 96.

f Gilbert's Annalen, Ixxiv. 136.

j Chem and Phys. Geology, vol. 2, p. 27 (Engl. edit).

I Journ. fiirprakt. Chemie xxxiv. 185.

II Berzelius, Jahresbericht xxvi. 393.
f Gmelin, vol. iii. p. 195.

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99

a very interesting table of the degrees of solubility of the various basic-Phos-
phates of Lime iu water saturated with carbonic acid gas.'-"

It is not only in carbonic acid waters that Phosphate of Lime is soluble ;
basic-Phosphate of Lime dissolves in 3.150 parts of water, containing one-twelfth
by weight of Chloride of Sodium. The presence of Chloride of Ammonium in-
creases the solubility still more.*

It is probable, therefore, that the solubility of the Phosphate of Lime Guano
rock from Los Monges is owing to the presence of the Chloride of Sodium exist-
ing in it. By reference to the analyses (II and III), it will be seen thai the
Phosphate of Lime dissolved is in proportion to the Chloride of Sodium in the
specimens. This will, however, require more detailed examination.

Though the rock from Centinella containing so large a percentage of Phos-
phoric Acid combined with Iron and Alumina may seem at first worthless as a
fertilizer, no positive opinion should be formed or expressed without a very
careful investigation of the subject, which I believe has never yet been made.
It is true that Phosphate of Alumina is one of the most sparingly soluble sub-
stances known, though it is soluble in water saturated with Carbonic Acid, ac-
cording to Bischof in about 6.828.000 parts, though in the water of the Carlsbad
springs about double this quantity is held in solution, viz : ' t

3-125000.

Though the Phosphate of lime is applied to soils, and, as such, taken up by
plants, there is no proof that it remains in that form until the plants have need
of it; it enters into new combinations, some of which may be quite as insoluble
as this Centinella rock. The Phosphate of Lime dissolved by the carbonated
waters always found more or less in soils, J is decomposed by alkaline carbonates :
the lime would therefore be converted into a carbonate, and a phosphate of the
alkali will be formed.^ Bousingault and Levy, Journ. des Debuts, Dec. 5, 1852,
found that the air in the insterstices of arable soils contained as much as 22
to 23 times as much carbonic acid as the atmosphere, and when the soil has
been recently moistened 245 times as much. Phosphate of lime lying in such a
soil would be dissolved in a comparatively short space of time.

Carbonate of Iron is present more or less in every soil, and consequently if in a
soil the carbonate of iron and phosphate of lime exist, both held in solution by a
carbonate of the alkalies, a mutual decomposition may take place||, consequently
we may have vivianite formed in the soil : instances are frequent of vivianite in
fossils of the green sand of New Jersey,^ but geological ages are not required
to produce these changes. M. Jerome Nickles has recognised its presence in
human bones, (Amer. Jour, of Sci. vol. xsi. p. 402.) he found in a cemetery at

* Chem. and Phys. Geology, vol. ii% p. 28.

f (Chem and Phys. Geol. vol. ii. p. 34.

JResearches that have been made by Lassaigne, Journ. Chim. Med. 3 ser. iv.
354 ; and Ann. de Chim. et. de Phys. 3 ser. xxv. 346, show that phosphate of
lime is conveyed into the plants organism by water saturated with carbonic acid.
Dumas (Comptes Rendus, xxiii 1018,) holds the same opinion.

I Bischof, Chem. and Phys. Geology, vol. i. p. 13. No. 19. Phosphate of lime
dissolved in carbonated water forms Carbonate of Lime, which is precipitated,
and alkaline phosphate which remain in solution.

II Phosphate of lime dissolved in carbonated waters and proto-carbonate of
iron form a proto-phosphate of iron, which is precipitated, and bi-carbonate of
lime which remains in solution. (Bischof vol. i. p. 13, no. 20.

^In the green sand of New Jersey, the decomposition is not owing probably
to the carbonate of iron, but to the sulphate resulting from oxydation of the
iron pyrities. (Bischof, vol. i. p. 14, no. 21.) Phosphate of iron and proto-sulph-
ate of iron form sulphate of lime and proto-phosphate of iron,) Similar changes
probably result in this guano rock, as in many specimens we find crystals of
gypsum recognizable with a pocket-lense.

1857.J

100

PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

Eumont a village ia the department of LaMeurthe, the earth of which was very
ferruginous, two arm bones of a female, a cubitus and a radius, having a deep
bluish green color. On breaking, the alteration was found to be complete, and a
qualitative chemical examination proved it to be phosphate of iron. It is to be
regretted that a quantitative analysis was not made, to have determined whether
all the bone phosphate had been decomposed and the transformation into phos-
phate of iron complete. M. Nickles, on examining the medullary cavity with a
lens, found among the sinuosities left by the hardened marrow brilliant points
which were distinctly crystals of vivianite. The bones were in a perfect state
of preservation, and afforded, when treated with hydrochloric acid, a skeleton
of gelatine, proving that gelatine does not resist the absorption of the ferrugin-
ous compound.

Various theories have been formed and published as to the origin of the rock
guano ; these are most likely premature, as the accounts as to its occurrence are
founded on reports of those not accustomed to noting geological phenomena.
The continued and gradual upheaval of islands in the ocean and their depression
is a well established geological fact.

The islands of the Caribbean sea are very varied, some are quite low and
covered with sand composed of fragments of shells, madrepore and corals,
which can readily be distinguished with a pocket lens. These sands are resorted
to by myriads of waterfowls for laying their eggs. One of the captains who
visited there mentions, that it is necessary to make one's way through them
with a stick. Other islands attain heights of 800 feet ; it seems improbable
that such heights could be created by accretions of guano and sand, when the
islands were subject to a continued action of the waves of the ocean. The in-
clination and irregularity of the guano layers renders it not improbable that
the dynamic causes which produced this distortion, elevated at the same time
the islands.

It is most probable that the guano rock from some of the islands has been
changed in its composition by reactions of the salts contained in sea water, but
before such reactions can be fully explained, accurate analyses must be made of
this sea water.

It is a remarkable fact, that the composition of the ash from the recent guano
from the heights of the Centinellarock composed of phosphates of alumina and
iron, should have a composition so very near to that of the guano rock
from the Los Monges and El Roque islands.

The frequent occurrence of alumina and iron is to be remarked in the guano
rocks.

The upheaval and subsidence of land is caused not only by earthquakes,
(Lyell's Principles of Geology, 8th edit. chap, xxxi.,) but by other changes such as
are in progress in Sweden and Norway, and in Greenland. The upheaval of islands
in the Caribbean Sea may most likely be ascribed lo volcanic action, some of
these are within 150 miles from Gaudaloupe. (Lyell's Principles, 33G,) von
Buch inclined to the belief, that the volcanic chain of the Andes was connected
with that of the West India or Caribbean Islands. The truth of this conjecture
has been almost set at rest by the eruption of the volcano at Zamba, in New
Grenada, at the mouth of the river Madalena.*

The vicinity of the volcanoes may give additional salts to the sea water.

Note. — I have just been informed by Dr. Luther, that from analyses lately
made in Baltimore of a cargo of rock guano, that has lately arrived from the
island of Testigoes, there has been found from forty to forty-five per cent, of
phosphoric acid.

*Comptes Rendus, 1849, vol. xxix. p. 531.

[March;

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101

April 1th.
Vice President Bridges in the Chair.

A communication was presented for publication in the Proceedings,
entitled :

Description of six new species of fresh water and land shells, by
Isaac Lea. Referred to a Committee.

On leave granted, Dr. LeConte moved that a special vote of thanks
be tendered to Dr. Benjamin Vreeland, U, S. N., for his valuable do-
nation of Esquimaux Skulls received this evening. Which motion was
unanimously adopted.

Ajiril I'ith.

Vice President Bridges in the Chair.

Mr. Lea called the attention of the Academy to the specimen of
Unio Spinosus presented by him this evening The inner face of the
valve has an arch leading toward the spine, which is probably hollow ;
thus confirming the view of the mode of formation of the spine pre-
viously stated by him.

April 21st.

Vice President Bridges in the Chair.

A Communication was received from W. J. Taylor, entitled " Ex-
amination of a Nickel Meteorite from Oktibbeha county, Miss.," which
was referred to a Committee.

April 2Sth.

Vice President Bridges in the Chair.

The Committees on Mr. Lea's paper, entitled " Description of six
new species of fresh water and land Shells," and on Mr. Taylor's " Ex-
amination of a Nickel Meteorite, &c.," reported in favor of publication.

Description of Six new species of Fresh Water and Land Shells of Texas and

Tamanlipas, from the Collection of the Smithsonian Institntion.

BY ISAAC LEA.

Unio Berlandierii. Testa laevi, subelliptica, inflata, postice subrotundata
infequilatcrali ; valvulis crassis, antice crassioribus: natibus grandibus, elevatis,
tumidis, ad apices minute undulata; epidermide micans, tenebroso-fuscEl, obso-
lete radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus magnis, erectis, subcompressis, valde crenu-
latis et in utroque valvule duplicibus ; lateralibus longis, crassis, subcurvis
lamellatisque ; margarita vel purpurascente vel salmonis colore tincta et irides-
cente.

Hab. Matamoras, Tamaulipas, Mexico. Luis Berlandier, M. D.*

* The collection made by Dr. Berlandier was purchased by Lieut. D, N. Couch,
U. S. A., and liberally presented to the Smithsonian Institution.

1857.] 8

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Unio Popeii. Testa laevi, transversa, compresso-cylindracea, ad basim sub-
emarginata, valde inaequilaterali, ad latere planulata, postice truncata ; valvulis
subtenuibus, antice crassioribus ; natibus parvis, promiuulis, ad apices granu-
latis ; epidermide vel tenebroso-oliva vel fusca, olasolete radiata ; deutibus car-
dinalibus compressis, erectis, acuminatis crenulatisque ; lateralibus praelongis,
lamellatis subrectisque ; margarita vel alba vel salmonis tincta et iridescente.

Hab. Devil's River and Rio Salado, Texas. Capt. Pope, U. S. A.

Unio Bairdianus. Testa laevi, elliptica, paulisper inflata, postice compressa,
valde inaequilaterali ; valvulis subtenuibus, postice crassioribus ; natibus promi-
nulis, ad apices concentrice undulatis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, obsolete
radiata ; deutibus cardinalibus parvis, erectis, acuminatis crenulatisque ; late-
ralibus longis, lamellatis subcurvisque; margarita alba, et valde iridescente.

Hab. Devil's River, Texas. Capt. Pope, U. S. A.

Anodonta Henryiana. Testa lajvi, oblonga, inflata, ad basim et antice com-
pressa, subaequilaterali, postice truncata ; valvulis pertenuibus ; natibus depres-
sis, planulatis, ad apices minute et irregulariter undulata ; epidermide nitida, vel
lutea vel luteo-viridi, obsolete radiata, et vittata ; margarita coeruleo-alba et
valde iridescente.

Hab. Matamoras, Tamaulipas, Mexico. L. Berlandier, M. D.

Helix (Polygyra) Couchiana. Testa superne paulisper elevata, subplanu-
lata, inferne subinflata ; nitida, albida, longitudinaliter et subtiliter striata,
minute perforata ; anfractibus quinis ; apertura rotundata, quinquedentata ;
labro subacute.

Hab. Texas. L. Berlandier, M. D.

Helix (Polygyra) Tamaulipasensis. Testa superne paulisper elevata, sub-
planulata, inferne subinflata, nitida, albida, longitudinaliter et subtiliter striata,
minute perforata ; anfractibus quinis ; apertura lunata, tridentata ; labro spis-
sato, reflexo.

Eab. Texas. L. Berlandier, M. D.

Examination of a Nickel Meteorite, from Oktibbeha County, Mississippi.
BY WM. J. TAYLOR.

This highly interesting and unique meteorite was found in an Indian mound
in which excavations were being made in a search for Indian antiquities, in
Oktibbeha County, Mississippi. It then weighed five and a quarter ounces ; in
shape it resembled a hea's egg. When found, there was a fissure which divided
it almost equally into two parts. The person who discovered it seeing this,
placed it upon an anvil, and with one blow of a sledge-hammer, divided the
meteorite. One half was forged, with the intention of manufacturing it into a
cutting instrument of some description ; the other remained in its original state;
excepting that its exterior was filed smooth and bright.

To Dr. William Spillman, of Columbus, Mississippi, I am indebted for
the material for this investigation ; he obtained the meteorite from the man
who first found it. The unforged half he brought with him on a recent visit to
this city, and a portion of which he has presented to the Academy, on the con-
dition that it should be carefully cut, so that the surface which formed one side
of the existing fissure above mentioned should be preserved and sent to him. It
was proposed to have it cut by a lapidary, but he attempted it without success,
usin"" diamond dust on the wheel. On making the first incision, about one-
eighth to one-sixteenth of an inch in depth, he found it impossible to proceed,
and refused to make farther attempts to cut the meteorite. Mr. John Phillips,
a fellow member of the Academy, and an amateur machinist, on hearing of our
difficulties, kindly offered to saw the specimen, and succeeded admirably, though
it was with very great difticulty. He spoke of its peculiar toughness, (the hard-

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF rHILADELPHIA. 103

ness not bcinr^ excessive ;) it resisted the saw very miuli, wliich rendered the
rutting exceedingly tedious, heating the saw to such a degree as to oblige a
discontinuance of the operation every four or five minutes, but it was remarka-
ble that it did not dull the blade in the least.

The toughness of the iron was clearly shown when, for the purpose of analy-
sis, it was attempted to cut off portions of it with a chisel ; the excessive tough-
ness of the iron rendered this very difficult, without the aid of the saw. The
resistance of this meteorite to the action of acids was most remarkable. Strong
nitric acid did not act upon it in the cold. Moderately dilute sulphuric acid did
not act upon it. Strong and boiling hydrochloric acid acted upon it very gradu-
ally.

The above named acids failing to show the slightest trace of the Widmann-
stattian figures, a mixture of nitric acid and hydrochloric was used, boiling ; but
even after this operation no trace of them could be distinguished. The action
of the aqua regia was gradual and peculiar, producing on the polished surface
of the meteorite very small holes, varying in size from a pin's point to those as
large as a pin's head. From the appearance of the surface of the meteorite,
which formed a side of the fissure before described, I hud hoped to obtain by
etching beautiful Wi^'mannstilttian figures, as there is on this portion indistinct
traces of that which would at first glance be called a crystalline structure.

The color of the metal is a silvery grey with a pinkish tinge. Its hardness is
not excessive, yielding readily to the file. The tensibility, as before mentioned,
was very great. The passivity was proved by testing it with a neutral solution
of the sulphate of copper.

The specific gravity at 25° Cels., was found by Dr. F. A. Genth to be 6.854,
which is too low, but owing to the numerous fissures through the meteorite
filled with liraonite, it was impossible to obtain the exact specific gravity of the
metal. I used particular care to obtain a portion free from the flaws, but with-
out effect. I take this opportunity to express my thanks to Dr. Genth for allow-
ing me the use of his laboratory in making the examination. The following is
the re? ult of my analysis :

1.9421 grammes were dissolved in aqua regia.

1.4731 J

grams.

NiO

gave

of Nickel

59.69

per cent.

1.0452

FezOs

It

Iron

37.69

0.0221

CuO

((

Copper

0.90

0.0072

AI2O3

((

Aluminium

0.20

0.0105

CogOv

((

Cobalt

0.40

0.0048

SiOs

a

Silicium

0.12

0.0069

2MgO, PO5

li

Phosphorus

0.10

0.0059

CaO, CO2

C(

Calcium

0.09

99.19

The slight loss of eight- tenths of one per cent. I think is owing to some small
portions of limonite existing in the minute fissures already mentioned.

The 0.10 per cent, of phosphorus correspond to 0.64 per cent, of schribersite,
(P. Ni2 Fe4 .)

It was first attempted to dissolve in hydrochloric acid, but the action of the
acid, even when boiling, was so very gradual that nitric acid was added.

I endeavored to separate the nickel and cobalt by Liebig's new method, viz.,
by precipitating the nickel as a sesqui-oxide, by passing chlorine through an
alkaline solution of the two metals in hydrocyanic acid and potash, but it was
found not to answer ; the separation was made by his former method by oxide
of mercury.

The composition of this remarkable meteorite is in itself sufficiently interest-
ing for mineralogists, without any attempts to account for its origin, either ter-
restrial or celestial. We must remain in doubt as to the exact locality where
it was originally found, as it may have been carried by the Indians from a dis-
tance to be entombed in this mound, and it may have been considered by them

1857.]

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

to have a special value, and possibly to possess peculiar virtues, from its being
discovered in such a place.

May hill.
Vice President Bridges in the Chair.

Communications were received from Col. J. J. Abert, dated Wash-
ington, April 28, 1857, referring to a species of mocking-bird, supposed
by him to be new ; and from F. B. Meek and F. V. Hayden, M. D.,
entitled '' Explorations under the War Department : Descriptions of
new Cretaceous and Tertiary Fossils, collected by Dr. F. V. Haydea
in Nebraska, under the direction of Lieut. Gr. K. Warren, U. S. Top.
Engineers, with some remarks on the geology of the Upper Missouri
country;" which were referred to Committees, as usual.

Mr. Lea stated that he proposed to change the name of Unio um-
brosus and Unio W^heatleyi, to U. umbrans and U. Catawbensis, having
inadvertently repeated these names in his papers of Feb. 17th and
March 10th, 1857.

Mr. W. Parker Foulke requested permission to submit to the atten-
tion of the Academy some observations of the late Mr. Hugh Miller,
printed in his recently published work, entitled " The Testimony of
the Rocks."

It may be remembered, said Mr. F., that about three years ago T noticed at
one of the stated meetings of the Academy, what appeared to me an interesting
example of the fallacious use of a generalization — the inference from a term
used in one sense, of what could follow from it only when used in another sense.
From the fact that the carboniferous rocks lie within the series which geologists,
for special reasons, group into one system which they call the " palaeozoic," Mr.
Miller had thought himself authorized so far to treat this system as a unity, as
to consider it properly characterized as a whole, for the object of his argument,
by the carboniferous member ; and thence to infer that the palaeozoic periods
together constituted the Mosaic day during which the creation of vegetables
took place. No influence had been allowed to the fact that distinctive types of
animal organization had been the chief motives for the discrimination between
the "palaeozoic "' and "secondary" rocks as two sj^stems ; but the distinction
being thus adopted by others, the author had assigned one of the systems entire
to the vegetable creation, and the other to that of reptiles.

You will remember, Mr. President that, before the time to which I refer, it
was a subject of private remark amongst the members of the Academy,
that a large portion of the zeal and talent employed in drawing conclusions
from the generalizations of discoveries in natural science, was applied to prema-
ture inferences, or in disproportionate subordination to incomplete metaphysical
inquiries. This evil was not confined to men of one pursuit, or of one school :
but it affected eveiy department of " natural science," and of the abstract sciences
most nearly connected with it. In geology, as well as in ethnology, philojogy,
and general natural history, we had frequent occasion to notice the conflict of
unnecessary speculations, and of irrelevant or unseasonable inferences ; and the
temporary withdrawal of much mental activity from the legitimate paths of
scientific inquiry. The interval is short since the investigations of our day were
fairly opened ; and already the necessary subdivisions of labor are so numerous
as to demand the most sedulous devotion to each. Yet we saw laborer after
laborer diverging from his road to engage upon one or another side of meta-
physical controversies, which could not be finally determined except by methods

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105

proper to the natural sciences ; nor even by these, unless after greater accumu-
lation and more accurate generalization of facts than had been accomplished.
In the eagerness excited by these controversies, xve also noticed, especially in
respect to such as were of a kind to attract popular attention, that there was
caused a bias unfavorable to the ascertainment of fact ; and that tlie legitimate
uses of actual discovery were thwarted by irregular processes, wliich for the
most part were unconsciously adopted, but which were not for tliis reason the
less pernicious to the progress of natural knowledge. In these circumstances,
the rationale of the methods employed by writers upon natural history or the
physical sciences in general, became a peculiarly important subject for the
scrutiny of the Academy ; and in formally presenting that subject, I felt assured
that my propositions would serve only as the means of concentrating thoughts
alreadj" entertained by the members. To give a suitable illustration of the irre-
gularity iu question, there were several reasons for selecting the discourse of
Mr. Miller, entitled " The Two Records, the Mosaic and the Geological." It had
jast been republished in this country; its author was widely known in both
hemispheres by his interesting discoveries in the old red sandstone ; and, because
of his having written so as to be easily understood by persons not previously
skilled in geology, his publications bad been read by probably a larger number
of persons than had before undertaken the perusal of treatises on the sarac sub-
ject. Moreover, he had written with special reference to several leading con-
troversies which engaged the popular attention ; and his works were frequently
appealed to with more or less pertinency in relation to the Noachic deluge, the
origin of the varieties in the animal and vegetable kingdoms, and the geo-
graphical distribution of species. He thus served as a medium of communica-
tion between the studies of scientific men, and the speculations of the general
reader. Lastly, his character and motives were unimpeached ; and thus the
force of personal considerations was added to those of learning and judgment.
I was careful, Mr. President, to announce at the outset, that what was intended
in my criticism had reference to the " logic of the natural sciences ;" but under
the comity proper between this Academy and the cultivators of those sciences
throughout the world, it certainly did not appear to me necessary to disclaim
all design to charge upon any person a wilful misuse of reasoning. Neverthe-
less, as a manifestation of the feeding with which the essay of Jlr. Miller was
reviewed, I used these words, which were printed in our Proceedings : "The
high esteem in which the character of Mr. Miller is deservedly held by readers
in the United States, where his writings are widely circulated, and the respectful
manner in which his interesting researches have occasioned his name to be
mentioned by authors eminent in the department of geology, give to such of his
writings as bear upon the biblical question, peculiar importance with reference
to the community at large." There was, therefore, no question proposed upon
matter of fact, nor any imputation upon the motives of Mr. Miller. My remarks
obtained the general concurrence of the members who heard them ; at whose
instance, and not at my own, the minute of them made by the Secretary was
published with the other proceedings of the evening.

Sharing with you, Mr. President, and our fellow members, the profound senti-
ment produced in this country by the melancholy scenes which closed the use-
ful life of Mr. Miller, I am sure of your participation with me in the surprise
and regret with which I have read the following paragraphs, at pages 171, 172
and 173* of "The Testimony of the Rocks." (Mr. Foulke here read the pas-
sages referred to.)

That a member of this Academy could be permitted to make, against such a
man as the lamented deceased, a gratuitous charge of intentional misreprcsenta-
/«ow ; and that the charge could be deliberately sanctioned, and printed under
your authority and that of the other distinguished gentlemen who were present
at the meeting of May 9, 1854 — some of whom are now here — seems so far beyond
any license known to a respectable association, that I confess myself at a loss

* Boston Edition, 1857.
1857.]

106

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

to find aa acceptable explanation of the credence which has been given to the
supposition. I need not say, in this Hall, that the thing is impossible. Mr.
Miller is no longer among the living ; the hand of death has removed restraints
■which might have prevented the voluntary proffer of any denial of such an imputa-
tion as is implied upon me, upon you, and upon our associates, by the paragraphs
which I have read to you. I shall have your and their approval, when I give
to the memory of the deceased, as a tribute of respect, the most emphatic dis-
claimer of any thought which could impeach the integrity of his motives in the
construction of his argument; or which could attribute to him conscious neglect
of the rights of others, in that most unfortunate interpretation which he has put
upon the Proceedings of this body.

Having said thus much towards the dead, let me add a few words in the way
of caution to ourselves. Each of us is engaged in some pursuit which touches
adversely the opinions, the prejudices, the self-love, perhaps the religious senti-
ment of a portion of mankind. Even in what might appear to an uuimpassioned
observer the most tranquil of occupations, there arise competitions; and the
very love of truth often makes us impatient disputants. We have seen that
under a sudden sensibility to a logical criticism, not so phrased as expressly to
forbid the meaning erroneously attributed to it, a stranger, with no cause of
quarr *, has been supposed by an author of respectable fame to make an accusa-
tion of mendacity against him ; and a learned body of established reputation
has been believed to have promoted the publication of the charge. To a judg-
ment thus unconsciously clouded, see how naturally all that followed became
distorted. I had said that the proceeding of the author was " a fallacious use
of a generalization made for a purpose, and upon a principle not properly availa-
ble for the writer's argument ;" and the author forgetting the distinction be-
tween &f(tUacii and a falsehood, and overlooking too the grammatical relation of
the parts of the sentence, italicized the words " 7nade for apur2}ose" so that his
readers could not avoid the suggestion that it was the '■'■fallacious use" and not
the " generalization," which had been mac?e /o?* a j9!<rjuose, inapplicable to bis
object. Nay more ; such was the effect upon the author's mind, that he closed
his quotation with an "&c." at the very point at which began the sentence which
I have read to you, referring to the " esteem in which he was deservedly held in
the United States" — took no notice whatever of the tenor of that sentence, but
said," so far the Proceedings of the Academy," &c. It need not surprise you, sir,
after such examples, to find that I am said to treat the carboniferous period as the
latest of the palaeozoic series. A glance at my phraseology will be sufficient to
show you that the " series" referred to was one reckoned " from the carboniferous
rocks downwards, (backward in order of time,)" and that the rocks in this series
were selected by me to show the inconsistency of the argument with the facts ; and
that my choice had no connection with the limitation of the palaeozoic system.
That my use of the word series was not a novelty, may be easily shewn by refer-
ence to British as well as American authors.* I have no wish to multiply these
observations ; my peculiar personal interestin the misapprehensions of the author,
ends with the explanation which has been made in relation to that which wounded
his feelings ; yet, in illustration of the reflection to which my last remarks have
been directed, it may not be improper to mention two or thi'ee additional ex-
amples. Thus, although a member of this body, surrounded by the choice
geological library through the use of which so manj^ Americans have become
known abroad for learning in natural science, it is assumed that I am igno-
rant of the relation of the " Permian " rocks to the Palceozoic system — a relation

* " The use of the word series in describing the subdivisions of the palaeozoic
system, is by no means an innovation, but is, on the contrary, a return to the
language formerly in very common use among tlie members of the Geological
Society, as any one may see on turning over the pages of the early volumes."
Synopsis of the Classification of the British Palceozoic Rocks. By the Rev. Adam
Sedyivick, 3L A., F. K. S., Woodwardian Professor and Felloio of Trinity College,
Camhridye. London, 1855,

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 107

indicated during at least twenty years in elementary treatises. Again, although
a citizen of Pennsylvania — a State one of whose most remarkable evidences of
wealth is the fact that she is the holder of the great anthracite basin and of n,
portion of the chief bituminous measures — although a resident of Philadelphia,
whose principal domestic export is coal, it is assumed that 1 could overlook the
fact that there are vast deposits of coal in North America. It ought, perhaps, to
be said in this connection, that the author has wholly misunderstood my observa-
tions with respect to tlie comparative quantities of vegetable product in the car-
boniferous period and that in which we live. Considering that we do not know
the extent of the area of growth in the carboniferous period, nor the length ot
time consumed in forming the deposits of vegetable matter which make the coal
beds ; and taking into view solidity as well as size, and the multiplication of indi-
vidual growths, it is certainly not going very far to say that it is not " patent to
all " that the total quantity of vegetable growth upon the earth during a given
space of time was greater in the carboniferous than in the present period. I
made no affirmative assertion ; and in the absence of conclusive i^roof, I have
none to make now. It is enough to indicate the irrelevance of the reasoning
employed by the author upon pages 174 and 1*75.

With respect to the scientific criticism which has occasioned these remarks,
it gives me no concern. It, or its equivalent, will be judged by proper persons.
It has been in the handsof many whose minds have been disciplined in the best
methods of inquiry ; and from no quarter had I reason to suspect the existence
of dissent until the appearance of the book before us. It is to be hoped that
on both sides of the Atlantic there will be cultivated a mutaal confidence, which
shall prevent misconception of motives ; and that hereafter the vigilance which
is indispensable to preserve the pursuits of philosophy from unconscious bias,
shall not be misconstrued as the intrusion of an unfriendly spirit. Felix quern
faciunt aliena pericida cautum. In conclusion, I beg to renew the expression of
my regret, that any accident should have made me the occasion of pain to a
gentleman so deserving of our consideration and friendly esteem as was the
author of "The Testimony of the Rocks." It cannot but enhance the appro-
priateness of such an expression at this meeting, that beside yourself and your
colleague, the other Vice President, who usually preside over the deliberations
of the Academy, I see here to night its venerable President, and several other
learned members, whose names are familiar to cultivators of the natural sciences
in Great Britain.

31ay 12th.
Vice President Bridges in the Chair.

Communicatious were received, for publication in the Proceedings,
entitled, as follows :

Notes Explanatory of a Map and Section illustrating the Geological
structure of the country bordering on the Missouri River, from the
mouth of Platte River to Fort Benton, in lat. 47" 30' N. long., 110^
30' W., by F. V. Hayden, M. D.

On the Larva of Thyreus Abbottii, by J. P. Kirtland, M. D.

Which as usual were referred to Committees.

Mr. Harris observed, in relation to the specimens of cotton-wood and chips
cut by beavers, presented this evening, that they had been obtained by him
from the Missouri River, between Fort Union, at the mouth of the Yellowstone,
and Fort Clark, at the Mandan Village. He added, that in returning from a
trip up the Missouri to the mouth of the Yellowstone, in company with the late
J. J. Audubon and party, in the month of September, 1843, our Mackinaw boat
was moored for the night on the right bank of the river, under shelter of timber
on the bank, which was here about twenty feet above the water at its then

1857.]

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

rather low stage. Our guide and pilot in descending the river, Prevost, who
was an old trapper, hired by Mr. A. at St. Louis for the trip, soon discovered
signs of the beaver, and presently a newly constructed beaver-house about one
hundred yards above the boat. It was too late to examine the premises, and
after cutting wood, building a fire, and cooking our supper, we turned in for the
night. Very early in the morning, before breakfasting, we hastened to examine
what had been the object of more than one expedition on the Yellowstone, and
which had, heretofore, baffled our search. Prevost assured us that the noise
and smell of smoke, and cooking from our camp, must have driven the beaver
to a place of safety soon after our landing the night before, and that we could
only gratify our curiosity by the inspection of the building; whereas, had day-
light permitted, we might, at first landing, have proceeded quietly and stopped
the covered outlet from the house to the water, and thus secured the inmates,
and this only by using the utmost caution in approaching without giving them
the wind of us, or making the slightest noise, even the crackling of a dry twig
under our feet; so religiously did he believe in their superhuman sagacity in
discovering and avoiding danger. Thus assured, I took my gun, more from the
influence of the habit of- some months of seldom stirring from camp without it,
than from any expectation of seeing a beaver. I followed the water to the out-
let, while others took the bank; here I stood watching the operations of those
above, who had commenced removing the branches of cotton-wood which
formed the covering of the domicile. I was startled suddenly by the splashing
of the water at my feet, and, looking down, I saw the dusky back of a beaver
a few inches under the surface, gliding out into the deep water of the river, and
before I could prepare and bring my gun into position, he was out of sight.
Nothing could have been easier, had I been prepared, than to have shot him as
he thus passed within three feet of the spot on which I stood. Thus, from too
much reliance on popular tradition of the unerring instinct of this animal, was
I prevented from adding the skin, and description, and measurements of a fresh
specimen of the beaver to the trophies of our expedition. As the beaver passed
down the stream he was seen to rise for air, abreast of our boat, by some of the
men on board. We then proceeded to unroof the house by removing the cotton-
wood branches, which covered it for several feet in thickness ; they extended
for a considerable width on each side, and covered the passage from the house
to the water ; this passage was about fourteen inches square, as neatly excava-
ted as a ditcher could have made it with a spade ; it was from twenty-five to
thirty feet long, following the scope of the bank, and ending some two or three
feet under the water. The branches were laid with their butts uppermost, and
formed a complete thatching to the house, nearly weather-proof. The house
itself was a vertical excavation into the bank, cylindrical in form and about
three and a half feet in diameter ; the slope of the bank, where it was cut, gave
it the figure of a section of a cylinder of about four feet high on the side of the
bank, and the heighth of the passage to the river, on the other, about fourteen
inches. The bottom and walls of this room were smooth and hard as though
they had been pressed or beaten, but not plastered. The circle was apparently
perfect in form. I should have said, it was rather more than half-way up the
bank. Prevost said that the house was unfinished, and that, before winter, the
whole interior earth and brush of the sides and roof would have been neatly
plastered with clay so as to render it entirely weather-proof. The quantity of
cotton-wood branches and saplings used in this structure was enormous; I
suspect the measurement would have been about three cords, or as many wagon
loads, and so closely impacted that it Wiis only after considerable labor that a
breach was made. On the bank above was the area of stump-land where they
had felled their timber, taking what was suitable from the most convenient dis-
tance. The large block presented this evening was cut from the largest log
felled ; the branches only were taken, leaving the trunk where it fell. Small
saplings were taken entire. The smaller piece, which is cut at both ends, was
the butt of a bough or sapling, which, in their attempt to drag to the bank, had
become wedged among a clump of bushes in such a manner that they could not

[May,

deological ^ li/iromelrical Section aJong rJip Jl7?,fOU2-J RlreT from Ft BeiHon to iJie Finite Riwr

=51 S ==

' " ' '^^^^'^'^^^'^^^^^~'^~''~'^''^'^^'^ ^'^^^^ r -* '

ji.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109

back it out again, owing to the resistance of tlie branches on the ground and of
other bushes, so, like the sailor who throws overboard a portion of iiis cargo to
enable him to save the rest, thej' cut oflF this piece that they might steer clear
of the difficulty with the remnant of their treasure. The chips are from the
larger specimen ; in cutting them out they must work horizontally around the
trunk, and when they have cut two grooves at the proper distance apart, they
take hold of the isolated portion with their teeth, and split off portions vertically,
and so in succession split off chips until they have girdled the tree ; a second
course is then removed from the bottom of this, and so on diminishing the size
of the chips until the tree is only supported by a portion of its heart connecting
the apices of two cones — one on the stump upright, the other on the butt of the
log inverted. In this manner, also, the Indians cut down trees with their
hatchets, leaving the same form of a cone on the but of the log and on the stump,
as their beaver neighbors have done before them.

3Iay 2QtJi.
Mr. S. Ashmead in the Chair.

The Committees to whom were referred the following papers, reported
in favor of their publication :

" Notes Explanatory of a Map and Section illustrating the geological
structure of the country bordering on the Missouri River, from the
mouth of Platte River to Fort Benton, in lat. 47" 30' N., long. 110^
30' W., by F. V. Hayden, M. D."

" Explorations under the War Department : Description of new Cre-
taceous and Tertiary Fossils collected by Dr. F. V. Hayden in Nebraska,
under the direction of Lieut. Gr. K. Warren, U. S. Top. Engineer,
with some remarks on the geology of the Upper Missouri country ; by
F. B. Meek and Dr. F. V. Hayden."

"On the Larva of Thyreus Abbotii, by J. P. Kirtland, M. D."

Explorations under the War Department.

Notes Explanatory of a Map and Section Illustrating the Geological structure
of the country bordering on the Missouri River, from the mouth of the Platte
River to Fort Benton, in lat. 47° 30' N., long. 110" 30' W.

BY P. V. HAYDEN, M. D.

(Communicated hy permission of the Secretary of War.)

The facts from which the accompanying map and section have been con-
structed, are mainly the results of three years' explorations by me in the north
west;* and although some of them have heretofore been given to the public
in brief written accounts of the geology of that country,f this is the first time
they have been presented in this form.

In regard to the Map, I would simply state that it is based on the most re-
cent topographical explorations. The geology, however, is of course not

* The geology of portions of north-eastern Kansas has been colored on this
map from information kindly furnished by Maj. F. Hawn, of Weston, Missouri,
U. S. Dep. Surveyor in that region.

For the information respecting the geology of Platte Paver valley, I am in-
debted to Mr. Henry Pratten of the Geological Survey of Illinois.

t See several papers by Mr. Meek and the writer in 8th vol. Proceed. Acad.
Nat. Sci., Philada.

1857.]

110 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

colored with that minuteness of detail attainable where a regular geological survey
has been made. It is therefore probable outliers of the Tertiary formations may
exist at a few points where the color would indicate the presence of the older
strata upon which they repose. It may also be the case that in some instan-
ces valleys have been excavated through the Tertiary so as to expose the
Cretaceous strata, at a few localities near the junction of those systems which
I have colored as Tertiary. Where any of the colors end abruptly against
black spaces, I merely mean to indicate that the formation is known to extend
that far, without pretending to say it may not occupy a greater area in that
direction.*

As meagre as this map may appear, it is hoped it will not be considered
void of interest, when it is borne in mind that it represents the geology of
a country about much of which comparatively little accurate information has
been published, and the most conflicting opinions are entertained. As an
evidence of this, it is only necessary to state that in a comparatively recent
publication issued under the sanction of the Geological Society of France,
the author, with nearly all that had been published respecting the geology
of this country before him, colors almost the whole of this area, which
is now well known to be occupied by Cretaceous and Tertiary formations, as
Triassic and Jurassic.

Respecting the section, it is perhaps only necessary for me to state, that so
far as it represents a profile of the country, it has been constructed from the
most reliable Barometrical measurements in the possession of the War Depart-
ment. The relative thickness of the various formations is given from careful
estimates, and not from actual measurements ; it is believed, however, that they
will not be found far from correct.

As a brief history of former explorations in the North West, together with
descriptions of the new fossils, are given in another place in this number of
the Proceedings, I shall here confine myself to a few general remarks respect-
ing the geological formations represented in the map and section, and leave all
details for another occasion.

The rocks of Nebraska Territory, so far as they have been determined, ap-
pear to be referrible to four of the great systems, viz. : —

I. Carboniferous. III. Tertiary.

II. Cretaceous. IV. Quaternary.

That portion of Nebraska to which my attention has been directed, forms
the area or basin drained by the upper Missouri river and its tributaries, but
more immediately to the region bordering upon the Missouri itself, commenc-
ing at the mouth of the Platte river and proceeding thence to a jjoiut near the
base of the Rocky Mountains.

System I. — Carboniferous.

Ascending the Missouri river, we have the upper members of the Car-
boniferous system, or the Coal Measures, very well exposed at the mouth of the
Platte, and extending up the river about fifty miles, where they dip beneath the
water level of the Missouri. At Florence, seven miles above Omaha city, the
bed of the river is formed of these limestones, and this is the last exposure of
them which I observed in ascending the river.

It is difficult to estimate with much accuracy the thickness of the different
beds, as the yellow marl or " Bluff Formation," a recent deposit, attains a
great thickness in this region, concealing the limestone except in a few lo-
calities.

* By some mistake of the persons employed in New York to color the map, the little
Tertiary basin at the mouth of Judith River, and several small outliers of Tertiary near
White River, are colored a much deeper yellow than the deposits of that age on other
parts of the map.

A very small exposure of Cretaceous rocks on the Yellowstone, just below the mouth
of Power River, was by a similar error left out.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. Ill

The Coal Measures, when thoroughly studied, will be found to hold an im-
portant position among the geological systems of the far West. According to the
investigations of Prof Shallow, they extend down the Missouri river to Lexing-
ton, and we may safely say that they occupy that portion of Kansas bordering
upon the river,'and for a considerable distance into the interior. We have
satisfactory evidence of their existence in the vicinity of Fort Laramie, and
also that they occupy a considerable area near Great Salt Lake, Utah Terri-
tory.

Little is, however, known of the geology of these for western regions ; our
present information consisting for the most part of isolated facts.

System II. — Cretaceous.

This system holds a very important position in the North West not only
from the vast area which it occupies, but also in consequence of_ the
number, variety, and beauty of its organic remains. The different formations,
as they appear in ascending the Missouri, hare been separated into five
divisions, presenting generally well-marked lithological differences, and for
the most part characterized by different species of fossils. I shall first speak
of Formation No. 1 of the Vertical Section, presuming, however, that from all
the information yet obtained, its geological position is not definitely determined.
Thus far the weight of evidence seems to be in favor of its belonging to the
Cretaceous System. We will consider it provisionally, therefore, as the lowest
member of the Cretaceous System in this region, and as the first of the series of
beds of that age seen in ascending the Missouri.

Formation No. 1 of Vertical Section*

In the order of superposition, Formation No. 1 rests directly upon the true
limestones of the Coal Measures before referred to. Its first exposure seen
along the Missouri is at Wood's Bluffs, right bank, about eighty miles above
the mouth of the Platte, and it dips beneath the water level of the Missouri,
a few miles below the mouth of the Vermilion. Its general character is a
coarse grained, friable sandstone, very ferruginous, of a yellow or reddish
yellow color, with thin beds of impure lignite aud various colored claj-. It con-
tains very few fossils, mostly of the genera Solm, Cyprina and Peclitnculm, also
fossil wood, and numerous impressions of dicotyledonous leaves, similar to the
common willow. Its entire thickness is estimated at ninety to one hundred
feet, but it may be more. The relation which I suppose this formation holds
to one of a similar character near the mouth of the Judith river will be noticed
hereafter.

Formation No. 2 of Vertical Section.

This Formation is first revealed in thin outliers below the mouth of Big
Sioux river, and on that stream six miles above its mouth it caps the Bluffs,
apparently mingling to some extent with the succeeding bed, and containing
at this locality large numbers of Inoceramus problemaiicus and fragments of
fishes. Near the mouth of Iowa creek and above, it shows itself worthy of
a separate position in the series. It is composed of a dark leaden gray laminated
plastic clay, containing few fossils, but great quantities of the sulphate of lime in
crystals, assuming a variety of beautiful forms. Its greatest thickness is
seen five miles below the mouth of James river. At Dorion's Hills it is seen
at low water mark. Entire thickness estimated at ninety feet. Fossils,
Ammonites, Inoceramus, Cytheria, Serpula, Oslrea and abundant fish remains.

Formation No, 3 of Vertical Section.
The geographical distribution of this formation and its influence on the
scenerj- render it one of the most interesting on the Missouri. It is first seen
in thin outliers near the mouth of Big Sioux river, and becomes quite con-

* See Vertical Section in a paper by F. B. Meek and F. V. Hayden, in
this number of the Proceedings of the Academy.

1857.]

112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

spicuous on the summits of the Bluffs ten miles above Iowa creek. At Dori-
on's Hills it reaches to the water's edge and is the prevailing formation from
thence to the foot of the Great Bend, where it passes by a gentle dip beneath
the water level of the Missouri. At Dorion's Hills there is a fine section of
this bed about eighty feet exposed above the water's edge, containing its
most abitndant and characteristic fossil, Ostrea congesta. In many places, as
opposite the mouth of Running Water, it assumes the form of a long series of
precipitous bluffs, giving a pleasing variety to the general monotony of the
scenery. This is one of the principal characteristic external features of this
formation.

The upper portions of this rock is a yellowish and gray calcareous marl, very
soft and yielding, so that it is easily cut up into numerous ravines by the
temporary streams, and thus the bluffs along the Missouri often present the
appearance of a seriesof cones split from apex to base. The lower stratum,
however, is more com2)act and forms a soft bluish gray limestone.

Though so well developed and covering so wide an area, the middle and
upper portions, at least, of this rock can never be made useful for building pur-
poses. Quite soft and friable in places, when detached, it absorbs moisture
rapidly and crumbles in pieces. Being a rich calcareous marl, it may be used
at some future time as a fertilizer.

The fossils of this formation, though belonging to few species, so far as is
yet known, are numerous in individuals. A species of oyster (0. congesta)
is found in great quantities throughout the bed, and in localities Inoceramiis
problematicus is abundant. Fish remains, though consisting mostly of scales
and obscure fragments, are disseminated throughout the deposit, several species
of which have already been identified and described by Dr. Leidy. Entire
thickness of this bed about one hundred and fifty feet.

Xear First Cedar island, a very singular bed makes its appearance super-
imposed on No. 3, which we shall consider as probably forming a local upper
member of that formation. It extends up the Missouri river to a point near
the Great Bend, a distance of about eighty miles. Lithologically it is a dull
black, unctuous clay, destitute of any grit, and does not effervesce with an
acid. It contains some carbonaceous matter and great quantities of Selenite
in crystals.

Formation No. 4 of Vertical Section.

This Formation is the most important one in the Cretaceous System
of the North West, not only in regard to its thickness and its geographi-
cal distribution, but also in its influence on the topographical features
of the country. It is only second in interest to the succeeding bed in the
number, beauty and variety of its organic remains. Commencing about ten
miles above the mouth of James river, where it is seen only in their outliers
capping the distant hills or bluff's, it continues gradually assuming a greater
thickness as we ascend the Missouri until reaching the Great Bend, where it mo-
nopolizes the whole region, giving to the country underlaid by it a most gloomy
and sterile aspect. At the Great Bend it attains a thickness of two hundred
feet, and continues to occupy the country bordering on the Missouri to the
mouth of Grand river, where, in consequence of the dip of the strata, it passes
gradually beneath the water level of the river.

After dipping beneath the water level between Grand and Cannon Ball
rivers, this formation again rises to the surface about thirty miles below the
mouth of Milk river, (far up towards the sources of the Missouri,) by a reversed
dip of the strata from beneath the northern portion of the Great Lignite Basin,
as will be seen by reference to the section on the map. Near the mouth of
the Muscle Shell river it occupies the whole country for a distance of about
eighty miles, and thins out upon the tops of the hills near the mouth of the
Judith river.

On the Yellow Stone I observed Formation No. 4 in but one locality, about
eighty miles above the mouth of that river. It does not attain a great thick-

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 118

nes3, and is probably a ridge left after the denudation of the Cretaceous strata
previous to the deposition of the Tertiary. Neither the Cretaceous beds,
uor the Tertiary that overlie them, exhibit in this vicinity any evidences of
upheaval. The Cretaceous strata here have an extent of only about eight
miles, and arc exposed only along the banks cut by the river, yet in that space
they reveal the remains of marine mollusca in a profusion which I have seen
in no other locality. The whole thickness exposed on the Yellow Stone does
not exceed twenty-five feet above the water level, and the distant hills on
either side are composed of Tertiary beds. At this locality the fossils show a
complete blending of this and the succeeding bed, in the ascending series.

We will now return to White or Smoking Earth river below Fort Pierre, and
trace this formation into the interior of tliat interesting region. Passing up the
valley of White river, we find it occupying the country bordering upon that stream
for about fifty miles above its mouth. Near this point outliers of the White river
Tertiary Basin begin to cover the highland, and No. 4 is seen along the river
for about twenty miles farther, when it is concealed by Tertiary strata. The
intervening country east and north east of the Bad Lands to the Shyenne river.
a distance of one hundred and fifty miles, is for the most part underlaid by
this bed, except an extension of Fox Ridge, to the sources of the Teton river,
which is composed of Formation No. 5 of the Vertical Section. The extensive
area drained by the Shyenne river is composed of No. 4, excepting tlie sources
of a few of its tributaries. Sage and Bear' creeks take their rise in the "White
river Tertiary Basin, but flow mostly through this Formation, revealing large
quantities of Cretaceous fossils. A few small tributaries have their origin in
the Fox Ridge, and Cherry river has its source in the Lignite Tertiary Basin,
near the head waters of the Little Missouri.

lu summing up the extent of country underlaid by this great formation, we
find that south of the Lignite Basin, it occupies an area of two hundred
miles in length and one hundred in breath, or twenty thousand square miles.
North of the Great Lignite Basin, commencing at its first appearance near Milk
river, we find it covering an area of two hundred miles in length and sixty in
breadth, or about twelve thousand square miles. I have been thus particular
in estimating its approximate limits and extent of surface on account of its
influence on the future destiny of that region. Wherever this deposit prevails
it renders the country more completely sterile than any other geological
formation I have seen in the nortli-west. We see from the above estimate
that it renders barren over thirty thousand square miles of the valley of the
Missouri.

The fossils of this formation are too numerous to mention in detail. The
upper and lower members appear to be exceedingly fossiliferous, while the
intervening portions of considerable thickness contain only a few imperfect
,specimens of Cephalopoda and the bones oi Mosasatirus missouriensis. The entire
thickness of this formation may be estimated at about three hundred and fifty
feet.

Formation No. 5 of Vertical Section.

This very interesting bed, though diff'ering lithologicallj' from the preceding
one, contains many of the same species of fossils. It is worthy, however, of a
distinct position in the series, not only from its extent, thickness and difference
of composition, but also from the more favorable influence that it exerts upon
the country underlaid by it. In ascending the Missouri river it first makes its
appearance near the mouth of Grand river, about one hundred and fifty miles
above Fort Pierre. Near Butte aux Gres it becomes quite conspicuous, acquir-
ing a thiclcness of eighty or one hundred feet, and containing great quantities
of organic remains. Here it forms an extension of what is called Fox Ridge,
a series of high hills having a northeast and southwest course, crossing the
Missouri river into Minnesota at this point. Its north eastern limits I have
not ascertained. In its south western extension it continues for a considerable
distance nearly parallel with the Missour' osses the Moreau river about

1857.]

114 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

thirty miles above its mouth, then forms a high dividing ridge between the
Moreau and Shyenne rivers, at -which locality it first took its name. Con-
tinuing thence its south westerly course, it crosses the Shyenne, and is seen
again in its full thickness at the heads of Opening creek and Teton river, form-
ing a high ridge from which tributaries of the Shyenne and Teton take their
rise. The little streams flowing into the Shyenne have a north westerly course,
while those emptying into the Teton take a south easterly direction. We thus
find that this bed underlies an area of about two hundred miles in length and
fifty miles in breadth, or about ten thousand square miles.

The general character of Formation No. 5 is a yellow arenaceous and
argillaceous grit, containing much ferruginous matter, and in localities a
profusion of Molluscous fossils. It forms a much more fertile soil, more
healthy and luxuriant vegetation, sustains a finer growth of timber than
Formation No. 4, and abounds in springs of good water.

Like No. 4, this bed yields in the greatest abundance quite perfect and well
preserved organic remains. Many of the species approximate so closely to
Tertiary forms, that did we not find them everywhere associated with Am-
monites, Scaphites and other genera which are not known to have existed later
than the Cretaceous epoch, we should at once pronounce the formation in
which they occur Tertiary. The whole thickness of this bed is estimated at
one hundred to one hundred and fifty feet.

System III. — Tertiary.

This system occupies an extensive area in the country bordering on the
Missouri valley. Its wide geographical distribution, its influence upon the
topographical features of the country, the mixed and somewhat peculiar cha-
racter of its organic remains, render its study of the highest interest to the geolo-
gist and palasontologist. It seems to occupy depressions in the Cretaceous strata,
as is shown in the illustrative section. I shall speak of this sj'stem on the
Upper Missouri as they occur, or as three distinct basins, the intervening por-
tions being occupied by rocks, which, as far as has been determined, belong
to the Cretaceous epoch.

The Basins of this systems are as follows : —

1st. — Les Mauvaises Terres, or Bad Lands of White river, which with their
outliers occupy an area of from two hundred to two hundred and fifty miles
in length and one hundred to one hundred and fifty in bi-eadth. Exact limits
not yet ascertained.

2nd. — The Great Lignite Basin, commencing near the mouth of Cannon
Ball river and extending nearly to the mouth of the Muscle Shell river, a
distance of about six hundred miles. I have traced this formation up the
Yellow Stone to the mouth of the Big Horn river, a distance of three hundred
miles. Its limits have not been ascertained in several directions.

Zrd. — The Bad Lands of the Judith river, which occupy an area of forty miles
in length and fifteen to thirty in breadth, reposing upon a sandstone, the age of
which has not been positively determined.

Basin \st. — Bad Lands of White River.
This most remarkable lacustrine deposit has been comparatively but recently
made known to the scientific world. Wondierfnl not alone for its unique scenery,
but also for the abundance and importance of its organic remains. Even as yet it
has been but partially explored, and yet the results that have been obtained
have proved of the highest interest. The profusion of Mammalian and Chclo-
niau remains contained in this deposit of species and in most cases genera,
though closely allied yet differ from all known living forms, which must render
it, when fully explored and studied, classic ground to the geologist and pal;^-
ontologist. A history of the progress of its exploration up to 1853, with
elaborate descriptions of many of its organic remains, may be found in a
magnificent memoir entitled " The Ancient Fauna of Nebraska," written by
t'rof. Joseph Leidy, and published by the Smithsonian Institution.

[May,

NATUBAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115

la their lithological characters these deposits differ very materially from
those of the two succeeding basins, being composed of Avhitish clays and
calcareous and siliceous marls and grits, and entirely destitute, so far as
known, of any vegetable remains, except very rare fragments of silicified wood.
It is chiefly remarkable as being a vast deposit in which were entombed im-
mense numbers of Mammalian and Chelonian animals, for the beauty and
perfection with which their bones have been preserved, and its unique scenery.
The few Molluscous fossils which have been found, show most conclusively its
purely fresh water origin, being confined to the genera Ilclix, I'lanorbis,
Limnea, c^-c. We have also at this time very conclusive evidence that it belongs
to the Miocene age.*

The main body of the Bad Lands of White river covers an area of about one
hundred miles in length and fifty to sixty in breadth, and it is that portion
chiefly which is represented on the map. We have satisfactory evidence,
however, from its outliers, that it once occupied a very much larger area, and
that it has been removed by denudation. In the section it is represented
l)y Big Ox and Medicine Hills, these localities revealing the only indications
of it along the Missouri river. We have also evidence of its existence to a
greater or less extent throughout the valley of the Running Water, also that it
covers large portions of the country bordering upon the Platte, especially on
its North Fork, and a much larger space might be colored on the map, but we
have preferred to let it represent what is now known with considerable pre-
cision, and wait for the results of future labors to render our knowledge more
complete.

Basin 2nd. — Great Lignite Deposit.

This basin occupies a more extensive geographical area on the Missouri than
that of the other two united. It has been known since the expedition of
Lewis and Clark that a vast formation existed on the Upper Missouri, con-
taining Lignite, &c. Information of a like nature has been published by
former explorers since that time, but without details of its lithological cha-
racters or collection of its fossils that would enable us to determine its age or
extent. The collections of fossils now obtained show most conclusively that it
possesses the mixed character of a fresh water and estuary deposit, and that it
cannot be older than the Miocene period. It is composed mostly of clays, sands,
sandstone and lignites, and has already yielded numerous animal as well as
vegetable fossils of great perfection and beauty. It is chiefly remarkable,
however, for the evidence that it reveals to us of the variety and luxuriance of
the flora of that period. In this respect it differs more especially from the
other two deposits.

The extent of country known to be occupied by this basin I have estimated
at four hundred miles in length and one hundred and fifty in width, or about
sixty thousand square miles. We thus come to an approximate idea of the
immense area occupied by this formation, though I am satisfied that when
it is thoroughly studied it will be found that the above estimate is much too
low.

Basin 3rd. — Bad Lands of ike Judith.

This exceedingly interesting deposit occupies a depression in a sandstone
formation which rises to the water level at the mouth of Little Rocky Mountain
creek from beneath the well-known Cretaceous bed No. 4 of the Vertical Sec-
tion. It presents perhaps the most rugged scenery on the Missouri river, the
denudation and erosion having been much greater than at the Bad Lands of

* See a paper by Prof. Leidy in the Proceedings of the Academy for March, 1857, also
the succeeding paper by F. B. Meek and F. V. Hayden, in this number of the Proceed-
ings.

1857.]

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

AVhite river. But the most remarkable feature of this basin is the wonderful
disturbance of the strata. So much are the beds disturbed and blended to-
gether by forces acting from beneath, that it seems almost hopeless to obtain
a section showing with perfect accuracy the order of superposition of the
different strata.

The lignite beds throiighout this basin, though well marked, are of so earthy
a character as to have ignited spontaneously in but few places. Indeed the
impurity of the lignite forms the most essential lithological difference between
this deposit and the Great Lignite Basin below Fort Union. In some places
metamorphic rocks have been thrown up through the entire thickness of the
strata. Some remarks upon the age of this deposit will be found in a suc-
ceeding paper by F. B. Meek and the writer.

Formation No. 1 ? of tee General Section,
As seen near the mouth of Judith river.

Although the formation of which I am about to speak has already revealed
many important facts, the organic contents of its strata differ so materially
from those of any other with which I am acquainted in the North West, that
we are unable to fix with certainty its position in the geological scale.
From its lithological characters we may refer it to No. 1 of Vertical Section, no
difference being seen more than would be expected from their widely sepa-
rated geographical positions. These facts have already been published in the
Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, from which I
extract the following paragraph :*

" In our section of the Nebraska formations, given in a paper published in
the 8th vol. of the Proceedings of the Academy, page 63, it will be remembered
we placed provisionally the beds of sandstone and clay composing formation
No. 1, seen at the Mouth of Big Sioux river and below there, along with the
Cretaceous strata, stating at the same time that they were not positively
known to belong to that system. We still think it barely possible these
beds may be older than Cretaceous, though if represented, as we think they
are, by similar beds seen holding about the same position near the mouth of
Judith river, far up towards the sources of the Missouri, we must either refer
them to the Cretaceous system, or admit the introduction of the genus Baculites
before that epoch, as we have fragments of a small species of that genus from
the Judith river beds. At the same time it should be borne in mind that
these strata at the last named locality are characterized by a group of fossils
remarkably distinct from those in the rocks above, and that one species be-
longs to the genus Ilettangia, a type of bivalves, not known to occur, in the
old world, in more modern formations than those of the age of the Lias. If not
older than Cretaceous, we think, from these facts, as well as from the strati-
graphical position of these beds, they probably represent some of the older-
members of that system."

Although all our information as yet obtained respecting this sandstone
formation is obscure, we have indications that when thoroughly studied, it
will prove one of the most important and widely distributed in the far West.
From all the evidence I can obtain after a careful study and compai'ison of
these beds, with the minute descriptions of Sir John Richardson, and still later
those of Mr. Isbister, I am led to believe, with some confidence, that this forma-
tion is but a southern extension of the great lignite formations mentioned by
those gentlemen as stretching along the eastern slope of the Rocky Mountains,
far northward to the Arctic sea. Though, as suggested in a former paper by
Mr. Meek and me, some of these lignite deposits in the north western portions
of the British possessions may belong to the Tertiary epoch.

* See a paper by F. B. Meek and F. V. Hayden, in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. November
1856

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PUILADELPHIA. 117

Explorations cmdee the War Department.

Descriptions of new Species and Genera of Fossils, collected by Dr. F. V. Hayden
in Nebraska Territory, under the direction of Lieut. G. K. Warren, U. S.
Topographical Engineer ; with some remarks on the Tertiary and Cretaceous
formations of the north-west, and the parallelism of the latter with those
of other portions of the United States and Territories.

BY P. B. MEEK and P. V. HAYDEN, M. D.
(Communicated by permission of the Secretary of War.)

Most of the fossils, and many of the notes and memoranda upon -which this
paper is based, although collected previous to the presentation of our last com-
munication to the Academy, arrived in the States since that paper was in print.
Consequently, we have now not only the means of adding many new and in-
teresting species to the list of ancient moUusca previously knoAvn from Nebraska,
but the late explorations of Lieut. Warren have also brought to light some
additional information in regard to its general geology, which we have embodied
in the following remarks.

Before presenting these facts and conclusions, justice to former explorers re-
quires that we should at least give a brief statement of the results of such
expeditions as have contributed to the development of the geology of this region.

The first reliable accounts we have of the general physical characters of the
upper Missouri country, were given to the world in the report of Lewis and
Clark's expedition to the Columbia in 1804—5—6. The explorations of these
gentlemen, in addition to bringing out a large amount of information of a dif-
ferent character, established the fiict of the occurrence of Cretaceous rocks at
the Great Bend of the Missouri below Fort Pierre, and of the existence of what
was supposed to be " stone coal" (Lignite,) in the Mandan country. Various
beds of clay, sand, sandstone, &c., were mentioned in their report, but without
any suggestions respecting their age.

In 1832, the Prince of Neu Wied and party also ascended the Missouri to its
sources ; and the results of his explorations, embodying a great amount of
highly interesting information respecting the geography, natural history, &c.,
of the country explored, has been published in the form of a large quarto
volume, accompanied by a magnificent folio atlas of plates, illustrating the
scenery of the country, and the manners and customs of its native tribes, in a
style of art rarely equalled on this side of the Atlantic. Respecting the geology
of the country, however, the Prince's expedition added little of importance be-
yond the discovery of Mosasaurus Missouricnsis, to the results of Lewis and
Clark's expedition.*

Mr. Nicollet, the well known Geographer, visited this country in 1839, as-
cending the Missouri to Fort Pierre, and making on his way up a fine collection
of Cretaceous fossils at the Great Beud.f Although passing rapidly through
the country, he formed a tolerably correct idea of its geology, and gave in his
report a vertical section of the Cretaceous rock seen below Fort Pierre, which
is correct, excepting that he seems to have had no knowledge of No. 2, and as
we think, without sufficient reason, represented two of the subdivisions of No. 3
as distinct formations ; No- 1 he appears to have referred to the carboniferous
system. As he did not go above Fort Pierre, he probably Saw nothing of No. 5,
though some of its characteristic fossils were presented to him by gentlemen
connected with the Fur company.

♦The Prince lost nearly all of his gco'ogical specimens by the burning of the Far
Company's steam boat.

f Th. se, togetiiei with others given to him at Fort Pierre, were inTPstigated by Dr,
Morton, and pubUshed in the Jour. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philada., Vol. 8, p. 207.

1857.] 9

118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

la 1843, Mr. Edward Harris, who accompanied the distinguished Ornitholo-
gist Audubon to the mouth of Yellowstone River, brought back specimens from
various localities along the Missouri River, some of which verified the state-
ments of former explorers, while others gave evidence of the existence of a fresh-
water formation near Fort Union.

At various times after this, specimens of mammalian remains were brought
iu by gentlemen connected with the American Fur Company, indicating the ex-
istence of an interesting tertiary deposit on White River; the first account of
which was published by Dr. H. A. Prout, of St. Louis, in the American Journal
of Science, 1847.

In 1849, Dr. John Evans, one of Dr. Owen's assistants in the geological survey
of the Chippeway Land District, was sent by that gentleman on an expedition
to the Mau,vaises Terres of White River, and brought back a fine collection of
Mammaliaa and Chelonian remains, which w^re investigated by Prof. Leidy, of
Philadelphia. He also collected at the Great Bend, Sage Creek, and Fox Hills,
many interesting Cretaceous fossils, which were investigated by Dr. D. D. Owen,
and published in his final report in 1852. Dr. Evans' observations, embracing a
section of the Bad Lands, together with a deseription of their physical features,
were also published in this report.

In the following year Mr. Thaddeus A. Culbertson visited the Upper Missouri
country under the auspices of the Smithsonian Institution, during which expe-
dition he collected some interesting vertebrate remains from the White River
formations. He also ascended the Missouri on the Fur Company's boat to a
point above Fort Union, noting the character of the face of the country, and the
occurrence of lignite beds at various localities.

In the spring of 1853, Dr. Evans again visited this country incidentally, while
on his way to Oregon Territory, in the geological survey of which he was en-
gaged, uuder the patronage of the general government. During this expedition
he made another extensive collection of vertebrate remains, and some fresh-
water mollusca at the Bad Lands of White River, as well as some interesting
Cretaceous fossils from Sage Creek. The mammalian remains of this expedition
were studied by Prof. Leidy, and the other fossils by Dr. Evans and Dr. Shu-
mard, and published in the Proceedings of the Acad. Nat. Sc. at Philadelphia,
and the Acad. Sciences of St. Louis.

At the same time (1853) the writers of this paper were employed by Prof.
James Hall, of Albany, N. Y., to visit the Bad Lands of White River, for the
purpose of making a collection of the Tertiary and Cretaceous fossils of that
region. This expedil^ion brought back an extensive and interesting collection
of vertebrate remains from the Bad Lands, and of Cretaceous fossils from Sage
Creek, as well as from the Great Bend and other localities along the Missouri
below Fort Pierre. The first were investigated by Prof. Leidy, and published in
the Proceedings of the Acad. Nat. Sc. at Philadelphia; and the latter by Prof.
Hall and one of the writers,* and published in the Transactions Acad. Arts and
Sciences, Boston.

In this latter paper a brief vertical section of the rocks seen during the expe-
dition, and a complete list of all the mollusca then known from the Cretaceous
and Tertiary rocks of that country, were given. The fact that the fossils charac-
terizing the Cretaceous formations of Texas and New Mexico belong to different
types from those occurring in the northwest, was also in this paper made
known for the first time, in the following words : "Among all the collections
made in Texas by Dr. Roemer and others, and of all those brought by the
, Boundary Survey Expedition, and other surveying and exploring parties, which
we have seen, there is but a single species which we regard as doubtfully identi-
cal with one from Nebraska. This is Inoceranms Barabini, Morton, (I. Crispii,
Mantell (?) )."

A summary of the leading results of this expedition, throwing light upon

*Mr. Meek.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 119

the general geology of the country, its soil, scenery, &c., was likewise given to
the public by Prof. Hall, in an interesting paper read before the American
Association for the Advancement of Science, at the Providence meeting.

Subsequent to all these expeditions, one of the writers* again visited Ne-
braska, and spent two years in traversing various portions of that country ; part of
which time he was aided by Col. A. J. Vaughan, Indian agent, and afterwards
by Mr. Alexander Culbertson, and other gentlemen of the American Fur Com-
pany. During this expedition he explored the Missouri to the vicinity of Fort
Benton, and the Yellow Stone to the mouth of Big Horn River. Also consider-
able portions of the Bad Lands of White river, and other districts not immedi-
ately bordering on the Missouri. The vertebrate remains collected by him, as
may be seen by reference to the various papers by Prof. Leidy in the Proceed-
ings of the Academy, embrace a larger number of species than all those previ-
ously known from that country, many of which belong to new and remarka-
ble genera. Large collections of mollusca were also obtained from the Creta-
ceous and Tertiary formations, and have since been published by us, together
with remarks on the general geology of the country, in a series of papers in the
Proceedings of the Academy Nat. Sc. Phila. Vol. viii.

Again, in 1856, the same one of the writers returned to that country in con-
nection with a government expedition under the direction of Lieut. G. K. War-
ren. The new Cretaceous and Tertiary invertebrate remains, together with the
new facts in regard to the geology of the country, collected by this expedition,
form the basis of this paper.

Up to the publication of our first paper, about fifty-six new species of
Cretaceous and Tertiary mollusca had been published from Nebraska, by Drs.
Morton, Owen, Evans and Shumard, and by Prof. Hall and one of the writers.
Since that time, sixteen additional new species have been published by Drs.
Evans and Shumard, making in all seventy-two species hitherto published by
others from that country. Our own investigations (including those here described)
have made known one hundred and fifty new species, and two new genera,
many of the former of which also belong to types not hitherto recognized in
this country. Of these one hundred and fifty species, fifty-four (if we include
the Judith River, freshwater and estuary species) belong to the Tertiary system,
and ninety-six to the Cretaceous. Fifty of the Tertiary species belong to fresh
water and land types, and four to genera inhabiting salt and brackish waters ;
being about four-fifths of all the land and freshwater Tertiary species hitherto
made known from American formations. The geological position, and vertical
range of all our new species, and several of those published by others from the
north-west, as well as a number of the well known and widely distributed forms
such as Scaphites Conradi, Ammonites lobatvs, A. placenta, Nautilus Dekayi, In-
oceramiis problemaiicus, Mosasaurus Missotiriensis,f ^c.,have been determined with
considerable accuracy ; so that we have now the means of tracing out the
parallelism between these deposits and their equivalents in other countries.

In a general vertical section of the Nebraska formations given in a paper com-
municated by us to the Academy in November last, it will be remembered, we
represented the White river Tertiary formations as on a parallel with the Eocene,
or oldest member of that system. In doing this we merely followed the pub-
lished views of others, without intending to give it as the expression of an
opinion based on any of our own investigations : as all the organic remains yet
found in that basin, with the exception of a few freshwater shells described by

* Dr. Hayden.

tin a section of the Nebraska formntions accompanying the last paper communicated
by us to the Academy, we gave as the position in which the remains of Mosasnurus occur
in the north west, the upper part of No. 5. This was in consequence of erroneoui
infonnanon in regard to the locality from which the specimens given to the Prince of Neu
Wied were obtained. The locality (at the Great Bend of Missouri) has since been visited
by one of us, and many specimens obtained ; they occupy a horizon about the middle
of No. 4 of the section.

1857.]

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Drs. Evans and Shumard, belong to the vertebrata, and are consequently oat
of our line of investigation.

During the later explorations in that region, facts were observed tending
to throw doubt upon the conclusion that these formations belong to the
Eocene epoch. Among other facts of this nature, we would mention that a
friable sandstone seen crowning some of the hills near Moreau River, in which
specimens of a Cyrena described in one of our former papers (6'. Moreauensis)
and Ostrea sublrigonalis (E. & S.,) were found associated with large bones sup-
posed to be those of Titanotherium^ and which bed we had regarded as probably
a distant outlier of the White river formations, was found to be the same as
the lowest bed of the Great Lignite basin extending far to the northward.

Now as the Tilanotherium bed of the White river basin is the oldest member of
that series, it must be manifest if the species of the Tilanotherium occurring
Rt these two localities are really identical, we must either admit the remains
of that animal had a great vertical range, which is not the case in the White
River deposits, or suppose these two basins are nearly or quite exactly on
a parallel.

In addition to the foregoing, some Miocene deposits seen crowning the sum-
mits of hills on the east side of the Missouri, near the mouth of White River,
were traced by a series of outliers up the valley of the latter stream, to where
they were found to pass into the upper part of the well known Mauvaises Terres,
extending towards the sources of that stream, and which have furnished so many
interesting vertebrate remains.

After comparing and discussing these facts we suspected that the whole of
the White River basin might be more properly of Miocene than Eocene age, and
upon glancing over D'Orbigny's tables showing the vertical range of the
various genera of fossil vertebrata, and consulting Picktets Traite de Palceon-
tologie, we observed that several of the old genera to which Dr. Leidy refers the
White River Mammalia are regarded in the Old World as characteristic of
the Miocene epoch. These enquiries, however, being out of our line of
investigation, we wrote Prof. Leidy, the distinguished comparative anatomist of
Philadelphia, who has so ably investigated all the vertebrate remains hithert<^>
brought from Nebraska, stating our doubts and suspicions respecting the age of
these deposits, and requesting him to examine very carefully the large water-
worn bones from Moreau and Grand Rivers, occurring in what we knew to be
the lowest bed of the Lignite basin, and to inform us if he was quite satisfied
they are identical with Titanotherium Prouti ; also making enquiries respecting
the Eocene or Aliocene affinities of the various new genera of Mammalia
described from the Bad Lands of White River by him. Since that time we were
much gratified to learn from Prof. Leidy that as much as three or four weeks
previous to the reception of our letter, he had arrived at the conclusion, from
purely palasontological evidence, that the White River deposits must belong 1«
the Miocene epoch.

Prof. Leidy has presented his views in regard to the Miocene affinities of the
vertebrata from the White River formations, in some interesting remarks ac-
companying a complete catalogue of all the organic remains described by him
from Nebraska, recently read before the Academy ; a copy of which he has
kindly placed in our hands in advance of the regular issue of the Proceedings.
From these remarks we extract the following in reference to the fossils from
the Wliite River basin :

" Oreodon, Agriochoerus Pcebroiherium, Leptomeryx, Leptauchenia, Protom&ryx^
Merycodus Titanotherium, Leptochaerus, Hyracodon, Merychippus, Ischyromys, Pa-
Imolagits, Eumys, Dinictis and Leptarctus, are peculiar, extinct mammalian genera,
from the Tertiary formations of Nebraska, which have heretofore been generally
viewed as belonging to the Eocene period, but from their affinities, the asso-
ciated genera, and the absence of others so common in the Eocene deposits of
Europe, I suspect rather belong to the Miocene period. The first seven genera
above mentioned are true ruminants, with teeth constructed upon the same type

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121

a3 those of living ruminants ; a type which is not found in the Tertiary deposit.^
of Europe and Asia, earlier than the Miocene period.

Entelodon Palceochcerus, Rhinoceros, llipparion, Sleneojiber, Amphicyon, and Ma-
ckairodus, are common to the Nebraska Tertiary deposits and to the Miocene and
later Tertiary deposits of Europe ; and they have not been found in the Eocene
formations of the latter continent.

Of tlie genera Anchitherium, ITyopotamus and Hymnodon species are found
common to the Nebraska Tertiary deposits and the European Eocene and Mio-
cene deposits.

Remains of P.rloiolherium, Anoplothrrium and Lophiodon, so common in the
Eocene formations of Europe, are entirely absent from the Nebraska Tertiary
formations.

Titanotherium of Nebraska most nearly approaches the Miocene Chaliocotherium
of Europe and Asia.

The rodents hchyromys, -Palmolagus and Eumys, most closely approach the
Arctomyx, Lrpus and Muh of European Miocene and later deposits.

Very numerous remains of Tcstudo are found in association with the Nebraska
Tertiary mammals ; and extinct species of the same genus belong generally to
the Miocene and later deposits of Europe."

From all the foregoing facts, the Miocene age of these White River formations
may, we think, be regarded as established, both by paloeontological and strati-
graphical evidence. There are, however, many points of interest in regard to
the exact parallelism of these deposits with those of the Great Lignite basin,
yet unsettled. If it be true that the large bones previously referred to in both
basins, do really belong to the same species of animal, it would seem, from the
fact that they occur in the lowest bed of each, that the two basins are not
merely both Miocene, but exactly on a parallel. If so, it is very difficult to
account for the fact that, out of the numerous organic remains hitherto found
in the two deposits, not a single species, excepting Titanotherium Prouti* should
be common to both ; especially when we bear in mind the fact that the two
basins approach to within forty or fifty miles of each other.

It is true, several of the Mollusca occurring in the bone bed, or lowest stratum
of the Lignite basin, belong to genera only found in salt or brackish waters,
and that none but terrestrial and fresh-water types have yet been found in any
part of the White River deposits ; thus indicating that one is a lacustrine for-
mation, and the other an estuary deposits ; conditions, it is true, not very favor-
able to the existence of the same species of mollusca, but hardly sufficient, we
think, to account for the fact that all the shells hitherto collected from the lig-
nite formations are not merely different species from those described by Drs.
Evans and Shumard, from the White River beds, but belong to slightly different
types.

The entire absence, so far as we yet know, of the fossil plants occurring in
such great abundance in the Lignite formations, in those of the White River
basin, is also worthy of note ; while the lithological differences between the two
deposits are well marked. The latter point of difference will be more obvious
on comparing the following section of the Lignite formations taken by one of
U3,f at a locality thirteen miles above Fort Clark, on the right bank of the Mis-
souri, with the section of the Bad Lands of White River, as given by Dr. Evans
in Dr. Owen's Report, page 200.

* Since the«e remarks were communicated to the Academy, we have been informed by
Prof. Leidy that he now rather suspects the large bones here alluded to belong to a huge
Dinosanrian described by him from these beds, under the name of Thespesius.
He further states that he had merely referred them provisionally lo Titanotherium Prouti.
from their great size, as none of them he has yet seen show even the articulating ex-
tremities.

t Dr. Hayden.

1857.]

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Section of Tertiary beds thirteen miles above Fort Clark.

30 feet.

Ferruginous sandy marl passing downwards into variegated
argillaceous grits.

B 2 inches. ( Heara of impure reddish lignite.

C 10 to 12
feet.

Yellowish-gray friable grit, with numerous argillaceous con
cretions in horizontal layers, containing beautiful impressions of
leaves, like those of PIqtanus, Acer, Ulmus, &c.

;D i 3 inches | Seam of lignite, very much mixed with clay and sand.

E

10 feet.

Yellowish-gray grit, very friable, and containing argillaceous
concretions charged with leaves of same species of plants as above

F I 3 inches, j tSeam of earthy lignite

15 feet.

Yellow and drab clay and friable sandstone, containing argil-
laceous concretions with remains of plants like those above.

H I 4 inches. | Dark reddish earthy lignite.

20 feet.

Yellow arenaceous grit — very friable — no fossils seen.

15 feet.

Alternations of lignite and clay. This bed is variable in thick-
ness, as well as in the proportions of the materials, at different
localities.

Heavy-bedded gray and ferruginous friable sandstone, con-
40 feet. taining Melania Nebrascensis, Paludina muUilineaia, Bulimus Urn-
aeiformis, Corbula mactriformis, &c. &c.

L

2 feet.

Seam of impure lignite.

M

4 feet.

Gray argillaceous friable grit.

^

2 feet.

Lignite — purest in the section.

0

6 feet.

Bluish-gray clay, slightly arenaceous.

P

2 feet.

Rather pure lignite.

Q

Gray Gomi)act, or somewhat friable concretionary sandstone.

The bed Q of this section is here only seen at low stages of the river, and then
but a few feet of it is exposed above the water line. Near Long Lake, however

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 123

and on the Moreau, the entire bed is exposed, and attains a thickness of about
thirty feet. At these latter localities it is seen to repose directly upon No. 5, or
the most recent member of the Cretaceous system of the north-west, the upper
part of which it so nearly resembles in iis lithological characters that ihe line
of demarkation betweeu the two can often be only ascertained by the organic
remains characterizing: each. This fact, together with the general resemblance
of many of the fossils found in the upper part of No. 5 of our general section to
Tertiary types, would have caused us to doubt the propriety of referring this
part of that bed to the Cretaceous epoch, were it not for the presence of Scaj)h-
ites Conradi, and other well marked Cretaceous forms.

From the estuary character of the fossils found in the bed Q of the last sec-
tion, {Ci/rena, Oslrca, Melania, &c.,) and the absence of Cretaceous forms, we
think there can be little room to question the propriety of referring it to the
Tertiary system. The question, however, in regard to its exact position in that
system may yet be regarded as a little doubtful, but the weight of evidence is
on the side of the conclusion tliat it is Miocene. This conclusion is also borne ,
out or strengthened by the general relations at other localities between this
bed and those above, in which Miocene fossils occur.

The preceding section, although not representing all the beds of the great
Lignite basin, (there being some higher beds seen at other localities,) gives a
correct idea of the composition and general structure of these deposits,* and
shows how remarkably they differ in their lithological characters from those
of the White River basin, in which fine white argillaceous material so largely
predominates, and no lignite or remains of plants have been found.

Of the age of the fresh-water and Estuary deposits seen near the mouth of
Judiih River, we have refrained from the expression of any very decided opinion,
in consequence of the fact that they appear to be mingled by upheavals with a
series of sandstones, clays, lignite, &c., which we think belong to the same
epoch as No. 1 of our general section. Amongst some of the collections inves-
tigated by us from these Judith River estuary and fresh-water beds, and pub-
lished in one of our former papers, we found species of Faludina, Corbula, &c.,
so closely related to shells we had from the Great Lignite basin near Fort Clark,
that we were for a time in some doubt about the propriety of considering them
distinct. In this upper member of the Judith River formations, great numbers
of a small oyster occur along with the fresh-water shells of which we have just
spoken. This oyster so nearly resembles a species in our possession from the low-
est bed of the last section, obtained at a locality near Grand River, that we have
not yet seen any characters by which they can be distinguished. We are also
inclined to reg.ird these shells as identical with a sjjecies described by Drs.
Evans and Shumard from Grand River, under the name of 0. subtriyonalis.
There is also, in the fresh-water beds at the Judith localities, a Unio, which we
think the same as a shell found in the Miocene lignite formations on the Yellow
Stone. In addition to these facts, a species of Trionyx described by Dr. Leidy,
from about the middle bed of the Judith fresh-water deposits, is regarded by
that gentleman as identical with specimens from the bed Q, near Long Lake
below Fort Clark.

Now as this bed Q, of the previous section at the Moreau, Grand River, and
Long Lake localities, beyond all doubt, rests directly upon formation No. 5 of
the general section, and forms a part of the Great Lignite series, we would not
for a moment hesitate in regarding the deposits of which we have spoken, near
the Judith, as Tertiary, were it not for the fact that the saurian and fish remains
occurring in these beds, as may be seen by reference to Prof. Leidy's remai-ks
respecting them, are allied to Wealden and older types.

In the midst of evidence of such a conflicting nature, it is of course unsafe to
express any very positive opinion respecting the age of these formations. At

*It should be borne in mind, however, that the beds of lignite represented in this
section vary much in extent, as well . s in purity, at different localilies; some of those
seen on the Yellow Stone being as much as seven feet in thickness. At Fort Berihold.
on the Missouri, a two foot bed is pure enough to be used as fuel.

1857.]

,24

PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

the same time, as we are strongly inclined to the conclusion that they will prove
not merely Tertiary, but about of the age of the lowest beds of the Great Lignite
basin, or perhaps a little older, we have therefore placed them provisionally
along with the Tertiary beds in the accompanying general section of the Ne-
braska rocks.

In order to give some idea of the nature and order of superposition of the
beds of which we have just been speaking, as well as for the sake of comparison
with those of the Great Lignite basin, we give below a section taken at the
mouth of Judith River, where these beds are least disturbed, and their strata-
graphical arrangement can be best seen.

Section of Fresh-water and Estuary Deposits near the Mouth of Judith River.

A

80 feet.

Yellow arenaceous marl passing downwards into gray grit,
with small seams of lignite ; contains great numbers of Ostrea
siibtric/onalis?, Cyrena occidentalism Melania conveza, &c. &c.

B

10 feet.

Impure lignite, containing much sand. Ostrea subtrigonalis?
and silicified wood.

C

80 feet.

Alternations of sand and clay, with particles of lignite ; also
reddish argillaceous concretions with a few saurian teeth, and
fresh-water shells.

D

20 feet.

Alternate strata of sand and clay, with impure lignite and
silicified wood in a good state of preservation.

E

100 feet.

Variable bed, consisting of alternations of sand and clay with
large concretions containing great numbers of Melania, Paludina,
Helix, Planorbis, Cyclas, &c. &c., associated with Saurian remains
resembling the Iguanodon and Megalosaurus, Trionyx, &c. &c.

F

25 feet.

Alternations of impure lignite and yellowish-brown clay, the
latter containing great numbers of Unio^ Faludina, Melania, Cyclas,
and the fresh remains referred by Dr. Leidy to the genus Lepi-

dotus.

G

100 feet.

Ferruginous sand and clay, having in upper part a seam 3 or 4
inches in thickness, nearly made up of shells of Unio. Lower
part ferruginous, and coarse gray grit, with a scam near the base
entirely composed of remains of Unio Danai, U. Dewyi and U.
subspatulata.

This section embraces all the deposits, as we believe, seen in the Bad Lands
of the Judith, in which land and fresh-water shells are known to occur. They
appear, as near as could be ascertained, to occupy a local basin in a series of

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 125

marine deposits, consisting of beds of sandstone and impure lignite, wliich we
have regarded provisionally as of the age of No 1 of our general section.

Lower down the Missouri, near the mouth of Little Rocky Mountain Creek,
this last mentioned series of rocks upon which the fresh-water deposits repose at
the mouth of the Judith, is clearly seen to pass beneath No. 4 of the general
section ; proving that Nos. 2 and 3 are not represented in that part of the coun-
try. As no indications were seen in this region of these latter formations, it is
probably they are entirely wanting towards the sources of the Missouri.

The deposits above alluded to, (at the mouth of Judith River,) as probably on
a parallel with beds seen near the mouth of Big Sioux River on the Missouri, —
(forming No. 1, of the Nebraska section,) — are characterized, as stated in one
of our former papers, by a group of fossils remarkably distinct from those oc-
curring in any of the higher north western formations ; and there remains some
doubt as to whether or not they are older than Cretaceous. The presence of
the genus Baculites would seem to establish the fact that they belong to the
Cretaceous epoch ; while the occurrence in the same hand specimens with these
remains of Baculites, of a species of Hettangii, — a genus of bivalves, not known
to occur in the old world in newer formations than the Lias, — would, on the
other hand, indicate that these beds are older than Cretaceous. For the pre-
seijt, however, we express no decided opinion on this point, but content our-
selves with the remark, that we are inclined to think they hold a position near
the base of the Cretaceous system, and are probably on a parallel with the
Neocomien of the old world, though they may be older.

The following section, taken near the mouth of Judith River,* will exhibit ap-
proximately the lithological characters, and orderof succession of these deposits
at that locality. It is not pretended, however, that this section represents all
the beds of this series, as others were observed near them, but owing to the dis-
tortion and disturbance of the strata, and the unfavorable circumstances under
which the observations were made, it was impossible to devote time enough to
their examination to collect the means of constructing a connected general
section of the whole series. We should also state here that the specimens fur-
nishing the data upon which this section, and that of the fresh-water and esta-
ary deposits near the same locality, were constructed, although collected some
time back, only came to hand since the communication of our last paper.

Section op the Older Deposits at the Mouth of Judith River, in the Descbnd-

iNG Order.
Bed A. — Yellowish and reddish, rather coarse grained sandstone, becoming
deep red on exposure, — containing Inoceramus veniricosus, Mactra alta, Car-

dium speciosum, S(c., ^c 20 to 25 ft.

" B. — Mixed pure and impure lignite — whole bed containing many crystals of
selenite, and a yellowish substance like sulphur. The masses of lignite,
when broken, reveal in considerable quantities small reddish crystalline
fragments of a substance having the taste and appearance of rosin... 6 to 8 ft.
" C. — Variable strata of drab clay, and gray sand and sandstone : — upper
part containing large numbers of Oslrea glabra. Near the middle, there are
gray or ash-colored clavs with very hard bluish gray granular, siliceous con-
cretions, containing Hcttangia Americana, Panopcea occidenlalis, Mactra for-

mosa, <f-c., 80 to 100 ft.

At several points near the locality where the above section was taken, the bed
G, of the last section, with its characteristic fossils, was seen superimposed upon
the bed A, of the section here given ; but the line of junction was not suffi-
ciently well exposed to determine very satisfactorily whether the upper part of
these lower deposits bears marks of denudation previous to the deposition of the
overlying freshwater and estuary beds or not.

On a former occasion we expressed very briefly our views in regard to the
parallelism of the Cretaceous formations of Nebraska with those of New Jersey,
Alabama, and portions of the far west and south west. In order to make more
clear some of these pointj of parallelism, we here reproduce for comparison,
with some modifications, the general section of the Nebraska formations ; and

1857.]

*By Dr. Ilayden.

126

PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

also give secfions of the Cretaceous formations as seen in Alabama and New
Jersey. For the Alabama section we are indebted to Prof. A. Winchell, of
Ann Arbor, Michigan, who has devoted much time to the study of the Cretaceous
rocks of the South. Most of the facts given in this section are contained in an
interesiing paper read by Prof. Winchell, before the American Association for
the Advancement of Science, at the last meeting, held in Albany, N. Y. As here
given, however, this section has been constructed from information kindly
furnished us by Prof. Winchell, in advance of the printing of the Proceedings
of that meeting.

The New Jersey section we have compiled from the reports of Prof. Ketchel
and Prof. Cook, Geologist and Assistant Geologist of that State. In the in-
stances where the positions of fossils were not given in the reports above alluded
to, we have been guided by information kindly furnished by Prof. Cook, in seve-
ral communications received from him.

Alabama Section, from facts communicated by Prrf. A. Winchell.

C

o

Subdivisions.

Eq. of the
Nebraska
Section.

Eq. of the
N. Jersey
Section.

A

4
feet.

Decomposing dark limestone, with obscure casts of
shells.

d

a

o g

6
feet.

Soft white limestone — Gryphcsa vesicularis, Exogyra
coitata, Scaphiles Conradi, Nautilus Bekayi, Baculitfs
ovatus, &c. &c. Ammonites lobaius, Tuomey, (here?)

B

45
feet.

Loose white sand, with Ostrea larva, Pecten h-costa-
lus, Gryphcea vomer and fragments of fossil wood.

6

a

CO

13

M

C

150

feet

or

more.

*

Soft white limestone, (" Rotten limestone,") de-
composing above, more argillaceous below, and near
the base becoming a firm calcareous sandstone. Ino-
ceramus biformis of gigantic dimensions, Radialiles,
Nautilus Dehayi, Ammonites Delawarensis, Baculites
ovatus, Shark's teeth, and Mo.sasauroid remains.

6

feet.

Gray indurated sand with Oryphcea vesicularis, Exo-
gyra costata, Inoceramus biformis, Pecten 5-costatus, Tere-
do tibialis, Ammonites placenta, A. Delaivarensis, teeth
of fishes, &c. &c.

D

15
feet.

Perfectly loose obliquely laminated sand, of gray
and greenish-yellow color, with thin unconformable
lamina of dark green sand passing in horizontal
planes through the main bed. Much fossil wood,
with Teredo tibialis.

E

300
feet,
may
be
much
more.

Beds of dark blue soft shale, or indurated clay,
alternating with strata and seams of white, and
mottled clays, green and ferruginous sand, and dark
pyritiferous shale. No organic remains but stems
and leaves, of apparently dicotyledonous plants, and
a few obscure casts of other fossils. Ceratites Ameri-
C'tna, however, of Harper, is supposed to hold a po-
sition somewhere in this series.

d

a
o

a

o

* According to Prof. Tuomey this bed soraeiimes attains a thickness of 1,000 feet.

[May,,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127

New Jersy Section compiled from tue Reports of that State.

Green Sand. 60 ft.

" The sand between the second and third beds has usually been
confounded with beach sand, which it closely resembles." 45 or 50 ft.

Yellow limestone.

Green Sand, Scapkites Conradi, Baculites ovatus, Ammonites
placenta. 45 or 50 ft.

Sand " much colored with oxyd of iron, and when sufficiently
firm is found almost full of the impressions of shells." Belemnites
mucronatus. 65 or 70 ft.

^»

Green Sand, Nautilus Dekayi, Baculites ovatus, Belemnites mucro-
natus, and bones of Mosasaurus. 50 ft.

Dark clays with "occasional streaks and irregular spots of green
sand." Ammonites placenta, Baculites ovatus, ^'c. ^-c. 130 ft.

Dark blue, ash colored, and whitish clays, and micaceous sand,
with thin seams of coal. Gfeat quantities of sulphuret of iron
" Fossil wood is found in some of the layers in large quantities, and
some very distinct impressions of net-veined leaves were examined
in the clay at French's landing." 130 ft. or more.

By comparing the foregoing sections with the following general section of the
Nebraska rocks, tlie parallelism between the formations, so far as the Cretaceous
rocks of the North West are represented in Alabama and New Jersey, will be
at once understood.

In the following section of Nebraska rocks it will be observed we have placed
together all the Tertiary deposits known to us, without intending to express
any opinion in regard to the comparative ages of these formations. We have
also written in the column opposite them the word "Miocene;" this, so far as the
Judith River fresh water and Estuary formations are concerned, is done pro-
visionally. We have likewise made three subdivisions of formation No. 3.
This latter change is made mainly upon lithological ditferences between what
we regard as probably subordinate members of the same formation. The upper
or dark bed of very fine argillaceous matter, passes both downwards, and at
some points, horizontally into the gray marl below it, and appears to be local,
while the gray marl, in its turn, passes imperceptibly into the light colored
limestone below.

It is due to the lamented Mr. Nicollet that we should state here, he saw the
two beds above mentioned, and noticed their differences in his report ; but in
consequence of the fact that he referred the Inoceramus occurring in the lime-
stone {[. prohkmaticus) to /. Barabini, a fossil not known below No. 4 and 5 of
the section, if indeed it occurs at all in the Nebraska beds, we were always at
a loss to understand his section. In addition to this, neither of us had ever
visited localities where this bed or the dark deposit forming the upper part of
No. 3 is exposed, previous to the late explorations.

1857.]

128

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Vertical Section of the Geological Formations of Nebraska Territory, so far as

determined.

SoBDinsioNs.

Localities.

w

H

iri

>*

■->

IB

i"

o

«

^

■<

H

«

W

H

Light colored indurated days, with oceasional
beds of sandstone, conglomerate and whitish lime-
stone. Great numbers of mammalian and chelonian
remains, with a few fresh-water and land shells. —
(Bad Lands of White Kiver.) Beds of clay, sand,
sandstone, and lignite, containing groat numbers of
fresh-water and land mnUusca, with a few marine
or estuary shells; remains of plants, Saurians, Tri-
onyx. &c. &c.— (Great Lignite Basin.) Sand, sand-
stone, clays, and very impure lignite, with lemains
of fresh-water, land, and a few estuary shell, Sauri-
ans, fishes, Trionyz, &e. — (Had Lands of Judith.)

Mauvaises Terres of White
River. Great extent of coun-
try on both sides of the Mis-
souri between Heart and Milk
Rivers ; on the Yellow Stone.
Bad Land at the mouth of
Judith River, &c. &c.

Gray and yellowish arenaceous clays, and sand-
stones, sometimes weathering to a pink color; con-
taining Belemnitella hulbnsa, Nautilus Dekayi, Am-
monites placenta, A. Inbatus, Scaphites Conradi,
Bieulites nvatus, and great numbers of ol her ma-
rine moUusca.

Moreau trading post, and
under the Tertiary at Sage
and Bear Creeks.

Vox Hills.

Bluish and dark gray plastic clays, containing
Nautilus Dekayi, Ammonites placenta, Baculites
ovatus, and B. compressus. with numerous other
marine mollusca, — remains of Mosasaurus.

Great area about Fort
Pierre and along the Mis-
souri below there. Under
No 5, at Sage and Bear
Creeks. Great Bend of the
Missouri. Near Milk and
Muscle shell Rivers.

Dark, very fiuf unctuous clay, containing much
carbonaceous matter, with veins and seams sele-
nite, sulphuret of iron, fish and scales, (local.)

Lead gray calcareous marl, weathering above
to a yellowish tint. Scales and other remains
of fishes — Ostrea congesta — passing downwards
into

L.ight gray or yellowish limestone, containing
great numbers of Inoceramus problematicus, fish
scales, and Ostrea coni/esta.

Bluffs along the Missouri,
below the Great Bend. Ex-
tends to Big Sioux River,
and occurs along the latter
stream.

Dark gray laminated clay scales and other re-
mains of fishes, small Ammonites, Inoceramus pro-
blematieusf, Serpula, small oyster-like O. congesta.

Along the Missouri Bluffs,
from ten miles above James
River to Big Sioux River.

Yellowish and reddish friable sandstone, with
alternations of dark and whitish clays. Seams and
beds of impure lignite, fossil wood, impressions of
dicotyledonous leaves; Solen, Pectunculus, Cypri-
na. &c. This bed is not positively known to belong
to the Cretaceous system.

Near the mouth of Big
Sioux River, and between
there and Council Bluffs.
Near Judith River?

as

Yellow limestone, containing Fusulina eylindrica,
Terebratula subtilita, Spirifer Afeusebachanus, Al-
lorismn, regxilaris, and other fossils of the coal
measures.

I'orms shoals in the Mis-
souri Kiver at De Soto; 15 to
20 feet exposed at Council
Bluffs, at low stages of the
river.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129

The position and vertical range of such fossils as are known to be common
to the North West and New Jersey, in the foregoing general section of the
Nebraska rocks, clearly establishes, as stated in our paper communicated to
the Academy in November last, that formations No. 4 and 5 of the North
West, are on a parallel with the beds b. c. d. and e. of the New Jersey serief.

After a careful reviewiof the subject, we are now satisfied that the parallel-
ism of these beds may \ be more closely drawn, or in other words, that the
second green sand bed of the New Jersey section rejjresents No. 5 of Nebraska,
and that No. 4 of the latter region is on a parallel with the beds c. d. and e. of
New Jersey.

At the same time the identity of No. 1 of the North West, with the beds com-
posing f. of the New Jersey section, is scarcely less apparent. It is true tbig
latter opinion rests mainly upon stratigraphical and lithological evidence, yet
these points of analogy are so strong as to possess great weight. In order
that this may be better understood and appreciated, we quote below from
notes taken by one of us''*' in 1855, a description of an exposure of No. 1
seen on Big Sioux River, which will show, by comparison with the New Jersey
section, the striking resemblance between the beds holding a position at the
base of the Cretaceous formations at these distantly separated localities.

" Six miles above the month of Big Sioux River we have an exposure of
impure lignite about 12 inches in thickness, underlaid by alternate layers of
sandstone, loose clay, yellow and ash colored arenaceous clays, and fine whitish
clay. The strata containing clay have quite distinct impressions of leave?.
which appear to have belonged to dicotyledonous trees. We have also, near
the base of the exposure, some fine impressions of leaves in dark tough gray,
siliceous, concretionary rock. Much pyrites and fragments of fossil wood occur
in these beds."

The points of analogy between these lower deposits (No. 1) of the norih-weet,
and formation f at the base of theNew Jersey section, as well as with an extensive
series of deposits holding the same position in Alabama, (formation E of the
Alabama section,) and throughout a great area of country in Arkansas, Tesae,
and New Mexico, will be more fully illustrated by the following section taken in
north-eastern Kansas, where this series appears to be more extensively de-
veloped than at any localities known to us in Nebraska.

For this section, as well as much other interesting and important information
respecting the geology of the country surveyed by him, we are indeb'ed to the
kindness of Major F. Hawn, formerly of the geological survey of Missouri, but
now connected with the lineal survey of portions of Kansas Territory. We give
it exactly as communicated to us by him, excepting that we have thrown it into
a tabular form, and added columns showing the parallelism of the beds with
those of New Jersey and Nebraska. To those acquainted with Major Hawn, it
is unnecessary for us to say he is a careful conscientious observer, whose state-
ments are worthy of the fullest confidence.

The beds represented in this section were not all seen at any one locality, but
their thickness, composition and order of succession were determined from ex-
aminations made at numerous exposures in the country east of the sixth prin-
cipal meridian, between the northern boundary of Kansas and the Republican
fork of Kansas River.

* Dr. Hayden.

1857.]

130

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Sections of the rocks in North Eastern Kansas, (above the coal measures').
By Major F. Hawn, U. S. Dep. Surveyor.

a.

b.
c.

d.

e.

r

h.
i.
J-

k.

1.

m

a

45

feet

27
feet.

25
feet.

90
feet.

10

feet.

SUBDIVISIONS.

6
a

Z

£

h

<

53"

Light gray limestone with Inoceramus proLlematicus and other
Cretaceous fossils.

s

a
c

s

o
o

.s

No. 3.
(lower
part.)

a >,

a
1

Slope strewed with light gray calcareous concretions.

No. 2y

Uard concretionary dark ferruginous sandstone, containing fo^sil
wood, and impressions of leaves resembling those of the common
willow.

a

_o

>^

>-s

&

o

a

o

a

1

a

o

Slope with numerous large rounded blocks thinly laminated
sandstone.

White very fine grained soft calcareous sandstone.

8 ft.
12
feet.

28
feet.

50
feet.

,- oft thinly laminated dark blue clay.

White clay, stained in spots with oxyd of iron.

Slope with large irregular blocks of hard dark ferruginous sand-
stone, contiining large quantities of fossil wood and leaves, like
those of Qmrcus alba.

Soft coarse buff sandstone, rapidly disintegrating where exposed.

30

feet.

Light blue clay.

14
feet.

60
feet.

48
feet.

Slope strewed with rectangular blocks soft, dark brown, fine
grained sandstone.

Slope, upper part covered by loose flags of dark ferruginous con-
glomerate, composed of coarse sand and small silicious pebbles.

Light gray and buff irregularly stratified silicious limestone, pro-
bably of Carboniferous age.

The similarity between the beds from c. to 1. inclusive, of the above section,
and formation f. of the New Jersey series, when taken in connection with their
position in relation to the higher formations, is too obvious to leave much
room to doubt that they belong to the same horizon.

Mr. Henry Pratten, of the Geological Survey of Illinois, to whose liberality
we are indebted for a full abstract of notes taken by him on the geology of the
country along the California trail between Fort Leavenworth and San Francisco,
informs us that he met with the lower members of the Nebraska section at seve-
ral points along Platte River, above Fort Laramie. No. 1, he says, as in portions of
north-eastern Kansas, and on the Missouri below the Big Sioux, reposes directly

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 131

upon upper Carboniferous strata, and presents its usual characters, excepting
that the beds of sandstone are more frequently white. lie did not see No. 2 well
exposed, its place in the series being usually occupied by a slope. Above this,
however, he saw the lower beds of No. 3, presenting their usual lithological
characters, and containing the fossil everywhere marking this horizon, (Inoce-
ramus problematicus. )*

Mr. Hawn writes us, he has been informed by an intelligent Deputy Surveyor,
that the formations represented in his section, especially the beds below the
upper limestone, were seen by him at intervals along the sixth principal me-
ridian, as far south as his survey extended, or to the fifth standard parallel, near
the Arkansas River.

Exactly similar deposits were observed by Dr. George B. Shumard in the
vicinity of Fort Washita, and the Cross Timbers in northern Texas. He de-
scribes these formations as consisting of " grayish yellow sandstone, with in-
tercalations of blue, yellow and ash colored clays, and beds of white and bluish-
white limestone. The limestone reposing on the clays and sandstones." (See
Capt. Marcy's report of Explorations on Red River, page 181.)

In one of the upper beds of this series Dr. Shumard found, along with several
new species of Cretaceous fossils, some of the same shells collected by Dr.
Roemer from similar depv.sits at New Braunfels, and other localities further south
in Texas. He likewise collected from the same beds, species identical with
some of those found in the same position by Mr. Marcou at Pyramid Mountain,
in New Mexico, thus establishing the parallelism of the formations at all these
localities.!

A section of these deposits taken by Mr. Marcou at Pyramid Mountain, near
the Llano Estacado, (Bulletin Geol. Soc. France, Tome 12, p. 878,) corresponds
remarkably in its general features with Mr. Hawn's section already given, of
these formations in north-eastern Kansas. The identity of composition and
order of succession of the various beds represented in these sections, can scarcely
be due to accident, but points rather to the conclusion that they were deposited
at the same time in the same ocean.

For the sake of comparison we give below, in a tabular form, Mr. Marcou's
section of Pyramid Mountain, with columns showing the parallelism of the
various beds with the formations in Nebraska, Kansas, New Jersey and Alabama,
as well as his views respecting the parallelism of the same with formations of
the Old World.

* Since these remarks were written, I have received with deep regret the sad news of
Mr. Pra'ten s death. In making this announcement, it affords me a mel incholy pleasure
to bear witness t p his merits as a man and a devoted cultivator of natural science. Along
with all the artless simplicity of a child, he possessed an intellect of no ordinary powers ;
while his studious habits and untiring perseverance, aided by a wonderful memory, had
enabled him, under circumstances far from propitious, to acquire an amount of knowledge
in various departments of science, of which the most favored might be proud. Perhaps
no person now Uving possesses a better knowledge of the western carboniferous fossils
than he did; and yet this was only one of several branches of science to which he had
devoted many years of his life. His quiet habits and unpretending manners, however,
had to a great extent prevented his real merits fr.im being duly appreciated outside of
a comparaiively limited circle of personal acquaintances. With all, and better than
all, his other qualities of head and heart, Mr. Pratten was a high minded, honorable
man. F. B. M.

1 1 am under obligations to Dr. B. F. Shumard for a few specimens of fossils collected
by his brother from these formations in Texas. F. B. M.

1857.]

132

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Section of the Formations at Pyramid Mountain^ New Mexico.

Subdivisions.

5or6ft.| White, very compact silicious limestone.

5 or 6 ft.| Hard, deep yellow gritty limestone.

30 feet.

25 feet.

Bluish-gray clay of subschistose structure,
containing near the base a species of Gry-
pfuea and Ostrea, (referred by Mr. Marcou to
G. dilatata and 0. Marshii.*')

Fine grained, white sandstone, disinte-
grating rapidly where exposed.

80 feet.

Hard, fine grained sandstone of a light
yellow color, forming perpendicular escarp-
ments.

8 feet. I White, fine grained sandstone.

200 ft.

Alternations of red, green and white
marly clays.

CO

No. 3,

lower

No. 2.

Mr. Marcou does not mention the occurrence of Inoceramus problematicus in
the limestone (a) of his section at this locility, but it has been found in this
position at various localities in the south-west by others, as stated in our last
communication. From the facts given by him, there is also scarcely room for
a doubt, but the specimen of Ostrea congesta, we mentioned seeing in his col-
leetionf (Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. November last) from Galisteo, was either
found in this bed or the clays immediately below it, {b of his section,) in both
of which deposits it occurs in Nebraska.

As Pyramid Mountain is but an isolated portion, left by the denudation of
the surrounding strata, of a great elevated plateau known as the Llano Estacado,
which occupies a vast area of country in western Texas and New Mexico, it is
highly probable the beds composing Mr. Marcou's section are widely distributed

• We think these identical with species found by Dr. George B. Shumard at Fort
Washita, Texas, where they appear to hold the same geological position, and are asso-
ciated with Ammonites vesperlimis (Morton.) Dr. B. F. Shumard has correctly, as we
believe, referred the first to (iryphcBa Pitcheri (Morton), and described the laiter as «
new specie*, under the name of Ostrea suhovate. (See Capt. Marcy's Report Explorations
Red River, page 205 — Appendix.) We are almost willing to hazard the opinion, that
these species will yet be found in Southern Nebraska, or north-eastern Kansas, in forma-
tion No. 2 of the Nebraska Section.

t In alluding to this fact in our last paper, we inadvertently omitted to mention that the
specimen seen by us is in the possession of Prof Hall, by whose permission we referred
to its occurrence at that locaUty.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 138

over the far south-west. This conclusion is also borne out by the statements
of Capt. Marcy and other explorers of that region. The facts given by this
gentleman and Dr. G. G. Shumard, likewise point to the conclusion that the
great gypsum deposits of the south-west hold a position equivalent to No. 2, or
the upper part of No. 1 of the Nebraska section.

From all the facts, we are led to believe, as stated on a former occasion, that
the divisions No. 4 and 5 of Nebraska, and their equivalents in New Jersej' and
Alabama, are entirely wanting, or but meagrely represented, throughout the
south-west; and that No. 2 and No. 3 are the main fossil-bearing strata of that
region ; while No. 1, which there as in the north-west and in Alabama, rei)0ses
on Carboniferous strata, attains a much greater development than in either of
those countries.

Conclusions.

Ist. We have no evidence that any of the Tertiary deposits now known in
Nebi-aska are older than Miocene.

2d. The estuary and fresh-water deposits at the mouth of Judith River are
probably on a parallel with the lowest bed of the Great Lignite basin, though
some portions of them ~iay be so.mewhat older.

'dd. The Great Lignite basin and the Mauvaiies Terres of White River, though
probably both Miocene, are not exactly on a parallel.

Ath. We have in Nebraska a more complete series of Cretaceous formations,
and consequently a better standard of comparison for rocks of that age, than is
yet known to exist in any other portion of this country.

bth. The formations in New Jersey and Alabama generally referred to the
Cretaceous system, are on a parallel with the iqjper and lower members of the
Nebraska section, (No. 1, 4 and 5 ;) while nearly, if not quite all the main fossil-
bearing deposits older than Tertiary, and newer than Carboniferous, in Kansas,
Arkansas, Texas and New Mexico, are on a parallel with the middle and lower
portions of the same.

Qlh. Although the beds No. 2 and 3 of the north-west, are extensively de-
veloped, and probably the principal fossiliferous Cretaceous deposits of the far
south-west, we have up to this time, no evidence of their existence east of the
Mississippi. Consequently the marked typical differences observable between
most of the Cretaceous fossils hitherto found in the south-west, and those
characterizing the upper Cretaceous formations of Nebraska, Alabama and
New Jersey, are not wholly due to the fact that they belonged to different zo-
ological districts ; nor yet, as might be supposed in regard to the Nebraska and
New Jersey species, to the modifying effects of physical conditions dependent
on latitude ; but mainly to the fact that they belong to another geological hori-
zon, and consequently lived during a different epoch.

7th. There is at the base of the Cretaceous System, at distantly separated
localities in Nebraska, Kansas, Arkansas, Texas, New Mexico, Alabama and
New Jersey, if not indeed everywhere in North America where that Sys-
tem is well developed (at any rate east of the Rocky Mountains), a series of
various colored clays and sandstones, and beds of sand, often of great thickness,
in which organic remains, excepting leaves of apparently dicotyledonous plants,
fossil wood, and obscure casts of shells, are very rarely found, but which every-
where preserves a uniformity of lithological and other characters, pointing
unmistakeably to a similarity of physical conditions daring their deposition,
over immense areas.

8th. Although the weight of evidence thus far favors the conclusion that this
lower series is of the age of the lower Green Sand, or Neocomien, of the old
world, we yet want positive evidence that portions of it may not be older than
any part of the Cretaceous System.

1857.]

10

134 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW FOSSILS.*
Ptychoceras Mortoni.

Shell small and thin, elongate cylindrical ; larger half, or body, very slightly
tapering, apparently rounded on the dorsum, and concave along the inner side
for the reception of the slender smaller half. Surface ornamented by rather strong
annular costae, which are less prominent, and somewhat irregularly divided on
the body, and bifurcate occasionally on the smaller part ; dorsum of the slender
half ornamented by two rows of very small nodes, arranged upon the costae ;
fine indistinct lines of growth mark the shell parallel to the ribs. Aperture,
septa, and siphuncle unknown. Length (of specimen imperfect at the aperture,
and apex of smaller portion) about 1 inch; breadth -26 inch ; diameter of slen-
der part -12 inch ; do. of body -17 inch.

This shell is about the size, and has much the general appearance of a
species described by Dr. Morton from the deep cut of the Chesapeake and Dela-
ware canal, under the name of Hamites annuUfer (Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. vol. 8,
pi. xi. fig. 4,; but differs from his figure in having bifurcating instead of
simple costae. It is possible, however, that they may not be distinct, though
it is hardly probable so important a character as the bifurcation of the costae
would have escaped the attention of so close an observer as Dr. Morton.

Judging from the nodes seen along the dorsum of the smaller portion of our
shell, it appears probable similar or stronger nodes may have existed along the
outside of the body, or larger half; if so, it must have differed materially in
this respect from Dr. Morton's species. When entire our specimen must have
been not less than 1 J to 2 inches in length.

Dedicated to the lamented Dr. George Morton of Philadelphia.

Locality and position. Great bend of the Missouri, formation No. 4. of the
series.

Serpula? tenuicarinatds.

Shell growing in groups, or rarely single, slightly compressed-cylindrical,
increasing very gradually in size, irregularly curved or flexuous, not spirally
coiled; attached by one side nearly the whole length; having a distinctly
elevated, linear carina along the upper side ; surface sometimes very obscurely
undulating transversely, otherwise smooth. Length unknown; transverse
diameter about .14 inch.

As we have no perfect specimens of this fossil, it is with some doubt we
refer it to the genus Serpula. It appears to have no internal septa as in Ver-
■meius ; and we have seen no indications of an operculum as in Vermicularia ;
consequently we place it provisionally in the genus Serpula.

Locality and position. — Mouth of Vermillion River, on the Missouri, formation
No. 2 of the series.

VlTRINA OBLIQUA.

Shell obliquely oval ; spire much depressed ; volutions four to four and a
half, first two or three increasing rather slowly in size, last one ventricose and
rapidly enlarging, prominent below ; suture distinct ; aperture circular ; surface
unknown. Greatest transverse diameter .64 inch ; height .50 ; diameter of
aperture .ST inch.

Having seen only internal casts of this shell, we are in some doubt about its
generic relations ; as its associates, however, belong to land and freshwater
genera, and its form agrees very nearly with that of Vitrina, we place it pro-
visionally in that genus. It resembles a species described by Reuss and Von
Meyer, under the name of V. intermedia from the Tertiary Lacustrine deposits
in the north of Bohemia, (see Tert. Siiss. pi. 1 fig.) but has more volutions.

Locality and position. Mouth Judith River, bed E of the section of freshwater
and estuary deposits at that place.

* lllustrationg to be published hereafter in Lieut. Warren's Report.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 13 5

Helix occidkntalis.

Shell thin, rather small, depressed nearly orbicular; volutions four, convex
above, proniiuent, or almost subangular a little above the middle of the outside,
gibbous below, most convex near the umbilicus ; surface ornamented by regular
rather strong oblique lines of growth; suture well defined; umbilicus deep, less
than one third the transverse diameter of the shell, exhibiting most of the inner
volutions ; aperture round oval, modified slightly by the succeeding whorl ; lip
sharp, not reflexed. Greatest transverse diameter .33 inch; height .21 inch ;
greatest diameter of aperture .16 inch.

This neat little Helix is more nearly related to the recent H. strialella of An-
thony than to any other shell we have seen figured, but is larger, has a
smaller umbilicus, and appears to be more strongly striated. iMr. Anthony says
the umbilicus of IT. striateUa is not equal to the body whorl. In the species
before us, it is scarcely half equal to the body volution near the aperture.

Locality and position. Same as last.

Helix vitrinoides.

Shell subglobose; spire elevated; volutions about four, convex, increasing
rather rapidly, last one somewhat ventricose, contracted a little near the lip ;
suture distinct; umbilicus very small or closed; aperture oval or ovate;
(lip reflexed?) ; surface unknown. Height .37 inch ; breadth .44 inch ; greater
diameter of aperture .27 inch ; smaller do. .20 inch.

Of this species wc have only seen internal casts, and consequently know
nothing of its surface markings. Judging from the slight contraction of the
body whorl of the cast near the aperture, it is probable the lip was thickened
and reflexed.

Locality atid position. Same as last.

Planorbis tenuivolvis.

Shell planiorbicular ; spire flat or nearly so ; volutions six to six and a
half, extremely narrow and closely embracing ; increasing very gradually,
scarcely one-third as broad as high, rounded above, prominent, or almost
subangular round the outer margin, from which they round obliquely down-
wards and inwards towards the umbilicus, near which they are more prominent
or subangular; suture well defined; umbilicus deep, acutely conical ; equal-
ling about one-third the greater diameter of the shell, and exhibiting the vo-
lutions quite to the apex of the spire ; surface and aperture unknown ; section
of volutions extremely narrow and strongly arcuate. Greater diameter .15
inch ; height .OG inch.

This remarkably delicate little shell resembles the following species (P. am-
plexus) more than any with which we are acquainted ; it differs, however, in
having much narrower and more closely wound volutions ; about the same
number being present in specimens measuring not much more than one-third
the transverse diameter of that shell.

Locality aiid position. Same as last.

Planorbis amplexus.

Shell planorbicular ; spire flat, or nearly so ; volutions six, closely em-
bracing, narrow, very gradually increasing, nearly twice as high as wide,
rounded on the outside, subangular round the umbilicus ; surface marked by
lines of growth, which pass round very obliquely backwards from above to a
point below the middle of the outer part of the whorls, where they are again
directed slightly forwards, so as to indicate the presence of a broad, undefined
sinus, below the middle of the outer lip ; aperture unknown, umbilicus conical,
deep, less than half the greater diameter of the shell, exhibiting the inner
whorls. Greatest diameter .39 inch ; height .25 inch.

This species bears some resemblance to our P. convolutus (Proceedings Acad.
Nat. Sci. vol. 8, p. 1 20,) but has from one to one and a half more volutions, which

1857.]

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

ai-e much narrower and more embracing. The spire also differs ia being flat
instead of convex, as in P. convolutus, and the umbilicus is much deeper, narrower
and more defined in the species before us.

Locality and position. Bed C of the section of freshwater and estuarj deposits
at mouth of Judith River.

Planorbis fragilis.

Shell rather large, very thin, nearly planiorbicular ; (spire much depressed
or flattened ?) ; umbilicus large, deep and exhibiting all the whorls to the apex
of the spire; volutions five or six, (much depressed or flat above?) prominent
below, rounded on the lower outer side, subangular round the margins of the
umbilicus ; (periphery angular ?) ; surface marked by rather faint lines of
growth. Greatest diameter 1.23 inches ; height about .40 inch.

As we have seen oilly imperfect specimens of this shell, we thiijk the above
description may have to be modified somewhat when better specimens are
obtained. In those we have seen, the volutions appear to have been nearly flat
or much depressed above, in consequence of which the outer side of the whorls
is distinctly angular. This character, however, and the remarkable flatness of
the spire, may be, at least to some extent, caused by pressure.

Locality and position. — Fort Berthold on the Missouri River, ia Lignite Tertiary
basin.

Melania scbtortuosa.

Shell conical screw-shaped ; spire not much elevated ; volutions about five,
very convex, distinctly angular round the middle, increasing rather rapidly
from the apex ; suture strongly defined, in consequence of the prominence of the
angular whorls; surface and aperture unknown. Length 29 "inch ; breadth •21
inch ; apical angle regular, divergence 47°.

The angular form of the whorls is so conspicuous a character in this species,
that it will be at once known from all its associates, and indeed from all the
Nebraska species we have seen, by this character alone. It bears considerable re-
Bemblance to M. tortuosa of Anthony, (An. Lye. Nat. Hist., N. Y. vol. 6,) a recent
species, but has a shorter spire, and not so many volutions. It is, perhaps,
nearer in form to M. acuio-carinata of Lea, but may be distinguished by its more
distinctly angular body whorl ; the angle on Mr. Lea's species being only well
denned on the spire.

Locality and position. Mouth Judith River, bed C. of the section of fresh-
water and estuary deposits at that place.

Melania omitta.

Shell small, very slender ; spire elongate conical, acute at the apex ; volutions
about seven, flattened, or very slightly convex, increasing very gradually from
the apex; suture linear, not deeply impressed ; surface and aperture unknown.
Length -42 inch; breadth -12 ; apical angle regular, divergence 23°.

Although we have seen neither the aperture nor surface markings of this
little shell, we have ventured to characterize it, believing its slender form alone
will serve to distinguish it from any of the other species with which it is as-
sociated.

Locality a?id position. Mouth Judith River, in layer of pebbly sandstone of
bed G? of the fresh-water and estuary deposits at that place.

Melania sdbl.'evus.

Shell elongate conical; spire elevated (acute at the apex?); volutions (about
seven?) very depressed convex; suture rather distinctly defined ; surface appa-
rently smooth, but when examined with a lens is seen to be marked by fine
obscure lines of growth, crossed by extremely fine, nearly obsolete revolving
striae; aperture ovate, angular above; columella and outer lip nearly equally

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137

arcuate; pillar faintly sinuous below. Length about 1-04 inch; breadth -38
inch ; apical angle slightly concave, divergence 24".

This species will be known from all the others we have seen in the Nebraska
formations, by its slender spire, and slightly concave sides. It is also propor-
tionally longer than any Nebraska species known to us, excepting our M. con-
vexa, (Proceedings of the Acad. Nat. Sci. vol. 8, p. 125,) from which it may
be at once distinguished by its depressed convex, instead of flat, volutions, more
defined suture, finer revolving lines, and more slender spire. Unfortunately
none of our specimens are quite perfect enough to show the number of volutions ;
one specimen consists of five turns of the spire, and, judging from the appear-
ance of the broken apex, there were probably about two more.

Locality and position. Bad lands of Judith River, bed G. of Fresh-water and
Estuary formations at that place.

Melania invendsta.

Shell conical ovate; spire moderately elevated ; volutions about seven, very
slightly convex, increasing rather slowly from the apex; suture linear, not much
impressed ; surface marked by obscure lines of growth crossed by fine irregular
rather indistinct revolving lines, a few of which, just below the suture, are
larger than the others; aperture ovate; outer lip faintly sinuate above, rather
prominent below the middle inner lip reflexed upon the imperforate columella,
at the base of which it is broadly sinuou3. Length -90 inch ; breadth -37 inch ;
apical angle regular or a little convex, divergence 32°.

This shell is nearer our M. Ncbrasccnsis, (Proceedings of Acad. Nat. Sci. vol.
8, p. 124,) than any of the Nebraska species known to us, but has about one
more volution, and is uniformly more slender, the body volution being propor-
tionally much smaller. From M. sublcevus of this paper and any of the varieties
of our 31. convexa with which it is associated, it may be known by its much less
elongate form, and more obscure surface markings. It appears to be about
intermediate between our M. convexa and M. N'ebrascensis, but quite distinct from
both.

Localitij and position. Bad Lands of Judith River, bed A. of the section of
frtsh-water estuary strata at that place.

Melania Warrenana.

Shell small, somewhat acutely conical ; spire rather elevated, pointed at the
apex; volutions about seven and a half, depressed convex, closely wound and
increasing gradually from the apex, last one sub-angular round the middle ;
suture distinct; surface apparently smooth, or only marked by very faint lines
of growth ; aperture broad ovate, obtusely angular above ; outer lip very faintly
and broadly sinuate above; columella arcuate, rather faintly sinuate below.
Length -29 inch; breadth -14 inch ; apical angle convex, divergence 32®.

This neat little shell is nearer our M. AntJwni/i, (Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. vol.
8, p. 124,) than any other species with which we are acquainted, but is larger,
and its spire more elevated. It has about one and a half to two more vo-
lutions than 3f. Anthoni/i ; also the body whorl is comparatively smaller, and
the apical angle nine or ten degrees less. We dedicate it to Lieut. G. K. Warren,
of the U. S. Top. Engs., who discovered the only specimen we have seen.

Locality and position. Summit of Square Butte, thirty miles below Fort Clark,
on the Missouri, in a gray sandstone — an outlier of one of the lower strata of
the Lignite Tertiary basin, where it is associated with Corbula mactriformig^
Melania Nebrascensis, and M, Conradi ?

Melania tenuicarinata.

Shell ovate conical; spire turreted, not very much elevated, pointed at the
apex ; volutions six, convex, obliquely flattened above ; suture well-defined, in
consequence of the prominence of the whirls; surface ornamented by fine
regular lines of growth, crossed near the middle of the volutions by from two

1857.]

138 PEOCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

to about four distinctly elevated, revolving lines, which become ©bsolete near
the apex of the spire ; the upper of these lines is larger than the others, and
forms a well-marked keel, while the entire surface, above and below them, is
marked br smaller, irregular, revolving lines, which, with the lines of growth,
form a very fine indistinct cancellated style of ornament ; aperture oval ovate,
obtusely angular above ; outer lip rather sharp, prominent a little below the
middle, very faintly sinuous above; columella forming a gentle curve, scarcely
sinuate below, not perforate. Length '54 inch ; breadth -29 inch ; apical angle
convex, divergence variable with age, averaging about 45''.

In some of its varieties this species approaches our M. Nebrascensis, (Proceed-
ings Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,vol. 8, p. 124,) but has much more convex volutions,
and greatly stronger revolving lines or keels, on the middle of the whorls.

At the time we described M. Nebrascensis, we had but few specimens, and
those very imperfect; along with these there were one or two specimens of the
species now before us, which we were then inclined to regard as only a va-
riety of 31. Nebrascensis. The collection now in our possession shows, how-
ever, that they are distinct, consequently it will be necessary to modify some-
what our description of M. Nebrascensis, so as to include only those shells with
flattened or depressed convex whorls, and revolving lines, a few of which are
larger than others on the middle of the volutions, but never becoming distinct
angles or carinas.

Locality and position. Fort Union, Lignite Tertiary formations.

Melania convexa, (M. and H.)

Proceedings of Acad. Nat. Sci. Fhila., Vol. 8, p. 125.

From the same locality and position as the above, we find amongst some of
the late collections specimens presenting differences from that shell, which we
suspect may be of specific importance ; we are unwilling, however, without more
individuals for comparison, to run the risk of multiplying synonyms by attempt-
ing to characterize it as a distinct species. It is a more slender shell than 31. con-
vexa, the lower volutions are more rounded, and the suture much more dis-
tinctly impressed, especially between the lower whorls. For the present we will
designate this form as 3Ielania convexa, var. impressa, and in case further com-
parisons prove it to be a distinct species, it may be designated by the latter
name.

Fusns Vaughani.

Shell fusiform, rather thick ; volutions six to six and a half, convex, obliquely
a little flattened or concave above, last one narrowing somewhat abruptly below
into the (short?) canal ; ornamented by small regular vertical folds, which are
crossed by prominent revolving bands, less than the spaces between, so as to
give the surface a coarsely cancellated aspect; of these bands about four on the
body volution, and two on those of the spire are larger than the others, and
form indistinct nodes, where they cross the vertical folds. Below these four
larger bands on the body whorl, there are about five or six other smaller and
more oblique bands, which diminish in size from above; while on the upper
obliquely flattened, or concave part of the same whorls, as well as on those of
the spire, there are about four much smaller revolving bands or lines. Entire
.surface marked by distinct lines of growth, which are crossed by fine rather
obscure revolving striaj, so as to produce, independent of the larger ornaments
above mentioned, a fine reticulated style of marking. Aperture narrow ovate
or oval ; outer lip bevelled ; inner lip thin, folded upon the arcuate and tortuous
columella. Length about 1-43 inclies ; breadth -75 inch ; apical angle convex,
divergence about 54°.

This species is quite unlike any of those we have hitherto seen from the Ne-
braska formations. Although apparently occurring in the same bed with avcII
m arked Cretaceous forms, it is, like many of the upper Cretaceous species already
described by us from this region, very nearly allied to forms belonging to the

[May

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 189

Tertiary system of the old world. One of these, F. rarisulcatus of Dcshays, (Coq.
Fos. p. 556, pi. T6, figs. 32, 34,) resembles it very closely in form aud surface
characters, but differs in having the outer lip distinctly crenulated within.

The specific name is given in honor of Col. A. J. Vaughan, Indian Agent for
the Upper Missouri country, to wliose patronage we are indebted for many of
the Nebraska species heretofore described by us.

Locality and position. Near mouth of Heart lliver, junction of Upper Cretaceous
and Tertiary beds.

FUSUS SUBTDRRITDS.

Shell fusiform ; spire conical, turreted, very acute at the apex : volutions
about seven and a half, obliquely flattened or a little concave above, conve.x,
and ornamented round the middle by a single row of rather prominent nodes,
which on the upper whorls are prolonged so as to form more or less distinct
vertical folds, last one tapering rather obliquely into the straight canal ; surface
ornamented by fine lines of growth, which are crossed by small rather regular
elevated thread-like lines, about equalling the spaces between ; suture linear,
and when viewed from above is seen to deviate from a regular curve in follow-
ing the undulating outline of the prolonged nodes : aperture obovate, narrowing
below into the canal. Length about l-TS inches ; breadth -90 inch ; apical angle
nearly regular, divergence 55''.

Tbis species is more nearly related to out F. Newberryi (Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sc.
Philada. vol. 8, p. 66) than any shell we have seen, but differs in having a
more elevated spire, which is much more acute at the apex ; it also has from two
to two and a half more volutions than F. Newberryi, and much more i^rominent
nodes.

Locality and position. Upj)er part of No. 4, near Grand River.

FCSUS INTERTEXTUS.

Shell fusiform, or elongate rhomboidal, rather thick ; spire conical, mode-
rately'' elevated ; volutions about six, convex below, sloping very obliquely, and
concave above, ornamented round the middle by a regular row of vertically elon-
gated nodes ; last whoi'l tapering rather gradually into the canal ; suture not very
distinct ; surface ornamented by well marked lines of growth, which are crossed
by strong, elevated, revolving lines, less than the spaces between on the middle
and upper portions of the whorls, but smaller, more crowded, and sometimes
alternating in size, below the middle of the last turn ; aperture narrow obovate,
obtusely angular above, narrowing gradually below ; margin of outer lip sharj)
or bevelled, prominent in the middle, retreating above and below ; inner liji
scarcely distinct from the slightly arcuate columella. Length about 1-87 inches :
breadth -86 inch: apical angle convex, divergence 50°.

In many respects this species approaches our F. Newberryi (Proceed. Acad.
Nat. Sc. Philada. vol. 8, p. 66,) but differs in the greater elevation of its spire,
more elongated form, and stronger, as well as more distant revolving lines. It
also has about one more volution, and the apical angle measures 5° less.

Like Fusus Newberryi, in the prominence of the middle of the outer lip, and
consequent subsinuate character of its upper part, this shell approaches some
varieties of Pleurotoma, but appears to be a true Fusus.

Locality and position. Yellow Stone River, 150 miles above its mouth, in a
bed apparently a blending of No. 4 and 5 of our section.

Fusus (Pleurotoma ?) Scakboroughi.
Sliell fusiform ; spire conical, acute at the apex ; volutions about six and a
half, flattened, or slightly concave above ; .last one contracting abruptly below
into a small (rather short?) canal ; suture small, not deeply impressed ; surface
ornamented by fine regular lines of growth, crossed by numerous distinct, rather
closely arranged, elevated, thread-like lines, which are slightly variable in size,
but generally equalling the spaces between ; sometimes more closely crowded
and smaller just below the suture, than on the middle of the whorls ; aperture
narrow ovate, angular above, tapering into the canal below ; outer lip thin,

1857.]

140 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

prominent near the middle, and having a broad faint sinus above ; colnmella
slightly arcuate. Length about 1'42 inches; breadth -67 inch; apical angle
very convex, divergence 40".

Not having seen a specimen of this species showing very clearly the form of
the outer lip, we are left in some doubt as to whether it is not more nearly re-
lated to Pleurotoma than Fusus. The lines of growth, are so deflected below
the suture, as to indicate the presence of a broad faint sinus in the upper edge
of the lip, as in Pleurotoma ; the general aspect of the shell, however, is more
like Fusus than Pleurotoma. It is probably one of those connecting links be-
tween those genera, often met with amongst fossil species. None of our speci-
mens show the entire length of the canal, but we are inclined to think it was not
very long.

There is no other shell in the Nebraska formation No. 5 known to us, resembling
this in other respects, that has so remarkably convex a spiral angle, the con-
vergence from the first to the second volution being only about 30**, while the
angle at the apex is as much as 48°.

We have named this species in honor of .Mr. George Scarborough, of Owens-
boro', Ky., a quiet but devoted cultivator of natural science.

Locality and position. Butte aux Gres, on the Missouri River, formation No. 5
of the section.

New Gen. PSEUDOBUCCINUM.

Owing to the fact that the limits of the great genus Buccinum are badly defined,
and several attempts have already been made to erect into distinct genera, forms
regarded by many of the ablest conchologists as merely sections of that genus,
it is with hesitation we venture to propose for a shell of this type a new generic
name. Although evidently related to Buccinum, the species before us presents, we
think, an ensemble of characters of sufficient importance to be regarded as the
type of a distinct group. In the first place, it differs remarkably from the species
of that genus known to us, in the deeply arcuate and strongly tortuous charac-
ter of its columella, as well as in the comparatively large size of the body volu-
tion and aperture. So distinctly marked are these characters, that it appears
probable, if the matrix were removed from the inside of the shell, the whole
interior, quite to the apex of the spire, would be visible from below. It like-
wise differs from any of the species of Buccinum coming under our observation,
in being a much thinner shell, and in having, instead of a short reflexed canal
or deep notch at the base of the columella, simply a small rounded sinus.

In form and general appearance it resembles Sulcobuccinum of D'Orbigny, and
Pseudoliva, of Swainson ; but differs from them both in its strongly arcuate and
tortuous columella, as well as in wanting the revolving sulcus on the exterior
of the body whorl. It is also a much thinner shell than we have seen amongst
the species of either of these types, and wants the small notch in the outer lip,
characteristic of the first, and the projecting spine on the inner side of the same
in the other.

As it is not possible to give definitely the characters of a genus, of which but
a single species is known, we will for the present merely repeat a description
given on a former occasion of this shell, without attempting to separate the
specific characters from those that may be only of specific importance.

^ PSEUDOBUCCINUM NeBRASCENSIS.

Buccinum? Nebrascensis, 31. <j- 17., Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Vol. 8, p. 61.
Shell oval, thin; spire very short ; volutions three to three and a half, convex,
rapidly increasing from the apex, last one very large and somewhat ventricose ;
surface marked with distinct lines of growth, which are crossed by flattened
revolving bands, much wider on the upper part of the volutions than the shal-
low grooves between, but about equalling them on the lower part of the last
turn. About seven or eight of these bands may be counted on the second vo-
lution ; suture narrow and slightly channeled ; aperture large, subelliptical.

[May^

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141

angular above, and terminating in a rather small, rounded sinus below, the
form of which is well defined by a sudden curve in the lines of growth on a
broad spiral ridge round the edge of the pillar lip ; outer lip very thin ; inner
lip thinly spread over the extremely tortuous columella. Length -77 inch ; breadth
•58 inch ; length of aperture -61 inch, breadth of do. -30 inch; apical angle
convex, divergence 105".
Locality and position. Moreau Trading Post and Fox Hills, No. 5 of the series.

Xylophaqa elegantula.

Shell small, globose-cordate, very ventricose ; posterior rounded and closed ;
anterior having a profound angular notch in the under part, so as to produce a
very large hiatus extending more than one-third the length of the shell back
from the buccal extremity, and above the middle; beaks elevated, gibbous, very
strongly incurved and placed a little in advance of the middle ; surface orna-
mented by small regular concentric wrinkles and very fine lines of growth ; the
wrinkles are rather obscure on the posterior part of the shell, but upon reach-
ing a narrow sulcus, which passes from the beaks to the base, a little in advance
of the middle of the shell, they suddenly become more distinct, and are deflected
upwards nearly parallel with the vertical margins of the hiatus, near which they
again become very fine and regular; on passing upon that portion of the valves
extending out in front over the hiatus, these fine wrinkles are deflected, almost
in a horizontal direction, and suddenly enlarged, but rapidly diminish, and
converge as they pass round the anterior extremity.

On the cast, the mesial sulcus extending from the beaks to the base is very
narrow but deep and sharply defined. At the points where the concentric
wrinkles cross this sulcus or groove, it is distinctly punctate. Further back, a
rather distinct carina extends from the back part of the beaks obliquely back-
wards and downwards nearly to the base of the shell ; immediately behind
this ridge, the posterior part of the cast is suddenly compressed, and faintly
marked by a large leaf-like muscular impression. The pallial impression is
narrow, stands nearly vertical, and extends more than halfway up to the beaks
between the mesial sulcus and posterior carina.

Locality and position. Muscle shell River, where it was found embedded in
fossil-wood, — formation No. 4.

Xylophaga Stimpsoni.

Shell ovate, gibbous in front, and cuneate behind ; posterior end obliquely
subtruncate above, round below, nearly or quite closed; anterior having a dis-
tinct angular notch below, which forms a large hiatus extending back one-
fourth the length of the skull and upwards above the middle ; base and dorsal
margins parallel ; beaks not much elevated above the dorsal edge, pointed at
the apex, and strongly incurved. Surface marked by distinct, regular con-
centric wrinkles, and extremely fine lines of growth. The wrinkles are more
obscure on the posterior part of the shell, but on crossing a narrow sulcus (in
the cast) that passes from the beaks to the base, they become more distinct,
and curve gracefully upwards nearly parallel with the edge of the hiatus; on
passing forward upon the upper anterior part of the valves extending out over
the hiatus, they are suddenly deflected in a horizontal direction and become
stronger, but rapidly diminish and converge in passing round the anterior ex-
tremity.

On the cast, the mesial groove extending from the apex of the beaks obliquely
downwards and a little backwards to the base, is narrow but well defined. A
little in advance of this, and nearly parallel with it, a fainter impressed line
passes from the beaks to the base. About halfway between the mesial groove
and the posterior end of the shell, another deep, but broader, groove extends
from the posterior side of the beaks obliquely backwards nearly to the lower
part of the anal extremity; behind this the narrow oval posterior muscular
impression is seen faintly indicated near the border.

Although resembling the last in its style of ornament, this is a very distinct

1857.]

142 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

Species, being ovate in form instead of globose-cordate. It also differs in
having greatly less elevated beaks.

We dedicate the species to Mr. W. Stimpson, Naturalist of the South Pacific
Exploring Expedition, to whom we are under obligations for suggestions re-
specting this and the preceding species.

Locality and position. Same as last.

Pholadomya subventricosa.

Shell longitudinally oval, ventricose in the umbonial and buccal regions,
more compressed behind ; extremities rounded ; base forming an elliptic curve ;
dorsum concave behind the beaks, declining very abruptly in front ; beaks ele-
vated, gibbous, located near the anterior end, distinctly incurved ; surface orna-
mented by about thirty very small, rather flexuous, radiating costae, some of
which die out before reaching the beaks, crossed by faint concentric wrinkles,
and fine rather indistinct lines of growth, which produce on the costse very
small irregular nodes or granules ; costse most distant near the extremities of
the shell, and wanting on an oval or cordate space at the anterior end. Length
about 2 inches ; height 1.10 inch ; breadth 1-10 inch.

This shell resembles very nearly a Lower Green sand species described by
Prof. Forbes in the Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond. vol. i. p. 238, pi. 2, fig. 3, under the
name of P. Martini; but the beaks are more elevated, and nearer terminal in
our shell, and the costae more numerous. The concentric wrinkles likewise
differ in being not quite so distinct as on P. llariini.

It is yet more closely allied to a species described by one of the writers* in
Trans, Albany Institute, vol. 4, p. 42, from Vancouver's Island, under the name
of P. subelongata ; but has more elevated beaks, and finer, as well as more
numerous costfe ; the buccal end is also more gibbous than in P. subelongata.

Locality and position. Mouth of Judith River, formation No. 1 ? of general
section.

SOLEN? DaKOTENSIS.

Shell long and slender, rather compressed ; dorsal margin and base parallel :
posterior end narrowly rounded, (anterior end?); beaks not distinct from the
dorsal edge, located near the centre of the shell; surface of cast marked by very
obscure traces of concentric wrinkles, indicating the direction of lines of
growth. Length 1.40 inch; height .35 inch; breadth about .20 inch.

This species resembles S. cequalis, D'Orbigny, (Pal. Franc, tom. 3d, pi. 350,
figs. 5, 6,) more than any shell with which we are acquainted ; but is propor-
tionally narrower, and the beaks are less distinct from the cardinal border.
The only specimen we have seen is a cast of the outside of both valves, lyi"g
partly open and embedded in the matrix. Although we know nothing of rLe
surface markings or interior of this shell, we have ventured to characterize it,
believing it important to call attention to the few forms found in the formation
in which it occurs, however obscure they may be, as there remains some doubt
in regard to the exact age of this deposit.

Locality and position. Just below the mouth of Vermilion River on the Mis-
souri, formation No. 1 of general section.

New Gen. CORBULAMELLA.

The small shell upon which we propose to establish the above genus appears
to be related both to Cardilia of Deshays, and Corbula of Bruguiere. It differs
from the first, however, in being distinctly inequivalve, and in wanting the
spoon-shaped projection for the reception of the ligament, mentioned by
Deshays. From Corbula it differs in having the posterior muscular attacliment
raised upon a thin, strongly projecting plate, as in Cuculloea. The teeth of the
hinge, and pallial impression appear to be as in Corbula. We have not been
able to determine whether the ligament was internal or external.

* Mr. Meek.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143

As this shell appears to agree in so many characters with Corlula, the pro-
priety of separating it from that genus may be doubted by some; it presents,
however, such a marked difference from any species of Corbula we have seen, in
the peculiar very strongly projecting internal plate above referred to, that we
are satisfied there nmst have been some corresponding difference in the organi-
zation of the animal.

As we have hitherto met with but the one species, it is of course impossible
to determine, in every instance, which of its characters are of specific, and which
of generic importance, consequently we will not attempt to give a formal
diagnosis of the genus, but will merely repeat, with slight modifications, the
description given by us some little time back in the Proceedings of the
Academy.

CORBULAMELLA QREGAREA.

Corbula ? gregarea^ M. ^ JT., Proceed. Acad. Nat. Set. Vol. viii, ^;. 84.

Shell very small, inequivalve, approaching subglobose, a triangular form,
right valve more ventricose than the other ; beaks nearly central, gibbous, that
of the right valve elevated above the left, incurved ; surface polished and
marked with a few faint irregular concentric wrinkles of growth ; hinge having
under the beak a single prominent tooth in each valve ; anterior muscular
attachment rather indistinct, posterior raised upon a strongly projecting
lamina ; pallial impression scarcely sinuous. Length .13 inch ; height .13 inch ;
breadth .10 inch.

Locality and position. Occurs in great numbers on Yellow Stone River in a
bed apparently a blending of No. 4 and 5.

Cyprina arenarea.

Cast of interior very broad ovate, subtrigonal, moderately compressed, most
convex in the umbonial region ; extremities rounded, the posterior sometimes
slightly truncate ; base semi-ovate or broadly rounded ; dorsal margin sloping
rather abruptly, with a regular convex curve from the beaks to the posterior
end, concave and much more abruptly' declining in front ; beaks rather elevated,
slightly gibbous, located a little in advance of the middle of the shell. Length
.95 inch ; height .80 inch ; breadth .53 inch.

This species has much the form and general appearance of a Cytherea, but as
there is no indication of a sinus in the pallial impression, on any of the casts
we have seen, and the teeth of the hinge, as near as can be ascertained from
internal cast, are like those of Cyprina^ we place it provisionally in that genus.

Locality and position. Big Sioux River, two miles above the mouth, in sand-
stone of formation No. 1, where it is associated with fragments of fossil wood
bored by Teredo.

Cyprina cordata.

Shell thick, cordate, gibbous ; extremities and base rounded ; umbonial region
ventricose ; beaks much elevated, nearly central, distinctl}' curved obliquelj'^
inwards and forwards ; muscular impressions not very deep, surface marked by
strong concentric lines, and small wrinkles of growth, crossed by faint traces
of radiating lines. Length 1.66 inches ; height 1.68 inches ; breadth about 1.49
inches.

As we have not yet seen the hinge of this shell, we are in some doubt in
regard to its affinities ; and only place it provisionally in the genus Cyprina.
The character of the muscular impressions, with its simple pallial line, and gen-
eral appearances, are such as to indicate its relations to that genus. It will be
at once distinguished from all the other forms we have yet seen from the Ne-
braska rocks, by its high curved beaks, gibbous cordate form, and distinct lines
of growth ; the radiating lines mentioned above are so ver}' faint as to be readily
overlooked, excepting when the shell is viewed in a certain light, and may be
often absent.

Locality and position. Moreau River, No. 5 of the series.
1857.]

144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Cyprina compressa.

Shell broad ovate, rather thin and compressed, somewhat narrowly rounded
at the extremities, base semi-oval ; beaks elevated, approximate, not strongly
curved, located about three-eighths the length of the shell back of the
anterior end ; cardinal border declining rather abruptly, with a greatly con-
vex outline, from the beaks towards the posterior end, concave and mere abrupt-
before the beaks ; surface unknown ; muscular impressions rather distinct.
Length 2.66 inches; height 2.1Y inches; breadth about 1.15.

We are not sure we have seen specimens of this species showing the surface
characters; some fragments in the collection from the same locality and position
apparently of the same shell, are simply marked with rather strong lines of
growth. It is barely possible this may be a variety of the last ; the beaks, how-
ever, are so much more elevated, and farther removed from the anterior end,
that we are at present inclined to regard it as a distinct species.

Locality and position. Same as last.

Cyprina subtumida.

Shell rather small, ovate, moderately gibbous ; anterior end narrowly round-
ed below the beaks ; posterior subtruncate at the extremity ; base forming a
gently convex curve, contracted towards the posterior ; cardinal border de-
clining with a long gentle curve from the beaks to the posterior end, concave
and very abrupt in front ; beaks located near the anterior end, directed ob-
liquely forward, not much elevated ; umbonial region gibbous ; valves prominent
or almost subangular from near the beaks obliquely backwards towards the lower
part of the posterior end ; muscular impressions not deep, anterior ones smaller
and more distinct than the others; surface unknown. Length (of cast) -92
inch ; height -65 inch ; breadth -55 inch.

This species is not very nearly related to any we have seen figured in foreign
works, and may be known from any of those we have described from the North
West, excepting C. cordata, by its more gibbous form, more ventricose and
oblique umbonial slopes, as well as less elevated beaks. From C. cordata it
will be at once distinguished by its ovate form and greatly less elevated beaks.

Our specimens do not show very satisfactorily the surface markings, as the
exterior has been mainly removed by the exfoliation of the shell. There are,
however, indications of lines of growth, and on the surfaces of the laminae
faint traces of radiating mai'ks ; though the latter may have had no connection
with surface markings. Not enough of the shell remains to show the character
of the points of the beaks.

Locality and position. Yellow Stone River, in beds apparently a blending of
No. 4 and 5.

Cyprina ovata.

Shell ovate, compressed, rather thin, somewhat narrowly rounded at the
extremities ; base semi-ovate ; cardinal border declining with a gentle curve
from the beaks towards the posterior extremity, concave and sloping more
abruptly in front ; beaks not much elevated, rather small, approximate, not
strongly curved, located a little more than one-fourth the length of the
shell behind the anterior border; surface ornamented by distinct concentric
lines of growth ; lunule small, and not distinctly defined ; corselet lanceolate,
profound; hinge moderately thick, lateral teeth long ; cardinal teeth not very
prominent ; muscular and pallial impressions distinct, but not deep. Length
2-55 inches ; height 2-05 inches; breadth 1-15 inches.

This species resembles C. oblonya, D'Orbigny, (Pal. Franc, torn. 3d, p. 105,
pi. 277, fig. 1-4,) but is more narrowly rounded at the extremities, and the
lateral tooth of the right valve is not near so prominent.

Locality and position. Mouth Heart River, at junction of formation No. 5 of
the general section with the base of the Tertiary, but probably in the former.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 145

Unio Danai.

Shell elongate, arcuate, and oblique, contracting posteriorly ; anterior end
regularly rounded; base slightly arched, most contracted a liltle behind the
middle ; posterior end cuneate, rather narrowly rounded ; dorsal margin slop-
ing with a long convex curve from near the umbones towards the posterior
end ; beaks depressed, not very distinct from the dorsal edge, placed a little more
than one-fourth tlie length of the shell from the anterior end; flanks concave
from the umbonial region obliquely downwards to the most arcuate portion of
the base ; liinge moderately thick; cardinal teeth corrugated, strong, apparently
double in the left valve, and single in the right; lateral teeth long and slender :
surface (of specimens with the epidermis removed) marked by faint lines of
growth, and very obscure radiating stria;. Length 3-50 inches ; height 1'54
inches; breadth about 1 inch.

After satisfying ourselves that this and the two following species are distinct
from all the fossil Uniones described in any works within our reach, we sub-
mitted them to Mr. Isaac Lea, tlie well-known conchologist of Philadelphia, from
whom we received the following remarks respecting their affinities to recent
species.

" The specimen marked Unio Danai has very much the same outline with
Margarilina margaritifera^ Schm., but is a true Unio, and perhaps more nearly
allied to U. lumidus, Retzius, than to any other of the genus. It is certainly an
undescribed species.

" Unio Deiceyanus is a very distinct species, and although not more than half
the size, very closely resembles the recent U. ^rwwca^Ms, Swainson, in outline and
obliqueness. It is also, like it, a thick ponderous species.

" Unio subspalulaius is an oblique species, nearly allied to U. spatulalus, Lea.
but is more rounded posteriorly than that shell.

" All these species are characterized by an obliqueness not usual in the genus.
The beaks are nearly terminal in all of them, and they have a general massive
character, which causes a disposition to enlarged cardinal and lateral teeth.
This enlargement is more particularly noticeable in the cardinal teeth, which
are all massive and very much corrugated. It is evident from the deep cor-
rugations of the great cicatrices, that the muscular power of the animal was
very great.

" They are certainly very interesting specimens, and deserve attention, as they
differ much from the general type of recent Uniones, as well as those of tlie
Wealden of England."

Owing to the fact that these shells were obtained from a formation in which
saurian remains, similar to some of those of the Wealden were found, we
called Mr. Lea's attention to that fact, with the view of also obtaining his
opinion respecting their affinities to Wealden forms. From his remarks above,
it will be seen he is of the opinion they are distinct from the types of that epoch.
Mr. Lea's opinion on this point is of much value, since he had an opportunity,
while in England some years since, of studying very carefully Dr. ManteU's ex-
tensive collection of Wealden species.

We name this shell in honor of Prof. James D. Dana, the distinguished
naturalist of New Haven, Connecticut.

Localitji and posilion. Mouth of Judith River, bed G. of the freshwater and
estuary deposits at that locality.

Unio Deweyanus.

Shell rather thick, oblique, narrow-ovate, approaching a narrow-elliptic
form, most convex in the umbonial region, more compressed and cuneate poste-
riorly; extremities rounded, anterior end a little wider than the otiier ; base
broad, semi-ovate ; dorsal margin nearly straight, and sloping gradually from
near the beaks towards the posterior end ; beaks small, not very distinct from
the dorsal border, almost terminal in old shells, but iu young individuals a

1857.]

146 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

little more removed from the buccal margin ; surface (of specimens with the
epidermis wanting) showing obscure lines of growth, crossed by very fine in-
distinct irregular radiating striee ; ligament long ; hinge much thickened at the
anterior end of the valves, composed of two rough irregular cardinal teeth in
the left valve, and one more prominent tooth in the right ; lateral teeth long
and slightly arched ; dorsal cicatrix located nearly under the beaks, not very
deep ; anterior cicatrix distinct, and strongly corrugated ; cavity of the beaks
shallow. Length about 2-60 inches; height 1-33 inches; breadth about 1-18
inches.

Named in honor of Rev. Chester Dewey, of Rochester University.

Locality and position. Bed G. of the freshwater and estuary formations at
the mouth of Judith River. (See section at that place.)

Unio subspatdlata.

Shell moderately thick, oblique, elongate-ovate, rather compressed, most con-
vex at the anterior end, cuneate behind ; buccal end wider than the other,
abruptly rounded or subtruncate; posterior end narrowly rounded ; base nearly
straight or very slightly concave ; dorsal margin sloping a little, with a long,
convex curve from near the umbone?, towards the posterior end; beaks small,
not much elevated, located at the anterior end ; surface (epidermis gone) show-
ing faint lines of growth, crossed by fine irregular, radiating striae; hinge and
interior unknown. Length 2-83 inches ; height 1-34 inches ; breadth -75 inch.

This species is related to U. Danai of this paper, but is more compressed, and
its base and flanks are less contracted. It likewise presents the well marked
difi'erence of having terminal beaks, while those of U. Danai are removed
about one-fourth the length of the shell back from the anterior end.

From TJ. Dcwcijanus of this paper, to which it is also related, it differs in
being more elongated and compressed. It is also more arched on the back and
more contracted along the lower border.

Locality and position. Same as last.

Pectunculus subimbrioatus.

Shell transversely oval, nearly circular, not much compressed, equilateral ;
extremities rounded, posterior end sometimes slightly broader than the other :
base rather more broadly rounded ; cardinal border slightly arched, moderately
thick ; beaks (obtuse?) not much elevated or incurved ; surface ornamented by
about fifty simple, rounded, depressed radiating plications, a little more than
twice a« broad as the grooves between, crossed by numerous regular, distinct,
imbricating lines of growth, which arch upwards in crossing the costse ;
cardinal teeth about twenty-five, not large, lateral ones arcuate, with the con-
cave sides turned from the beaks ; ligament area moderate, marked by about
six grooves, which form very obtuse angles under the beaks ; muscular im-
pressions large but not deep. Length 1-49 inches ; height 1-36 inches ; breadth
1-02 inches.

Associated with the above we have a single valve of another individual not
more than one-sixth as large, and having comparatively a smaller ligament
area, fewer teeth and rather less prominent beaks. The costse are also ap-
parently obsolete over proportionably larger spaces at the extremities of the
hinge. This we suspect may be a distinct species, but without more specimens
for comparison we are unwilling to so regard it at present. If it should prove
to be a different species we would suggest for it the name of P. suborbiculatus.

Locality and position. Heart River, near junction of No. 5 with the Tertiary,
but perhaps in the former.

OSTREA GLABllA.

Shell elongate-ovate, rather irregular, usually curving to the left, but some-
times to the right; generally narrower near the beaks than at the other ex-

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP rHILADELPHIA. 147

tremity. Lower valve rather deep ; ligament area small and well defined ;
beaks somewhat pointed at the extremity, most frequently turned abruptly to
the left; umbonial region sometimes a little distorted by the cicatrix of at-
tachment. Upper valve flat, or a little concave ; beak truncated at the ex-
tremity. Surface smooth, or only marked by very small, faint concentric wrinkles
of growth. Length about 3 inches ; breadth 1-50 to 2 inches.

Locality and position. Mouth of Judith River, in sandstone of formation No. 1 ?
of general section.

OSTREA TRANSIiCCIDA.

Shell small, thin and translucent, arcuate, attached by the under side of the
lower valve in the umbonial region ; border having faint indications of three or
four broad undefined plications ; beaks small, more or less distinctly curved to
the left ; lower valve convex, rather deep ; ligament area very small and
triangular, sometimes linear and abruptly curved to the left ; margins on
each side of the beak regularly and rather distinctly crenulated ; muscular impres-
sion ovate, small, very near the left border, indistinct ; upper valve nearly flat,
or slightly concave near the middle, sometimes distinctly alate on the left side
at the beak, regularly and closely rounded on the other side; cardinal end
transversely truncate ; beak not extending beyond the truncated cardinal edge,
but curving round to the left within the margin ; surface nearly smooth, or
marked only by faint subimbricating lines of growth. Length about 1 inch;
breadth -53 inch ; depth of lower valve '30 inch.

This species resembles 0. larva of Lamarck, and is the shell referred by ns
with doubt to that species in the catalogue of Nebraska Cretaceous and Ter-
tiary fossils given in our last paper. A comparison of better specimens in the
late collections, with authentic specimens of 0. larva proves them to be quite
distinct. Our shell never being near so distinctly plicated round the border as
that species, nor is it auriculate on both sides of the beak as in 0. larva. Its
mode of attachment is likewise altogether different, being more like 0. crenulata
of Tuomey, in that respect; it also sometimes resembles the latter shell in the
crenulate character of its borders on each side of the beaks, but differs in want-
ing the closely plaited squaniose ridges mentioned by Prof. Tuomey.

Locality and position. Long Lake on the Missouri, in the upper part of No. 5
of the section.

HeMIASTER ? HUMPHREYSANUS.

Shell broad cordate or subcircular, rather depressed, greatest elevation near
the posterior, declining very slightly towards the front; broadest a little in
advance of the middle, rather flat below ; oral aperture, not large, transversely
oval, arcuate, with convex side towards the front, located about one-fourth the
length of the shell from the anterior end ; vent small and of an oval form ; api-
cal disc not more than one-third the length of the shell in advance of the
posterior end : genital pores four, rather large ; dorsal ambulacra, excepting
the odd one, distinctly petialoid, very unequal ; anterior or odd one long,
lanceolate, and extending nearly to the margin, located in a deep rounded
groove which passes over the front to the mouth, giving an emarginate cha-
racter to the anterior end, having about thirty-three pairs of pores in each
series ; anterior lateral ambulacra flexures a little broader than, and not quite so
long as, the odd one, placed in distinct grooves, and having about thirty-five or
six pairs of pores in each series ; posterior ambulacra very small, not much more
than one- third as long as the anterior laterals, oval in form, and having about
eighteen pairs of pores in each series, not deeply excavated ; inter-ambulacral
spaces prominent, anterior two rather pinched up ; surface unknown. Lent'th
1-21 inch; height -81 inch ; breadth 1*20 inch.

Not having seen specimens showing the surface markings of this species, it is
with some doubt we refer it to the genus Uemiaster, the absence of the shell

1857.]

148 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

leaving some doubts in regard to the presence of the fasciale characteristics of
that genus. The posterior position of the apical disc, and the close proximity
of mouth to the front, as well as the great inequality of the posterior and anterior
lateral ambulacra, appear to remove it from the genus Toxaster. In some re-
spects it resembles the genus Schizaster, but does not decline so distinctly to-
wards the front above, as is common amongst the species of that genus. It may
belong to a new type.

It is remarkable, that in all the collections hitherto obtaiued from the
Cretaceous rocks of Nebraska, this is the only species of Echinodi-nn yet
met with, and it is so rare that but the single specimen now before us, and a
fragment mentioned in one of our former papers, from the same locality, have
been met with.

We take pleasure in naming this rare and beautiful fossil in honor of
Capt. A. A. Humphreys, of the U. S. Topographical Engineers.

Locality and position. Yellow Stone River, in a bed composed of a blending
of No. 4 and 5 of the general section.

On the LABVA of the Thyreus Abbottii.
BY J. P. KIRTLAND, M. D.

Swainson, in his Zoological Illustrations, vol. i. First Series, described the
Thyreus Abbottii, which, together with the Pupa and Larva, he figured on the
authority of Mr. Abbott's unpublished drawings.

Dr. Harris' Catalogue of North American Sphinges, in the Amer. Jour, of
.Sciences and Arts, vol. xxxvi., contains also a description of this larva, drawn
from Swainson's sketch. With due deference to these high authorities, I beg
leave to state, that neither their figures nor descriptions bears the least re-
semblance to the true larva.

During the last three years I have reared many of them and carried them
through the second stages of transformation to the perfect insect.

At maturity the Larva is about the length of Swainson's figure, but its
diameter is one-fifth less. Its upper surface is ash color, with its belly and
legs tinged with a faint violet. It is not furnished with a caudal horn as repre-
sented in Swainson's figure, but in place of it has an oval eyelet or occuli, of a
glossy brown color, and a line or two in diameter. This Larva resembles more
the common silk worm (Bombyx mori) than it does Swainson's figure. Its
principal food is the leaf of the Ampelopsis quinquefolia, though it occasionally
is found on the cultivated grape vine.

During the month of August it attains its full size, and individuals may be
seen at night descending to the ground, where it enters the pupae state, below
the reach of frost.

Specimens kept in boxes of earth beneath the shelves of a warm green house,
appeared in the perfect state as early as the first of April, while those pre-
served in a cool cellar did not assume that form till late in May, or early in
June.

That Dr. Harris was led into an error by Swainson's figure I have no doubt,
for Dr. H. sent me a drawing and colored figure of this true Larva four years
since, requesting of me information as to the perfect insect it produced. To
prevent a further extension of that error is the object of this communication.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 149

June 2d, 1857.
Mr. Ord, President, in the Chair.

The following papers were presented for publication in the Proceed-
ings, viz :

Notes on the Geology of the Mauvaises Torres of White River, Ne-
braska, by F. V. Hayden, M. D.

Prodromus descriptionis animalium evertebratorum, quaj in Expcdi-
tioni ad Oceanum Pacificura Septentrionalem a llepublica Federata
missa, Cadwaladaro Ringgold et Johanne Rodgers ducibus. observavit
et descripsit W. Stimpson.

Description of two new genera of Shells, and Rectification of
some of the generic names of American Tertiary Fossils, by T. A.
Conrad.

Which as usual were referred to committees.

Dr. Leidy remarked t'.iat upon one of the specimens of coal shales with fossil
fishes, from Linton, Jefferson Co., Ohio, presented this evening by Mr. Wheatley,
there was a compressed oval, black, shining, brittle, homogeneous mass,
about three inches long, and one inch and a quarter wide, by two lines in
thickness, which he suspected to be the ink bag of a Loligo, or cuttle-fish.
The carbonaceous mass can readily be reduced to an impalpable powder, which
has the same appearance and color as that derived from the fossil Loligo of the
Lias of Wiirtemburg.

Mr. Lea exhibited two specimens from the dark slates of the Red
Sandstone of Phoenixville, Pa., which had been procured by Mr.
Wheatley from the tunnel of the Reading Railroad. These specimens
contained a hone and a coproUte, and through the mass could be
observed imperfect portions of the so-called Posidonia, which has
been found usually wherever these black slates occur. The bone
is fractured at both ends, is nearly four inches long and three-quarters
by nearly half an inch thick. It is flattened on the outside and curved
on the inner side. The transverse section nearly resembles that which,
as the fore-arm or leg, Mr. Lea figured in the Journal, N. S., vol. ii.,
pi. 18, fig. 1, under the name of Clepsj/saurus Pennsylvanicns, and it
may be identical with that species ; or it may belong to that of Cente-
modon sulcatus, Lea, which was described in the Proceedings of the
Academy in April of last year, from a single tooth, and which he found
within a few hundred yards of the same locality, at the northern end
of the same tunnel. This is another evidence among the very few in
Pennsylvania of the existence of Saurian life at the period of this in-
teresting Red Sandstone formation. The specimen of coprolite is
more perfect than any Mr. Lea had seen from the same locality, and
was probably one of the ejectamenta of this Saurian.

June 9(h, 1857. _

Dr. B. CoATES in the Chair.

Dr. Leidy remarked that the specimens of coprolites and shales with Fost-
donice, and the left dental bone of a fish presented by Mr. Conrad and himself
this evening, had been obtained in a recent visit to Black Tunnel, near Phoenix-

1857.] 11

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

ville, Chester Co. The Posidonice Mr. Conrad regards as identical with the
P. multicostata and P. triangularis of Prof. Emmons, obtained from a corres-
ponding geological formation of Chatham Co., N. C* The former species had
been previously indicated by Mr. Lea under the name of P. ovata-f from speci-
mens obtained at Phoenixville, and probably the latter was also indicated under
the name oi P.parva from smaller specimens than those presented this evening,
but likewise obtained from the same locality.

The dental bone referred to, apparently belongs to a ganoid fish, probably
allied to Eugnathus or Belonosiomus.

Dr. L. further observed that Prof. Emmons had recently discovered the re-
mains of an insectivorous mammal in the same series of rocks of Chatham Co.,
X. C.{ The animal, Dromatherium sylvestre, is closely allied to the Spalacothe-
rium, Owen, from the English Purbeck beds of the oolitic series, and it may pro-
bably indicate that the rocks in which it was found, with those corresponding
in this State, may be of the same age as those of the Richmond coal field.

The Clepsysaurvs, Lea, of the same rocks of Pennsylvania and North Carolina,
is not properly a thecodent reptile, but may form the type of a new family, as
its teeth are inserted in the jaw by solid conical fangs. Omosaurus of the same
formations is probably a distinct genus from Clepsysaurus.

Mr. Cassin announced the death of Lieut. J. C. Strain, late a Cor-
respondent of the Academy.

June IQth, 1857.

Dr. T. B. Wilson in the Chair.

The following papers were offered for publication, viz :
Notices of the Remains of extinct Fishes, by J. Leidy, M. D.
Description of a new species of Myacites, by T. A. Conrad.
Description of a new genus of the family Dreissenidee, by T. A.
Conrad.

Examination of Enargite, from New Grenada, by W. J. Taylor.

Which were referred to Committees.

Dr. Leidy read a letter fom Dr. J. S. Newberry, dated Washington,

D. C., May 4, 1857, desiring that the title Mekolepis, applied by him
to a genus of fossil fish, be changed to Eurylepis, the former having been
anticipated by Dumeril and Bibron. The species would then read
Eurylepis corrugatus ; E. tuherculatus ; E. gramdahis ; E. lineatus ;

E. ovoideus J E. 07'natissimus ; E. insculptus ; E. scrratus.

Dr. Leidy exhibited specimens of New Red Sandstone fossils from
near the Gwyned tunnel, on the North Pennsylvania Railroad, collected
by Mr. Lea and himself. These are species of Cypris, very numerous,
some scales of Ganoid fishes, and remains of bones and teeth, probably
Batrachian.

Dr. Morris called the attention of the Academy to some fishes kept
in a vase where water was not removed frequently enough ; the fishes
then rise at short intervals to the surface and swallow air, thus main-
taining their respiration ; showing that the exchange of gases in this
class of animals takes place readily as long as the branchiae are kept
moist, and illustrating the mode of respiration in the genus Anabas.

* Geol. Rep. of North Carolina, 1856, p. 337.
tProc. A. N. S. viii. 78. April, 1856.
X American Geology, pt. vi. p. 93.

[June,

* NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151

Mr. Vaux announced the decease of Mr. Thos. Biddle, late a mem-
ber of this Academy.

On motion of Mr. Cassin, the thanks of the Academy were presented
to Mr. J. H. Slack for his valuable donations to the Ethnological col-
lection received this evening.

June2M, 1857.
Mr. Ord, President, in the Chair.

Mr. Yaux read a letter from Mr. John Biddle, dated June 11th,
1857, accompanying the crania of Thugs presented this evening.

My late brother-in-law Wm. A. Foster, in 1836 (at which time we were both
residing in Calcutta) applied to Dr. Martin, E. I. Co.'s Surgeon, and the leading
physician of that city, to procure for him the skulls of some Thugs. Dr. M. did
not succeed in obtaining them until the latter part of 1837, at which time Mr.
F. had left India for the United States. As I was still there. Dr. M. sent them
to me for Jlr. F., and I shipped the lot, consisting of six, to Philadelphia. On
their arrival, Mr. F. was absent from the United States, and had transferred
them to me.

Dr. Martin, in his note accompanying them, stated that they were the heads
of notorious Thugs, who had recently been hung by direction of the Court for
the suppression of Thuggee established by the E. I. Co. ; and I entertain no
doubt of the correctness of his statement.

As to the province of Hindoostan, to which the birth place of these six Thugs
should be referred, Dr. M. said nothing, and probably knew nothing. Neither
did he inform me in which district they were tried and executed; but at the
period at which he procured them, Thuggee was practised much more exten-
sively in the region about the head waters of the Ganges than in the province
of Bengal; and I presume that they were obtained from the former region.

Two of the six skulls were sent by me to our late friend Dr. Samuel G.
Morton, in W. A. Foster's name. I suppose them to be the same which appear
in the Catalogue of Crania belonging to the Academy. Two others I presented
to George Combe, of Scotland, when on a visit to our city, many years ago;
and the remaining two you now have.

Mr. Lea presented for publication a paper entitled " Descriptions
of twenty-seven New Species of Uniones from Georgia," which was
referred to a committee.

June SOtJi, 1857.

Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.

The Committees to whom were referred the following papers, reported
in favor of their publication.

Notes on the Geology of the Mauvaises Terres of White River, Nebraska.

BY F. V. HAYDEN, M. D.

This interesting lacustrine deposit has but recently been made known to the
scientific world, — wonderful not alone for its unique scenery, but also for the
abundance and importance of its organic remains ; and although it has been
as yet but partially explored, the results that have been obtained have proved
of the highest interest. The profusion of Mammalian and Chelonian remains
which have been entombed in its strata, of species and, in most cases, genera,
though closely allied, yet differing from all known living forms, its purely fresh-

1857.]

152 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

water origin and remarkable physical features, must render it, when fully
explored and studied, classic ground to the Geologist and Palaeontologist. I
now propose to give a brief account of the histoiy and progress of its discovery,
note the different expeditions which have visited it, and present, in as short a
compass as possible, what is now known respecting its geology. The history
of its esploi-ation up to 1853 I quote from Prof. Leidy's great work, "The
Ancient Fauna of Nebraska."

" This extensive cemetery of eocene vertebrata in the Mauvaises Terres, or
Bad Lands, was first brought to our notice in a communication entitled, ^Dt-
scription of a fossil Maxillary Bone of a Palceotherium from near White River ^ pub-
lished by Hiram A. Front, M. D., of St. Louis, in the American Journal of Science
and Arts for 1847, page 248.'

"Nearly at the same time Mr. S. D. Phillips, when on a visit to Chambers-
burgh, observed in the possession of Dr. S. JD. Culbertson, several remarkable
mammalian fossils, which had been sent as curiosities from the Bad Lands by
his nephew, Mr. Alexander Culbertson, of the American Fur Company. These
specimens, at the suggestion of the late distinguished Dr. S. G. Morton, were
obtained through Dr. John H. B. McClelland, a friend of Dr. Culbertson, and
were obligingly placed in my hands for examination. A description of them
was published in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia for 1847 and 1848, and they were afterward presented by Alexander
Culbertson to the Academy.

" The attention of Dr. D. D. Owen having been directed to the interesting
reo-ion whence the fossils were obtained, he requested Dr. John Evans, an as-
sistant in the Geological Survey in which he was engaged, to pay it a visit.
This gentleman brought home a magnificent collection of fossils, which form
the basis of one of the chapters in Dr. Owen's Report.*

" Through the instrumentality of Prof. S. F. Baird, who from the first fully
appreciated the importance of a complete examination of the Mauvaises Terres.
and their animal remains, Mr. Thaddeus A. Culbertson, under the auspiees of
the Smithsonian Institution, visited the locality and brought home a valuable
additional collection of Mammalian and Chelonian fossils. "f

In the spring of 1853, Dr. John Evans, U. S. Geologist, made an incidental
tour to the Bad Lands, while on his way to his field of labors in Oregon, and
obtained a very large and valuable collection; and besides re-collecting most of
the forms already discovered, added five new species to the Fauna.

At the same time another expedition was fitted out and sent to the Bad
Lands through the liberality of Prof. James Hall, the eminent Geologist and
Palaeontologist of New York; and Mr. F. B. Meek and the writer were employed
by him to perform the trip. A large and valuable collection and much informa-
tion were obtained, adding greatly to our knowledge of the country. Three new
species of mammals were also added to the Nebraska Fauna.

In February, 1855, while spending the winter at Fort Pierre, the writer made
a tour to the Bad Lands, under the patronage of Col. A. J. Vaughan, U. S.
Agent for the Upper Missouri Indians. A severe storm of snow, however,
rendered it impossible for him to go beyond Sage Creek. A few mammalian
remains and a fine collection of the fresh-water fossils fi'om Pinao's Spring
were the only results. In May of the same year the writer made a second trip
by a route never before taken by travellers. Leaving Fort Pierre, he took u
south-easterly course, struck White River about thirty miles above its mouth,
crossed the stream and ascended to the dividing ridge which overlooks the
valley of Running Water, on the south side of White River and the main body
of the Bad Lands. An opportunity was thus given to examine the outliers and
upper beds of the Bad Lands, ivhich resulted in the discovery of several new

* See Dr. Leidy's Memoir, p. 533, of the Report of a Geological Survey of Wisconsiu.
&c.

t Journal of an Expedition to the Mauvaises Terres and the Upper Missouri in 1850.
Fifth Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution, page 84.

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

153

forms of Fossil Mammalia among which were four new species belonging to the
family Rodentia,* a group not before discovered in this basin. A line oppor-
tunity was thus given to trace the connection of distant outliers on both sides
of the Missouri, with the main body of the Bad Lands at the head of White and
Shyenne rivers.

I will now present a vertical section showing the order of superposition of
the diflerent beds at the various localities examined, premising, however, that
the thickness of the strata are all estimated. The section, therefore, cannot be
as perfect as could be desired, but may throw some light on the geology of that
interesting region.

Vertical Section, shoicing the order of superposition of the different Beds of the
Bad Lands of White River, so far as determined.

Subdivisions.

Gray and greenish-gray sandstone, varying from
a Tcry fine compact structure to a conglomerate.

Yellowish gray g.it, passing down into a yellow
and light yellow argillo-calcareous marl, with nu-
merous calcareous concretions and much crystalline
material, like t?ulphate of Baryta. Fossils: Hip-
parion, Merychippus, Stencofiber, &c.

Grayish and light gray rather coarse-grained
sandstone, with much Sulphate of Alumina? dis-
seminated through it.

Yellowish and flcsh-colored indurated argillo-cal-
careous bed, with tough argillo-calcareous concre-
tions, containing Tcstudo, Hipparion, Steneofiber,
Oreodon, Ehinoceros, &c.

Yellow and light yellow calcareous marl, with
argillo-calcareous concretions and slabs of silicious
limestone, containing well preserved fresh-water
shells.

Light gray silicious grit, sometimes forming a
compact fine grained sandstone.

A reddish flesh-colored argillo-calcareous indu-
rated material, passing down into a gray clay, con-
taining concretionary sanasu,,.,3. sometimes an ag-
gregate of angular grains of quartz, underlaid by a
flesh-colored argillo-calcareous indurated stratum,
containing a profusion of Mammalian and Chelo-
nian remains. Turtle and Oreodon Bed.

Light gray calcareous grit, passing down into
a stratum composed of an aggregate of rather
coarse granular quartz ; underlaid by an ash-co-
lored argillaceous indurated bed with a greenish
tinge. Titanotherium Bed.

Gray and yellowish arenaceous clays and sand-
stones, sometimes weathering to a pink color ; con-
tains BeU.mnitella bulbosa. Nautilus Dekayi, Am-
monites placenta, A. lobatus, ScaphiUs Omradi,
Baculites grawHs, and great numbers of other
Marine Mollusca.

Bijou II ills, Medicine
Hills, Eagle Nest Hills.

Bijou Hills, Medicine
Hills, Eagle Nest Hills, and
numerous localities on south
side of White Hiver, also
at the head of Teton lliver.

Along White Kiver val-
ley, on the south side.

Seen along the White River
valley, on the south side.

On the south side of White
River. Seen in its greatest
thickness at Pinao's Spring.

been on both sides of
White River. Also at Ash
Grove Spring.

Revealed on both sides of
White River and through-
out the main body of the
Bad L.ands.

Best developed at the en-
trance of the Basin from
Bear Creek. Seen also in
the channel of White River.

Immediately under the
Tertiary bed A at Bear
Creek. Seen also at Sage
Creek, head of Teton River,
Moreau Trading Post, Fox
Ridge. Butte aux Gres on
Mi-souri River, mouth of
Cannon Ball River.

*See a paper by Prof. Leidy, in the Proceedings of the Philad. Academy, for April, 1857.

1857.]

154 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

In making some general remarks in regard to the geology of the Bad Lands,
I propose to take Fort Pierre as the starting point, pass up the valley of the
Teton River to its source, and over the Plateau, skirting the northern side of
the Bad Lands, enter the basin at Bear Creek, cross White River near Ash
Grove Spring, and descend the valley of White River on the south side of the
Bad Lands, below its confluence with the Missouri to Bijou Hills.

Leaving Fort Pierre, on our route to the Bad Lands, we take a course a little
south of west along the valley drained by the Teton River and its tributaries.
This region is underlaid by Formation* No. 4 of the Cretaceous system. The
surface is quite undulating, presenting the usual indications of sterility, with
verylittlf to break themonotony of the scenery until reaching Grindstone Hills,
about eighty miles from our starting point, where a new feature presents itself.
These hills strike the eye of the traveller on account of their peculiar form,
heighth and the immense ledges of rock that cap their summits. These rocks
present an exceedingly variable structure. Some are formed of an aggregation
of quartz fragments cemented with carbonate of lime ; others form a coarse-
grained sandstone, or a conglomerate of water-worn pebbles mixed with angular
grains of quartz. This bed is undoubtedly an outlier of the Tertiary formations
of the Bad Lands. Underneath is the yellow arenaceous bed No. 5 of the Creta-
ceous system, and underlying this is No. 4, with its peculiar concretions and
a few fossils. Scattered through the valley of the little stream that flows at
the base of the hills are slabs of Tertiary limestone containing fresh-water
shells of the genera Limnea, Pla7iorbis, &c. On ascending the hills, the lofty
spires of the Bad Lands first rise to view like a magnificent city imprinted on
the sky. At the head of Teton River the Cretaceous bed No. 5 becomes qiiite
conspicuous, attaining a thickness of about eighty feet. Very few fossils are
found in it at this locality. I succeeded in finding a single shell and the tooth
of a fish, and Mr. Meek discovered in 1853 tracks of Planarian worms. Here
the country changes fi'om dreary sterility, with poor water and grass, to a
cheerful aspect, fine springs, and a comparatively luxuriant vegetation.

Ascending the high hills at this point, we pass over the broad Plateau along
side of the Bad Lands, their lofty pyramids rising high above the surrounding
prairie. Eight miles farther we come to Pinao's Spring, a noted camping place
for travellers. Near this place a ridge extends from the Bad Lands across the
prairie toward the head of opening creek, about thirty feet in height, its sides
gently sloping and covered with grass. Scattered over this ridge are numerous
thin slabs of whitish limestone with fresh water shells, which have been changed
into a semitransparent chalcedony. There are also concretionary masses of
argillaceous limestone fully charged with these fossils in a fine state of pre-
servation. These fossils were first discovered by Drs. Evans and Shumard in
1853, and have been indicated by them in the Proceedings of the Philadelphia
Academy. They consist of Planorbis, Limnea, Physa and a small crustacean.
Several undescribed species have since been obtained from this locality, also a
few teeth and jaws of Mammals, comminuted remains of fishes, and the seeds
of a small species of Chara. The discovery of these fossils afforded us positive
evidence of the lacustrine character of this deposit.

This ridge forms bed D of the vertical section, and is composed mainly of
yellow and light yellow calcareous marl.

Approaching Sage creek the country becomes exceedingly broken. The Cre-
taceous bed No. 5 forms numerous pyramidal hills, some of them with almost
vertical sides, their summits paved with well water- worn pebbles from the Drift.
In the channel of Sage creek the Cretaceous bed No. 4 makes its appearance,
and forms a remarkable locality for its peculiar fossils. Continuing our west-
erly course, we come to Bear creek, the usual camping place of visitors to the

* See Vertical Section, in a paper by F. B. Meek and F. V. Hayden, in Proceedings of

the Acauemy for May, 1857.

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PUILADELl'UIA. 155

Bad Lands. Passing over the deep valley formed by this stream, we again as-
cend to a broad plateau which slopes gently away northward to the valley ot
the Shyenne. In the west the lofty range of the Black Hills is seen about sixty
miles distant, like a black cloud looming up above the horizon. Turning to the
left we descend about fifty feet into the basin of the Bad Lands, a large area
worn out as it were by the long continued action of atmosi)heric agencies, the
material having been carried away by Bear creek and another tributary of the-
Shyenne. After making our descent we pass over a portion of this denuded area
two or three miles in width, which is studded with low conical hills, on the
sides and at the base of which are numerous dull reddish silico-argillaceous
concretions, having much the shape and appearance of huge turtles. From these
concretions Messrs. Hall and Meek have described a remarkable Baculite, (B.
grandis,) a true Cretaceous fossil, the position of which is in the upper portioii
of a bed upon which the lowest stratum of the Tertiary basin of the Bad Lands
rests.

Pursuing from thence a south-westerly course, we commence a gradual as-
cent and pass the junction of the two great Geological systems, the Cretaceous
and Tertiary, into the Titanotherium bed, the lowest member of this Tertiary
basin. We have, first, an ash-colored silico-argillaceous stratum with a green-
ish tinge, interspersed with large aggregated masses of particles of quartz,
passing up into a light gray calcareous grit. In my vertical section I have con-
cluded to throw all these strata, though presenting some lithological differences,
into one bed, from the fact that the remains of the huge Pachyderm that has
given it its name, are distributed to a greater or less extent all through it. T(
the Titanotherium may now be added another pachyderm discovered by the
writer in 1855, and described by Dr. Leidy under the name of Hyopotamiits ame-
ricanus.

Passing over a nearly level denuded area about five miles in width, underlaid
by this bed, he came to the Turtle and Oreodon bed, so called from the im-
mense numbers of the remains of these animals found in it. This forms the
lower member of bed B of the vertical section, and is by far the most fossil-
iferous portion of the Bad Lands. Besides the remains of Oreodon and Testudo,
which are most abundant, many other species of vertebrates have been described
by Dr. Leidy from this bed. They are found in the debris on the denuded
plateau, or at the base of the Bluifs, and from the nearly perpendicular wall?
the Turtles often project like large colored concretions. Some of the Turtles
are of large size, measuring four feet in length and three to three and a half
feet in width. The most abundant species of Mammal appears to have been
the Oreodon Gidbertsonii, of which fragments of more than five hundred indi-
viduals have already been obtained from an area not over five miles square,
surrounding Ash Grove Spring, which is near the central portion of the Bad
Lands.

The scenery is of the most remarkable and picturesque character. No
vegetation meets the eye, but on every side are high bare whitened walls,
and the traveller winds his way through these labyrinthine passages as
if in the gloomy apartments of some oriental sepulchre. Continuing our ascent,
we come to the dividing ridge between the Shyenne and White rivers, ranging
north-east and south-west through the central portion of the Bad Lands, in
which the little tributaries of these two rivers take their rise. Here the Turtle
and Titanotherium beds are concealed, and the upper members of this deposit
are well exhibited. Descending the slope toward White River the Turtle bed
again appears, and in the channel of White River a stratum of fine gray grit is
seen, the upper portion of the bed containing bones of Titanotherium Prouti.
Crossing White River we pass down the south side of the main body of the
Bad Lands, and find that on this side the beds consist mostly of outliers holding
a higher geological position than those at Bear Creek or Ash Grove Spring.
Near the entrance of Mule Creek and of several of the tributaries of White
River, are some beautiful exhibitions of the architectural features of the Bad

1857.]

156 ^ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Lands. They remind one of some ancient city with its palaces, domes and
towers. At the mouth of Mule Creek we have one of the most picturesque views
in this region. An area of two miles wide and six miles long has been worn
away by the eroding agency of water into myriads of conical and pyramidal
peaks, high sharp ridges and deep winding canons two hundred and fifty
to three hundred feet in depth. The summits of these ridges are capped with
layers of coarse-grained sandstone, containing many whitish particles of clay
which have been dissolved out by exposure, and give to the rock the appearance
of worm-eaten masses. We then have underneath the sandstone a yellowish
calcareous marl passing down into a light gray grit ; then the flesh-colored
Turtle bed with its peculiar fossils. Most of the same organic remains are found
here as at Bear Creek or Ash Grove Spring, but not near so abundant. A
species of land shell, Helix Leidyi, a single specimen of which was discovered
at Bear Creek in 1853 by Mr. Meek and the writer, occurs at this locality in
great numbers. Continuing our course down the south bank of White River,
we see on our left the main range of the Bad Lands rising high above the sur-
rounding country, and extending in an easterly direction to the head of Teton
River, where it ceases abruptly. On our left as far as the eye can reach we see
outliers of the Tertiary exposing their whitened surfaces, and resting upon Cre-
taceous bed No. 5.

Nearly in a direct line south of Grindstone Hills, and near the dividing ridge
between White and Running Water Rivers, we meet with a high outlier of
Tertiary called Eagle Nest Hill, from the fact that an eagle has built her nest
on its summit from time immemorial. This hill is about eighty feet in height
above the surrounding prairie, with nearly perpendicular sides, composed
mostly of indurated clay with a mixture of calcareous matter. Not far distant
is another hill of the same formation, about a mile long, and covered to some
extent with pines and capped with a bed of sandstone twenty to thirty feet in
thickness. All around the base of these hills the Cretaceous bed No. 5 is
seen with a few of its peculiar fossils.

About ten miles north east of this point, near White River, we meet with a
denuded area which presents some peculiarities worthy of note. Here I ob-
served a vertical seam of fine-grained sandstone passing through the different
strata for several hundred yards, varying in thickness from four to thirty inches.
Sometimes this vertical seam is left standing, the more yielding calcareous
marl having been washed away from either side, and thus it forms a high
jierpendicular wall having much the appearance of mason work. It is com-
posed of a fine, light gray grit, and is doubtless due to the infiltration of fine
sediment in a fissure in the strata. At this locality we have, in descending
order, rather fine grained gray sandstone, then a yellowish or flesh-colored
calcareous marl, containing many tough argillo-calcareous concretions. This
forms bed E of vertical section, and contains at this locality numerous remains
of turtles and mammals. Within the space of a mile I saw of turtles — portions
more or less entire — more than thirty individuals. Fragments also of Oreodon,
Rhinoceros and several new species of Mammalia, one of which Dr. Leidy has
described as Steneofiber Nebrascensis,

We continue to see quite numerous isolated patches of this deposit until
reaching the forks of White River, below which point they almost entirely
cease, and the river cuts deeply through Cretaceous bed No. 5 into No. 4.
The alluvial bottoms are composed of the light-colored clays and sands
of the Bad Lands, but the bluffs are formed of the yellow and dark ash-
(•olored clays of the Cretaceous formation, with a few fossils, as BactiUtes,
Ammonites, Inoceramus, S^c. Passing down the Slissouri River, the next indica-
tion of the Tertiary deposit is at Medicine Hills, about eighty miles below Fort
Pierre. These are a lofty group of hills, the upper portions and sides of which
are covered with large fragments of rocks, which seem to have been removed
from their position by denudation. This rock holds the same geological
position and is similar to that on Bijou Hills, but is, in some instances, of a

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157

riner and more compact silicious character, and in others a coarser conglonae-
rate. These Hills are of considerable interest, as forming an intermediate link
uniting Bijou Hills to the main body of the Bad Lands. The two upper beds
of the vertical section are represented at this locality. The last outlier of
this deposit is seen at Bijou Hills on the opposite side of the Missouri
Rivor in lat. 43A°. These are a group of isolated hills towering high above
the surrounding country and forming prominent land marks for the voyager.
The two highest hills border upon the river and are from four to six hundred
feet in height. Farther into the interior are two other hills, the first about two
miles long, and the second about eight miles, ranging in a nearly east and west
course, sloping gently down toward the Coteau de Prairie. In the summer of
1853 I ascended one of the hills nearest the river in company with my friend
Mr. Meek, and, from a denuded portion near the summit, we obtained several
fragments of jaws and teeth belonging to two new species of mammals, which
have been described by Dr. Leidy as Ilipparion spcciosum and Merycadus nccaius.
In the autumn of 1856 I discovered on the denuded summits of the same hills
Hipparion occidcntalis and two new genera, Leptarctus primus, an animal allied
to the raccoon, and MerycMppus insignis, a remarkable new genus of ruminant
horse. These remains have all been described by Dr. Leidy in the Proceed-
ings of the Philadelphi;. Academy.

The summits of these hills are capped with a bed of bluish-gray conapact
rock, quite variable in its character. Sometimes it is very fine, not unlike a
metamorphic rock ; again it is composed of an aggregation of particles of
granular quartz, interspersed with a few small water-worn pebbles; then
a coarse grained somewhat friable sandstone. Farther into the interior,
capping the summit of the long hill, this rock may be seen in places twenty
to thirty feet in thickness. The calcareous grits and marls underneath, may
be subdivided in descending order thus : —

1st. — Yellowish-gray grit, with compact, fine calcareous concretions.

'Ind. — Yellowish-white calcareous marl, containing great quantittes of the
comminuted fragments of bones.

3;-c?. — Compact whitish calcareous clay, with a few vertebrate remains and
concreting limestone. The aggregate thickness of these beds I could not
determine, as the sides of the hill were, for the most part, covered with a
surface deposit of considerable thickness, sustaining a good growth of vege-
tation.

The foregoing notes are designed merely as preliminary to a more thorough
description of the geological character of this most interesting deposit. Its
Miocene age and the Miocene affinities of most of the genera and species of fossils
yet obtained from it have already been discussed in an interesting paper by
Prof. Leidy, published in the Proceedings of the Academy for March, also
in a paper by F. B. Meek and the writer, published in the Proceedings for
April.

The Zoological arrangement of the Catalogue is copied from Prof. Leidy's
paper published in March last. The object of the table is simply to show as
far as has been ascertained the stratigraphical position of the different
fossils, and the letters are made to correspond with those representing the
beds in the vertical section.

The illustrative section accompanying this paper is intended to show the
relations of the Tertiary basin to the Cretaceous beds, and especially to
render more clear the connections of the widely separated outliers, Medicine
Hills and Bijoux Hills with the main body of the Bad Lands.

1857.]

158

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Catalogue of all the Fossils hitherto described from the Bad Lands of White River,
with a table showing their Stratigraphical position.

RUMINANTIA.

1. Oreodon gracilis, Leidy

2. Oreodon Culbertsoni, Leidy

3. Oreodon major, Leidy

4. Agriochcerus major, Leidy

5. Agriochcerus antiquus, Leidy...

6. Pcerbotherium Wilsoni, Leidyi.

7. Leptomertx Evansi, Leidy

8. Leptauchenia decora, Leidy....

9. Leptauchenia major, Leidy

10. Protomeryx Halli, Leidy

11. Merycodus nbcatus, Leidy

MULTUNGULA.
Chceropotamus (JHyopotamus) americanus, Leidy.

Entelodon Mortoni, Leidy

Entelodon ingens, Leidy

Titanotherium Prouti, Leidy

Pal^ochcerus prolus, Leidy

Leptoch(erus spectabilis, Leidy

Rhinoceros occidentalis, Leidy

Rhinoceros {Hyracodon) nebrascensis, Leidy

SOLIDUNGULA.

HippARiON occidentale, Leidy

HippARioN spECiosuM, Leidy

Anchitherium Bairdii, Leidy

Merychippus insignis, Leidy

RODENTIA.
Steneopiber nebrascensis, Leidy.

Ischyromys typus, Leidy ,

Pal^olagus Haydeni, Leidy ,

Eumys elegans, Leidy

OARNIVORA.

Hy^nodon horridus, Leidy

Hyvenodon cruentus, Leidy

Hy^nodon crucians, Leidy

Amphicyon vetus, Leidy

Amphicyon gracilis, Leidy

Machairodus prim^vus, Leidy.

Deinictis felina, Leidy

Leptarctus primus, Leidy

CHELONIA.
Testudo nebrascensis, Leidy..

MOLLUSCA.

Helix Leidyii, Hall & Meek

Planorbis nebrascensis, Evans & Sbumard.

Lymnea diaphana, Evans & Shumard

Lymnea nebrascensis, Evans & Shumard....
Physa secalina, Evans & Shumard

CRUSTACEA.
42. Cypris Leidyii, Evans & Shumard.

Beds in
ascending order

A B C D E F G

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169

Prodromus descriptionis animalium evertebratorum, quae in Expeditione ad
Oceanuni Pacificum Septentrionalem, a Republica Federata missa, Cadwala-
daro Binggold et Johanne Bodgers Ducibus, observavit et descripsit
W. STIMPSON.
Pars. 1 1. TURBELLARIEORUM NEMEETINEORUM

GENERUM ET SPECIERUM ADHUC INEDITARUM DESCRIPTIONES ;
ADJONCTIS NOTIS DE GENERIBUS JASI CONSTITUTIS.

Characteres, ex quibus generura distinctiones pendent in hoc tribu, sunt ;
corporis forma, longissima v. brevior et lata, plana v. teretiuscula ; forma capi-
tis discreti t. continui ; positio proboscidis aperturse, (os, Quatrcf.,) terminalis
V. subterminalis ; et prassentia aut absentia aperturje ventralis, (os, Grube ; aper-
tura genitalis, Qualrcf.) lobarum, plicarum frontalium, fissurarum lateralium,
efrocellorum. Aperturam parvulam (anum v. ap. genitalem) apud extremitatem
corporis posteriorem describunt auctores, quam uunquam invenire potui in
speciebus quas observavi.

Genera adhuc proposita sunt :

LiNEUS, Sowerby, 1804.

Tdbulanus, Renier, 1807.

Cerebratclos, Renier, 1807.

JVemeries, Cuvier, 1817. = Lineus,

Eorlasia, Oken, 1817. = Lineus.

LoBiLABRUM, Blalnville, 182-.

Folia, Delle Chiaje, 1823. Prseoc. — Folia, Ochsenheim, Ins. 1816.

Ophiocephalus, Delle Chiaje, 1823.

Meckelia, Leuckart, 1828. = Cerebratulus.

Notospermus, Huschke, 1830.

MiCRDRA, Hemprich et Ehrenb., 1831.

Tetrastemma, Hemp, et Ehrenb., 1831.

Ojiatoplea, Hemp, et Ehrenb., 1831.

Hemicyclla., Hemp, et Ehrenb., 1831.

Polystemma, Hemp, et Ehrenb., 1831.

Amphiporus, Hemp, et Ehrenb., 1831.

Notogymnus, Hemp, et Ehrenb., 1831. = Notospermus.

Tricelis, Hemp, et Ehrenb., 1831. = Notospermus.

Carinella, Johnston, 1833 ; fide ejusd. = Meckelia. (Cereeratulus.)

Aerostomum, Grube, 1840. (v. Acrostoma, Le Sauv., Verm., 1826.)

Rhamphogordius, Rathke, 1843.

Cephalotrix, Oersted, 1844.

Borlasia, Oersted, 1844.

Nemertes, Oersted, 1844.

Amiihiporus, Oersted, 1844. (non Ehrenb.)

Astemma, Oersted, 1844.

Serpentaria, Goodsir, 1845.

Valencinia, Quatref., 1846.

Oerstedia, Quatref., 1846.

Scotia, R. Leuckart, 1849.

Baseodiscus, Diesing, 1850.

Colpocephalus, Diesing., 1850.

Chlamydocephalus, Diesing, 1850.

Prorynchus, Schultze, 1851.

Emea, Leidy, 1851.

Hecate, Girard, 1852.

Poseidon, Girard, 1852.

Nareda, Girard, 1853.

Renieria, Girard, 1853.

Leodes, Girard, 1853. = Cerebratulus.

1857.]

160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Descriptiones specierum Uxpeditionis.

A. Apertura ventralis infra caput v. cervicem sita. Ocelli nulli.

a. Fissurae laterales in capitis marginibus.

1. Corpus normale.

Genus LINEUS, Sowerby.

Corpus depressum lineare, longissimum. Caput vix subdiscretum, quadra-
turn, antice late truncatum, apertura proboscidis terminali ampla. Apertura
ventralis ante fissurarum finem posteriorem sita, sepius subterminalis.

L. longissimus, Sowerby, = 3Ieckelia Borlasii, Diesing, typus est generis Nemertes
Ouvierii et generis Borlasia Okenii.

1. LiNEUs piPERATUs. MeckcUa piperata, St. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada.
vii. 381. Corpus gracile, retrorsum vix dilatatum, supra pallide fulvum, nigro
punctatum et transverse notatum, fascia longitudinali mediana nigra antice in-
terrupta ; marginibus albis. Caput rectangulare, maculis duabus nigris magnis.
Fissurae sat longte, subobliquae, ad finem posteriorem supra visa;. Apertura
ventralis parva, ovalis. Long. 8; lat. 0-1 poll.

Hah. In portu insulte " Kikaisima " Japonise Australis ; sublittoralis inter
lapillos et algas.

Gen. CEREBRATULUS, Renier.

Corpus depressum v. teretiusculum, postice sepius plus minusve dilatatum ;
longitudine mediocre. Caput corpori continuum v. subdiscretum, oblongum
v. elongatum ; apertura proboscidis terminali minuta. Apertura ventralis se-
pius minor et fine posteriore fissurarum lateralium opposita. Fissurae ad cer-
vicem productae. Species errantes non fossores.

Species ambte Renieri fide Diesingii ad genus Meckelia auctorum pertinent.
Ergo rationis nihil est quin nomen supra dictum reciperetur.

2. Cerebratulus impressus. Complanatus, in medio dilatatus,utrinque sub-
angustatus ; supra griseo-fuscus, lineis impressis (v. sulcis linearibus) transver-
sis incoloratis. Caput parvum subtruncatum corpori multo angustius. carneum,
punctis fuscis prope angulos antero-laterales. Apertura ventralis contra finem
fissurarum. Long. 3-8; lat. 0-35 poll.

Hah. Prope insulas freti Beringiani ; in fundo limoso profunditate 20 orgyi-
arum.

3. Cerebratulus paludicolus. Depressus, utrinque obtusus, postice vix dila-
tatus ; sanguineus, antice nigricans, postice pallens olivaceus. Caput sat latum,
quadratum, ad apicem apiculatum. Apertura ventralis ad finem fissurarum
lateralium. Long. 2-5 ; lat. 0-1 poll.

Hah. Prope urbem Sinensem " Canton ;" littoralis in aquis subsalsis fluvii.

4. Cerebratulus oleaginus. Meckelia olivacea, St. 1. c. vii. 390. Supra con-
vexus, antice latior, colore obscure olivaceus ; postice pallidior, virens. Caput
breve, continuum et equalis latitudinis corpori, fronte elliptice rotundata ; aper-
tura proboscidis rima verticali. Apertura ventralis ampla. Long. 3 ; lat. O'l
poll.

Hah. Apud Promontorium Bonae Spei ; vulgaris in fundo arenoso profunditatis
15 orgyiarum.

5. Cerebratulus albovittatus. Meckelia alhovittata, St. 1. c. vii. 382. Gra-
cilis, supra viridis, subtus pallidior. Caput coutinuum, elongatum, subrectan-
gulare, truncatum, quam corpus angustius; fascia transversa submediana alba ;
ante fasciam albo-marginatum. Fissurte ultra fasciam longe productaj. Long.
3 ; lat. 0.09 poll.

Hah. Ad insulam " Loo CIioo ;" littoralis inter algas in rupium fissuris.

•5. Cerebratulus cingulatus. Meckelia cingulala,Qi.\. c.\\\..^?>1. Gracilis,
teretiusculus ; purpureo-fuscus, albo-aunulatus, auuulis angustis distantibus

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF THILADELPHIA. 161

binis, ad decern paria. Caput discretum, corpori multo angustius, oblonguin,
antrorsum subattenuatum truacatum ; albomarginatum, fascia transversa biln-
nata alba, ante medium sita. Apertura ventralis minor. Long. 4 ; lat. 0-12
poll.

Ilab. Prope insulam Sinensem "Hong Kong ;" inter lapillos c profunditate 25
orgyiarum.

7. Cerebratclus fasciatus. Valde depressus, retrorsum dilatatus, antror-
sum subangustatus ; purpureo-fuscus, lineis transversis subdistantibns albis
annulatus ; linea cervicali latiore. Caput oblongura subdiscretum, fronte suh-
truncata albomarginata. Apertura ventralis parva, elliptica, ad finem fissura-
rum.

Hab. Apud oras insula? " Jesso " Japonise Borealis ; in fundo arenoso-limosd
profunditatis 4 orgyiarum.

8. Cerebhatulus bellus. Parvus, brevis, depressus, utrinque subtruncatus, in
medio vix dilatatus ; supra cinereo-fuscus, fasciis aut lineis transversis ceruleo-
albis ad decern ornatus ; subtus albus. Caput breve, cinnabarinum. Long.
0-75 ; lat. 0-05 poll.

Hab. Prope oras insulae " Jesso ;" in conchis desertis e fundo limoso pro-
funditatis sex orgyiarum.

9. Cerebratulus NIGER. MeckcUa nigra, St. 1. c. vii. 382. Elongatus, antice
angustatus, e purpureo nigricans ; postice depressus et subdilatatus, pallescens.
Caput subdiscretum, elongatum, antrorsum angustatum, apice truncato, macula
alba ad proboscidis aperturam. Long. 3 ; lat. 0-18 poll.

Hab. In porta Sinensi " Hong Kong ;" in fundo conchoso profunditatis decern
orgyiarum.

10. Cerebratulus Sinensis. Meckelia Sinensis, Si. \. c. vii. 3S2. Teretiuscu-
lus, rufo-brunneus, retrorsum parum dilatatus. Caput discretum, elongatum.
antrorsum angustatum truncatum, pallide fulvum, rcaculis rufo-brunneis.
postice confertis, antice sparsis. Long. 1-5 ; lat. 0-1 poll.

IJab. In portu "Hong Kong;" in fundo conchoso profunditatis 10 org.

11. Cerebratulus nigrofuscus. Gracillimus, sublinearis, postice subattenua-
tus, depressiusculus, supra e rubro-fiiscus nigricans. Caput corpori continuum,
elongatum, ad frontem truncatam latitudine dimidium latitudinis occipitalis.
Apertura ventralis linearis paullo pone finem fissurarum sita. Long. 5-5 : lai.
0-07 poll.

JIab. Ad insulam " Ousima " Japonioe Australis ; littoralis inter lapillos.

MECKELIA, Auct. limit.
Corpus depressum, retrorsum dilatatum, interdum subplanum, marginibu.'-
acutis. Caput lanceolatum, apertura proboscidis terminali minuta. Apertura
ventralis ampla, sepius paulo post finem fissurarum lateralium sita. Fossores in
limo vel arena marina.

12. Meckelia subacuta. Antice vix depressa, carnea ; postice depressa sub-
dilatata, sanguineo-fusca, extremitate rotundata. Caput continuum, elongatum.
fronte acuta. Long. 3-5 ; lat. 0-1 poll.

Hab. In portu " Napa" insulae " Loo Cboo;" littoralis in limo.

13. Meckelia albula. Depressa, alba ; postice dilatata, pallide aurantiaca.
Caput lanceolatum, pallide griseum, strictura discretum; apice obtuso; mar-
ginibus ad cervicem fissis. Apertura ventralis contra finem fissurarum sitsi.
Long. 3 ; lat. 0-25 poll.

Hab. In mari Sinensi Boreali, lat. bor. 23°, long, orient. 115°; in fundo are-
noso profunditatis 24 org.

14. Meckelia australis. Sat grandis, crassa, depressa, marginibus acutis :
colore carnea. Caput obtusum,fissuris brcvioribus. Apertura ventralis grandit,
antice acuta, postice bifurcata. Long. 6 ; lat. 0-3 poll.

Hab. In portu Jacksoni Australiensi ; sublittoralis in arenis lapidosis

1857.]

l<32 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

SERPENTARIA, Goodsir.

Meckelice affinis sed apertura ventrali majore, infra caput et ante cervicem
sita. Fossores.

15. Serpentaeia rubella. Meckelia rubella, St. 1. c. vii. 382. Brevis, postice
valde dilatata, colore salmonis, pallida. Caput discretum,parVTim, late lanceo-
latum. Fissurae valde elongatae, post cervicem productae ; apertura ventralis
longe elliptica. Long. 2 ; lat. 0.3 poll.

Eah. In portu " Hong Kong ;" in fundo limoso profunditatis 10 org.

2. Corpus lateribus involutis.
DIPLOPLEtJRA, nov. gen.

Corpus elongatum dilatatum, lateribus (pone caput) supra involutis, mar-
ginibus in linea dorsali mediana vix convenientibus. Caput subdiscretum,
triangulare vel subcordatum, fissura longitudinal! in utroque margine ad cervi-
cem producta. Apertura proboscidis terminalis minuta. Apertura ventralis
parvula, infra corpus, post cervicem sita subdistans. Ocelli nulli. Maricolae.

16. DiPLOPLEUEA Japonica; species unica, gracilis, colore helva. Long. 1"5 ;
lat. 0-12 poll.

Hab. In sinu " Kagosima " insulae " Kinsiu " Japoniee ; in arenis profunditatis
ininque org.

b. Fissurse laterales nullae.

1. Apertura proboscidis terminalis.

T^NIOSOMA, nov. gen.

Corpus grande, longissimum, lineare, depressum, utplurimum supra infraque
lineatum. Caput vix discretum, breve, sulco indistincto (rima obsoleta v. linea
impressa incolorata) longitudinali in utroque margine. Apertura ventralis
parvula post-cervicalis. Species in maribus orientalibus habitantes.

A Borlasia diifert corpore majore, minus contractile, et capite sulcis laterali-
bus instructo. Borlasia quinquelineata, Quoy et Gaimard, (Voy. de I'Astrolabe ;
Zool. iv. 286, Atlas, T. xxiv. f. 1 — 2) ad hoc genus pertinet.

17. T^NiosoMA SEPTEMLiNEATUM. Corpus deprcssum, retrorsum complauatum
subangustatum, supra album, lineislongitudinalibus antice septem, postice quin-
• jue ornatum ; subtus bilineatum. Caput lineis supra tribus (interdum quinque,)
subtus duabus. Long, bi- v. tri-pedalis ; lat. 0-35 poll.

Hab. Ad insulas freti " Caspar;" sublittorale.

18. TjBNIosoma ^qdale. Corpus lineare subobesum, coeruleo-album, lineis
purpureo-nigris supra quinque (tribus v. quatuor in capite,) subtus duabus or-
natum; lineis omnibus ad corporis extremitales convenientibus.fCaput continuum,
antrorsum rotundatum. Apertura ventralis parva, multo post cervicem sita.
Long, bipedalis ; lat. 0-32 poll.

Hah. in sinu insulae "Ousima ;" littorale sub lapidibus.

2. Apertura proboscidis infra caput.
VALENCINIA, Quatref.

18. Valencinia elegans. V. anmdata, St. (non Quatref.) 1. c. vii. 380. Gra-
i:ilis, fere linearis, supra convexa. Caput breve, paullo latins quam corpus,
late truncato, fronte in medio sinuata, lateribus rotundatis. Corpus supra pur-
pureo-fuscum, trilineatum ; lineis albis, mediana antice in fronte, lateralibus
post cervicem incipientibus ; et fasciis transversis albis ad 16 annulatum.
Caput fascia postfrontali pallide fusca. Long. 3 ; corporis lat. 0-08 poll.

Hah. Prope Promontorium Bonse Spei ; inter algas in fundo arcnoso profun-
ilitatis 12 org. Tubulum membranaceum format.

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 163

B. Apertura ventralis nulla. Ocelli duo vel plurimi.

a. Fissurae v. foveae in capitis marginibus.

DICHILUS, nov. gen.

Corpus lineare depressum, longitudine mediocre. Caput corpori continuum
subquadratum, plica transversa termiuali bilabiatum ; labio inferiore emarginato.
Ocelli duo subterminales. Cervix supra rimis obsoletis (pseudorimis) impressa.
Maricolae.

20. DicniLCS OBSCURUS. Corpus supra pallide rubro-fulvum, maculis duabus
oblongis in capite. Ocelli fusci, sat magni, subdistantes, in maculis siti. Pseudo-
rimaj cervicales tres ; una mediana longitudinalis, ex cujus media alice versus
marginem utrinque oblique extendunt. Long. 3 ; lat. 0-08 poll.

Hah. In portu insulae " Ousima ;" littoralis inter lapillos.

TETRASTEMMA, Hemp, et Ehrenb.

Corpus filiforme teretiusculum v. lineare depressum; longitudine mediocre.
Caput discretum v. subdiscretum, fovea transversa in media utriusque lateris ;
fronte truncata ; apertura proboscidis in rima transversa termiuali. Ocelli
quatuor, duo postfrontaxcs ante foveas ; duo occipitales. Maricolae,

T.Jlavidum, H. etE. typus est ; — " pone primos oculos levis incisura distinguitur,
quae forte capitis limites indicat." Folia sanguirnbra^ coronata, verviiculus, et
hvmilis, Quatref., mihi videtur ad hoc genus pertinent.

21. Tetrastemma stigmatum. Parvum, teretiusculum, gracile; pallide auran-
tiacum. Caput discretum, paullo longius quam latum, antice subattenuatum ;
foveis validis ; pone ocellos anteriores fascia transversa obscure rubra. Ocelli
posteriores paullo majores. Long. 1 ; lat. 0.05 poll.

Hab. In sinu " Hakodadi " insulee " Jesso ;" in fundo limoso et algoso pro-
funditatis 6 org.

22. Tetrastemma incisum, St. 1. c. vii. 380. Corpus parvum teretiusculum,
utrinque subattenuatum ; pallide fuscum. Caput quadratum, dimidiam partem
longius quam latum ; strictura discretum ; foveis interocularibus stricturse simi-
libus. Ocelli aequales. Long. 0-4 ; lat. 0-025 poll.

ITab. Prope Promontorium Bonae Spei ; in fundo arenoso et algoso profundi-
tatis 12 org.

CEPHALONEMA, nov. gen.

Corpus teretiusculum filiforme. Caput rhomboidale, antrorsum subconicum ;
strictura discretum ; fovea transversa in utroque latere. Apertura proboscidis
terminalis. Ocelli duo occipitales. Maricolae.

23. Cephalonema brunniceps. Corpus subpellucidum pallide flavo-carneum ;
gracile, retrorsum attenuatum. Caput antice obscure fuscum, postice fulvum;
fascia transversa alba ante ocellos ; fronte lineis tribus albis notata. Long. 2 ;
lat. 0-05 poll.

JTab. In portu Sinensi " Hong Kong ;" sublittorale sub lapidibus in limo.

EMPLECTONEMA, nov. gen.

Corpus longissimum subfiliforme, depressum, proteum. Caput subdiscretum,
stricturis nullis ; fovea longitudinali in utroque margine antero-laterali. Ocelli
plurimi. Maricolae.

E. camillea. Borlasia camillea, Quatref., Voy. en Sicile, ii. pi. x. f. 4, 5.

24. Emplectonema viride. Corpus depressum, lineare v. proteum, supra
viride, subtus album. Caput subdiscretum, marginibus albis ; foveis elongatis
bipartitis ; fronte emarginata. Ocellorum acervi quatuor ; posteriores distincti,
rotundati, ocellis confertis ; anteriores marginales juxta foveas, ocellis sparsis.
Long. 11 ; lat. 0-05 poll.

Hab. In portu " San Francisco ;" littoralis inter lapillos.

1857.]

164 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

b. Foveis nullis.
1. Ocelli duo.
DIPLOMMA, nov. gen.

Corpus depressiusculum. Caput discretum, fronte emarginata, apertura pro-
boscidis terminali. Fissurae laterales nuUse. Ocelli duo ; singulus bilobatus,
quasi ex duabus constatus. (Cerebella cervicalia, valde remota. Cavum in-
testinale angustius ; cava genitalia ampla.) Maricolije.

25. DiPLOMMA SERPENTINA. Nareda serpentina, St. 1. c. vii. 338. Corpus elon-
gatum gracile, fere lineare, antrorsum vix attenuatum ; supra pallida rubrum,
liaea mediana brunnea. Caput subovatura ; sinu aperturae proboscidis magno.
Ocelli magni, sat remoti, in media parte capitis oblique siti, retrorsum con-
vergentes. Cerebella rosea. Long. 3 ; lat. 0*05 poll.

Hob. Ad littora insulae " Loo Choo ;" sub lapidibus in locis arenoso-limosis.

DICELIS, nov. gen.
Corpus lineare, depressiusculum, utrinque obtusum. Caput continuum vel
subdiscretum, fronte emarginata, apertura proboscidis terminali. Ocelli dno
simplices, rotundati, subterminales. Maricolse.

26. DiCELis RUBRA. SubfiUformis, depressiuscula, antice subattenuata ;
colore rubra vel purpurea. Cervix quam caput vix angustior. Caput antice
rotundata et emarginata. Ocelli duo parvi subterminales. Long. 1-5 ; lat.
1-03 poll.

Hah. Prope insulam " Tanega" Japoniae Australis ; inter Balanos et spon-
gias saxatiles e profunditate 12 org.

2. Ocelli plurimi.
POLYSTEMMA, Hemp, et Ehrenb., Diesing; non Oersted.
Caput strictura a corpore discretum, parte anteriore subcontracta, valde ex-
tensibili, extremitate obtusa, apertura proboscidis terminali. (Cauda sepius
noa dilatata ; specimen unicum Ehrenbergii forsitan postice deformatum sit.)

27. PoLYSTEMMA siNUOSUM. Gracile, depressiusculum, album, interdun;
carneo-tinctum ; capite subelongatum. Ocelli sat magni, magnitudine varia-
biles ; duo in capitis parte posteriore ; plurimi sparsi in parte anteriore, qui in
acervos quatuor irregulariter aggregati, posteriores minores. Long. 1-15: lat.
0-08 poll.

Hah. In portu " Hong Kong ;" inter conchas desertas e prof. 10 org.

POLINA, nov. gen.
Corpus valde contractile, depressiusculum, longitudine mediocre. Caput
discretum v. subdiscretum, strictura nulla; apertura proboscidis terminali in
margine frontali inferiore. Proboscis laevis. Ocelli in acervos quatuor aggre-
gate Maricolse.

28. PoLiNA RHOMBOiDALis. FoUa rhomhoiclalis, St. 1. c. vii. 390. Corpus
depressiusculum, antrorsum latius, colore pallida rubrum, fasciis duabus longi-
tudinalibus inconspicuis. Caput parvum, subdiscretum, breve, antice rotunda-
tum. Ocelli quatuor in utroque acervo, in rhombum dispositi ; acervi posteri-
ores minores, in maculis obscurioribus siti. Long. 1 ; lat. 0-05 polL

Hab. In portu Jacksoni Australiensi ; littoralis sub lapidibus.

29. PoLiNA GRiSEA. PoUa gHsca, St. 1. c. vii. 390. Corpus sat longum de-
pressiusculum, in extentione subcylindricum, colore pallide griseum. Caput
discretum, ovatum v. subcordatum, quam corpus angustius, antice acutum.
Ocellorum acervi anteriores majores, elongati, in parte antero-laterali capitis
submarginales dispositi ; ocelli decem in utroque acervo. Acervi posteriore.^
cervicales, parvi, lineares ; utroque quatuor ocelli. Long. 0-8 ; lat. 0-04 poll.

Hab. In portu Virginiano " Norfolk ;" sublittoralis inter ulvas in loci?
limosis.

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165

30. PoLiNA CERViCALis. Corpus gracile, supra salmonea. Caput discretum
late rhoraboidale, antice obtusum et emarginatura. Ocelli minuti, in acervoF
quatuor confluentes aggregati ; anterioribus elongatis lateralibus ; posterioribup
rotundatis sublateralibus. Cervix bene angustata. Long. 3 ; lat. 0*09 poll.

JIab. In porta " Simoda" Japoniae ; littoralis inter lapides.

TATSNOSKIA, nov. gen.

Corpus depressum. Caput subdiscretum. Apertura proboscidis terminaiis
cruciata. Ocelli in acervos duos liaeares, antice convergentes ; posteriores
usque majores. Maricolae.

In honorem cl. Tatsnoskii, viri Japonensis eruditi et nobilis.

31. Tatsnoskia depressa. Corpus depressum, in contractione latum, supra
cinnabarinum, lateribus obscurioribus. Caput parvum, obtusum, fronte emargi-
nata; apertura proboscidis parva cruciata. Ocelli fusci, minus conspicui, sex
in utroque acervo. Long. 1-2 ; lat. 015 poll.

Hab. In portu " Hakodadi" insulsB " Jesso ;" in fundo arenoso, e 6-10 org.
profundo accepta.

COSMOCEPHALA, nov. gen.

Corpus depressum, longitudine mediocre, minus contractile. Caput con-
tinuum V. subdiscretum, maculis angularibus v. fasciis sepius ornatum. Aper-
tura proboscidis in margine frontale inferiore sita. Proboscis laevis. Cervix
utrinque pseudorimis inconspicuis (lineis impressis incoloratis) instructus-
Ocelli minus conspicui, utplurimum in margine capitis antero-laterali dispositi.
Species maricolae, maxima ex parte boreales.

32. CosMOCEPHALA Beringiana. Corpus sat elongatum, depressiusculura,
supra cervinum, subtus pallide aurantiacum. Caput vix subdiscretum, breve,
quam corpus angustius, antice rotundatum et eraarginatum, cervinum, maculip
angularibus albis in fronte et lateribus ; fascia transversa angusta alba, re-
trorsum convcxa, in cervice. Ocelli numerosi, utrinque in acervos duos den?e
aggregati. Caput infra pseudorima longitudinali mediana ; pseudorimae cervi-
cales inferiores, una transversa utrinque sita, quae in medio vix confluentes.
Long. 3 ; lat. 0-2 poll.

Hab. In freto Beringiano ; e fundo subuloso profunditatis 5 org.

33. CosMOCEPHALA Japonica. Corpus subelongatum, utrinque obtusum ;
lateribus in extentione fere parallelis. Color supra brunnea, subtus alba; caput
linea mediana et maculis minutis irregularibus incoloratis ; fronte, et maculis
cervicalibus triangularibus, albis. Caput breve subdiscretum, fronte rotun-
data, ad aperturam profunde fissa. Cervix utrinque pseudorima obliqua,
antrorsum curvata. Ocelli sat magni, in capitis marginibus antero-lateralibus.
utrinque 10-15. Long. 4; lat. 0-18 poll.

Hab. In portu " Simoda ;" littoralis in rupinm fissuris et sub lapidibus.

Descriptions of two new genera of Shells.

BY T. A. CONRAD.

GONIDEA.

Shell angular, elongated ; hinge furnished with a short, obtuse cardinal
tooth, fitting into a corresponding depression in the cardinal plate ; tooth ob-
solete in the left valve ; anterior muscular impressions not confluent, lower
accessory impressions opposite the middle of the large impression.

1. Anodon Randalii, Trask. Proceed. Califor. Acad. Nat. Sc. vol. i. p. 28.

2. A. feminalis, Gould. The anterior muscular impressions have a relative
position more nearly resembling that of Triquetra than Unio or Anodon. The

1857.] 12

166 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

l^enus is founded on a shell which inhabits Sacramento Riyer, California. Per-
haps Anodonta angulata^ Lea, may be included in this genus.

CALYPTRAPHORUS.

Shell subfusiform; spire acutely rostrated; beak straight, very slender;
labrum with a sinus at summit and base, elsewhere entire ; a calcareous de-
posit covers the entire shell within and without.

Allied to Rostellaria, Lam.

1. Calyptraphorus vblatus. (Restellaria) Con. Tert. Fossils, p. 38, pi. 15,
fig. 4.

2. C. TKiNODiFERUs. 71. 5. Subfusiform, with three distant nodes on the upper
part of the body volution ; spire subtriangular, having curved longitudinal ribs
visible beneath the tunic ; rostrum of the spire elongated and curved ; labrum
with a prominent angle above.

From the Eocene of Alabama. Mr. Showalter.

This genus at present is known only in Eocene deposits.

Bectification of some of the generic names of American Tertiary Fossils.

BY T. A. CONRAD.

RIMELLA, Agaz.

R. LAQtTEATA, Con. (ROSTELLARIA.)

ANAULAX, Roissy.
A. STAMiNEA, Con. (Olivula.)

AXINiEA, Poll.

A FiLOSA, Con. Inadvertently referred to Glossus in the Proceedings and in
Wailes' Geology of Miss.

DIPLODONTA, Phillipi.

D. ACCLiNis, Con., ELEVATA, Con., in the Miocene ; ungulina, Nitens inflata in
the Eocene. (Mysia, Loripes, Lucina, inadvertently Cyclas.)

JANIRA, Schum.

J. Hcmphreysii, Con., J. Poulsoni. (Pecten.) Referred also to Neithea, but
in my opinion that genus should be restricted to the Cretaceous forms of which
iV. quinquecostata is the type.

BUSYCON, Botton.

In the Proceed. 1854, p. 30, the above is printed Busyeon, a typographical
error copied from Gray's Synopsis.

Description of a new species of MTACITES.

BY T. A. CONRAD.

MYACITES, Schlottheim.

M. Pennsylvanicus. Ovato-trigonal ; ventricose ; beaks submedial, anterior
sides shortest, subcuneiform, extremity obliquely truncated above? posterior
margin obtusely rounded, subangulated at junction with basal margin which
is not greatly curved ; beak not prominent ; surface marked with very fine
unequal closely-arranged concentric lines ; substance of shell pearlaceous and
iridescent. Length ^ inch.

Locality. Phoenixville, Pennsylvania.

Occurs in the Black shale with two species of Posidonia.

[JunC;

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 167

Description of a new genus of the family DEEISSENID^.

BY T. A. CONRAD.

MYTILOPSIS.

Shell mytiliform, attached by a byssus ; hinge with a septum, beneath which
on the cardinal side is a triangular cup-shaped process; cartilage groove
rather deep.

Mytilus LEUcoPHiEATUS, Con. Joum. Acad. Nat. Sciences, vol. vi. p. 263, pi.
11, fig. 13.

This singular bivalve inhabits the rivers of "Virginia and probably further
south, where the water is brackish, resembling Cyrena in that respect, and it is
found in great abundance attached by its byssus to Ostrea Virginiana. The
hinge resembles that of Sepiifer and Breissena, with the addition of a singular
cap-shaped, thin, white appendage, which projects obliquely towards the cavity
of the valves. Another species inhabiting St. Domingo has been figured and
described by Recluz as Dreissena Domingensis.

Notices of some Bemains of Extinct Fishes.
liY JOSEPH LEIDY, M. D.

1. Hadbodus priscus, Leidy.

The genus and species are founded upon the fragment of a bone with two
teeth, apparently of a Pycnodont fish allied to Placodus, obtained by Dr. William
Spillman, from a cretaceous deposit in the neighborhood of Columbus, Mis-
sissippi.

The fragment of bone is about IJ inches in depth and breadth, and about
;( of an inch in thickness; is convex on the outer side ; and presents large re-
serve cavities on the inner side at the base of the two teeth which are coossified
with one of the borders of the bone. The teeth present a remarkable resem-
blance to premolars of a pachydermatous mammal. They are quadrate, and are
about as broad as they are high, and about half the thickness. They are bilobed
at the triturating surface, which slopes inwardly ; and are invested with smooth
enamel, which extends twice the depth externally that it does internally. The
two teeth differ a little in form and size. Their height externally is 8 lines ; the
breadth of one 8 lines ; of the other 7 lines; and the thickness of both is 4 lines,
except the distal lobe of the larger tooth which is 5 lines.

'I. Phasganodus DIR0S, Lcidy.

This genus and species are founded upon a much mutilated dental bone with
teeth imbedded in a hard mass of sandstone, discovered in Nebraska, by Dr. F.
T. Hayden. The specimen I suspect to have been obtained from a cretaceous
deposit.

The dental bone in its perfect condition has been about 6 inches in length,
and 2 inches in depth posteriorly. To the dentary border, so far as can be as-
certained, there have been six large, coossified, sabre-shaped teeth. The trench-
ant border is directed outwardly ; and the obtuse, inner, concave border is-
longitudiually ridged. The first tooth visible is about | of an inch from the end
of the jaw, and has been about 1] inches long. The second tooth was situated
about 1 inch posterior to the first^ and was about f of an inch long. The third
tooth, the best preserved in the specimen, about h an inch behind the second,
has a strong conical base, and it is 10 lines long". The succeeding teeth de-
crease in size, and are at irregular distances apart. The specimen I suspect to
belong to a scomberoid fish allied to Enchodus.

3. TuRSEODUs ACUTus, Leidy.

This genus and species are founded upon a left dental bone with teeth pro-

1857.]

loo PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

bably of a ganoid fish, which I obtained from the black shale, of what have been
usually considered the triassic rocks, from near Phoenixville, Chester Co., Pa.

The dental bone is 20 lines long, by 4 lines in depth posteriorly. It is straight,
and its outer surface is covered with fine, interrupted ridges, such as are ob-
served upon small ganoid scales, found in the same series of rocks at Gwynned,
on the North Pennsylvania Railroad.

Upon the dental border of the specimen there may be counted the remains of
20 teeth, situated at irregular distances apart. They have measured from ^ to 1
line long. They are columnar in form, slightly curving inward ; have a spread-
ing base ; and an abrupt, conical, enamel summit. The fish may be allied to
Belonostomus or Eugnathus, but I am unable to ascertain the exact form of the
teeth in these genera.

4. Pycnodus robustus, Leidy.

The species is founded upon a single large tooth obtained by Prof. G. H. Cook,
from the green sand of New Jersey.

The specimen is 14^ lines long and 3| wide.

Examination of ENABGITE from New Grenada.

BY WM. J. TAYLOR.

I received from Jos. A. Clay, Esq., a fellow member of the Academy, a raice-
ral which proves on examination to be Enargite. Mr. Clay received this in a
box of minerals from South America; it was labelled " an antimonial silver ore
from the mines of Santa Anna, New Grenada ;" there were several other min-
erals accompanying it from the same locality.

Enargite was, I believe, first found in the Cordilleras of Peru, and mineral-
ogists were surprised a few weeks since by Dr. Genth's determining a small
specimen of a mineral found by the State Geologist of South Carolina, Oscar
M. Leiber, Esq., from the " Brewers' Mine," to be of the same species. (" Contri-
butions to Mineralogy," by Dr. F. A. Genth, American Journ. Sci. and Arts,
May, 1857, p. 420.) The fact of its occurring at another locality will not be
without interest.

The structure of the massive portion of the mineral is columnar, and it is
intermixed with a quartose rock and pyrites, in which small cavities occur,
filled with the crystalled Enargite, some of which are very distinct. The
Enargite is very brittle, its color a greyish black with streaks of the same color ;
the powdered mineral is very crystalline with a metallic lustre. Before the
blowpipe it decrepitates ; on charcoal, gives the odor of arsenic and a very
slight incrustation of antimony ; with carbonate of soda, gives hepar and
metallic copper.

The analysis I made in the laboratory of Dr. F. A. Genth, from a small por-
tion of the perfectly pure massive mineral, of which O*7082 grammes wprt-
treated with aqua regia and gave the following results ;

Per cent.

Sulphur 34.50

Copper 46.62

Arsenic 16.31*

Antimony 1.29

Iron 0.27

98.99
The atomic proportion is :

Sulphur 2.16

Copper 1.47

^'■««°'<= "> 0.23

Antimony j

♦There was a slight Joss of the arsenic.

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169

From which is obtained the formula of 6CuS, As S3

Equivalents. Atomic weight. Calculated percentage.

Copper 6 189.6 46.40

Sulphur 9 144.0 35.24

Arsenic 1 75.0 18.36

Prom the above formula it seems not improbable that Eaargite and Stephan-
ite are isomorphus.

Descriptions of Twenty-Seven New Species of TJNIONES from Georgia.
BY ISAAC LEA.

Unio 8DBGIBB0SUS. Testa laevi, elliptica, compressa, valde inajquilaterali,
postice subangulata ; valvulis crassis, planulatis ; natibus vix promiuentibus ;
epidermide tenebroso-olivacea, striata, obsolete radiata ; deutibus cardinalibus
parvis, brevis crassisque ; lateralibus longis, crassis curvisque ; margarita vel
alba vel salmonis colore tincta.

Hab. Oostenaula R'ver, Floyd County, and Etowah River, Georgia. Rev,
G. White.

Unio Savannahensis. Testa laevi, oblonga, inflata, ad latere planulata.
postice obtuse angulata, inacquilaterali ; valvulis subcrassis, antice crassiori-
bu3 ; natibus prominulis; epidermide rufo-fusca vel tenebroso-fusca, obsolete
radiata; dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus, pyramidatis, in utroque valvulo
duplicibus ; lateralibus prselongis, lamellatis curvisque ; margarita vel alba vel
pallida purpurea vel salmonis colore tincta et iridescente.

Hab. Savannah River, also Brantley's Mill, Washington County, Georgia.
Rev. G. White, Sugar Creek, Mecklenburg County, N. C. C. M. Wheatley.

Unio virens. Testa laevi, oblonga, subinflata, postice obttase angulata
valde insequilaterali ; valvulis subtenuibus, antice crassioribus ; natibus parvis
prominulis; epidermide virido-oliva, striata, vittata, eradiata ; dentibus cardi-
nalibus parvis, erectis, subcompressis crenulatisque ; lateralibus pra;longis.
lamellatis rectisque; margarita coeruleo-albd et iridescente.

Hab. Georgia. Rev. G. White.

Unio sublatus. Testa laevi, transversa, ad latere compressa, postice angu-
lata, valde inaequilaterali ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus prominulis, ad apices
undulatis; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, valde radiata; dentibus cardinalibus
parvis, subpyramidatis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibu.-^
longis, lamellatis subrectisque ; margarita purpurea et iridescente.

Hab. Uchee Bar, below Columbus, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.

Unio obnubilus. Testa laevi, elliptica, compressa, postice biangulata, in-
aequilaterali; valvulis subcrassis; natibus prominulis ; epidermide tencbrcso-
fuscfi,, eradiata, subnitens ; dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus, subpyra-
midatis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis
curvisque ; margarita purpurea et iridescente.

Hab. Buckhead Creek, Burke County, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.

Unio opacus. Testa laevi, elliptica, subcompressa, postice biangulata.
inaequilaterali ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide vel tene-
broso-fusca vel nigricante, subnitens; dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus.
elevatis, subpyramidatis crenulatisque ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis subrec-
tisque ; margarita purpurea et iridescente.

Hab. Buckhead Creek, Burke County, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.

Unio similis. Testa laevi, elliptica, subinflata, postice subbiangulata, valde
inaequilaterali; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide tenebroso-

1857.J

170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

fusca, radiata, polita ; dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus, subelevatis, et
subpyramidatis ; lateralibus sublongis subcurvisque ; margarita vel purpurea
vel salmonis colore tincta et iridescente.
Hab. Buckhead Creek, Burke County, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.

Unio ^quatus. Testa laevi, elliptica, compressa, postice biangulata et
planulata, valde inaequilaterali ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus prominulis ; epi-
dermide tenebroso-castanea, radiata, ad umbones polita ; dentibus cardinali-
bus subgrandibus, paulisper elevatis crenulatisque ; lateralibus sublongis,
lamellatis subrectisque ; margarita vel alba vel salmonis colore tincta et
iridescente.

Hab. Buckhead Creek, Burke County, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.

Unio naviculoides. Testa lajvi, transversa, subinflata, postice biangulata,
valde inaequilaterali ; valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide
tenebroso-fusca, striata ; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, compressis, tri-
gonis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus crenulatisque ; lateralibus praelongis, la-
mellatis subrectisque; margarita purpurea et iridescente.

Hab. Buckhead Creek, Burke County, Georgia. Bishop Elliott. Macon.
I. C. Plant.

Unio viridicatus. Testa laevi, suboblonga, subcompressS,, postice compressa,
biangulata, valde incequilaterali ; valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus prominulis, ad
apices rugoso-undulatis ; epidermide virescente, polita, eradiata, ; dentibus
cardinalibus parvis, subcompressis crenulatisque ; lateralibus prselongis, lamel-
latis subrectisque ; margarita coeruleo-alba et iridescente.

Hab. Buckhead Creek, Burke County, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.

Unio subflavus. Testd laevi, elliptica, compressa, postice subbiangulata,
inaequilaterali ; valvulis crassis ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide vel luteolii
vel luteo-castanea vel obsolete radiata vel eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus
parvis, subconicis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus longis,
lamellatis subcurvisque ; margarita vel salmonis colore tincta vel albida et
iridescente.

Hab. Walnut Creek, above Macon, Georgia. Bishop Elliott and I. C. Plant.

Unio sudds. Testa laevi, elliptica, subinflata, postice obtuse angulata, in-
sequilaterali ; valvulis subtenuibus, antice crassioribus ; natibus subprominenti-
bus, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide luteola, valde radiata ; dentibus cardinali-
bus parvis, compressis, lamellatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus
sublongis, lamellatis subrectisque ; margarita vel alba vel salmonis colore tincta
et valde iridescente.

Hab. Dry Creek, near Columbus, Georgia. Bishop Elliott. Macon. I. C.
Plant.

Unio tetricus. Testa laevi, elliptica, valde compressa, postice biangulata'
inaequilaterali ; valvulis crassiusculis ; natibus prominulis; epidermide rugoso-
striatii, tenebroso-fuscata, obsolete radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis,
conicis, in utroque valvulo subduplicibus ; lamellatis sublongis subcurvisque ;
margarita purpurascens et iridescente.

Hab. Flint River, near Albany, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.

Unio Woodwardius. Tests, laevi, triangulari, tumida, postice angulatA, ad
latere planiuscula, inaequilaterali ; valvulis crassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus
elevatis ; epidermide luteo-oliva, striata, radiis maculatis ; dentibus cardinalibus
parviusculis crassisque ; lateralibus percrassis, crenulatis rectisque ; margarita
argentea et iridescente.

Hab. Etowah and Connasauga Rivers, Cass County, Georgia. Bishop Elli-
ott and Rev. G. White.

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171

Unio tknebricds. Testa IsEvi, elliptica, subinflata, postice obtuse angulata,
inaequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus, antice crassioribus; natibus prominulis ;
epidermide tcnebroso-fusca, obsolete radiate ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis,
valde crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus lamellatis cur-
visque ; margarita vel purpurefl, vel salmonis colore tinctii et iridescente.

Hab. Etowah River, Georgia. Bishop Elliott and Rev. G. White.

Unio rufus. Testa laevi, transversii, valde compressS., ad latere planulata,
postice obtuse angulata, valde inaequilaterali ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus
prominulis, accuminatis ; epidermide rufo-fuscfi, eradiata ; dentibus cardinali-
bus parvis, obtuso-conicis crenulatisque ; lateralibus sublongis, subcrassis
curvisque ; margarita coeruleo-alba et iridescente.

Hah. Etowah River, Cass County, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.

Unio modicus. Testfi, laevi, obliqua, subinflata, postice subbiangulata, valde
inaequilaterali ; valvulis crassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus subprominentibus,
ad apices rugoso-undulatis ; epidermide tenebroso-fuscii, eradiata ; dentibus
cardinalibus subgrandibus crenulatisque ; lateralibus curtis, crassis subcur-
visque ; margarita vel alba vel pallido-salmonia et iridescente.

Hab. Chattahoochee River, near Columbus, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.

Unio denigbatus. Testa laevi, elliptica, subinflata, ad latere planulata, in-
aequilaterali; valvulis subtenuibus, antice crassioribus; natibus prominulis;
epidermide nigricante, eradiata et micante ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis,
pyramidatis crenulatisque; lateralibus sublongis, lamellatis subcurvisque ;
margarita vel purpurea vel salmonis colore tincta et iridescente.

Hab. Streams near Columbus, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.

Unio fumatus. Testa laevi, elliptica, compressa, postice biangulata, in-
aequilaterali ; valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus subprominentibus ; epidermide
tenebroso-fuliginosa et eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis crenu-
latisque ; lateralibus sublongis, subcrassis subrectisque ; margarita purpures-
cente et valde iridescente.

Hab. Chattahoochee River, near Columbus, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.
Hospaliga Creek, Alabama. Dr. Neisler.

Unio porpurellus. Testa laevi, oblonga, subinflata, ad latere planulata,
postice biangulata, valde inaequilaterali ; valvulis crassiusculis ; natibus promi-
nulis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca et postice obsolete eradiata; dentibus
cardinalibus parviusculis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo subduplicibus ;
lateralibus prEelongis, lamellatis subcurvisque ; margarita purpurea et valde
iridescente.

Hab. Flint River, near Albany, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.

Unio penicillatus. Testa postice plicata, elliptica, subinflata, postice sub-
biangulata, inaequilaterali ; valvulis crassiusculis, antice crassioribus ; natibus
subprominentibus ; epidermide luteola, radiis penicillatis indutis, polita ;
dentibus cardinalibus crassiusculis, crenulatis, subpyramidatis ; lateralibus
sublongis, subcrassis subrectisque ; margarita vel alba vel rosed vel salmonis
colore tincta et valde iridescente.

Hab. Chattahoochee, near Columbus, Georgia. Dr. Boykin. Near Atlanta.
Bishop Elliott. Flint River, near Albany, Georgia. Bishop Elliott and Rev. G.
White.

Unio Plantii. Testi laevi, regnlariter elliptica, valde compressa, inaequi-
laterali ; valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus prominulis ; epi-
dermide tenebroso-castanea, eradiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis,
subdepressis, obtuso-conicis crenulatisque ; lateralibus praelongis, subcrassis
curvisque ; margarita salmonis colore tincta et valde iridescente.

Hab. Flint River, near Macon, Georgia. I. C. Plant.

1857.]

172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

(Jnio subniger. Tests. Isevi, elliptica, subcompressa, insequilaterali, postice
obtuse angulata; valvulis subcrassis; natibus prominulis ; epidermide tene-
broso-fusca, nigricante, striata, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis,
erectis, conicis crenulatisque ; lateralibus praelongis, lamellatis curvisque ;
margarita alba et iridescente.

Hub. Flint River, near Macon, Georgia. I. C. Plant.

tlNio BULBOSus. Testa laevi, obliqua, valde inflata, valde inEequilaterali,

postice obtuse angulata ; valvulis crassis, antice crassioribus, natibus :

epidermide nigricante, micante, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus,
subpyramidatis crenulatisque ; lateralibus curtis, subcrassis subrectisque ; mar-
garita vel alba vel salmonis colore tincta et iridescente.

Hab. Flint River, near Macon, Georgia. I. C. Plant and H. M. Neisler, M.D.

Unio Maconensis. Testa lasvi, valde transversa, subcompressa, ad latere
planulata, valde insequilaterali, postice subbiangulata ; valvulis subtenuibus ;
natibus prominulis ; epidermide nigricante, obsolete radiata ; dentibus cardi-
nalibus parviusculis, compressis, acuminatis, crenulati?, in utroque valvule
duplicibus ; lateralibus praelongis, lamellatis rectisque; margarita purpurascente
et iridescente.

Hab. Flint River, near Macon, Georgia. I. C. Plant.

Unio obfitscus. Testa Isevi, regulariter elliptica, inflata, postice rotundata,
inaequilaterali ; valvulis subtenuibus; natibus subprominentibus; epidermide
tenebroso-fusca, nigricante, obsolete radiata, subpolita: dentibus cardinalibus
subcompressis, crenulatis, in utroque valvule duplicibus ; lateralibus lamellatis,
sublongis subcurvisque ; margarita paulisper salmonis et valde iridescente.

Hab. Flint River, near Macon, Georgia. I. C. Plant.

Unio aquilus. Testa Isevi, transversa, subcompressa, postice angulata, valde
inaequilaterali ; valvulis crassiusculis ; natibus prominulis, ad apices rugoso-
undulata ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, nigricante, obsolete radiata, transverse
striata ; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, subelevatis crenulatisque : laterali-
bus przelongis, lamellatis subrectisque ; margarita vel purpurea vel alba et
valde iridescente.

Hab. Flint River, near Macon, Georgia. I. C. Plant.

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17o

Julij 7th.

Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.

The following papers were presented for publication, viz :

On three new species of Vespertilionidj^i, by John LeConte.

Observations on the Wild Turkey, by John LeConte.

Referred to committees, as usual.

Mr. Lea called attention to the specimen of Chryastolite from the
White Mountains, presented by Dr. LeConte and himself.

Mr. Lea also made some observations on the geology of the red sand-
stone formation near Gwynned, whence the specimens alluded to by
Dr. Leidy, at the meeting of June 16th, were obtained. It is identical
with that of Phrenisville, Pa. Mr. Lea alluded to the identity of u
large fish scale found by him at Gwynned about two years since, with
that figured by Emmons as Radiolepes speciosus, from the Chatham
series, N. C, as proving the identity of the formations.

Juli/ lith.
Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.

Dr. Corse made some remarks on the development of the spawn of
the Frog. He exhibited specimens which he had observed to develope
on the fourth day. The Rana pipiens passes a whole year in the tad-
pole state, which may account for its occasional comparative scarcity.

Dr. Uhler alluded to the supposed effect of the late severe winters in
diminishing the numbers of the smaller reptiles.

Dr. Ilallowell remarked that the specimen of Proteus anguinus,
which he has had for 13 months, was still alive and healthy, although
it had taken no food during that time.

Juli/ 21st.
Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.

Dr. Uhler, referring to the specimen of crystallized lead presented
by him this evening, remarked that he had observed pigs of lead,
heated in a reverberatory furnace, when near the point of fusion, become
so brittle that they break with a single blow; the fragments are dis-
tinctly crystallized. Zinc, by thus heating, becomes so brittle that it
may be readily powdered.

Mr. Lesley remarked, that the specimen of lead presented has the
appearance of having been perfectly crystallized, and the edges of the
crystals re-fused.

July 29th.
Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.
The Committee on Major LeConte's paper, " On three new species
of Vespertilionidte'^ reported in favor of publication ; which report was
adopted.
1857.]

13

174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

On three nsw species of VESPERTILIONID^.
BY JOHN LECONTE.

The two first species described below, were handed to me by our associate
Dr. Mitchell, as coming from New Granada in Central America. The other I
received from JVlr. Cassin, who informed me that it was given to him as a na-
tive of Peru.

I have not been able to discover that they have ever yet been described by
any naturalist, at least our very extensive library furnishes no book in which
any thing like them is mentioned; therefore I do not hesitate to consider them
as new. Should they prove not to be so, they are willingly and freely given
up to the naturalist who has been so fortunate as to see them before me ; with
a regret, however, that I have been guilty of adding a synonym to that mass of
rubbish accumulated by the negligence or design of others.

Phyllostoma ttnicolor.

Upper fore teeth 2 — 2 ; the exterior ones very small, scarcely perceptible in
the living animal ; the two intermediate ones somewhat serrated at the base,
but converging at the point so as to meet; lower four approximate, crowded,
emarginate. Head large ; snout elongated ; nose-leaf sessile, but appearing
pedicellate from the inflexion of the sides of the base, ovato-lanceolate, entire,
with two perpendicular striae, the included portion rather tumid ; horse-shoe
(as it is called) or addition to the base of the fore part with five blunt teeth
on each side on the outer edge. Upper and under lip with a row of small warts
in front. Ears ovate, blunt, with a slight exterior dilatation of the hinder part
of the base, orillon triangular, more or less dentate on the outer edge. Tail
none. Interferaoral membrane very narrow, very deeply and roundly emargi-
nate, being little more than a kind of narrow membranous wing between the
legs, with a small interior basal tooth, formed by the protension of the tarsal
bone.

Color uniform both above and beneath, dark brown, almost black ; hair fine
and soft ; membrane black, naked, except along the arms, where it is clothed
with hair.

Inhabits New Granada.

Length 5-3 inches ; head 1-35 ; ears -5 ; orillon -2 ; nose-leaf -4 ; tarsal bone *2 :
width of the interfemoral -15 and -2. Extent 11'6 inches.

Phyllostoma minus.

Teeth as in the former species. Head large ; snout somewhat elongated.
Nose-leaf sessile, triangular, entire, somewhat elongated at the point, horse-shoe^
entire on the edges. Ears ovate, thin, rounded on the front, straight on the
hind margin ; orillon oblong, with a few teeth near the base. Tail none. In-
terfemoral tolerably wide, deeply emarginate, with a small interior basal tooth
formed by the protension of the tarsal bone.

Color above black, beneath with a slight tendency to mouse color. Mem-
brane entirely naked, black.

Inhabits with the former.

Length 2-5 inches ; head -9 ; ears -6 ; orillon -2 ; nose-leaf -3 ; tarsal bone -3 ;
width of the interfemoral •45. Extent 10-8 inches.

yeSPERTILIO PERDVIANUS.

Dentition the same as in V. macrotes.

Hair brown, above of one color, beneath tipped with greyish white. Face
nakedish, black, nose bilobed. Ears ovate, broad, blunt, naked, black, much
longer than the head ; orillon long, knife-shaped, the inner edge convex. Mem-
brane very thin, naked, brown; interfemoral including the tail, except the two
last joints.

[July,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 175

Length 2-G inches; tail 1-8; naked part -1. Extent 11 inches. Head -85 ;
cars 1-3 ; orillon -5.

Inhabits Peru. Resembles very much the North American lon<^-eared bat,
is easily distiiiojuished, however, by the absence of the tubercles on the face.
It would be called by some Plecotus, but I do not admit of any such genus.

I have to ask indulgence for introducing into the above descriptions some
characters which are not specific, but strictly generic. But the arrangement of
the Vespertilionidae is by no means such as can be admitted by any considerate
naturalist, it therefore became necessary to include these generic characteris-
tics in the two first species, as no deterrainate generic description of the genus
Phyllostoma has yet been given.

xiiifjiist 11 fJi.

Vice-President Bkidqes iu the Cbair.

A paper wa.s presented for publication in the Proceedings, entitled
''Descriptions of some new Reptiles, collected by the U. S. Exploring
Expedition, under command of Capt. Charles Wilkes, U. S. N., 3d
Part, by Charles Girard ;" which was referred to a committee.

August 18^7i.

Dr. Leidy in the Chair.

A paper was presented, entitled " Rectification of the references of
certain of the extinct mammalian genera of Nebraska, by J. Leidy,
M. D. ;" which was referred as usual.

August 25(h.
Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.

Dr. Leidy announced the decease of Prince Charles Lucien Bona-
parte, and of Mr. H. J. Pratten, of New Harmony, Correspondents of
the Academy.

The Committee on Dr. Leidy's paper presented at the last meeting,
reported in favor of its publication.

BectifLcation of the references of certain of the extinct Mammalian genera

of Nebraska.

BY JOSEPH LEIDY, M. D.

ELOTHERIUM, Pomel, 184T.
Untelodon, Aymard, 1848 ; Archceothcrhim, Leidy, 1850.

1. Elotherium Moutoni.

ArchcEotherium Mortoni ; Elotherium Mortoni, Leidy: Proc. A. N. S. ix, 89.

2. Elotherium ingens.

Entelodon ingens, Leidy : lb. viil. 164; ix. 89,

1857.]

176 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

CHALICOMYS, Kaup, 1832.

Aulacodus, Chelodus, Kaup, 1832 : Sleneofiber, Stcneotherium, St. Hil. 1833 ;
Castor, Lin. : Kaup, Gervaise.

1. ChALICOMYS NEBRASCENSIS.

Steneofiber nebrascensis, Leidy : Pr. A. N. S. viii. 89 ; ix. 89.
DREPANODON, Nesti, 182C.

3Ieganiereon, Croiz, 1828; Agnotherium, 3Iachairodus, Kaup, 1833; Steneodon,
Oroiz, 1833; Smilodon, Luad, 1841; Ursus, L., Felis, L. : Guv., Croiz, Brav.,
Blainv,, &c.

1. Drepanodon primaevus.
Machairodus primaevus, Leidy and Owen : Anc. Fauna of Nebraska, 95 ; Pr.
A. N. S. ix. 90.

DORCATHEPJUJM, Kaup, 1833.
Leptomeryx, Leidy.

1. DOECATHERIUM EvANSI.

Leptomeryx Evansi, Leidy : Proc. A. N. S. vi. 394 ; ix. 89. Lcpiomeryx is per-
haps at most only subgenerically distinct from Dorcatherium. Some fragments
of jaws with teeth, obtained by Dr. F. V. Hayden, prove that the large tubercle,
which is described as rising out of the base internally of the upper true molars,
in a specimen of the skull of the same animal, is an inconstant character, and
independent of this, the molar teeth of Leptomeryx and Dorcatherium are identi-
cal in form.

Seplemher 1st, 1857.
Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.

Dr. Leidy remarked that there appeared to exist a general misconception in
regard to the dentition of the 3Iososaurus. The animal is almost universally
called an acrodont reptile, or one in which the teeth are inserted upon, or are
co-ossified with, the border of the jaws. A number of specimen^ of teeth and
fragments of jaws, in the museum of the Academy, prove this appellation to be
incorrect.

The teeth oi Mososauriis have a recurved pyramidal crown, and a more massive,
vertically oblong root, which is often twice the length of the crown. The root
is inserted for three-fourths of its extent into a correspondingly deep socket, witli
the sides of which it is co-ossified. The centre of the teeth is occupied by a
fusiform pulp cavity, communicating with one or more vascular canals passing
through the fang.

In the reproduction of the teeth, it appears the new ones commence to be
developed attached to the gum, on the postero-internal side of the alveoli. As
they proceed, they penetrate into the latter, by exciting an absorption of the
substance of the fang of the old teeth in a direction obliquely outward and for-
ward. The cavity for the new tooth increases in size at the expense of the
substance of the fang of the old one. The pulp cavity of the old tooth, in con-
sequence of the ossification of its pulp, appears to recede before the increasing
cavity of the new tooth. The latter cavity finally makes a communication with
the former, though this .appears not always to be the case ; and subsequently
the fang of the old tooth becomes so completely excavated as to form a mere
capsule, from which its crown is brolcen away, or shed, through comparatively
little violence. In the further progress of the newly protruding tooth, the
osseous capsule formed from the fang of the old tooth is gradually obliterated,
except a portion which remains as a partition frona the next alveolus.

[September,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPUIA. 1 / /

Dr. Leidy stated that a few evenings since, in the yard attached to his resi-
dence, he for the first time had the opportunity of observing the male Tree-
cricket, Oecanthiis, while chirping. The sound, as is well known, is produced
by the insect elevating its wings and vibrating them laterally ; by which move-
ment the edge of one wing-cover is rubbed upon a rasp or crepitaculum of the
other. The sound is like that of the Field-cricket, Ackela, instead of a peculiar
one &3 Dr. L. had supposed it to be. The note he had formerly attributed to
the Tree-cricket, and with which the woods are vocal during the nights of this
season of the year, is one resembling that produced by the quick and repeated
snapping of the end of a quill pen or tooth-pick during a second or two of time.
Upon examination Dr. L. found this sound to proceed from the male Katy-did.
Platj/p/n/llum ; and the mechanism producing it is similar to the stridulating
apparatus of the crickets, Acheta, Oecanthus.

In the male Katy-did, the crepitaculum, situated on the under surface of the
dorsal portion of the wing covers, consists of a transverse, fusiform, concave
ridge, provided with about fifty serratures ; and is best developed in the left
wing cover. The instrument which rubs against this crepitaculum is the sharp,
elevated, inner edge of the dorsal portion of the wing covers, at the side of what
might be considered a trilateral tambourine, which is best developed in the
right wing cover. The song (if the term may be used) of the male Katy-did ordi-
narily is produced by the sharp edge on the inner side of the tambourine of the
right wing cover, rubbing against the rasp or crepitaculum of the left wing cover.

Dr. L. continued, he had always supposed the male Katy-did produced the
familiar sound after which the insect is named, and that the female was silent.
This he believed was the generally received opinion ; and Dr. Thad. Wm. Harris
(Insects Injurious to Vegetation, page 138), remarks that at night " the joyous
males begin the tell-tale call." Dr. L. added, after further investigation he was
happy to be able to clear the male from the libellous imputation, and that, as
was usually the case among our own race, the accusation, recrimination, and
denial, of katy-did, katy-didn't, came from the female herself. The apparatus
by which the female Katy-did tells her tale is totally different from that of the
male, though situated as in this, in the dorsal portion of the wing covers. In
the dorsal portion of the right wing cover between the marginal vein, and another
about half a line from it, there are about five strong transverse veins and some
smaller ones, provided upon their upper surface each with a row of strong
spines bent back at right angles. All other portions of the right and the whole
of the left wing cover are destitute of such spines. In the left wing cover, the
corresponding position to that just described is occupied by a fine rete of veins as
elsewhere ; and it is the inner edge of this wing cover rubbing against the hooks
of the right one. which produces the tell-tale sound of katy-did, katy-didn't.

September \st, 1857.

Vice President Bridges in the Chair.

Dr. J. A. Meigs read part of a letter from Mr. J. Judson Barclay,
dated Philadelphia, Aug. 21, 1857, accompanying the flattened skull
presented by him this evening.

" On referring to my journal, (kept during several years residence in
Jerusalem,) I find a brief mention of the circumstances attending the
discovery of the very singular skull now in your possession, though I
fear it will afford but little aid in assigning any other place of habitation
to this unfortunate adventurer, than the subterranean locum tenens of his
bones.

178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

The immense quarry-cave, in whicli this skeleton was found, it was
our good fortune to discover in 1853, and by the connivance of one of
the chief dignitaries of the city, we eluded the vigilance of the Turkish
authorities, and succeeded in making a thorough exploration of this
hitherto unknown cavern. The skeleton of this adventurous explorer
(if such he may be styled) was found in the extreme South end of the
cave, 100 feet from the entrance, in a deep pit. The bones (of almost
giant proportions) gave evidence of having laid in that position for many
years, judging from their decayed state, which, however, is not so appa-
rent upon the skull.

How long since he ended his career, though matter of some uncer-
tainty, is obviously no short time, for it is evident that the bats and
owls have fluttered over his bones for many long centuries ; for the en-
trance to this large quarry-cave is in the wall of the city, which un-
doubtedly has been kept carefully closed ever since the subversion of the
Frank kingdom of the Holy Land, when the city walls underwent their
last reparation.

The position of this cave, a little elevated above the area of the tem-
ple, enabled us to solve an enigma which has heretofore been regarded
as an ' opprohimn antiquorum,' — the location of those Cyclopean stones,
in their great height in the outer temple wall.

What may be his history, is a still greater matter of uncertainty.
We can only conjecture that he was a pilgrim, who, on exploring the
labyrinthine halls of this vast grotto, stumbled down into this deep pit,
but whether Jew, Christian or Moslem, is altogether matter of query."

September Sth, 1857.

Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.

The following extract of a letter from Dr. D. B. McCartee, of Ningpo,
China, dated New York, Sept. 3d, 1857, was read :

" I forward a specimen of the ' insect wax' of China. This was said by the
naturalists attached to Sir George Staunton's embassy to be the product of the
larva of the Cicada limbata, and that ' the fly' which ' was observed by Staunton
on the coast of Cochin China has curious pectinated appendages on the back,
and the whole insect is covered with a white powder, which is imparted to the
stems of the plants it inhabits.' This is not the case with the wax of which a
specimen is sent. It is the product of a very small insect, a species of Coccus.
as far as I could make it out. It is deposited near Ningpo on the twigs and
smaller branches of a species of ash, in granules, giving the twig the appear-
ance of white coral. It is not generally known that it is to be found in the
vicinity of Ningpo ; and it was only after a search of two years that I succeeded
in finding it. * * * "^ * I think Sir George Staunton was deceived by the fact
that the larva of a species of Cicada corresponding to his description is found
upon the same tree, as I myself saw."

Dr. Morris remarked that among the fishes brought from Panama by
Dr. Ruschenberger, were found the following Atlantic species which
were not previously known to exist in the Pacific : Exocetus acutus,
Pristipoma rodo, Epliqjpus faher.

[September.

NATUKAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 179

Dr. Meigs read the following extract of a letter from Dr. E. A.
Abaddie, V. S. N., accompanying ttc donation of skulls presented by
him.

Nos. 1 and 2 are crania talccn from the ruins of Gran Quivira ; they
were brought in by an expedition under the command of Major Carleton,
who explored the ruins thoroughly, and presented me No. 1 skull.

No. o. Was disinterred by myself, and found in the centre of the ruins
of the church at Guarra, N. M.

No. 4. Is the skull of Jose Largo, a Mescalero chief, who was killed
in a foray near Bosque Kedondo, near the Pecos River, N. Mexico.

No. 5. Is the head of a Pueblo Indian, taken from the churchyard of
their village Laguna.

No. 6. This skull was found with many other human remains, in a
very bad state of preservation, in making excavations in an old field,
in Santa F6, N. Mexico. This head, and the remains found, evidently
belonged to the same race of Indians which formed the numerous pop-
ulation of the large towns long since in ruins, and of which so little is
known ; as Gran Quivira, Abo, Guarra Pecos, old Church, kc.

Septemler 29 th, 1857.
Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.

The Committee to whom the following papers were referred reported
in favor of publication in the Proceedings, viz :

Observations on the Wild Turkey, by John LeConte.

Descriptions of some new Reptiles, collected by the U. S. Exploring
Expedition under the command of Capt. Chas. Wilkes, U. S. N., by
Charles Girard.

Observations on the Wild Turkey, or GALLOPAVO SYLVESTRIS, of Eay.
BY JOHN LECONTE.

"Whoever has compared the Wild Turkey of the United States with the do-
luestic. animal of the s.ame genus, must have observed that there existed very
striking differences between them. These differences do not consist of slight
and unimportant i)articularities, but in radical disagreements, which ought to
remain unchangeable under all circumstances, and which form good specific
characteristics.

In the tame bird, the colors vary infinitelj^, and in the wild one, very con-
siderably. The great mark of distinction is in the enormous palear or dew-
lap of the former, which extends from the base of the lower mandible to the
large caruncles on the lower part of the neck. Whatever alterations may have
been produced by long domestication, this palear could not have been formed
by an enlargement of the rather loose skin of the neck. It is a specific charac-
ter, which as in our own bird is not found in the Meleagris ocellata of Honduras.
It has been observed by my son in a former number of our Proceedings, that all
derivative variations are monstrosities, and take place chiefly in those parts,
which in a normal state of existence, are impossible in the genus, as we observe
in hornless beeves and tailless cats, in feather-crested fowls and solid-footed
swine.

The conviction that these two birds were really distinct species has long ex-
isted in my mind : more than fifty years ago, when I first saw a Wild Turkev, I

1857.]

180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

was led to conclude that one never could have been produced from the other.
I have mentioned this to many ornithologists, but no one would take the trouble
to investigate the matter. At length Mr. Gould, one of the best ornithologists
of Eurojje, in the 304th number of the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
England, has made the discovery, that there have been two species confounded
together under the name of Meleagris gallopavo. He calls his species M. mexi-
cana having received it from Mexico. I cannot determine from his description,
whether it is different from ours, or is the original of the domestic bird. Mr.
Gould confines himself entirely to a description of its colors, a very imperfect
method of discriminating species. He mentions nothing of the existence or non-
existence of the palear, nor of the frontal caruncle so long and extensible in the
one, so short in the other. I am however inclined to believe, that his species
differs in no manner from our native species. He quotes Brisson as describing
his bird, {Brisson, Synopsis Methodica Avium, Vol. 1, p. 158,) and states that
Linnaeus's description of M. gallopavo is founded on Brisson's Gallopavo sylvestris
and Ray's New England Wild Turkey [Synopsis Aviicm ei Piscium, page 51, No. 3).
Brisfon describes and figures the domestic animal : to prove this more fully T
quote his words. He says " palea longa sub gutture pendula. Une membrane
charnue longitudinale pendante sous la gorge."

He mentions afterwards among the Varieties, le Dindon sauvage or Gallopavo
sylvestris Novae Anglise of Ray. I omit any description of these two birds.
Sufficiently detailed accounts of them have already been published, and shall
merely observe that the Wild Turkey has been very minutely described by the
Prince of Canino in his American Ornithology.

It may not be amiss to add here some observations on the introduction of the
Turkey into Europe. It appears that the earliest visitors to the tropical regions
of America observed the Turkey both wild and in a state of domestication. The
natives therefore had been able to tame them ; their transportation to foreign
countries was thus rendered easy. In about thirty years after the first landing
of Columbus in America they are mentioned as birds newly introduced into
Europe. The province of Yucatan is particularly mentioned as the place where
they were first observed, but I cannot find them mentioned as being cultivated
in Spain previous to the year 1520. This may in some measure be owing to the
want of Spanish publications of that early date, or at least of translations into
the English language of any that may have appeared. We copy the English in
thinking that the Spanish have no literature worth noticing : whereas three
centuries ago they were far beyond other European nations in literature as well
as in all the arts and sciences which adorn or benefit a state of civilization. If
we could obtain all that was written and published in those days relative to
this portion of the globe, much of the absurd and false relations of modern
historians would be treated with the neglect they well deserve. It is a remarka-
ble circumstance in the history of Europe, that the rera of the introduction of
many important articles of domestic use even in more modern times, is entirely
unknown. No one has ever thought it worth while to record the date of the
introduction of the Turkey, of Tobacco or of the Potato, into the other continent
from the foreign countries where they were first found. In the case of the latter
vegetable which has done so much good in the world, and has in fact altered
the dietetic habits of whole nations, no one has been able to discover whence it
came, or by whom it was first introduced to the notice of civilized men. I
scarcely notice the story of its having been brought by Sir Walter Raleigh from
North Carolina, as it could not grow naturally in that country, and he never sat
foot on the soil of North America.

The peculiar habits of an animal which strongly resembles another, are fre-
quently suflicient when joined to even slight corporeal characters to distinguish
it from others. I have before observed that the Turkey was found domesticated
among the nations of Central America. Now the bird which we have native
among us never has been domesticated. All attempts to conquer its peculiar

[September,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 181

habits have failed, notwithstanding what has been said and written to the con-
trary. I defy any one to show a Turkey, even of the first generation, produced
from a pair hatched from the eggs of a wihl hen. We have every j-ear in our
markets offered for sale, birds of a very dark color, and in some «legree resem-
bling the wild species : but in every instance by the presence of the palear, the
imposition can be detected at first sight and the cheat exposed. 1 have known
the eggs found in the woods hatched by a domestic hen, the chickens brought
up carefully, and rendered so tame and familiar as to eat out of the hand, and
to shew considerable pleasure whenever persons with whom tiicy were ac-
quainted approached them. Yet they never would associate witli the domestic
turkies, studiously avoiding tlicir company, and in little more than a year run-
ning off to the woods, and never again returning to the haunts of their infancy.
I know that I shall be contradicted in this statement, and many quotations from
authors brought forward against me. I repeat, contrary to the assertions of
many others, that no one has ever succeeded in domesticating our Wild Turkey ;
I speak not only from my own personal observations, but from the undivided
testimony of many southern gentlemen. The Turkey of our own poultry yards,
which when young is difficult to bring forward, it was thought might be ob-
tained of a hardier race, by a new domestication : but every attempt has failed,
nor can I find a single well-aiithenticated case of a mixed breed being obtained.

Descriptions of some new Reptiles, collected by the U. S. Exploring Expedition,

under the r ommand of Capt. Charles Wilkes, TJ. S. N.

Third Part. — Including the species of Ojihidians, exotic to North America.

BY CHARLES GIRARD, M. D.

In the "Fauna Peruana" we find described, a species of worm-snake, Scoleco-
phides, which, having teeth upon its lower jaw instead of the upper, belongs to
the same group with Catodon and Sienostoma, and since it differs generically
from both the genera just mentioned, we propose the new genus

SABRINA,

with the following diagnosis : Head depressed, subovoid. Rostral plate extend-
ing under the snout. One nasal and one frontonasal : nostril between them.
A preocular or postnasal. A frontal. A postoculo-labial. A parietaLand a
post-parietal. *

Sabrina tessellata. — Typhlops (essellatum, Tscn. Faun. Peruan. Herp. 1845-46.

Locality. — Coast of Peru.

To the family of Calamaridce we add the following species thus characterised :
Rabdion occiPiTALB. — Head Very much depressed; eye large. Dorsal scales
disposed upon fifteen longitudinal series. Ground color yellowish ; scales mar-
gined with brown ; beneath unicolor. Head and neck black with an occipital
yellow spot.

Locality. — New Holland.

There is likewise a tree-snake, or Dendrophid, which is believed to be
undescribed, and which we record under the name of

Dendrophis prasinus. — Its dorsal scales are very much emarginated pos-
teriorly, and disposed upon thirteen longitudinal series. The preanal scutella
is divided. Color uniformly green with a whitish line along the abdominal
ridge.

Locality. — New Holland.

Amongst the true Colubrinae we met with a new generic type somewhat related
to Rhinechis and Pituophis, being characterised as follows : '

1857.]

182 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

CALLIRHINUS.

Head and body colubriform. Snout subconical, protruding beyond the lower
jaws. Vertex plate elongated. Rostral convex. Two nasal plates with nostril
between them. Two loral plates. One anteorbital and two postorbitals. Third
and fourth upper labials entering into the orbit. Scales moderate, smooth.
Preanal scutella divided. Subcaudal scutellre disposed upon a double series.

Calliehinus patagoniensis, — is the only species that has, so far, come to our
knowledge. The scales are disposed upon nineteen longitudinal series. The
ground color is olivaceous, maculated with black.

Locality. — Coast of Patagonia.

Another genus of non-venomous serpents,

CANTORIA,

is framed upon the following characters : Body subcylindrical, deeper than
broad, and very much elongated. Tail moderate, thick upon its base and coni-
cal posteriorly. Head depressed, continuous with the body. Mouth moderate.
Eye very small. An odd, narrow, prefrontal plate. Nasal plate unique (one
right and one left), situated upon the upper surface of the head. One loral.
Orbital plates constituting a complete circle around the eye. Scales moderate,
smooth, shining, disposed upon nineteen longitudinal series. Preanal scutella
divided. Subcaudal scutellae disposed upon a double series.

The typical species of this genus is Coronella violacea, Cantor, Journ. Asiat.
Soc. xvii. 1847, provided our determination be correct.

Locality. — A specimen of the above species was procured at Singapore.

Next in order is a species closely allied to its congeners, and which we pro-
pose thus to characterise :

Xenodon ancorus. — Two anteorbital and two postorbital plates. Dorsal
scales smooth, disposed upon seventeen longitudinal series. Brownish red
above, with transverse blotches along the back and an anchor-shaped spot upon
the head. Beneath unicolor.

Finally, we institute amongst venomous serpents, the genus

DOLIOPHIS,

which may be recognised by a sub-cylindrical and very much elongated body;
the taiUpeing moderate. The head depressed, though continuous with the body.
Mouth moderate, provided anteriorly with two fangs on either side. Cephalic
plates normal. Two nasals, with nostrils between them. No loral plate. One
anteorbital. Third and fourt^ labials entering into the orbit. Two postorbitals.
Scales smooth, shining, disposed upon thirteen longitudinal series. Preanal
scutella entire. Subcaudal scutellre disposed upon a double series.

DoLioPHis PLAvicEPS. — Eluj^s Jlaviceps, Cantor. Journ. Asiat. Soc. xvii. 1847,
is the only species so far known to us as belonging to this genus.

Locality. — Singapore.

[September

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183

October Qth, 1857.
Dr. Rusciienuerger in the Chair.

A paper was presented for publication in the Proceedings, entitled
"Notes on American Land Shells, No. 2, bj W. Gr. Einney;" which
was referred to a Committee.

On motion of Dr. Leidy, it was unanimously resolved that a special
vote of thanks be tendered to Dr. W. A. Hammond, TJ. S. A., for h'
valuable donations to the Museum of the Academy.

IS

October 21th, 1857.

Vice President Bridges in the Chair.

The Committee on Mr. Binney's paper, presented Oct. 6th, reported
in favor of publication.

Notes on American Land Shells. No. 2.
BY W. G. BINNET.

Helix (Polygyra) acute-dentata. Testa superne et subtus parum planata
discoidea, albida, glabra : anfractus 6 liBvigati, quorum quinque aequaliter
accrescentes, apicera brevissimam,Tix elevatam formantes ; ultimuspermagnus,
inflatus, prope peristomata bis valde scrobiculatus, ad aperturam dcflectus ;
subtus anfractus IJ, ultimus vcntricosus, alter rapide decrescens ; umbilicus par-
vus, profundus ; sutura impressa ; apertura parva, perobliqua, ringens ; peristoma
circulare, acutum, album, incrassatum, patulo-reflexum, marginibus callo albo,
dentiformi, emarginato excavate conjunctis, dextro dentibus duobus horizon-
talibus, uno obtuso, alteri acutissimo intus armato, basali dente unico perpen-
diculari in margine posito, munito.

Diam. maj. 14, min. 11, alt. 4 mill.

Specimen unicum in collcctione Phillips conservatum in provincia Mexicana
Cinaloa ripis fluminis Mazatlan collegit Gambel.

This curious Helix differs from any hitherto known. It is readily distin-
guished by a white, shining discoidal shell, curious aperture and internal
teeth. The upper surface is composed of six whorls, five of which regularly
increase from the spire, which is slightly elevated; the last is proportionally very
wide, inflated, and elevated above the others, almost to a level with the apex.
Below, one full ventricose whorl is visible, and more than half of another,
which rapidly decreases until it becomes lost in the small umbilicus. The
aperture is oblique, basin-shaped, furnished with four teeth ; of these one on
the parietal wall connecting the extremities of the peristome is broad, excavated^
in the middle, angular, resembling that of H. Troostiana, Lea, (plicata, Say) ;
on the basal portion of the peristome is another, situated on the edge, perpen-
dicular and short; on the right lip, slightly removed within the aperture, are
two slight elongated laminai, running horizontally, the lower one raised above
the whorl for some distance, thus forming a slender, spear-like point. Behind
the teeth on the outer whorl are two pits, between which the shell is pinched
into a sharp ridge joining the peristome.

Helix (Polygyra) Loisa. Testa albido-cornea. tenuis, superne minute et
confertim striata, spira paululum elevata, sutura impressa, anfr. quinque, vix
convexiusculi, ultimus permagnus ; subtus inflata, nitida, vix perforata, anfr.
IJ, ultimus vcntricosus, prope peristoma bis valde scrobiculatus ; alter rapidis-
sime decrescens, apertura ringens, quinquedentata ; perist. acutum, album,
incrassatum, patulo-reflexiusculum, marginibus callo albo, crasso, dentiformi,

1857.] 14

184: PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

paululum iutrante, angulato conjunctis, dextro laminis duobus horizontalibiis,
Curtis, intus positis munito ; basali dentibus duobus perpendicularibus in
margine positis, uno parvulo, altero majore, munito.

Diam. maj. 13, min. 11, alt. 5 mill.

la Provincia Mexicana Cinaloa ad flumen Mazatlan collegit Gambel. Collect.
Pliillips.

Var. minor diam. maj. 10, min 7, alt. 3. In Texas habitare dicitur. Collec.
Mea.

Shell above depressed, shining, with hardly perceptible striae, whitish, suture
slio"htly impressed, whorls five, rather convex, last whorl rather proportionally
larger, with two pits behind the peristome, and channelled ; spire slightly
elevated ; below smooth and shining, one full ventricose whorl and a portion
of a second, which rapidly decreases in the slightly perforated umbilicus ; aper-
ture basin-shaped, much complicated by five teeth ; one on the parietal wall is
Avhite, heavy, angular, somewhat like that of H. Texasiana, connecting the
the two extremities of the sharp and reflected peristome. On the edge of the
peristome near the columella are two short, stout, perpendicular teeth, the
nearer one the shorter ; within the aperture are two short, slender, tooth-like,
horizontal laminee, entering but a short distance ; umbilicus nearly closed ;
peristome white, thickened, slightly reflected.

Nearest allied to H. ariadne, Pf.^ {CoucMana, Lea, Proc. Acad. N. S., anno
1857, April, p. 102.) I have compared it to Mr. Lea's type, and find it to be
quite distinct. The latter is not perforated and has a very different arrange-
ment of teeth. That H. Loisa is not a less developed specimen of H. Couchiana
is shown by the fact of its being twice the size. Mr. Lea's shell has the parie-
tal tooth more angular, flexuose, and entering farther into the aperture ; the
teeth on the right lip are not horizontal, heavier and longer, and extend to the
edge of the peristome, where they are very solid and elevated, while in io/sa
they are slender laminee, removed within the aperture.

Helix (Polygra) Mooreana. Testa orbiculato-depressa, carinata, umbili-
cata, albida ; spira obtusa, plus minusve elevata ; anfr. 6, vix convexiusculi,
striati, ultimus infra carinam non rotundatus ; sutura impressa ; subtus strias
minus distinctae ; anfr. 1]-, ultimus carina valde producta. anfr. alterum et
umbilicura profundum pene tegens ; apertura orbicularis, contracta, tridentata ;
perist. album, incrassatum, vix reflexiusculum, margine basali dentibus duobus
curvatis marginalibns sinu parvulo orbiculari separatis, armato ; plica alba
rectangularis, dentiformis, excavata, in medio aperturre projecta ad columellam
adnata, et perist. margines connectans.

Diam. maj. 82, min. 7, alt. 3 mill.

Hab. Washington Co., Texas. Fr. Moore I

Shell orbicular, depressed, white, carinated, umbilicated ; spire more or less
depressed, obtusely rounded ; whorls 6, distinctly striated, hardly convex ;
suture impressed ; below the carina the body whorl is not rounded, but slants
down to the base which is parallel with the suture ; below, the stria; are less
distinct ; at the umbilical region only 1| whorl is visible, the outer one strongly
carinated so as to conceal a portion of the umbilicus and a great part of the
remaining whorl ; the umbilicus is very small, but perforates the shell to the
apex, showing all the volutions with the aid of a lens ; aperture rounded, con-
tracted by three teeth ; lip heavy, broad, white, hardly reflected, near the basal
extremity, quite on the edge, armed with two short, incurving teeth, separated
by a small rounded sinus ; on the columella there is a tooth-like fold, square,
projecting across the aperture, its extremities joining those of the peristome.

It is difficult to express correctly in words the s{)ecific differences of the vari-
ous Polygyra;. This shell combines the characteristics of several American
species. It has the spire of H. monodon, Rackett, and the columellar fold of
Dorfeuilleana, Lea, as figured Tr. Am. Phil. Soc. vi., pi. xxiv., f. 118. The
teeth are placed on the inner edge of the peristome, as in Texasiana, Mor., and
the curious carination at the umbilical region resembles that of pustula, Fer.,

[October,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PIIILADELPEIA. 185

which has not beeu noticed in descriptions. In the collection of the Aca-
demy.

Helix ccltellatus, Thomson, MSS. Testa orbiculato-depressa, nitens, cari-
nata, corneo-rufcscens, ad peripheriam et ad suturas albo-zonata; anfr. 6i
convexiusciili, striis miuutis increnient:ilibu3 et lineis microscopicis spiralibus
decussati; sutura impressa, apertura oblique lunaris ; pcrist. simplex, acutum,
ad coluraellam vix reflexiusculura ; siibtus hcvigata, albida, infra carinani late
rufo-corneo-zonata ; umbilicus perspectivus, anfr. omnes ad apiceni monstrans.
Diam. maj. 35, min. 19, alt. 13 mill.

Habitat. " Contra Costa Co., California." J. H. Thomson.

Animal iwice the length of the diameter of the shell ; color reddish.

Mr. J. H. Thompson, of New Bedford, Mass., proposes this name for a shell
found by him living in considerable quantities. The circumstances in which
it was discovered are very unfavorable to the supposition of its having been
brought from abroad. The chances of a Dalmatian shell having been intro-
duced into California, and already multiplying there, are very small indeed. At
the same time the shell before me bears strong resemblance to the European
group of this type. It seems to be between H. albanica, Ziegler, and acies,
Partsch ; the carina be.ng less sharp than in the latter. Mr. Thomson suggests
that it may have been imported from the Sandwich Islands on vegetables, but
there is no species native to that region which bear any resemblance to this.

Helix anacooketa. T. orbiculato-convexa, aperte umbilicata, cinereo-
rufescens, granulata et rare indenta; spira elevata, conica; anf. 6 convex!,
ultimns subtus ventricosus ; sutura impressa ; perist. incrassatum, vix reHexius-
culum, violaceo-albidum, umbilicum hand multum occultans, marginibus ap-
proximatis, callo conjunctis ; faux violacea ; apertura obliqua, transverso-
rotundata. Diam. maj. 26 ; min. 21 : alt. 14 mill.

Habitat omniam Californian. J. H. Thomson.

Shell reddish ashen, orbicularly convex ; spire elevated, conic ; umbilicus
open, slightly concealed by the peristome ; whorls six, granulated and sparsely
indented ; suture impressed ; below ventricose; aperture transversely rounded;
peristome thickened, scarcely reflected, whitish, with a violet tinge, the ex-
tremities approaching each other and tbnnected with a callous on the parietal
wall ; throat violet.

" Animal light ashen color, tentacles nearly white ; average length of some
thirty specimens 2Mnches (2 diameters of shell); superior tentacles 5-8ths; inferior
.T-lGths inch ; foot broad at the posterior extremity; a line of large granules
down the jpiddle of the back ; sides of foot margined with a line of light
granules (pores) ; genital orifice posterior to and beneath the larger tentacles.
In its habits solitary." Thomson.

It with some hesitation that I propose a name for this shell. I at first con-
sidered is as a bandless variety of Californicnsis, Lea. But on expressing this
opinion to Mr. Thompson, he gave me the above description of the animal and its
habits, which are quite distinct from those of Mr. Lea's shell. Its characteris-
tics were found constant at various remote points of the State, and in a con-
siderable number of specimens. They seem too great for a simple variety.
The animal is also different in its habits from Californiensis, being found only
solitary, while the latter is gregarious.

The shell is one of the very few bandless species of California.

Helix .eruginosa, Gould. (Proc. Boston Soc. N. H., Feb., 1855, p. 137.)
Nomen transmutandum est ob. H. jeruginosam, Pf. (Pro. Zool. Soc, London,
1854.) This name being preoccupied for a Philippine Island shell. Dr. Gould
proposes to call it H. arkosa. " Inhabits only Redwoods." (Thompson). It
seems a very variable shell. The type resembles in shape JI. Toivscndiana, Lea.
Among the land shells collected in California by Dr. J. S. Newberry, P. R. R.
Survey, was one which I called var. /3 of Dr. Gould's shell. It has a very
elevated, conical spire, like elevata, Say, but agrees in other respects with tile
1857.]

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

tjpe. The Californian land shells seem very difficult to understand on account
of their variHtion. Although this shell bears little resemblance to Cali/or?nensif,
Lea, as fig. in Tr. Am. Ph. Soc, vi., pi. xxiii., f. 19, there is a gradual blending
of the two. For some of the links in the connecting chain, see the fig. Terr.
Moll, iii, vi. a, Reeve, Con. Icon. 661, and Chemn. Ed. 2, pi. Ivii. fig. 14, 15. The
last resembles arrosa, var. /3 very much. This connecting chain of resemblance
is also carried by specimens in my cabinet to Di/petilhuarsi, Desh. Future
research will alone enable us to draw the correct divisions of the species.

Helix (Poltgtra) tiiolus. Testa solidiuscula, albida, nitens, costis obliquis
notata; spira rotundata, elevatiuscula, obtusa, tholiformis ; sutura valde im-
pressa, anfr. 7, convexiusculi, superi magis planulati, ultimus ad aperta-
ram descendens, obtuse carinatus, carina peristoma non attingens, poft
perist. canaliculatus ; infra carinam costas minus distinctae ; basis plana, um-
bilicus latus, perspectivus, anfractus canalicuhitos monstrans, quorum 2^ per-
spicue alii obscure videntur; apertura perobliqua, ab axe remota; perist. album,
semicirculare, latum, incrassatum, margine basali reflexiusculo, dentibus duobas
sinu rotundato disjunctis armatum ; plica parietalis acuta, in medio apertura'
projecta, margines peristomatis vix connectens. Diam. maj. 11; min. 9 ; alt.
4 mill.

Habitare in Texas suspicor, sed incertus sum. Specimen unicum vidi in coll.
Bland conservatum.

Shell rather solid, white, shining, ribbed above, smoother below; spire obtuse,
little elevated, rounded ; whorls seven, convex, the upper ones more flattened,
the last bluntly carinated ; carina not reaching the peristome; base parallel to
the suture; umbilicus broad, half the larger diameter of the shell, showing
two and a half deeply grooved whorls plainly, the others rapidly retreating
towards the apex ; aperture very oblique, semicircular, removed from the axis
of the shell, bordered with a scarcely reflected, white, heavy rim, grooved
behind, and armed with two stout teeth near the basal extremity, broadly
reflected at the junction with the body whorl ; on the parietal wall of the aper-
ture is a white fold, hardly connecting the extremities of the lip, and projecting
across the aperture into an acute point.

The aperture of this curious shell ^sembles that of Ti. fatigiata, Say. It i?
readily distinguished from that and aU other described species by the umbili-
cus, broad at the commencement, and rapidly narrowing beyond the second
whorl, with the peculiar groove visible in all the whorls of the umbilicus, of the
same character as that noticed by Say in auriculaia, though deeper.

The name is derived from the resemblance of the slightly raised, rounded
spire to a low dome. #

Helix kopnodes. Testa depresso-globosa, corrugata, subtus la3vigata; spjra
brevis, depressa ; sutura mediocris ; anfr. quinque, rapide accrescentes, ultimiss
permagnus, ventricosus, interdum lineis volventibus crassis notata; apertura
magna, rotundata ; perist. simplex, acutum, marginibus approximatis, callo Jevi,
brunneo conjunctis ; ad umbilicum parvum et profundura reflexiuscuhiir.
Diam. maj. 35; min. 28; alt. 13 mill.
Habitat in Alabama, (C. S. Hale !)

Forsan forma monstruorsa H. fuliginosce, Binney, sed diflert speciminibut;
meridionalibus colore, testa majori, solidiori, magis globosa; umbilico angus-
tiori; apertura majori, magis rotundata, spira magis elevata; et lineis volventi-
bus. Varietates alligantes non exstant.

Figura Reeveana, Con. Icon. No. 6'72. Etsi minus globosa, affinis paritur sed
minute costellato-striata dicitur.

Shell depressed-globose, wrinkled, below smooth ; spire short, depressed ;
suture moderate; whorls five, rapidly increasing, the last very ventricoso and
large, sometimes marked with coarse revolving lines; aperture large, round,
lip simple, acute, ends approached, joined by a slight deposition of brownish
callus over the parietal wall, reflected at the small and deep umbilicus.

It is a much larger and more globose shell than U. fuliffinosa, Binney, with ft

[[October,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187

smaller umbilicus, more rounded and larger aperture, and more ventricose body
whorl; its color is also lighter. The revolving lines are present in four out of
six specimens before me.

Reeve's fig Con. Icon , No. 672, has some resemblance to it in shape, though
less globose — but differs in being striate above.

In the collection of the Academy.

Helix priabilis. Testa globosa, papyracea, friabilis, subdiaphana, nitens,
rufescens ; spira parvula, elevato-conica; anfr. quatuor, laviter corrugati, con-
vexi, ultiraus permagnus, ventricosissimus ; sutura mediocrls ; apertura circu-
laris, parum alta et longa, intus livida, callo levi albo sub-incrassata ; j)eri8t.
acutum, tenue, simplex, ad basin reflexiusculum, violaceuin, umbilicum parvum
et profundura aliqnantum tcgens. Diam. maj. 2G; min. 20; alt. 13 mill.

Habitat in ripis fluminis Wabash, (Mrs. Say!) In llliuois (R. Kennicott!)

Species rara, ad sectionem ll.fulii/inosa', Binney, referenda, sed testa papyra-
cea et rotundata, spira elevata, et apertura circular! distiucta.

Shell very globose, transparent, brittle, thin, shining, reddish ; spire very
short, conic ; whorls four, convex, lightly wrinkled, rapidly increasing, the last
very large and ventricose; suture moderate; aperture circular, equally high and
broad, within bluish anl slightly thickened by a very thin white callus; perist.
simple, sharp, thin, at its junction with the body whorl, violet colored and
reflected, so as to cover a portion of the small and deep umbilicus; the parietal
wall of the aperture is covered with a light violet colored callus.

Belongs to the same group as H. fuli'/inosa, Binney — but readily distinguished
from that and all described species by its transparent, globular shell, ventricose
body-whorl, and circular aperture. At the localities where it was found by
Mr. Kennicott, H. fuliginosa was not noticed.

There is a shell received from Texas, by Dr. Newcomb, which may prove to
be identical with this.

In the collection of the Academy.

Helix redimita. Testa globoso-conica imperforata, tenuiscula, minute et
coufertim granulata, corrugata, rufo-brunnea; apex laevigata, obtusula, spira
elevata; anfr. 6 convexi, sutura impressa distincti, ultimus permagnus, inflatus,
ad aperturam descendens, supra medium fascia fused redimitus ; apertura
perobliqua, transverso-orbicularis, intus uuifasciata ; perist. simplex, rufocine-
reura, incrassatulum,marginibus valde approximatis, basali retlexiusculo, callo
albo umbilicum tegente. Diam. maj. 21; min. 17; alt. 12 mill.

Syn. Helix Nickliniana, Binney, Terr. Moll. iii. pi. vi, f. 1, excepta icone in
medio posita.

Habitat in California aut in Oregon?

Shell globose-conic, imperforate, rather thin, wrinkled, covered with minute
and crowded granulations; color reddish brown; apex free from granules,
rather blunt; spire elevated; suture impressed; whorls six, convex, tlie last
quite large and rounded, falling towards the aperture, and banded with reddish
brown above the middle; aperture rather large in proportion to the size of the
shell, very oblique, transversely rounded, witliin showing the band; peristome
sijnple, reddish ash color, thickened, reflected slightly at the base, end.-s
approached; umbilicus entirely covered with a white callus.

This shell is figured by my father as a var. of H. Nickliniana, Lea. A refer-
ence to Mr. Lea's figure and description will at once show it to be distinct,
according to the present notions of specific weight. Dr. Gould refers it (Terr.
Moll. iii. p. 26) to H. Californiensis ; Reeve, Con. Icon. 661. It appears, how-
ever, to be distinct from the shell there figured.

In general outline it resembles H. Kdle.tlii, Forbes, Proc. Zool. Soc, London,
1350, pi. ix, f. 2, as well as Reeve's fig. G65 b, not 665 a. Con. Icon. The resem-
blance will be found, however, to cease with the outline, on a comparison of
the two shells. H. Kellettii is sometimes perforate, is differently colored, and
belongs rather to the group of California Helices represented by II. areolata.

1857.]

188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Sowb. and H. Pandorce, Forbes, than tliat of H. Calif orniensis, Lea, miercisa, nob.
and the shell before me.

Helix Dupetithouarsi, Desh. In the collection of the Smithsonian Institute
there are specimens of this shell which are furnished with a delicate greenish
yellow epidermis. As this has never been noticed in descriptions, I believe it
must exist only on very fresh specimens, which are rarely seen. On being
immersed some minutes in water, the epidermis becomes of a bright golden
color.

Helix labiosa. Gould, (by many considered identical with Columbiana, Lea.)
To Mr. J. H. Thomson I am also indebted for the following interesting notes on
this shell. It will be very important to dissect the animal, as it may prove
generically distinct from Helix.

"Animal twice as long as the breadth of the shell, dark slate color, almost
black on the head and tentacles; a black line running along each side of the
back from the base of the longer tentacles; body covered with compressed
granules; tentacles black, acutely pointed : eyes at the base of superior tentacles ;
anatomy believed to resemble, somewhat, that of the Lyraniadse. Gregarious;
in its habits resembling Lymnaea, being found always near water, and laying
its eggs on the water-cresses and other aquatic plants. Arrives at maturity in
one year, one half the time required by the other species."

Helix Californiensis, Lea. " Animal reddish grey, tentacles and base of
foot bluish; quite narrow in proportion to the length of the shell; tentacles
short. Gregarious, inhabiting dry gullies and hill sides ; many specimens found
in a cabbage garden." Thomson.

Helix sportella, Gould. I am indebted to Mi-. Thomson for a fine specimen
of this rare species, the only one I have ever seen. His notes show the animal
to be quite distinct from that of H. concava, Say, however similar the shells may
be, with the exception of the striae on the Californian species. He writes, " Ani-
mal uniformly white or flesh colored, with an orange line on top of back.
Solitary — or only found in pairs."

Helix loricata, Gould. (Lecontii, Lea.) This rare species also was added
to my collection through the liberality of Mr. Thomson. One specimen found
by him was very much larger than Dr. Gould's shell. He gives the following
description of the animal ; " white, linear, rough, posteriorly acute, tentacles
very short."

BuLiMUS DoRMANi, n. s. Tcsta perforata, ovato-turrita, laevigata, albida,
fasciis fuscis longitudinalibus ornata; sutura impressa ; spira elongato-conica ;
acuta ; apex punctulata ; anfr. 6 convexiusculitis, lineis minutissimis volventibus
ornati, superi striati, ultimus inflatus, ad marginera superam peristomatis, ob-
tasissime carinatus ; apertura ovata, partem testee dimidiam sub;i5quans ; perist.
simplex, acutum, margine columellari reflexiusculum, perforationem pene oc-
cultans. Diam. 12; long. 29 mill.

Habitat in peninsula Florida prope St. Augustine. 0. S. Dorraan !

Shell perforated, rather heavy, shining, elongated-conic ; white, with several
regular revolving series of interrupted perpendicular, reddish brown patches :
suture distinctly marked; apex punctured; whorls G, rather convex, marked
with numerous very fine revolving lines ; upper whorls striate ; last whorl full,
with a hardly perceptible obtuse carina at the upper extremity of the peristome.

The only described species with which this shell can be confounded is B.
Floridianus, Pf., Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1855, p. 330.^ Though I have never
seen Dr. Peiffer's shell, I should consider it nearly allied, though distinct. It
wants the minute revolving lines, the punctured apex, and striate upper whorls,
which cliaracterize B. Dormani, is a smaller shell, and has a different marking,
being furnished with opaque whitish blotches as well as reddish patches ; the
latter also do not extend to tiie body whorl.

[October,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189

Glandina corneola. Testa conico-oblonga, tenuis, nitens, cornea ; anfr. 7
ad 8, convexi, tenuissime et longitudinaliter striati, et lineis niinutis creber-
rimis notati ; sutura crenulata; apeitura oblonga, partem testte tlimidiani
aequans ; columella contorta, truncata, callo induta. Diam. 18 ; long. 50 mill.

Si/n. Glandina truncata, var. Hiuncy non Gniel. Terr. Moll. iii. pi. Ixi. f. 1.

Habitat in Ilebuspublicis meridianis. Florida?

Shell oblong-conic, thin, shining, horn color ; whorls 1 to 8, longitudinally
striate, and covered with numerous minute revolving lines ; suture slightly
crenulatcd ; aperture oblong, half as long as the shell ; columella curved, trun-
cated, covered with light callus.

This shell, very rare in collections, is distinguished bj' its light horn color,
thin shell and revolving lines.

Glandina parallela. Testa solida, albida, nitens, cylindraceo-elongata,
striis crebcrrimis longitudinalibus notata; spira elevato-obtusa ; anfr. 5 ad 6,
superi convexi, ultimus lateribus rectis, acquis intervallis inter se distantibus,
apertura angusta, partem testic 3-7 aequans ; labrum flexuosum, in medio rec-
tum, margine basali curvatum ; columella recta, truncata, callo induta. Diam.
20 ; long. 56 mill.

Sy?!.. Glandina truncata, var., Binney. Terr. Moll. iii. p]. Ixii. f. 2.

Habitat in Louisiana, Rev. E. R. Beadle !

Shell heavy, shining, white, elongated, cylindrical; spire elevated, obtuse :
whorls 6 to 7, with numerous, delicate, longitudinal striae, the upper ones con-
vex, the last one with straight parallel sides ; lip straight along the middle, and
parallel to the rectilinear side of the opposite whorl, at the basal extremity
curved ; columella straight, truncated, covered with a heavy callus.

Distinguished by its peculiar parallel sides and heavy texture from any other
described species.

The following are notes on the plates contained in Vol. iii. of the Terres-
trial Mollusks.

Helix Rugeli, Shuttleworth, (Diag. neuer Moll. No. 2,) is described as al-
ways larger than H. inflecta. Say. I have the latter of the same dimensions as
given for Rugeli, 13 mill., and some specimens of Mr. Shuttleworth's shell only
8 mill.

Helix mordax, Shuttleworth, is a variety of H. alternata, Sa3\ I have a
large series, showing a gradual change from the typical Northern Shell to the
strongly ribbed and more or less carinated Southern form. H. strongolydcs,
Pfeiffer, is also a variety of the same shell. Perhaps, also, H. infecta, Parr.

Helix multiline.ata. Say. I have a variety of this with an open umbilicus.
Another, received from Mr. J. A. Lapham, of Wisconsin, is small, of an uniform
brownish-red, without a.'iy revolving lines.

Helix clausa. Say. Terrestrial Mollusks, pi. iv. The outline figures do not
represent this species.

H. viNCTA, Val., Terr. Moll. iii. pi. vi., is certainly distinct from Californien-
sis, Lea. (Compare his fig. and descr. T. Am. Ph. Soc. vi. pi. xxiii., f. 79.)

The centre figure of this plate is H. intercisa, nob. Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1857.
p. 18. Fig. 1. Upper and lower figure cannot be considered a variety of Nickli-
niana. I propose for it the name oi redimila.

PI. vi. a. The European conchologists now consider H. Nickliniana and
Oaliforniensis as identical, and figure this shell under the latter name.

H. DEJJTiFERA is not Confined to Vermont. It is a mountain shell, has been
found by Mr. Edwards in Virginia, Dr. S. E. Shurtleff in Western Pennsylvania,
Mr. Conrad at Broad Top Mountain, and Mr. Phillips on the Lehigh.

1857.]

190 PKOCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

H. NuTTALLiANA, Lea, is universally considered as H. fidelis, Gray. Mr. Gray's
descriptioa has the priority of several years.

H. Vancouverensis, Lea. I see no reason why H. vellicata, Forbes, should
not be considered as a variety of this.

H. EGi5>rA, Gould non Say, pi. xxii. a. This shell, though never seen by Mr.
Say, is called by one of his names. It is certainly a disadvantage to increase
the already burthensome nomenclature, but is it not worse to make one name
serve for two distinct species ? Mr. Say's shell was found by Mr. J. S. Phillips
at the 8 mile lane above Philadelphia, and is still preserved in his collection.
I think it will prove to be distinct from chersina, Say. The latter has a much
moreelevate(i spire, rounded at the top like labyrinthica, Say, and is only obtusely
carinated ; while in egena. Say, a very acute carina divides the shell into a short,
pyramidal, sharp spire, and a rounded, inflated base, whose outline forms a
semicircle. As I consider H. egena a good species, I leave it to Dr. Gould to
propose another name for the Florida shell.

Helix fallax, Say, is certainly more than a variety of tridentata, Say. Not
only are the characteristic differences well marked, but the habits of the re-
spective animals are different. Mr. J. G. Anthony tells me that tridentata is found
on hill sides in the grass, vf\\i\Q fallax inhabits rich soils, in woods, under logs,
and is not gregarious like the former. The difficulty is to mark the dividing
line between the many varieties of fallax, some of which are quite as distinct as
H. Hopetonensis, Shuttl. In one specimen oi fallax in my cabinet there is a
well developed "fulcrum" as in monodou, spinosa, and others mentioned by
Mr. Lea.

Helix minutissima, Lea, is certainly distinct from H. minuscula, Binney. Had
my father been spared to finish his work, he would have withdrawn the opinion
expressed in Vol. ii., p. 221. I have a note of his taken at Mr. Lea's house, in
which he says they are distinct. Dr. Leidy tells me that he made a figure of
Lea's type for engraving, which was subsequently lost.

Helix costata, Miill. Dr. F. V. Hayden collected many thousands of this
ribbed variety of pulch*ella, Miill. (minuta. Say,) in Nebraska. It had hitherto
been noticed only in Philadelphia and Cincinnati.

Helix glaphtra. Say, pi. xxix., f. 4. That this shell is identical with cellaria,
Miill., was the opinion of Dr. Binney. I am able to add to the same effect the
testimony of two of our first conchologists, Mr. J. G. Anthony and Dr. Griffith.
The former tells me that thirty years ago he found a shell in considerable num-
bers in his garden, at Providence, R. I., in all respects agreeing with the Euro-
pean cellaria. On carrying it to Philadelphia, the conchologists of that time
all called it glaphyra. Say. The testimony of Dr. Grifiith is still more conclusive.
I have a letter of his to my father in which he says that he had seen Say's type
oi glaphyra in the collection of the Academy, and that it was certainly the
cellaria of Europe. He adds, that when arranging the collection, the shell was
broken and thrown aside.

Helix saxicola, Binney non Pf. pi. xxix. a. f. 4, is H. incrustata, Poey. It
agrees in all respects with the Cuban specimens in the Academy received from
Mr. Poey.

Helix LncuBRATA, Binney non Say, pi. xxxii. does not represent Say's shell.
Though figured by Desbayes in Fer. Hist. pi. Ixxxii. f. 6, it was first described by
Pfeiffer, Mong. i, p. 64. The common form is hardly as globose as the sheil
figured.

Helix sulplana, Binney, has been found by Mr. J. S. Phillips on the banks
of the Susquehanna, near Wyoming, Pa.

Helix interte.xta, Binney, pi. xxxvi. The southern form of this shell would
by many be hardly considered as the same species. The spire is very much

[October,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191

flattened, color much lighter, body whorl less inflated and very sharply cari-
nated. The northern form very rarely reaches the size figured.

Helix skptkmvolva, Say, pi. xxxviii. Tiie middle figures come nearest to
Muhlfeldt's type of cereolun, figured in the Berlin Magazine. The internal lamina
mentioned on page 31 is found constantly in II. microdonta, Desh. of Florida.
It is not, however, confined to that alone, (Shuttl. Diag. Neucr Moll. No. 2,) as I
have detected it in a few instances in the large cereolus and other forms. In
Florida there are several varieties of this shell as well worthy of specific distinc-
tion as microdonta, Desh., volvoxis, Parr, and delitescens, Shuttl. Miihlfeldt's
name cereolus has priority, having been published in ISUi, and not 1818as quoted
by Pfeirfer, &c. The European conchologists, Pfeiffer, Reeve, &c., mention as
a synonym of this shell H. polygyrata, Binney, a name not even mentioned by
him.

Helix sdppressa, Say, small var. PI. xxxvii. fig. 3. This appears to be
hicoslata, Pf.

Helix plicata, Say, pi. xxxix. f. 2. Mr. Say's type is preserved In the col-
lection of the Academy. Having carefully ccmpared it with Mr. Lea's original
Troosdann, I am led to believe them identical. In this case Mr. Lea's name alone
will stand, as that of Mr Say is preoccupied. In Vol. ii. p. 195, II. plicata is
said to be identical with fatigiata. Say, Dorfeuilleana, Lea, and Troostiana, Lea.
T cannot agree with this opinion; H. fatigiata is certainly distinct from the
others. (PI. xxxix. f. 2.) The characters on which Mr. Lea's two species are
founded are certainly not very distinct; at the same time their constancy gives
them weight. Of twenty-five specimens found in Tennessee by the Rt. Rev.
Bishop Elliott, all were well marked H. Troostiana.

Helix leporina, Gould, had been found only in Mississippi and Arkansas,
until Mr. Postel discovered it at St. Simon's Isle, Georgia, Dr. H. M. Neisler in
Butler County, of the same State, and Bishop Elliott at Savannah. Future re-
search will probably prove it an inhabitant of the whole South.

Helix maxillata, Gould, has also been found by Dr. H. M. Neisler in Butler
County, Georgia.

Helix buffoniana, Pf., pi. xliii. This seems rather the variety which Pfeiffer
described formerly as distinct under the name of Humboldtiana ; he now unites
the two.

Helix ixflecta, Say, pL xlv. f. 3. It is a typographical error on p. 33 to call
this H. triodonta, Jahn.

Helix polychroa, Binney, pi. xlvi. xlvii. It is hardly necessary to find
another name for this shell (ob. H. polychroam, Sowb.) asitseems to bevarians,
Mke.

Helix selenina, Gould, pi. xlviii. This is certainly H. vortex, Pf., of the
West Indies. I do not agree with Dr. Gould, (p. 34,) in considering H. tenui-
striata, fJinney, as the same shell; a comparison of ihe description of the latter
will show them to be distinct. The geographical distribution is also very dif-
ferent. Dr. Binney's shell is from Tennessee, while vortex, is a West Indian
species, introduced only into the Southern extremity of Florida. The description
on the cover, Boston Journal Nat. Hist. iv. part 1, anno 1842, is as follows.
'■'■ Ilelijc tenuistriata. Testa depressa, carinata, umbilicata, albido cornea ; anfr. 7
oblique striatis ; opertura angusta, depressa, labro subrcflexo, basi convexo. Lat.
I poll. Hab. Tennessee." I have a shell in my cabinet to which this descrip-
tion applies prutty well ; I am not sure, however, that it is the same. Future
research will undoubtedly bring the species to light. •

Helix auriculata, Say, pi. xl. I do not consider fig. 2, H. avara. Say, as a
var. of this, but a distinct species. There are some varieties of auriculata, which
may be confounded with it, but it is certainly a good species. Among other

1857.]

192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

distinctive characteristics it is hirsute, as mentioned by Say. I am indebted to
Mr. James Postel, of St. Simon's Isle, Georgia, for some very fine fresli hirsute
specimens. From Mr. 0. S. Dorman of St. Augustine, Fa., I have some fine
specimens of auriculata, 16 mill, in the greatest diameter.

Helix elevata. Say. Mr. Robert Kennicott collected in Wisconsin two
specimens of a curious variety of this species, furnished with a broad, revolving,
brownish band on the body whorl.

Helix stexotrema, Ter. pi. xlii. f. 4, is a very well marked variety of hirsuta,
confined to the region of Tennessee.

BuLiMUS dealbatus, Say, pi. li. However well defined may be the distinctive
characteristics of this species and B. schiedeanus,lactarius, &c., it is extremely
difficult to trace the dividing line between them, when seen in large quantities.
I have specimens picked from the same bush in Texas, some of which would be
referred to each of these species. At the same time it seems hardly possible
that the large, heavy shell figured on pi. li. b, should be the same species as the
small, fragile shell pi. li., fig. 1. At all events, it is necessary to distinguish
them by different names.

AcHATiNA PELLUCiDA, Pf. pi. Hii. f. 2, is Blauueria (Voluta) heteroclita, Mont.
Dr. E. Foreman has specimens found in his garden at Washington, whither
they were brought on plants from Charleston, S. C, Mr. T. Bland found it in-
habiting brackish water in Jamaica.

BoLiMus viRGULATUs, Binuey non Fer. pi. Iviii., (see remarks Vol. ii. p. 279.)
I'concur entirely with Dr. Gould in considering this shell identical with B.
muUilineatus, Say, which name has the priority of many years of Reeve's name
venosus. Ferussac's shell is quite distinct.. Mr. Say's description of H. muUili-
neatus, (Journ. Acad. N. S., Phila., Vol. 5, p. 120, anno 1825,) is as follows :
"Shell conic, not very obviously wrinkled; whorls not very convex, yellowish
white, Avith transverse, entire, reddish brown lines ; a blackish subsutural
revolving line ; apex blackish ; umbilicus small, surrounded by a broad blackish
line; columella whitish, labrum simple, blaciiish. Length less than T-lOth
inch, greatest breadth less than 7-20th inch. This species was found by Mr.
Titian Peale on the southern part of East Florida."

Mr. Bartlett found the virgulatus, Binney, in the same locality.

Glandina truncata, Binney non Gmel., pi. Ixi. f. 1, is G. corneola, nob. vid.
supra. Fig. 2 is G. Texasiana, Pf., Novitates Conch, p. 7, pi. xxii. f. 11, 12.
Figure 2, pi. Ixii. is G. parallela, nob. vid. supra.

Helicixa ORBIC0LATA, Binucy non Say, PI. Ixxiii. last line, middle figure, is
Hel. tropica, Jahn.

Helicina chrysocheila, Binney, pi. Ixxiv. f. 4. I have specimens of this shell
in my cabinet, and consider it distinct from Hel. Jamaicensis, Sowb., and all
other described species. I have a note taken by my father at the collection of
M. Petit de la Saussaye in Paris, in which he says that a similar shell is labelled
from Tampico. Compare Hel. iurbinata, Wiegm., Ch. ed. 2, pi. iv. f. 13, 14, 15.

Notes on American Land-Shells, deposited by Mr. Say, and still preserved in
the collection of the Academy.

Helix lucdbrata. Say. I have lately found among the shells of the Acade-
my three specimens of a shell labelled many years ago, " Jlelix lucubrala, Say —
Mexico." I have made a very critical comparison of them with authentic speci-
mens of II. caduca, Pf., received through the kindness of Mr. Cuming. I am now
confirmed in the opinion I expressed before, that the two shells are undoubt-
edly identical. The resemblance of these Mexican shells to II. fuliginosa, Binney,
is strong enough to have given Dr. Griffith the impression that they were the

[Octoberj

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PUILADELrUIA. 193

same. He expressed himself to that effect in letters to my father. From Dr.
Griffith, Prof. Adams may have received the same imj)ression (sec Vt. Moll.) I
am inclined to differ from them, believing the sijccies, though nearly allied, to be
quite distinct. Until we receive the true II. fuUyinosa from the South-western
States, 1 shall doubt its existence there. Our country has been too little
searched, however, to allow us to draw very nicely the lines of geographical
distribution. If I am correct in my view of this species, Mr. Say's name will, of
course, take precedence over that of Dr. Pfeittcr.

Helix clausa. The specimens are much more globose than that figured in
Am. Conch. The aperture is quite orbicular.

Helix appressa, hirsuta, inflecta, profunda, auriculata, ligera, solitaria,
supprgssa.

H. patigiata, as fig. in Terr. Moll. iii. pi. sxxix, f. 4.

H. PUCATA. Like Troosliana, Lea.

H. FALLAX. The upper denticle on the peristome placed within the aperture,
like that of//, vulluona, Gould.

H. septemvolva. Larfife and small var. of cereolus, Mhtl.

SucciNEA avara, campestris. Same as figured in Terr. Moll.

Helicina orbiculata, occulta, (fossil.)

Pupa pentodon, corticaria, armigera.

AcHATis.A solida. Morc elongated than that fig. in Terr. Moll.

November '6d, 1857.

Vice President Lea in the Chair.

Mr. Slack remarked, that the specimens of chalcedony and quartz
presented by him this evening, had been obtained from a quarry on the
left bank of the Nile, whence was procured the limestone used in the
erection of the Pyramids. They appear to have been rejected by the
workmen when selectino: the lime.

November 10<7i, 1857.

Mr. Cassin in the Chair.

Dr. Morris called the attention of members to an appearance of the eastern hori-
zon just before, at and after sunset. On any clear evening, after a warm day, a per-
son looking towards the east a few minutes before sunset, will observe a red band
of light extending along the whole horizon; above, it is gradually shaded into
yellow light, which passes into greenish, and finally into blue, at various distances
from the zenith. As the sun decends in the west, these bands of red and yellow
light rise in the east, until the red makes an angle of about 15° with the plane
of the horizon, leaving a clear dark blue space beneath. The colors are brightest
about ten minutes after apparent sunset : after which they gradually fade away.
A cloudy or misty state of the atmosphere near the zenith of the observer ob-
scures or prevents the occurrence of the phenomenon : but a fog-bank in the
horizon does not interfere. In Kaemtz's Meteorology, translated by Walker, page
408, the same phenomenon is partially described, but he places the " white or
yellow stripe '' between the red and the blue of the horizon, or below the red.
I have never seen it anywhere but as above. Kaemtz thinks that the blue is due
to the shadow of the earth projected against the eastern sky, while the red

1857.]

194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

baad is caused by the absorption of the other constituents of white light in
traversing so great an amount of atmosphere. This hypothesis is also main-
tained by Mr. Martin in his Notes, F. p. 497 : and he gives a much fuller and
better account of the phenomenon as observed in morning twilight by M.
Bravais from the summit of the Faulhorn. If it were really due to this cause.
no reason could be assigned for the gradual fading and disappearance, first of
the yellow and then of the red light, when they have risen about 20° above the
horizon ; they ought to follow the sun completely across the sky. I believe
the phenomenon to be due to the formation of an iris by the sun's light
falling on the vapor of the atmosphere which has become partially con-
densed as the sun has receded ; probably this will be found to correspond
with the iris given by five internal reflections and two refractions of the
sun's rays.

November 11th, 1857.
Vice President Lea in the Chair.

The following papers were presented for publication in the Proceed-
ings :

'■' Descriptions of some new Reptiles collected by the U. S. Exploring
Expedition, under the command of Capt. Chas. Wilkes, U. S. N., by
Charles Girard."

" Notices of new Genera and species of marine and fresh-water fishes
from Western North America, by Charles Girard."

•• Description of a new species of Cypselas, collected in the N. W.
Boundary Survey, A. Campbell, Esq., Commissioner, by C. B. R. Ken-
nerly, Surgeon and Naturalist of the Expedition."

" Notes on the American species of Archibuteo and Lanius, and
Description of a new species of Toucan, of the genus Selenidera, by
John Cassin."

Which were severally referred to Committees.

Mr. Cassia read the following extract from a letter of Mr. P. B.
DuChaillu.

Fernando Paz River, August 11 Ih, 1857.

" While hunting after the Gorilla a few days ago, I met with a male surrounded
by a few females. The male has a red crest, like a cock.

"Both the guinea fowl and the black pheasant are birds which are not seen
before you reach fifty or sixty nailes in the interior, and are unknown to the
natives of the sea shore. The birds of the Fernando I'az country, until you
reach the interior, are exactly the same as those of Cape Lopez, the country
being similar in appearance. At the Cape properly there is no town : the largest
town of the Cape Lopez people is Sangatonga, situated in the bay formed by
the Cape. It is the residence of the king, and is situated in a beautiful prairie
at the foot of a hill rising about two miles in the interior. The soil of Cape
Lopez is generally light and sandy ; the country presents an aspect quite dif-
ferent from that between Fernando F6 and the Gaboon, looking a good deal
like the countries of Southern Africa toward the Cape of Good Hope — large
prairies with groves of trees. In these groves the Cape Lopez people have their
plantations, as the soil is good. Sweet potatoes, cassada, plantain, ground nuts
and sugar cane are the products. They plant in pretty large quantities, as these
form the main staple of their food; sweet potatoes, especially, grow well. Good
roads could easily be made, and would be a powerful aid to colonization. The
raising of cattle could be made a profitable business, for the prairie land would
afford good grazing. A good many wild cattle are seen wandering over the

[November,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ]95

prairies. Water seemed to be rather scarce, haviop met, during a journey of
sixty miles into the interior, but four streams : but the natives liave assured mi-
that at the bottoms of the hills in the midst of the groves there are a good many
brooks. So fur as I have been into the interior I found the country hilly : 1
did not meet with marshy ground but at a single place, and that marsh was
small. About fifty miles in the interior the prairies become smaller and woods
take their place. The country through which I passed was thinly populated:
the people have generally to stay on or near the Gaboon or Nazareth rivers or
their tributaries. This want of population would be a drawback to colonization,
as would also the want of a good harbor. The country near the Nazareth if.
better off in this respect."

November 2i(h, 1857.
Vice President Bridges in the Chair.

The Committees to -whom viere referred the following papers, reported
in favor of publication, "viz :

'' Descriptions of seme new Reptiles, collected by the U. S. Explorinj:
Expedition under the command of Capt. C. Wilkes, U. S. N., by Chas.
Girard."

"Notices of new genera and new species of marine and fresh-water
Fishes, from Western North America, by Chas. Girard."

" Description of a new species of Cypselus, &c., by C B. R. Kennerly."

The Committee on Col. Abert's " Description of a Mocking bird,
supposed to be new," was discharged at its own request.

Descriptions of some new Eeptiles, collected by the TJnited States ExploiiEp

Expedition, under the command of Capt. Charles Wilkes, U. S. K,

FoBRxn Part. — Including the species of Saurians, exotic to North America.

BY CHARLES GIRARD, M. D.

SCINCID^.

1. Cryptoblepuarus eximics. — Scales disposed upon twenty-four longitudinal
series, around the middle region of the body. Subcaudal scales equal or sub-
equal. Back greenish; two light lines, or streaks, on each side; beneath
unicolor.

Locality. — Feejee islands.

2. EupREPis VENusTus. — Body and head slender and depressed; tail subconi-
cal posteriorly. Forty-three to forty-five longitudinal series of scales. Pre-
frontal plate lozenge-shaped. External row of preanal scales larger than the
rest. Back chestnut brown ; a black streak from the eye to the base of the tail,
margined, superiorly, by a fuliginous line, extending from the supraciliary
regiOTi to the anterior third of the tail, and, inferiorly, by a yellow line from the
axilla to the groin; lower portion of the flanks yellow, speckled with black.
Throat whitish ; abdomen light brown, unicolor.

Locality. — Cape de Verde islands.

CYCLODINA, (nov. gen.) — Body elongated, slender, subquadrangular, depress-
ed, covered with large scales, striated under the epidermis. Head small, depress-
ed, anteriorly obtuse. Nostrils in one plate ; no supranasals ; a pair of pariet.als.
Maxillary teeth conical ; palate toothless. Tongue flat, scaly, nicked at the
extremity. Lower eye-lid scaly. Auricular apertures simple. Limbs four,
weak, far apart, five fingers and five toes, rather short, subcylindrical and
clawed, their inferior aspect transversally plated, smooth ; palms and soles
coarsely granular or subtubercular. Tail moderate.

1857.]

196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

6. CiCLODiNA ^NEA.— Body rather long, protected by twenty-six longitudinal
series of scales. Snout short. Suborbital chain of plates complete: no labials
entering into the orbit. Auricular aperture small. Two middle preanal scales
larger than the rest. Limbs quite small. Golden green, back speckled with
black; a dark chesnut or blackish streak along the upper portion of the flanks,
obsoletely white lined above. Sides speckled with white and black. Under
surface of head and throat speckled with black; abdomen light yellowish,
unicolor.

Locality. — New Zealand.

HOMBRONIA, (nov. gen.) — Body subtetragonal and depressed, protected by
moderate and striated scales ; the two preanal ones larger than the rest. Head
depressed, subtriangular ; two parietal plates; an odd occipital, and two latero-
occipitals. Nostril in one plate ; no supranasals. Maxillary teeth subconical ;
palate toothless. Lower eyelid with a transparent disc. Auricular aperture sim-
ple ; tympanum, rather deeply seated. Limbs weak, far apart; five fingers and
five toes, unequal, with transverse, carinated plates beneath ; palms and soles
granular. Tail long, stoutish, subcylindrical, with subequal scales.

4. HoMBRONiA UNDOSA. — Tweuty-cight longitudinal series of scales. Rostral
plate elevated, subconical; nasals and postfrontals separated. Transparent disc
of lower eyelid subcentral. Auricular aperture very small. Caudal scales much
larger than the dorsal and abdominal ones. Tail long. Brown, sides with
an obsolete, undulating streak of deep chestnut; beneath lighter, unicolor.

Locality. — New Zealand.

5. HoMBRONiA FASCioLARis. — Tweuty-six longitudinal scrics of scalcs. Rostral
plate low, hemi-discoid ; nasals wide apart ; postfrontals nearly contiguous-
Transparent disc of lower eyelid subcentral. Auditive aperture very large.
Caudal and dorsal scales subequal. Tail very long. Greenish olive; back
speckled ; upper part of sides with a dark streak ; lower part and belly lineo-
lated with greyish.

Locality. — New Zealand.

OLIGOSOMA, (nov. gen.) — Body subcylindrical, rather short, covered with
moderate and striated scales ; two middle dorsal series largest. Head subquad-
rangulo-pyramidal, depressed ; nostrils lateral ; no supranasal plates. Parie-
tals separated. Palate toothless. Lower eyelid with a transparent disc. Auricu-
lar aperture subdenticulated in front, or simple ; tympanum more or less sunk.
Limbs moderately developed ; five fingers and five toes, unequal; palms and soles
finely granular ; subdigital plates transverse, smooth. Tail long, subcylindrical
and tapering.

Mocoa zelandica, Gray, is the type of this genus, to which also belongs Scincus
noctua, of Lesson.

G. LiPiNiA VULCANIA. — Dorsal scales disposed upon thirty longitudinal series-
Prefrontal plates large, subquadrangular; postfrontals contiguous; supraoculars
quite large ; two slender, vertically elongated lorals. Temporal shields, scale-
like. Brown, with a lateral darker streak; beneath unicolor.

Locality. — Caldera on Mindanoo. 19

LYGOSOMELLA, (nov. gen.) — Body depressed, elongated, covered with
moderate and striated scales. Head subquadrangulo-pyramidal, depressed ;
nostrils lateral ; no supranasal plates ; parietals separated. Palate toothless.
Lower eyelid with a transparent disc. Auricular aperture denticulated in front ;
tympanum deeply seated. Limbs small, far apart; five fingers and five toes,
unequal : palms and soles finely tubercular ; subdigital plates transverse, smooth.
Tail moderate, subconical and tapering.

7. Lygosomella y-ESTUOSA. — Body rather long, protected by thirty-six longi-
tudinal series of scales. Snout elongated ; fifth upper labial entering into the
orbit. Auricular aperture small, slightly denticulated in front. Preanal scales
subequal. Olivaceous brown, with a pale streak along the upper portion of the

[November

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197

flanks, margined with black. Dorsal region and sides somewhat speckled Avith
black and white. Abdomen unicolor; throat and chin speckled with black.
Locality. — New Zealand.

EMOA (nov. gen.) — Body elongated, subfusiform, more or less depressed,
covered with smooth, though substriated scales. Head subquadrangulo-pyra-
midal ; a pair of supranasal plates; parietals united into one ; middle occipital
sometimes combined with the united parietals ; a pair of postoccipitals. Maxil-
lary teeth rather short and subconical ; palate toothless. Lower eyelid with a
transparent disc ; auricular aperture denticulated or simple ; tympanum deeply
seated; limbs well developed ; palms and soles granular; five fingers and five
toes, compressed, unequal, clawed ; subdigital plates numerous and smooth.
Tail elongated and tapering.

8. Emoa niorita. — Body stoutish, covered with thirty-eight longitudinal series
of well developed scales. Postfrontal plates not contiguous; middle occipital
distinct; auricular aperture moderate ; subcircular and simple; preanal scales
larger than the rest ; tail subcylindrical, of moderate length; uniform brownish
black above ; lighter beneath.

Locality. — Navigator Islands.

GEKKOTIDAE.

9. Geuyra vorax. — Fingers and toes broad and rather short ; dorsal scales
small and uniform ; abdominal scales subpyramidal in outline ; brown or grey-
ish brown above, maculated with black ; beneath whitish, dotted with black.

Localities. — Fejee Islands.

10. PEROP0S NEGLECTUS. — Eye large; mental shields small and polygonal;
tail laterally serrated ; above brown with black markings ; beneath unicolor.

Locality. — Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

11. Dactylopkrus iNSULENSis. — Scales along the middle region of the back
smaller than on the sides ; upper surface of head and tail granular ; four mental
shields, placed side by side ; greyish brown above ; minutely speckled with
black ; whitish beneath.

Locality. — Sandwich Islands.

12. DoRYURA vuLPECULA. — Head quite depressed and subacute anteriorly.
Xeck swollen. Back covered with minute equal granules, and tail with small
scales. Four mental shields disposed upon a square, anteriorly contiguous to
the labial plates. Tail tapering, nearly even laterally. Grey or yellowish
brown, lighter beneath than above, and occasionally spread over with pale
dots.

Locality. — Sandwich Islands.

13. HoPLODACTYLus POMARii. — No mental shields, instead of which some
very small plates. Abdominal scales very small, subcircular or subrhoraboid.
Upper regions of a dark reddish ground over which are arranged longitudinally
elongated black blotches more or less confluent ; beneath greyish, unicolor.

Locality. — New Zealand.

14. Heteronota pelagica. — Nostrils lateral, situated above the commissure
between the rostral plate and the first labial. One pair of quadrangular, con-
tiguous, internasal plates, and a small tubular post nasal. A pair of small men-
tal shields. Eighteen longitudinal series of tubercles. Brown, maculated above
with black ; unicolor beneath.

Localities. — Feejee and Navigator Islands.

IGUANID.E.

SACCODEIRA, (nov. gen.) — Cephalic plates rather small, mulficarinated.
Nostrils lateral, placed immediately above the snpraciliary crest. Temporal scales

1857.]

198 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

carinated and imbricated. Auricular aperture denticulated in front. Sides of the
neck, pouched, with small exteriorly and small granules within the pouches.
A vertico-oblique fold in advance of the shoulder. Dorsal scales moderate,
conspicuously carinated, acuminated, central dorsal series simulating a low
crest. Abdominal scales smooth and entire. Femoral and preanal pores none.
Tail broad at the base, compressed and tapering posteriorly. Fingers and toes,
five, slender, unequal.

15. Saccodeira ornatissima. — Cephalic plates very small and nearly equal
sized. Suprulabials in one series, slender and smaller than the labials. Tem-
poral scales quite small. Auricular aperture large. Scales subequal ; dorsal
and lateral ones sublanceolated and carinated ; abdominal ones posteriorly
rounded. Posterior aspect of thighs minutely and wholly granular. Greyish
brown above, with a double series of dark brown, subtriangular spots along the
dorsal region. Limbs maculated. Upper surface of head blackish ; sides and
under surface whitish, with small jet black spots. Abdomen dull yellow, uni-
color.

Localities. — Obrajillo and Yanga, Peru.

16. Proctotretus splendidus. — Proctotretus peciinatus, Bell, Zool. Voy.
Beagle, v, 1843, 18, Plate ix, fig. 2. — Labial plates narrow and long, somewhat
larger than the supralabials, which are disposed upon two series. Temporal
scales imbricated. Auricular aperture small. One series of infralabials, nar-
rower than the lower labials. Three pairs of mental shields. Three pectinated
crests, one along the dorsal line, and one on each side of the back. Emerald
green above with five series of chestnut brown, black margined spots. The
lateral pectinated crests bright yellow. Head transversally streaked with bright
yellow. Sides and limbs variegated with brown upon a fawn yellow ground.
Beneath white.

Locality/ — Patagonia.

RHYTIDODEIRA, (nov.gen.) — Cephalic plates rather well developed or moder-
ate sized, not imbricated, smooth ; one series of supralabials. Nostrils lateral.
Temporal scales imbricated, smooth or subcarinated. Auricular aperture granu-
lar, tubercular or subdenticulated in front. Sides of the neck folded, granular :
a vertico-oblique scapular fold. Dorsal scales rhomboid, carinated, acuminated ;
abdominal scales rhomboid also, smooth, generally entire posteriorly. Thighs
either wholly granular or provided with a patch of scales near the tail. Colora-
tion : Longitudinal streaks of various hues with intervening series of spots :
occasionally, however, transversally banded.

Observation. — To this genus belong: 1. Proctotretus kingii, Bei^Xj ; 2. Procto-
tretus ma^cll'inicus, Hombr. & Jacq. ; 3. P. bibroni, Bell ; 4, P. wiegmannii, Dtjm.
& BiBR. : 5. Tropidurus nigromaculatus, Wiegm. ; 6 Tropidurus oxycephalus, Wiegm.

EULAEMUS (nov. gen.). — Cephalic plate moderate sized, else well developed,
smooth ; one series of supralabials. Nostrils lateral. Temporal scales sub-
imbricated, subcarinated or smooth. Auricular apertures large, denticulated
or tubercular in front. Sides of the neck folded and granular; a vertico-
oblique scapular fold. Dorsal scales moderate, subrhomboid, slightly carinated.
posteriorly obtuse ; lateral scales rather smaller or subequal ; abdominal scales
rhomboid or rounded, and entire. Thighs wholly granular, else minutely scaly.
Coloration : Transverse black or brown spots or bands, generally light margined,
upon a rather dark ground; longitudinal streaks obsolete, if at all f)resent.

Observation. — This genus embraces: 1. Proctotretus tenuis, Ddm. & Bibr. ; 2.
P. daru-inii, Bell; 3. P. pictus, Dum. & Bibr.; 4. P. fitzingcrii, DuM. &. Bibr.; 5.
P. fitzinyerii, Bell. (^E. aj/inis, Grd.) ; 6. /'. signifer, Dum. & Bibr. ; and 7. Lio-
Immus macul.alus, Gray.

ORTHOL/EMUS(nov. gen.). — Cephalic plates rather small, not imbricated,
smooth ; three or more series of supralabials. Nostrils superior. Temporal

November;

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199

shields smooth, not imbricated. Auricular aperture moderate, simple. Sides
of the neck ridged or rumpled, granular; a vertico-oblique fold in advance of
the shoulder. Dorsal scales small, slightly carinated, posteriorly obtuse ; lateral
scales a good deal smaller, subgranular. Abdominal scales rhomboid or sub-
lanceolated, entire or subfimbriated posteriorly. Thighs either wholly granu-
lar or with a patch of scales near the tail. Coloration : Dark spotted upon a
light ground, and occasionally speckled also.

Observation. — Proclotretus niaculatus, Dum. & Bibr. ; and P. wiegmannii, Bell,
{O.Jitzroii, Grd.) belong to this genus, together with the following one.

17. OrtholyEMUS beaglii. — Proclotretus muUimaculatus, Bkll, Zool. Voy.
Beagle, v, 1843, 17, pi. ix, fig. 1. — Head short, depressed, wedge shaped. Snout
rounded. Three series of supralabials, smaller than the labials. Lower labials
larger than the upper labials ; three series of infralabials. Seven or eight pairs
of mental shields. Temporal scales small and subconvex. Auricular aperture
moderate. Dorsal scales smaller than the abdominal ones, which are subrhom-
boid, rather acuminated and subfimbriated. Upper part of flanks subgranular.
Posterior aspect of thighs granular with a patch of scales near the tail. Olive
brown above, maculated with black; a jet black humeral spot; beneath whitish
yellow, unicolor.

18. AiiPHiBOLURUS maculiperus. — A diminutive scaly ridge along the middle
line of the back. Sides of the hind part of the head spineless. Scales of the
throat, abdomen and inferior surface of the limbs obsoletely carinated, those of
the throat not hanging down, sides of the body with some short and erect
scales. Tail without cross rows of spines above. Yellowish, with transverse
blackish bands on the back, limbs and tail; belly and tail beneath unicolor,
throat and limbs dark speckled.

Locality. — New South Wales, Australia.

OREODEIRA (nov. gen.). — Head depressed, rather broad and short, covered
with small subtuberculous and subimbricated plates. Occipital plate rather
large. Nostrils lateral, situated within the extension of the supraciliary ridge
along the snout. Supralabial plates and temporal scales carinated. Tongue
fleshy, anteriorly notched or bifid. Compressed and cutting teeth on the sides
of the jaws and subconical incisors anteriorly. Auricular aperture moderate,
subserrated ; tympanum situated near its surface. A gular and a pectoral
cross fold; sides of the neck variously folded or rumpled. Nape with a small
crest vanishing away along the back. Scales on the back moderate, homogene-
ous, keeled, disposed upon oblique series; on the abdomen, small, subequal and
keeled also ; on the occiput and neck very small, subgranular. Limbs slender and
elongated, terminated by five fingers and five toes, slender, compressed, unequal,
clawed. Tail slender, subconical, and tapering. Femoral and preanal pores
wanting.

Observation. — This genus belongs to the group of Phrynocephali, and as far
as we know, is the only one found in Australia.

19. Okeodeira gracilipes. — Three complete series of supralabials, smaller
than the labials ; infralabials constituting likewise three series. Mental shields
quite small, scarcely distinguishable from the infralabials. Posterior aspect of
thighs, scaly. Caudal scales conspicuously larger than the dorsal and abdo-
minal ones. Brownish olive above, anteriorl}' maculated; beneath yellowish-
olive ; chin obsoletely spotted.

Locality. — New South Wales, Australia.

1857.1 15

200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Notice upon new Genera and new Species of Karine and Fresh- water Fishes from
Western North America.

BY CHARLES GIRARD, M. D.

I. PERCOIDS AND CATAPHRACTI.

1. PoMoxis NITID0S. — Posterior extremity of maxillary bone corresponding to
a line intersecting the pupil. Insertion of ventrals situated opposite the inferior
edge of the base of the pectorals. Anterior spiny ray of anal fin under the
fourth dorsal one. Posterior margin of caudal fin subconcave. Upper regions
reddish, spotted and fasciated with brown ; inferior regions silver and golden

Collected in Houston River, Ky., by E. L. Berthoud, Esq.

2. Calmurus melanops. — Mouth very large ; gape directed obliquely upwards.
Posterior extremity of maxillary extending to a vertical line drawn posteriorly
to the orbit. Bye large. Insertion of ventrals situated opposite the base of^he
pectorals, a little in advance of the origin of the dorsal ; their tips not extend-
ing to the vent. Scales very large. Ground color reddish brown, with a
blackish spot upon the centre of each scale. A black patch at the upper and
posterior margin of the opercle. Soft portion of dorsal and anal fins spotted upon
their base.

Inhabits the fresh waters of Texas.

3. Calliurds diaphanus. — Mouth large ; gape oblique upwards. Posterior
extremity of maxillary extending to a vertical line drawn in advance of the
pupil. Eye large. Insertion of ventrals situated posteriorly to the base of
pectorals, and the origin of the dorsal ; their tips overlapping the vent. Scales
large. Greyish olive above ; yellowish or whitish beneath. Soft portion of
dorsal and anal fins provided with a black spot.

Caught in the Rio Blanco, Texas.

4. Calliurus FORMOsns. — Mouth large; gape oblique upwards. Posterior
extremity of maxillary extending to a vertical line passing beyond the middle
of the pupil. Eye moderate. Insertion of ventrals situated under the base of
of pectorals and a little posteriorly to the anterior margin of the dorsal ; their
tips reaching the vent. Scales moderate. Reddish-brown above, spotted with
black ; greyish beneath. Soft portion of dorsal and anal fins provided with a
black patch.

Inhabits the fresh waters of Arkansas, chiefly.

5. Callitjrus microps. — Mouth moderate, gape oblique upwards. Posterior
extremity of maxillary extending to a vertical line drawn midway between the
anterior rim of the orbit and the pupil. Eye small. Insertion of ventrals situ-
ated posteriorly to the base of the pectorals and tbe origin of the dorsal ; their
tips not reaching the vent. Scales moderate. Reddish-brown above with
centre of scales lighter ; greyish beneath. Soft portion of dorsal provided with
a black patch.

Collected in the Rio Brazos, Texas.

6. Calliurus murinus. — Mouth moderate, gape oblique upwards. Posterior
extremity of maxillary extending to a vertical line drawn inwardly to the ante-
rior rim of the orbit. Eye moderate. Insertion of ventrals situated posteriorly
to the base of the pectorals and opposite the origin of the dorsal ; their tips
reaching the vent. Scales large. Dark blackish brown. Soft portion of dorsal
fin provided with a black patch.

From Texas.

7. Brvttus albulus. — Body subelliptical, rather contracted and deep. Nape
convex, and snout subconical. Posterior extremity of maxillary extending to
a vertical line drawn anteriorly to the orbit. Insertion of ventrals situated pos-

[November,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201

teriorly to the base of the pectorals and the anterior margin of the dorsal ; their
tips overlapping the vent. Scales rather large. Pale reddish brown, lighter
beneath than above. Fins greyish olive ; dorsal with a black patch.
Collected in the Rio Blanco, Texas.

8. Bryttds signifer. — Body contracted and deep. Nape convex and snout
subconical. Posterior extremity of maxillary extending to a vertical line drawn
in advance of the pupil. Insertion of ventrals situated posteriorly to the base
of the pectorals and the origin of the dorsal ; their tips overlaj»ping the vent.
Scales moderate. Keddish brown, lighter beneath than above. Dorsal and
anal fins provided with a black patch.

Caught in the Rio Medina, Texas.

9. Bryttus humilis. — Body subelliptical. Nape convex and snout subconical.
Posterior extremity of maxillary extending beyond the anterior rim of the orbit.
Insertion of ventrals situated posteriorly to the base of the pectorals and a little
in advance of the origin of the dorsal ; their tips overlapping the vent. Scales
large. Reddish brown or dusky, maculated. Fins unicolor ; dorsal sometimes
blotched.

Inhabits the fresh w .ters of Arkansas.

10. PoMoTis LUNA. — Body subcircular when viewed in profile. Head moder-
ate ; snout subconical. Mouth small; posterior extremity of maxillary extend-
ing to a vertical line drawn in advance of the anterior rim of the orbit. Eye
moderate. Suborbital and suprascapular bones not crenated. Edge of pre-
opercle very slightly crenated. Opercular flap small. Spinous portion of dorsal
fin of moderate height and lower than the soft ; its origin being situated op-
posite the base of the pectorals and consequently in advance of the origin of
the ventrals. Caudal fin posteriorly emarginated. Tips of ventrals overlapping
the vent, but do not reach the anterior margin of the anal fin. Extremities of
pectorals nearly even with the tips of ventrals. Greenish-brown above, yellow-
ish beneath ; sides of head with blue and yellow lines. Fins unicolor, vertical
ones greyish olive, the others yellowish.

Collected at Fort Snelling, Minnesota.

11. LuctoPERCA BOREA. — Body slender, elongated and subfusiform. Snout
conical. Mouth deeply cleft; posterior extremity of maxillary extending to a
vertical line drawn posteriorly to the orbit. Scales on the cheek and opercle
not deciduous, larger upon the opercle than upon the cheek. Insertion of ven-
trals situated posteriori to the base of pectorals, and a little anteriorly to the
origin of the first dorsal. Posterior margin of caudal fin crescent-shaped.
Anus placed opposite the anterior margin of the second dorsal fin. Yellowish or
olivaceous, spotted with black.

From Fort Sarpi, Nebraska.

CHIROPSIS. — Body subfusiform, head well developed. Mouth of medium
size ; slender canine teeth on both jaws ; velvet-like teeth on the front of the
vomer and along the palatines. Opercle and preopercle without either spines or
serratures. Cheeks, opercular apparatus, and upper surface of head covered
with small scales. A supraoculary, arborescent, membranous flap. Gill open-
ing continuous under the throat. Branchiostegal rays six in number. Two
dorsal fins, a spinous and an articulated one, occupying most of the dorsal
region. Insertion of ventrals situated behind the base of the pectorals. Caudal
fin posteriorly rounded or subtruncated. Scales finely pectinated posteriorlv.
Several lateral lines.

This genus is to include the species which we have formerly described under
the names of Chiruspictus, C. gultatus, and C. constellatus.

12. Oligocottcs ANALis. — Head subconical. Mouth moderately cleft ; poste-
rior extremity of maxillary extending to a vertical line drawn across the pos-
terior rim of the pupil. Preopercular spine moderate. Two acute nasal spines.

1857.]

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Dorsal fins contiguous. Origin of anal situated posteriorly to the anterior
margin of the second dorsal. Dorsal region prickly. Greenish olive, maculated
and spotted with black. Abdomen whitish, unicolor.
Collected at Monterey, Cal.

13. Oligocottus globiceps. — Head rounded anteriorly. Mouth moderately
cleft; posterior extremity of maxillary bone extending to a vertical line drawn
posteriorly to the pupil. Rudimentary spines upon the preopercle. Two acute
nasal spines. Dorsal fins separated. Origin of anal situated somewhat poste-
riorly to the anterior margin of the second dorsal fin. Reddish brown, upper
regions maculated with black ; beneath unicolor and lighter than above.

From S. Farallones, Cal.

ZANIOLEPIS. — Upper surface of head spineless. Preopercle spinous. Mouth
moderate, with its gape horizontal and the jaws subequal. Card-like teeth upon
the premaxillaries, dentaries, front of vomer, and palatines. Gill openings con-
tinuous under the throat ; branchiostegals six on either side. Dorsal fins con-
tiguous ; anterior one larger than the second. Caudal posteriorly subcrescentic.
Insertion of ventrals situated posteriorly to the base of the pectorals. Dermic
productions comb-like.

14. Zaniolepis latipinnis. — Three small spines upon the convexity of the
preopercle. First dorsal much longer than the second, with its anterior two
rays prolonged beyond the others. Anal fin longer than the soft dorsal and
provided with three spiny rays. Upper surface and sides of head prickly and
rough like the surface of the body. Color yellowish-brown ; fius spotted or
barred with black.

From Fort Steilacoom, Puget Sound.

15. Blepsias ocuLOFASCiATUs. — Posterior extremity of the maxillary bone ex-
tending to a vertical line drawn across the anterior rim of the pupil. First
dorsal anteriorly filiform. Extremities of posterior rays of both the dorsal and
anal, projecting beyond the insertion of the caudal. Anal fin shorter than the
second dorsal, and not as deep as the the latter is high. Ground color of a
uniform rusty red. A black band crosses the eye, through the pupil, and ex-
tends across the cheeks.

Collected at Fort Steilacoom, Puget Sound.

Description of a new species of CYPSELUS, collected on the North Western
Boundary Survey, Archibald Campbell, Esq., Commissioner.

BY C. B. R. KENXERLY, M.D.

Surgeon and Naturalist to the Commission.
Ctpselus borealis, Kennerly.

Tail slightly forked, wings long, extending l^ inch beyond the tail; first
primary about a line longer than the second.

Color sooty, approaching to black; top of head ashy brown, formed by the
whitish tips of the feathers. In front of the eye a small semicircular space of
black, over and in front of which is a line of gray ; chin and throat dusky ; tips
of small feathers on the shoulder grayish, also those of the undertail coverts :
eyes black.

Length 6| inches, extent of wings 17 inches, from metacarpal joint to end of
wing 6| inches, tarsus .54 of an inch. Toes long and slender and armed with
long, sharp claws.

Found at Simiahmo Bay, Puget Sound, near the 49th parallel of latitude,
Washington Territory, July 1857. Male.

This species is readily distinguished from any heretofore known to inhabit
North America, by its large size, the form of the tail, and the absence of the

[November,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203

sharp termiaal points of the tail featliers. It has also longer and more slender
toes.

A number of these birds •were observed for several evenings flying near our
camp in company with large numbers of Cypselus Vuuxii. They kept for the
greater part near the edge of the forest, and generally flew so high as to be out
of the reach of shot of any usual size. One specimen was obtained, which is a
male, in apparently adult plumage, and is described above.

December ls<, 1857.
Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.

A communication was received from M. Belhomme, Chef du Javdin
Botanique de Metz, (Moselle,) detailing some investigations made by
him with reference to a carmine obtained from Monarda didijmia,
and a new alkaloid from Atropa beUddonna, called by him Bclla-
donnine ; which was referred to the Committee on Proceedings.

A letter was received from E. B. Plympton, dated Providence, R. I.,
Nov. 27th, 1858, announcing the decease of Dr. W. Blanding, late a
Correspondent of the Society. Mr. Cassin and Dr. Hays remarked on
Dr. Blanding's devotion to Natural History, and the interests of the
Academy.

The following papers were presented :

Description of several new North American Reptiles, by E. Hallowell,
M. D.

Intended for publication in the Proceedings.

Descriptions of Exotic Genera and Species of the Family Unionidas,
by Isaac Lea, LL. D.

Intended for the Journal.

Which were referred to the Committees, as usual.

Dr. J. A. Meigs announced the death, at Panama, on the 16th inst.,
of Mr. Geo. R. Gliddon, late a correspondent of the Academy.

On leave granted, Dr. Leidy offered the following resolutions, which
were seconded by Mr. AV. Parker Foulke :

Resolved, That the members of the Academy have learned with deep regret
Ihe death of their late Correspondent, Geo. R. Gliddon, Esq., by whom the sub-
ject of Egyptian antiquities was first made familiar to the public mind of the
United States ; through whose services mainly, our late President, Dr. Morton,
received those indispensable materials for his work on Egyptian Craniology,
which now enrich the Museum of the Academy ; and whose indefatigable efforts
were constantly given towards promoting a rapid interchange of information
l>etween the learned of both hemispheres, upon subjects of leading imj)ortance
iu Natural History.

Resolved, That the members of the Academy desire to bear witness to the
extraordinary and disinterested zeal manifested by Jlr. Gliddon, during the
period of his personal connection with the labors of this Institution; and to his
sincere and ardent pursuit of what appeared to his own judgment as scientific
truth ; and they also desire to record their appreciation of the kind and friendly
relations which it was his constant and successful endeavor to maintain with
them.

Resolved, That the members of the Academy tender to the beloved wife of
Mr. Gliddon, his companion and aid in much of his valuable labor, their most
respectful and hearty sympathy.

Which were unanimously adopted.
1857.]

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Dr. Bridges announced the death of Mr. Chas. McEuen, late a mem-
ber of the Academy.

Dr. Leidj called the attention of the members to a bottle containing numerous
specimens of a large species of Gordius discovered by Dr. Wra. A. Hammond,
525 miles west of Fort Riley, Kansas Territory. Dr. Hammond states they were
found in a pond in great numbers, in company with Siredon. They swam ac-
tively forward an inch or two beneath the surface of the water, and occasionally
lifted the anterior end even above the latter.

The collection contains 24 females and the same number of males. The
females are cylindrical, light brown of various shades, shining, iridescent ; an-
terior extremity narrowed ; head surrounded with a dark brown ring ; tail ob-
tuse, slightly compressed, with a terminal genital pore The males are darker
colored than the females ; tail extremity more or less spirally enrolled, with the
extremity bifurcated ; forks divergent, incurved, smooth, connected at base
anteriorly by a crescentic fold, in advance of which is the genital pore ; head
as in the female.

The females measure from 10 inches in length by ^ of a line thick, to 2 feet
6 inches in length and 3-5ths of a line thick ; the males 8 inches in length by \ of
a line thick, to 2 feet 2 inches in length by 2-5ths of a line thick.

Dr. Leidy next directed the attention of the members to a bottle containing
seven specimens of the larva of a species of Oestrus or bot-fly. They were ob-
tained by Dr. Hammond from a pouched rat, Thomomys borealis, at Bridger's
Pass, on the summit of the Rocky Mountains, July 1857. Dr. Hammond found
the rat panting on the road side, without power of escaping. The bots were
found situated beneath the skin of the back, belly, and thigh.

The body of these larvoB is oblong oval, compressed, incurved ; head minute,
composed of a transverse pair of papillary eminences, each supporting two minute
ocelli, and having j^rojecting from beneath, forward and downward, a pair of
strong black hooks. Spiracular lamina trilobed and marked with vermicular
lines. Segments of the body closely covered with discoidal corneous tubercles,
of which the anterior ones have their posterior border projecting and dentated.

The smallest is light yellowish brown ; and as they become larger they assume
a darker tint. The largest are black, hard, shining and remarkably shagreened
in appearance.

Length of the smallest larva 5 lines, breadth 3 lines, thickness 2^ lines ; length
of largest 9 lines, breadth 5^ lines, thickness 3 lines.

December StJi, 1857.
Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.

Dr. Leidy called the attention of the members to a drawing of a curious
animalcule, found attached to stones and dead stems of plants in the Delaware
and Schuylkill rivers. The animal, though closely allied in structure to the
Rotatoria or wheel animalcules, yet possesses no rotary or other ciliated apparatus.
The body is regularly oval, transparent, colorless, and finely tuberculated. From
the anterior truncated extreniitj^ of the body, the animal projects and retracts at
will a delicate cup-shaped membrane about half the size of the body. The
membrane exhibits delicate and distant longitudinal and circular muscular
fibres, which are branching. At the bottom of the cup the mouth communicates
with a capacious stomach, and this with a muscular gizzard with lateral jaws, as
in most rotifers, and which, as in these, are constantly in motion. From the
gizzard opens a second stomach, Avhich communicates with a short intestine
terminating in a posterior anal aperture. The digestive apparatus is attached
to the outer tunic of the body by diverging muscles. The visceral cavity usuall}-
contains numerous eggs in various stages of develoi)ment, from that containing
the germinal vesicle to such as contain the fully formed ennbryos. Attached
to the inner surface of the body are a number of opaqne, white, irregularly oval
bodies.

[December,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205

The size of the animalcule is about tlicl-5th of a line ia diameter. It appears
to be permanently lixcJ to the positions in wliicli it is found. When disturbed,
it folds up its oral cup like an umbrella and retracts it within tlie body. By
means of it, it catches its prey, which consists of smaller animalcules. From
the stomach of one individual I squeezed out as many as fifty of the latter.

For the genus and species the name Dictyophora vorax is proposed.

December loth, 1857.
Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.

A paper was presented for publication in the Proceedings, entitled
" Prodromus Descriptionis Animaliuiu Invertebratoruui quae in Ex-
peditione ad Oceanuni Pacificum Septentrioualem aRepublica Federata
missa, Cadwalladcro Ringgold et Johanne Rodgers ducibus, observavit
et descripsit W. Stimpsou, Pars Tcrtia," which was referred to a Com-
mittee.

Mr. Lea exhibited the plates accompauyiug his paper, recently pre-
sented to the Acadfciuy, on fresh water Naiades collected in Siam, &c.,
by Dr. House, at the suggestion of Mr. ILiines and others of New York.
Seven! of the specimens are very similar to our own species from the
valley of the Ohio. A specimen from Australia much resembles the
U, Ilopetoneusis, Lea, from Southern Georgia.

December 22d, 1857.
Vice President Bridges in the Chair.

A paper was presented for publication in the Proceedings, entitled
" Observations on a Group of Fossil Shells found in Tippah Co., Miss.,
with descriptions of fifty-five new species," by T. A. Conrad, which
was referred to a Committee.

Mr. Lea stated, in presenting a specimen to the Academy, that he had visited
the locality at Braintree, 10 miles south of Boston, where specimens of large
Trilohites have been recently found. The attention of Prof. W. B. Rogers was
called, some fifteen months since, to "this unique and most interesting locality,''
by Peter Wainwright, Esq., residing in the neighborhood. Mr. Lea agreed en-
tirsly with Prof. Rogers in placing this formation among the more ancient of
the Paleozoic jteriods. It lies directly on the granite rocks, or rather it is
squeezed in and is embraced by these rocks, (on the east and west sides,) which
are disturbed by an upheaval. The formation here is about three hundred
yards wide, and lies in a south-east direction. In examination of the quarry,
Mr. Lea was kindly assisted by the owner, Mr. E. Hayward, who now carefully
preserves the best specimens which are brought to light. He pointed out to
Mr. Lea the parts of the quarry where most of the specimens were found, and
where some impressions were still remaining in place on the surfaces of the
stratification. These surfaces dipped to the south 68°. The rock consists of
a very hard, gray, slaty sandstone, frequently breaking into irregular cross
fractures. The Trilobitcio\in& here is of great interest. It belongs to the genus
Paradozides, and is no doubt the same as described by Prof. Green many years
since, under the name of P. IJarlani, of which there is a cast in the collection of
the Academy, and which, on comparison with the specimen now presented,
proves to be undoubtedly identical. Barande describes and figures several
species of the genus Paradoxides from the lower Silurian of Bohemia, which are
closely allied to this, and prove conclusively that the strata must be nearly if
not precisely on the same horizon.
1857.]

206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Dr. Hammond introduced Major "Wayne, U. S. A., recently engaged
in the effort to domesticate the camel in Texas. Major Wayne said :

It gives me pleasure, Mr. President and Gentlemen of the Academy of Natural
Sciences, to comply with the request of my friends, and make a lew remarks
before you this evening, upon the experiment of introducing the Camel into
America. I esteem the opportunity offered fortunate, as I desire to enlist your
interests and sympathies in an undertaking possessing scientific interest, and
as I believe great practical benefit, prospectively, for our country. I may not be
able to add any thing to your Zoological knowledge, but I may inform you of
our purposes, and hope to secure the co-operation of a society so influential
and progressive as is yours.

There have been previous attempts to introduce the Camel into the Western
Hemisphere, into South America, Mexico, the island of Jamaica, and according
to Mr. D. J. Browne, of the Patent Office, into our own Virginia in the year
1701. Of these attempts I have not met with any clear account, either as to
their origin, progress or failure. To preserve, to Zoological history, therefore,
the present effort, I will premise my remarks by a brief sketch of its rise and
progress.

Shortly after the close of the war with Mexico, when our territory became
extended to the Pacific, the advantage of the uses of the Camel in our great
interior continent suggested itself to the mind of Col. Geo. H. Crosman, of the
Army, who communicated his views to myself and others. Examination of the
subject induced the belief that the animal would be of great use, beyond our
present means of transportation, (pack mules or wagons,) in carrying on trade
and communication through our own deserts ; and that even if, with the pro-
gressive spirit of our country, the iron rail and steed should unite the two
oceans, that there would be still to the North and to the South large regions to
be developed, and that this most profitably and readily could be accomplished by
the powers and endurance of the Camel. We saw Congress voting money
freely for this or that scheme for personal or local benefit, and we thought it not
unjustifiable to ask for $30,000 for an experiment broadly national in its charac-
ter, and of which the advantage, if successful, might be said to be incalculable.
A bill for the purpose was introduced into Congress by the Hon. Jefferson Davis,
cf Mississippi, then Chairman of the Military Committee, who entered waimlj'
into the measure, and who subsequently, as Secretary of War, brought it to a
successful conclusion. From 1848 to 1855, we struggled with varying fortunes.
Our contention was not with men of science. Had it been, no difBculties in the
way of an early practical test would have been interposed. But it was with
ignorance, prejudice and ridicule. Of the Camel, nothing was known popu-
larly. And its only use patent to our people, was to excite wonder and merri-
ment in our menageries. It is due, however, to the Military Committees of
both the Senate and House to say, that they unwaveringly supported the measure
throughout. And here let me add another tribute to that just read by your
Secretary, to the memory of one whose name and contributions to science are
now historical. I mean the late lamented Geo. R. Gliddon. He aided us
much by his knowledge of the East, of the Camel itself, of its uses, with which
he had been for many years practically acquainted in Egypt, and enabled us to
place the matter in the right point of view before Congress and the Press. The
experiment owes to his exertions much of its success. Without wearying you
with details, sufBce it to say, through the management of General Shields, of the
Senate, a bill was finally passed in favor of the experiment on the 3d of March,
1855, and soon after I was sent for by the Secretary of War, and charged by
him with the responsibility of conducting it.

For my first studies, my attention had been given to Africa; but as I pro-
gressed, I found myself carried into Asia, and become satisfied that the animal
would be drawn from that country with greater chances of success. Taking up
Humboldt's Isothermal Lines, and studying the effects of geological structure
and topographical formation upon temperature, I carried into America a system

[Decomberj

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207

of Isothermg, corresponding as nearly as I could trace them, with those of Asia,
and was led to believe that in Texas, somewhere, I should meet with climates
similar to many of those in Asia, in which the Camel lived ; and by the time the
bill was passed, and indeed for two years before it, I was prepared with a
digested plan, which I am happy to say was carried out without change, and
so far fortunately. Nearly two years' experience with the animal on this con-
tinent has given satisfactory proof that it will live, propagate and flourish
among us. In connection I would here mention, that within a few days I have
heard that a fossil camel bone has been discovered in the West, and is so de-
clared to be by one of your distinguished members, Dr. Leidy. If this be so, I
adopt the fact as evidence, further, that the Camel may be domesticated
among us.

Desirous of informing myself thoroughly of the difficulties in my way, and
that I might be certain of having taken them all in, I visited England and France
on my route to the East, for the purpose of discussing the matter there with
men of science, and of profiting by their suggestions. In England I was cordially
received, especially by Professor Owen, and D. W. ilitchell, Esq., Secretary of
the Zoological Society, London, and met everywhere with encouragement. Prof.
Owen and Mr. Mitchell expressed themselves confidently as to our success. To
these two gentlemen mv warmest thanks are due for facilities, encouragement
and practical suggestions. In France, I did not mt^et with the same support. In-
deed, my visit was at an unfavorable period. The sympathies of this country,
with Russia in the struggle then going on, the vile abuse in certain of the papers
of the Emperor and Empress, the fillibustering attempts on Cuba, and our own
difference in relation to the Consul at San Francisco pending at the time,
created in governmental circles impressions not the most favorable to Ameri-
cans ; and I found so many delays interposed that the prosecution of my re-
searches in that direction (in regard to military experience with the animal in
Algeria) were discontinued. The men of science with whom I conversed, spoke
doubtingly of the result; indeed, did not think I could transport so many
animals, 30 to 40, across the Atlantic, and doubted if those that might be landed
would live. With true French idiosyncrasy they examined the question only
with regard to Algeria, and did not apparently extend their investigations to
the hardier races of Asia. The more I learned, the more convinced was I of
the feasibility of the experiment, the only difficulty in the way being the
transportation of so many animals across the sea. But on this point I was
also sanguine, the Secretary of War having, at my request, committed that
portion of the experiment to Lieut. Porter, of the Navy, an officer of ability,
ingenuity and experience, and whose complete success fully demonstrated the
propriety of the selection.

If my appreciation of the animal from reading only had been such as to in-
duce me to give it so much time, and to risk so much of reputation, you may
imagine my estimation of it when landed in the East ; I saw it in use, not only
sustaining, but exceeding the limits of utility within which I had restricted
my expectations and my declarations. It is really a noble animal, and one of
the most wonderful adaptations of the Infinite to the wants of his creatures.
Provided with water, as you all know, for several days by the peculiar forma-
tion of its stomach, and with sustenance in its ungainly hump, strongly built in
front for burdens, and with a protuberant eye that ensures its footing; its fitness
tor deserts andfor an irregular, broken country, deficient in water or herbage, are
palpably evident. With regard to the particular physical structure which ena-
bles it to carry a supply of water for three or four — even, in some cases, seven —
days, I have not yet been satisfied. The Camel is a ruminant, and with others
of that class has distinctly its four stomachs. The idea of a fifth, as has been
adopted by some, I think we must discard. How, then, is the water carried?
The best opinion now is, I think, that it is contained in the coatings of the first
stomach, in a number of small cells, as water is held in the melon. Such is
the view of General Carbreccia, who conducted the experiment with camels in
the service of the French army in Algeria. And that the Camel, by muscular

1857.]

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

action, squeezes out a sufficient quantity to moisten its food at will. Cuvier
goes further, and says the Camel has the power of secreting or creating water.
How, he does not say, and we are left by his authority to our own speculations.
This is one curious point for our attention, and a satisfactory report upon it
would be exceedingly interesting to science.

The hump is essentially fatty, and by some, has been thought to be intimately
connected with the animal's vitality. But I think this opinion erroneous. I have
seen nothing myself to sustain it, and Linant de Bellefonds, known in Egypt, as
Linant Bey, the Chief Civil Engineer to the Viceroy, who is particularly fond of
Dromedaries, told me that he had in two or three instances opened the hump and
cut out portions of the fat without apparently much pain to the animal, and cer-
tainly with no material injury to it. As I have before said, it is the animal's
reservoir of food. When forage is scant, its gradual absorption sustains life and
strength, and it is not until that is totally absorbed, that the muscles and stomach,
sa with other animals, are attacked. I have seen Camels coming in from long
journeys, with their backs almost straight. In the skeleton in your Museum,
there is no rise of the dorsal vertebra. In those I have anatomized, I have
invariably found a slight convexity of the upper line of the vertebra under the
hump, as it were, an arch for its support.

It was with great difficulty that we could satisfy the public mind as to the
hoof of the Camel. That it was not soft and tender, but tough, and capable of
travelling safely and comfortably over a fair share of stony soil. On this
point. Dr. Atkinson and Mr. Parlane bear ample testimony. The former, the
Surgeon General of the Cabul Expedition in 1841, I think, without speaking
intentionally of the Camel, introduces him in comparison with their other means
of transportation ; and the Doctor speaks of its peculiar surefootedness, and
that its broad, tough and yielding hoof trod securely upon the rolling cobble
stones of the mountain torrents, while horses and mules slipping on them, were
thrown, often to the loss of animal or load, and sometimes of both. The latter
speaks particularly to the point, and says, that in his many journeys in Asia
Minor, he never saw a rounded hoof. And when we recollect that almost all
the trade of Asia, from the confines of Mongolia to the Mediterranean and Black
Seas, and from India to Siberia, is carried through Central Asia, over countries
mountainous, rugged and desert, through sand and volcanic debris, and that the
animal travels in climates so far north as to range several degrees below zero,
for instance — the Mountains of Media, at 25° below of centigrade, equal to 13°
below of Fahrenheit, we may be satisfied that the Camel's foot is equal to any
surface we shall have to expose it to on this continent, and corrects another
popular impression, that the Camel is an animal of the Torrid Zone, and cannot
stand cold.

There is one point to which I would especially call the attention of the So-
ciety. At my first outset I was confused by the adopted nomenclature of this
class of animals established by Buifon. He calls the two-humped animal the
"Camel," and the one-humped, the "Dromedary." Now this classification ex-
cludes " the Camel" from all the world but a portion of Tartary. Travelling
in the East, however, we find the Arabic word " gimel" ^^d/'niel," Hebrew garmal,
applied to both species as the generic term, and that the word dromedary is
unknown. Examining further, we find the word dromedary to be a derivative
from the Greek, (Spofjcw;) runners or racers, ana to have been applied only
to the riding or swift species of the one-humped class. For my own satisfac-
tion, and to facilitate the cbarness of my researches, 1 adopted the word Camd
(Lat. Camelus) as generic, designating the two classes of their nativity. The
two-humped I styled the Bactrian Camel, from its ancient home, Bactria, and
the single-humped, the Arabian Camel, from the country of its origin in Arabia ;
reserving the word dromedary as applicable only to the riding animal of the
one-humped species. Subsequently, finding these views to be entertained by
Gen. 15. Dumas, of the French Army, Director of, and long connected with,
the affairs of Algeria, and by Linant Bey, of Egypt, I have openly adopted this

[December,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209

nomenclature and classification in my official Report, and would respectfully
submit it to the consideration of the Academy. The two varieties dill'er as the
horse and ass ; the product of the two being a hybrid, deficient in power for
the continuance of the race, and if producing at all, giving life to a poor, un-
dersized, worthless animal. The cross of the double-humped or Bactrian male
upon the single-humped or Arabian female is known as a Tinlu or Booydec, and
is the useful animal of the caravan, uniting as it does the strength of its
paternity with the quicker movements of its maternal stock. It is classed with
the one-humped, though a slight rising in rear of its hump, in many instances
hardly discernible, marks its double descent. These animals will lift for short
distances from 1,000 to 1,500, even 1,800 pounds, and carry on journeys from
700 to 800, making from 18 to 25 miles, according to the character of the
country travelled over. For the creation of this useful cross, double-humped
males are kept throughout Asia as stallions are with us. I did not see a cross
of a single-humped male on the double-humped female, nor did I gather any-
thing in relation to it.

Collecting my animals principally in Asia Minor, including two Bactrians, a
Tinlu or hybrid, and Arabian males and females, with a few burthen camels
and dromedaries from Egypt, we started for the United States from Smyrna, on
the 15th of February, 1856, and landed the Camels on the shores of Texas on
the 14th of May, 185G, afier an unusually rough voyage. We sailed from Asia
with 33 animals on board, and landed with 34, having lost but one of the original
stock embarked, and having had some births on the way. The success of the
first importation induced a second; and on the 10th of February, 1857, forty-
one more camels out of forty -three embarked were delivered in Texas, making
in all 75 safely landed in America.

So far the results have realized our sanguine expectations. But two of the
whole lot, the Bactrians, have fallen victims to acclimatory disease. The others
seem to be as much at home as on their native soil, and have been used with
convincing proof of their usefulness and advantage. Our ordinary means of
transportation in our great inland territory are pack mules and wagons. A
pack mule cannot carry on a journey, on an average, more than 150 pounds — I
speak from experience with them in Mexico, — and requires a daily allowance of
water. The Camel carries from 350 to 800 pounds, according to quality, and
is independent of water for three or four days. The mule travels from 15 to
20 miles a day ; the Camel from 18 to 25. The mule and the Camel consume
about the same amount of food. If anything, the Camel can do with less.
Once fed, the Camel is fed for 24 hours. Browsing as well as grazing, it picks
up food where other animals would not live, and eats readily spinous plants.
In the hyperbolic language of the East, the Camel finds sustenance where the
eye of man cannot detect herbage. On one occasion I carried, on six Camels,
3,648 pounds, over the same road and distance travelled by wagons, and gained
on them 42i hours in time, the wagons carrying on an average only 1,800
pounds, and drawn by six mules each. This comparison was altogether acci-
dental. Early in this year thirty-five Camels were sent with a party to the
Pacific, and I am fortunate in being able to read to the Society the last report
from them. Coming, as this testimony does, from a gentleman, Mr. Beale, in
no way connected with the experiment of their introduction, I think it may be
regarded as impartial. The Camels were attached to Mr. Beale's expedition,
under a competent person, Mr. Heap, who had accompanied me on the first expe-
dition, and purchased the animals for the second importation. Mr. Beale
writes : —

(Extract.)
•' King's Creek, Sept. 27, 1857, 100 miles east of the Colorado.
Hon. J. B. Floyd, Secretary of War:

Sir — I have the honor to report my arrival at this place, a creek flowing north into
the Colorado. **»**,*

I cannot sufficiently express my admiration of that noble brute, the Camel ; and I look

1857.]

210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

forward confidently to the. day when they will be found in general use in all parts of the
country. The idea that their feet would break down in travelling over rocky ground is
an exploded absurdity. In all the explorations, over the roughest possible volcanic
rock, they have been with us, patiently packing water, of which they never drank a
drop, and corn, of which they never tasted a grain. On the expedition, from which I
returned yesterday, they were four days without water, and apparently without feeling
the want of it. * * * * * * *

(Signed) E. F. Beale."

On one occasion, shortly after landing the first importation, and when carry-
ing them up from the Coast of San Antonio, the Camels broke suddenly from
tlie road and rushed furiously towards one spot a little distance from it. Fear-
ful that something had gone amiss, I was hastening towards them with anxiety,
when I was met by one of the Turks, holding out to me a plant, and with a face
beaming with pleasure. Through the American interpreter, he informed me that
it was a plant of which the Camel was particularly fond, and that they had simul-
taneously smelt or seen it, and rushed for it. Hence their unusual vehemence.
This, as you may suppose, came cheerfully home to me. For if the land bore
Camels' food, why not the Camels too? The plant was apparently of the same
class as purslane, but though I showed some of it to various persons in Texas, I
could hear nothing of its name or quality.

I have now, gentlemen, endeavored to entertain you so far with these few
desultory remarks, and hope I have succeeded in enlisting your interest. I
have already occupied too much of your time, and will therefore close by re-
ferring to the official Report of the Secretary, published by the Senate, for any
further information in detail that you may require.

Major Wayne further, in reply to a question, stated that the cost of the
Camels landed in America, including all expenses, averaged about $105; and
that the Camel bore the sea voyage better than any animals he had seen car-
ried at sea. That on this point, they were all agreeably relieved. As soon as
the vessel became uneasy, the Camels would lie down of their own accord, and
so remain until the gale subsided ; and that it was only necessary to secure
them from chafing. That from some experience and observation of the
transportation of horses and mules during the war with Mexico, be unhesitat-
ingly said that he would rather carry 100 Camels at sea, than ten horses or
mules. That one of the Camels presented to him by the Bey of Tunis, was on
board nine months without leaving the ship, and that he continued in good
health, and was now one of the finest of our Camels.

Dr. Leidy observed, in connection with the interesting remarks of Major
Wayne, on the introduction of the Camel into North America, that he had been
led by his palaeontological researches to believe the experiment would prove a
successful one, and he had so stated his impressions in conversation with mem-
bers of the Academy. The grounds of his opinion were founded upon the fol-
lowing facts and inferences. The Horse existed during the pliocene period in
America, in association with the Elephant, Mastodon, Ox, Deer, Bear, Peccary,
Megalonyx, Lion, Capybara, Camel, &c. This fauna most probably indicates
the temperature of the American continent, as then formed, to be what it is
now, or nearly so. Though most of the genera mentioned became extinct in
North America, the others abundantly exist, and the subsequent introduction
of the Horse has been exceedingly fruitful in its results. As remains of the
Camel (Camdops Kansanus) have been discovered in Kansas Territory, and
a congener, the Lama, still exists in South America, the reasons are favorable
to the introduction of the recent Camel in this country.

Deccmher 2dih, 1857.
Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.
The Committees to whom were referred the following papers, re-
ported in favor of publication, viz :

[December,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 211

" Notes on North American species of Arcliibuteo and Lanius, and
Description of a new species of Toucan of the genus Selenidera, by John
Cassin."

" Description of several new North American Reptiles, by E. Hal-
Icwell, M. D."

" Descriptions of Exotic Genera and Species of the Family Unionidse,
by Isaac Lea." (For the Journal.)

" Prodronius descriptionis animalium, &c., by Wm. Stimpson."

" Observations on a group of Fossil shells found in Tippah County,
Miss., with descriptions of fifty-five new species, by T. A. Conrad."
(For the Journal.)

Notes on the North American species of Archihnteo and Lanius, and description
of a new species of Toucan, of the genuS Selenidera, Gould.

BY JOHN CASSIN.
Genus Archibuteo, Brelim. Tsis, 1828, p. 1269.

Of this genus there are three North American species, all of which have been
misunderstood and confounded with each other in a greater or less degree by
authors. Of these, the most common and best linown species, Archibuteo lar/opus,
is one of the few birds of this continent which appears to be absolutely identi-
cal with the species of Europe long known by this name, the adult of which
has been mistaken by American naturalists, while of the European bird the
adult has apparently been unknown to British and French ornithologists, though
figured and described by the Germans and others of northern Europe.

1. Archibuteo lagopus, (Gmelin.)

Falco lagopus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 260, (ITSB.)

Naumann, Vog. Deuts. i. pi. 34, (adult and young;) Reichenbach, Deuchland's
Fauna, Birds, pi. xiii. fig. 51, (adult;) Korner, Skandinaviska Foglar, pi. v. fig.
15, (adult;) Selby, 111. Brit. Orn. pi. vii. (young;) Gould, B. of Eur. i. pi. 15,
(young ;) Wilson, Am. Orn. ir. pi. 33, (young ;) Aud. B. of Am. pi. 422, fig. 2,
(adult?)

Tarsus densely feathered in front to the toes, naked behind ; wings long, tail
rather short.

Adult. Upper parts of body pale cinereous, with i^artially concealed trans-
verse bands of white and dark brown ; rump dark umber brown ; head yellowish
white with longitudinal stripes of brown frequently tinged with pale reddish :
quills dark umber brown, edged externally with ashy, aud with a large space
at thc'base of their inner webs, white, with a silky lustre. Under parts white;
throat with longitudinal narrow stripes of dark brown; breast with large spots
and concealed stripes of reddish brown ; abdomen with numerous narrow bands
of brownish black, most conspicuous on the flanks and frequently with a tinge
of ashy ; tibi?e and tarsi barred transversely with white and dark brown, and
frequently with a tinge of reddish ; under tail coverts white. Upper tail coverts
white at base and tipped with brownish black : tail white at base, with a wide
subterminal band of black, and about two other bands of black alternating with
others of light cinereous, tip ashy white, cere and toes yellow.

Young. Upper parts light umber brown, many feathers edged with yellowish
white and pale reddish, which colors predominate on the head and neck in some
specimens. Under parts yellowish white, with a wide transverse band of
brownish black on the abdomen, and a few longitudinal lines and spots of
the same color on the breast and neck. Quills ashy brown, with a large basal
portion of their inner webs white ; tail at its base white, with a wide subter-
minal band of light umber brown ; tip white ; tibiae and tarsi pale reddish yellow,
with longitudinal stripes and spots of dark brown.

1857.]

212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Total length, female 21 to 23 inches, wing 16 to 17, tail 9 inches; male
smaller.

Hab. All of temperate North America. Europe. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada.

We regard the plumage first described above as undoubtedly that of the
adult of this species, though it has never been given as such by any American
author. It corresponds precisely with European specimens in the Museum of
this Academy, well understood by the German ornithologists to be the adult of
A. lagopus, and figured as such in their works, of which some are cited above,
lu both adult and young plumage there are no characters whatever, so far as we
can see, by which American and European specimens can be distinguished from
each other.

Our attention was first directed to the European species, and to the fact of the
adult being known to the German ornithologists, by Mr. Alfred Newton, F. L. S.
of Magdalene College, Cambridge, to whom we beg leave to acknowledge our
indebtedness for much valuable information derived during his late visit to the
United States.

The other North American species of this genus are :

2. Archibuteo sanctijohannis, (Gmelin.)

Falco sanctijohannis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 273, (1788.)

Falco spadiceus, Gm. Syst. Nat.^i. p. 273?

Falco niger, Wilson, Am. Orn. vi. p. 82, (1812.)

Wilson's Am. Orn. vi. pi. 53, fig. 1, 2 ; Aud. B. of Am. pi. 422, fig. 1, pi. 166,
(young ?)

In young plumage this bird considerably resembles the preceding, but is
quite distinct, and generally not difficult to be distinguished. It is larger and
has the under parts much more spotted in the young, while of course the
clear biack of the adult of the present bird is totally unlike any known plumage
of the preceding. In the adult of this species, the tail is of the same black as
the general plumage, with one well defined band of white. This species has
not yet been observed in Western North America, though rather abundant in
the Eastern and North Eastern States.

3. Archibcteo ferrugineds, (Lichtenstein.)

Buteo ferrugineus, Licht. Trans. Acad. Berlin, 1838, p. 428.

Archibuteo regalis, G. R. Gray, Gen. Birds i. pi. 6.

Buteo californicus, Hutchins, California Magazine, March 1857.

Gray, Gen. of Birds, i. pi. 6 ; Cassin, B. of Cal. and Texas, 1 pi. 26.

This bird is larger than either of the preceding and quite different in every
known stage of plumage. It is apparently exclusively western, and like the
other species of this genus the adult and young are quite unlike each other in
colors. Both are described and figured in our work cited above.

Genus Lanids, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 134, (1766.)

The species of this genus inhabiting the United States, though not difficult to
be distinguished from each other, have been singularly confused by authors.
No less than five distinct species have been mistaken for, or rather condensed
into two. The North American species are as follows :

1 Lanius borealis, Vieillot.

Lanius borealis, Vieill. Ois. d'Am. Sept. 1, p. 80, (1807.)

Sw. and Rich. Faun. Bor. Am. Birds, pi. 33 ; Vieill. Ois. d'Am. Sept. pi. 50.

Larger than L. septenlrionalis, and is the largest known species of North
America. It is darker colored than that species, and is well described and
fio-ured by Swainson, as above cited, who mistakes it, however, for the bird de-
scribed aud figured by Wilson under the name La7iius excubilor, which is the
species immediately succeeding.

Specimens of this bird are in the fine collection made in Washington Territory
by George Suckley, M. D., a highly talented young naturalist, late of the United
States Army. It appears to be a northern and Western species.

[December,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 213

Total length (of skin) about 10 inches, (11 inches according to Swainson, as
above.)

2. Lanius septextrionalis, Gmelin.

Lanius septentrionalis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 306, (1788.)

Wilson's Am. Orn. i. pi. 5, fig. 1 ; Aud. B. of Am. pi. 192, oct. ed. iv. pi. 236.

Described and figured very accurately by both Wilson and Audubon, and
well known as a bird of the Middle and Northern States. Total length (of skin)
about 9 inches (10 inches, according to Wilson.) Mistaken by Audubon for
the preceding, and this species is meant by that author in 15. of Am. octavo
edition, iv. p. 130, and in Synopsis of B. of N. A. p. 157, under the name of
Lanius borealis. Wilson, in Am. Orn. i. p. 74, gives this species as "Lanius
excubitor ?" doubting its identity with the European species of that name.
Audubon, in Orn. Biog. ii. p. 534, does not doubt, but gives it as identical, and
says, " On comparing this bird with Lanius exmibitor of Europe, I cannot i»erceive
differences that could induce me for a moment to conceive them distinct." This
author afterwards did perceive and states very differently in Synopsis, p. 158,
where differences between this bird and L. excubitor are pointed out, and also in
B. of Am. oct. ed. iv. p. 133. This change in perception is, however, very pro-
bably due to Mr. Macgillivray, who claims the authorship of Audubon's Synopsis
(in Manual of British Ornithology, i. p. 245, London, 1840.) In allusion to
Ilirundo purpztrea, Macgillivray says, " The following characters are those given
hj/ me in Mr. Audubon's Synopsis."

3. Lanius ludoviciancs, Linnaeus.

Lanius ludovicianus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 134, (1766.)

Lanius carolinensis, Wilson, Am. Orn. iii. p. 57.

Wilson's Am. Orn. iii. pi. 22, fig. 5, Aud. B. of Am. pi. 57, oct. ed. iv. 237.

In this species the entire upper parts, including rump and upper tail coverts,
are uniform in color, which is bluish cinereous, darker on the head and back.
It is smaller than either of the preceding, and appears to be essentially a bird
of the Southern United States.

This species is easily determined from the descriptions and figures of either
Wilson or Audubon. Total length (of skin) about 8J inches, (9 inches, accord-
ing to Wilson.)

4. Lasios excubitorides, Swainson,

Lanius excubitorides, Swains. Faun. Bor. Am. Birds, p, 115, (1831.)

Swains, and Rich. Faun. Bor. Am. Birds, pi. 34.

About the size of the preceding, but lighter colored, with the rump and upper
tail coverts white, and readily distinguished by the latter character. This
species inhabits the Western and Northern States ; being brought abundantly
from California, and I have seen it also from Wisconsin. It is very handsomely
figured by Swainson, as above cited, but I have never seen a specimen with the
reddish or pink tinge on the under parts so clear as represented in his plate,
though generally perceptible.

5. Lanius elegans, Swainson.

Lanius elegans, Swains. Faun. Bor. Am. Birds, p. 122, (1831.)

Lanius ardosiaceus, Vieillot, Ois. d'Am. Sept. 1. p. 81, (1807 ?)

Vieill. Ois. d'Am. Sept. 1, pL 51 ?

Quite as large as L. septentrionalis, and with same strong form of bill, but in
colors more resembling L. ludovicianus. The bill is entirely black, upper parts
bluish cinereous, rather dark and quite uniform ; wings and tail black ; primaries
with their basal half white, forming a very conspicuous spot on the wing ;
secondaries with the basal half of their inner webs white. Outer feathers of
tail tipped with white, which color increases in extent to the outermost, which
are almost entirely white. Under parts white tinged with ashy. Stripe through
each eye, united by a narrow line in front, black ; legs and toes strong, black.

Total length about 9J inches (9^ inches according to Swainson.)

1857.]

214 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

This appears to be exclusively a Western and Northern species, the only speci-
mens of which that we have ever seen are in the Museum of the Philadelphia
Academy. One specimen was brought from California by Dr. Gambel.

This bird is perhaps rather larger than L. sejitentrionalis, and resembles it in
robustness of organization, but in colors is more like L. ludovicianus. The white
spot on the wing is much larger than in any other North American species of
this group, and the inner webs of the secondaries are pure white, with more or
less black at the ends of the feathers, and as though the white spot of the
primaries was continued on the inner webs of the secondaries. All the tail
feathers, except the two middle, are largely tipped with white. This bird is ac-
curately described by Mr. Swainson as above cited.

This bird bears a greater resemblance to Vieillot's figure, referred to above,
than any other species of North America.

Selenidera spkctabilis, nobis.

Belongs to the same group of species as Selenidera piperivora, (Linn.) Gould,
Monograph of Rhamphastidae, second edition, pi. 36, and resembling that and
other species of this genus in general colors, but with the bill unusually large,
and in form and colors somewhat similar to the bill of Rhamphastos ambiguus,
Swainson, Gould's Monog. 2d ed., pi. 5, but much smaller and not so dark
colored. Rather larger than iS. joepewora or any other known species of this
genus.

Colors of the upper mandible divided obliquely by a line i-unning from below
the nostril to the edge of the mandible, within about one third of its length from
the tip. Upper portion and tip of upper mandible light greenish yellow, nearly
pure yellow at the tip ; lower portion and the entire under mandible dark
fuscous green, lighter at the base. Bill at its base with an edging of black as
in some species of Rhamphastos.

Auricular feathers light yellow, tufts on the sides deep orange yellow; tibife
dark chestnut ; under tail coverts scarlet. Head, neck, breast and abdomen
glossy black. Upper parts of body, wings and tail olive green, darker and
tinged with bluish ashy on the tail. Quills with their outer edges tinged with
vellow, and their inner edges yellowish white, which is also the color of the
under wing coverts.

No crescent on the back of the neck nor tips of chestnut on the tail in the
present specimen.

Total length about 15 inches, wing 5^, tail 5, bill from the gape 4, from the
nostril to tip of upper mandible 3 J inches.

Hab. — Cocuyos de Veragua, New Grenada. Discovered by Mr. Robert W.
Mitchell, of Philadelphia. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada.

This Toucan presents some remarkable and rather anomalous characters.
Though having the yellow auriculars and large spots of this color on the sides,
and in fact the usual colors of the species of the group designated Selenidera, it
has the bill longer and colored in a manner similar to Rhamphastos ambiguus.
In form the bill of this species more strongly resembles that of S. piperivora
than of any other bird of this group. There is no crescent of yellow on the
back of the neck, nor are the feathers of the tail tipped with chestnut, as is usual
in this group. All the known species o? Selenidera are in the Museum of this
Academy. This species is rather the largest of the genus.

A single specimen of this curious bird is in a very interesting collection pre-
sented to this Academy by Mr. Robert W. Mitchell, son of its distinguished
member. Professor John K. Mitchell, M. D., of the Jefferson Medical College.
This collection was made in Veragua, the most northern province of New
Grenada.

December,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PniLADELPHIA. 215

Description of several new North American Reptiles.

BY EDWARD HALLOWELL, M. D.

Fam. SCINCIDJE.

Sauriens lbpidosaures, D. & B.

Gen. PLESTIODON, D. k B.

Plestiodon guttclatus, nob.

Syn. Lam. prosaurus ffullulatus, Ilallowell. Sitgreaves' Report of Exploratior-
of the river Zuni.

We have in the collection of the Academy three specimens of this species,
the original one from New Mexico, and two from Kansas, all presented by Dr.
AVilliam A. Hammond, U. S. A., to whom the Academy is greatly indebted for
several valuable collections, more especially illustrating the Zoology of Kansas
and Nebraska, and that of the region of the Rocky Mountains. The original
specimen from New Mexico was in such a condition as to render it extremely
difficult to determine its true characters ; the two from Kansas, however, are in
fine preservation, and '>nables us to present a more accurate notice of it.

Sp. Char. Color black above, scales shining ; a series of white spots along
the upper and lower jaw, also upon the external border of the supraocular plates :
32 rows of scales. Total length 3 inches 4^ lines ; length of tail 1 inch d lines.

For detailed description see Sitgreaves' Report.

Habitat. Kansas and New Mexico.

Plestiodon multivirgatum, nob.

;S^. Char. A small more or less quadrangular plate immediate]}'' above the
freno-nasal ; auricular openings circular, with several scales upon the anterior
margin ; back with four well-defined blackvittaj, (the two median ones broader,)
occupying the half, or nearly so, of the adjacent rows of scales ; besides these,
four other narrower black lines, each occupying the angle of a single row ot
scales ; the interspaces between the dark colored vittas white, with a bluish
tinge ; upper and lower lips white, abdomen bluish, tail white, with a yellow
tinge above ; 24 rows of scales.

Dimensions. Length of head 4 lines ; greatest breadth 3| ; of head and body
to vent 2 inch. 3 lines ; of tail 2 inch. 8J lines ; of arm 2 lines ; of forearm 2 :
of hand to extremity of longest finger 2\ ; of thigh 2 lines ; of leg 2 lines ; of
foot to extremity of longest toe 3 lines.

Habitat. Posa Creek, 460 miles west of Fort Riley, Kansas.

One specimen presented by Dr. Hammond, U. S. A.

Gen. Remarks. In Plestiodon obsoletum there are 28 rows of scales.

URODELES, Dum.

Urodeles trematoderes, D. k B.

Gen. AMBYSTOMA, Tschudi.

AilBYSTOMA MAC0LATUM, nob.

Sp. Char. Head large, body stout, tail ensiform, fingers and toes depressed,
posterior nares of moderate size, teeth arched, in four patches, the two middle
convex anteriorly, nearly in contact ; color brownish above ; tail maculated
with black ; under parts yellow. Total length Y^ inches ; tail 3.| inches.

Habitat. New Mexico. One specimen presented by Dr. McClellan.

Ambystoma bicolor, nob.

Sp. Char. Head large ; feet very moderately depressed ; tail rather thick at
base, rounded above, moderately compressed ; posterior nares small ; teeth in

16

216 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

sa traight transverse row ; color blackish above, sides maculated with yellow
tail yellow, beak marked and spotted. Total length 5^ inches ; of tail 2 J.

Habitat. New Jersey, near Beesley's Point. One specimen presented by Mr.
Saml. Ashmead. Perhaps the young of Ambystoma tigrinum.

Oen. Remarks. A. proserpine of Prof. Baird is clouded with brown, and A.
episcopus dark spotted.

Ambystoma fuscum, nob.

Sp. Char. Head large, convex, eyes large, prominent, snout rounded, nostrils
small, two and a half lines apart ; internal nares rather large, teeth nearly
transverse, in four distinct patches, extending across the palate, behind the
internal nares ; fingers depressed, the first and fourth of nearly equal length, the
4th longer than the 3d ; 4th toe the longest ; toes slightly webbed at base,
tail ensiform, of nearly same length as head, neck and body ; color uniform
dark brown above, with extremely minute white points scattered over the sides
and more sparsely upon the body and upon the sides of the tail ; Indian yellow
clouded with brown beneath.

Total length 5 inch. 2 lines ; tail 2 inch. 7 lines.

Habitat. Indiana. One specimen presented by Prof. King, of Hanover Col-
lege.

Gen. Remarlts. This animal resembles somewhat the figure of Sal. Jefifersoni-
ana, Holb., but in that, beside the transverse row of teeth, there are described
two longitudinal series reaching to the posterior extremity of the palate. The
toes in Dr. Holbrook's animal are all remarkably long, as they are described to be
by Prof. Green in Sal. Jeffersoniana. — Contributions of the Macliirean Lyceum to
the Arts and Sciences, p. 4.

Prodromus descriptionis animalium evertebratorum, quae in Expeditione ad
Oceanum Pacificum Septentrionalem, a Republica Federata missa, Cadwala-
daro Kinggold et Johanne Eodgers Ducibus, observavit et descripsit

W. STIMPSON.

Pars III. CRUSTACEA MAIOIDEA.

MAIID^.

1. Leptopus longipes, Latr. Maris adulti chelopoda valida, manu inflata
digitis denticulatis ad basin hiantibus, dactylo versus basin tuberculo instructo

Hab.-^ln portu "Hong Kong"; in fundo limoso, org. 6 vulgatissimus.

2. DocLEA GEACiLiPES, Hov. sp. Carapax tubercnlis sex in linea mediana ;
tribus anterioribus minutis in regione gastrica; quarto in regione genilali
et quinto cardiaco, sat validis et subspiniformibus; sexto majore in margins
posteriore, spiniformi sed non acuto, decimam partem long, corporis adequante.
Margo latero-anterior dentibus quatiior armata; dente anteriore v. subhepatica
quam duabus medianis majore; posteriore longiore, (sextam partem carapacis
lat. adequante) spiniformi, gracili, acuto. Superficies carapacis sat villosa ;
regiones branchiales et gastrica tuberculis parvulis utrinque 7-8 sub tomento
celatis ; declivitas postero-lateralis absque tuberculis. Rostrum paulo longiua
quam latum, ad dimidiam divisum. Regio pterygostomiana depressa, non cana-
liculata ; dente parvulo inter dentem subhepaticum et hoc ad angulum
anteriorem arese buccalis. Pedes longi, graciles, minus villosi ; secundi paria
carapace plus duplo longiores ; chelopoda parvula. Dimensiones carapacis, et
rostro et spinis inclusis ; — long. 0-95 ; lat. 1-02. I), muricatce similia, minus vero
spinosa, et pedibus longioribus.

Hab. — In Mari Sinensi prope eras insulae "Hong Kong"; e fundo sabuloso
prof. 20 org. lecta.

[December,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217

2. DocLEA CANALiFERA, Dov. sp. Corpus ct membra, extremitatibus digitorum
et dactylorum exceptis, supra subtusque dense et breviter tomentosa. Spinae
carapacis fere ut in D. ijraciUpcde ; spina lateral! vero breviore, et spina posteri-
ori gracili, acuta, decioaam partem carapacis longitudinis adsequante. Regio
pterygostomiana (t. afferens) valde depressa, canaliculata, margine exteriore
acute elevata et longe ciliata. Pedes sat robusti ; secundi paria bis longitudine
carapacis breviores. Chelopoda carapace breviora et pedibus secundi paria
graciliora. Long, carapacis, 1-65; lat. 1.50 poll.; rostro spinisque inclusis.

Hah. — In Mari Sinensi prope " Hong Kong "; inter Echinos e fundo limoso
prof. 20 org.

4. CHioNa5CETES Beringianus, St. ; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist vi. 83; Feb. 1857.
Peloplasttis Fallasii, Gerstaecker ; Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, xxii. 105, t. I.
f. 1. In freto Beringiano.

5. Hyas latifrons, nov. sp. H. coarctato affinis, sed corpore crassiore, antice
latiore, supra minus tubercnlato, angulis obtusis. Rostrum brevius, minus
acutum. Fissura superior orbitae clausa.

Hah. — la Marl Beringiano, vulgaris.

MiCROPiSA, nov. gen Carapax late ovatus, pauIo convexus, vix spinosns,
rostro bifido, spina praeorbitali sat valida. Orbita supra unifissa, subtus aperta.
Oculi retractiles, non latentes. Antennae externae articulo primo apice externo
dentigero ; parte mobili aperta. Manus maris adulii digitis hiantibus, ad apices
denticulatos solum contiguis. Pisoe Syrceque afiBnis.

5. MicROPiSA ovATA, nov. sp. Pubescens ; carapace depressiusculo, vix longiore
quam late, dente hepatico quam dente prffiorbitali vix majore, et dente laterali
parvulo, conico, in regione branchiali. Chelopoda mari.i robusti, mero dentato
manu subcompressa supra subcarinata. % Carapacis long. 0.4 ; lat. 0.38 poll_

Hab. — Prope insulam " St. Jago " archipelagi " Cape de Verdes " ; inter
nulliporas e profunditate 20 org.

7. TiARiNiA coRNiGERA, (Latrcille.) Ad insulas " Amakirrima," "Loo Choo "
et "Ousima" lecta.

8. TiARiNiA DEPRESSA, uov. sp. Forma, rostro, orbitisque T. corniffcrce similis.
Carapax depressus, postice canaliculo submarginali profundo ; tuberculis paulo
numerosis, latis et depressis. Regiones branchiales utrinque spina parva laterali,
supra qua tuberculis 4 — 5 arcuatim dispositis ; regio cardiaca tri-tnberculata ;
gastrica tuberculis parvulis decem. Margo posterior supra dentibus tribus,
subtus quatuor parvulis ornata. Rostrum cornibus ad apices graciles paululum
divergentibus et resimis. Pedes ambulatorii sat lati, compressi, supra lievi ;
marginibus non spinulosis, sparsim ciliatis ; setis robustis, clavaeformibus.

2 Carapacis long. 0.77 ; lat. 0.52.
Hab. — Ad insulam " Ousima " Japonise Australis.

9. TiARiNiA SPINIGERA, Bov. sp. Carapax oblougus, sparsim hirsutus ; regione
gastrica convexa, prominentiis vix conspicuis, paene levibus ; regione cardiaca
tri-tuberculata ; regiones branchiales utrinque spinis acutis erectis tribus in
serie transversa, exterioribus paulo majoribus et supra-marginalibus. Margo
posterior supra spinis parvulis septem, mediana maxima; infra tuberculis spini-
formibus minutis quinque vel septem. Superficies carapacis dimidia posteriore
et lateribus tuberculis minutis acutis inter spinas obsessa. Rostrum gracile,
longitudine mediocre; cornibus contiguis. Theca orbitalis saliens, compressa;
dente prreorbitali valde saliente acuto ; postorbitali etiam sat prominente. Che-
lopoda mero et carpo supra paulo spinulosis. Pedes ambulatorii pagne lajves.

5, Carapacis long. 0.79 ; lat. 0.57 poll.
Hab. — Ad insulas " Ousima " et " Tanegasima."

10. MicipPA Haanii. Micippa ihalia.TiQ Haan; Fauna Japonica, Crust. 98,
1857.]

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

pi. xxiil. f. 2. (aon Cancert., Herbst.) In Mari Sinensi ; in fundo conchoso Brof.
10— 20 org.

11. MiciPPA SPiNOSA, nov. sp. Carapax depressus, supra inequalis, confertim
tuberculatus et setosus. Spinie dorsales paucje, long£B, graciles, ad apicem
obtusaB ; tres in linea mediana, quarum duae in regione gastrica, et una maxima
cardiaca. Spina magna in regione brancbiali, inter quam et dentem postorbi-
talem spinas novem ad marginem lateralem sitje. Margo posterior spinulosa.
Rostrum ad extremitatem dilatatum ; angulis late rotundatis, margine crenu-
lata; dentibus duobus medianis divergentibus. Orbita supra bifissa ; fissura
interiore clausa, exteriore aperta. Regiones pterygostomianffi convexas et tuber-
culatae, non setosae. Chelopoda levissima, pallide fusca; carpo manuque obso-
lete granulatis ; apicibus digitorum nigris. Pedes ambulatorii compressi, dense
pilosi ; mero supra spina parvula terminali. Long. O.TS ; lat. 0.59 poll.

Hab. — In porta Jacksoni Australiensi ; e fundo limoso, prof. org. 6.

12. MicipPA HiRTiPES, Dana; U. S. Exploring Exp., Crust, i. 90 ; pi. i. f. 3. Ad
insulas "Loo Choo" et "Ousima" lecta.

13. Naxia dicantha, De Haan, Fauna Japonica, Crustacea, pi. 96 ; pi. xxiy. f.
1. In Mari Sinensi vulgaris ; nee non in sinu " Kagosima " Japonise lecta.

14. ScYEA coMPEESSiPEs, nov. sp. Rcgioues minus prominentes, gastrica
ampla, lata, rotundata, pasne levis ; bepaticae expansae, tuberculo subspiniformi
gerentes; branchiales spina parva acuta borizontaliter porrecta, armata;. Ros-
trum lamelliforme bifidum, vix latins quam longum, cornibus subtriangulatis.
Pedes graciles compressi ; chelopoda mero quadricarinato, carinis tuberculatis,
superiors deate uno subterminali spiniformi acuto. Pedes ambulatorii supra
infraque ad angulos sparsim hirsuti; setis magnis clavatis ; articulis penultimis
gracillimis levibus. 9, Carapacis long. 0.65 ; lat., spinis inclusis, 0.51 poll.

Hab. — In sinu " Hakodadi " iosulae " Jesso " Japonic; in fundo arenoBO et
algoso prof. 6 org.

15. DiONE AFFiNis, De Haan, Fauna Japonica, Crust, p. 93 ; pi. xxii. f. 4. Ad
insulani "Ousima"; specimen unicum jun. lecta.

16. MiTHRAx suBOEBicuLARis, nov. sp. Carapax rotundatus, vix longior quam
latus ; maigo lateralis dentibus spiniformibus subdistantibus septem armata,
dentibus duobus posticis parvulis. Regio gastrica ampla, valde convexa. Super-
ficies tuberculis subequalibus et aequidistantibus ad 30 ornata ; inter tubercula
granulata. Rostrum latum brevissimum, cornibus duobus parvis triangularibus
acutis. Antennffi externae articulo primo latissimo, margine anteriore tridentata,
dentibus longis spiniformibus, cornua rostri fere aequantibus. Margo orbitalis
superior profunde bifissa et 4 — 5-dentata. Oculi crassi. Chelopoda foemince.
paene laevi ; pedes ambulatorii primi et secundi paris hirsuti et leviter spinulosi ;
tertio quartoque paris vix hirsuti. 9 Carapacis long. 0.8 ; lat. 0.8 poll.

Hab. — Ad insulam " Selio " freti " Caspar."

17. Camposcia retusa, Latr. ; Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust. 283, pi. xv.
f.'15, 16. Ad insulam " Ousima."

18. AcHiEus Japonicus, De Haan, Fauna Jap. Crust. 99, pi. xxix. f. 3. In
porta "Hong Kong"; mari Sinensi.

19. AcH^us LACERTOsus, Hov. sp. Carapax triangularis, regionibus sat pro-
minentibus, superficie Isevi, spinis carente, paulo pubescente. Regio hepatica
dente obtuso laminiformi parvulo, borizontaliter porrecto. Rostrum aeque
longum ac latum, truncatum, extremitate bilobata. Antennse ext.ernaj parte
mobili filiformi, carapacis longitudinem superante. Oculorum pedunculus lajvis.
Chelopoda grandia, forma fere ut in Myctiride, mero crassissimo ; manu in-
curvata, digitis compressis. Pedes ambulatorii valde graciles ; primi paris eara-
pace triplo longiores ; tertii quartique paris dactylo falciformi. S Carapacis
long. 0.385; lat. 0.325 poll.

Hab. — In porta Jacksoni Australiensi ; in fnndo limoso prof. G org.

[December,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219

AcH^OPSis, nov. gen. Carapax ovato-triangularis, convexus, spinulosus ; ros-
trum breve, bifidum ; spina prajocularis acuta ; oculi longi, ad carapacis latus
retractiles, orbitis carentes; spina parvula postoculari. Antennae externte
apertae, articulo basali angustissimo curvato. Fossae antennulariae amplse.
Hectognathopoda eleginter granulosa vel spinulosa ; mere articulo quinto ad
angulum externum gerente. Chelopoda sat longa. Pedes ambulatorii gracilee.
Dactyli pedum sex posticorum falciformes. Abdomen in fitminis sex-articula-
tum. Eurypodio Achceoque afiBnis.

20. AcH^EOPSisspiNDLosus, noT. sp. Piibescentulus; spinae carapacis parvulcB
graciles, acutissima;, pleracque laterales ; tres majores in regione gastrica ; quatuor
in regionibus brauchialibus. Clielopoda spinulosa; digitis contiguis. Pedes
ambulatorii irregulariter gpinulosi, et pilosi. 9 Carapacis long. 0.3G ; lat.
0.28 poll.

Hab. — Ad Promontorium Bonce Spei in sinu " Simon's Bay" ; e prof. 10 org

21. Stenorynchus phalangium, Lam'k.; Edw. ; Crust, i. 279. Ad insulam
Madeirae; fundo arenoso, 15 org.

22. Stenoetnchcs falciker, nov. sp. Corpus sat altum, gracile, rofundatum
minute pubescente. Carapax supra spiuis duabus longis in linea mediaua, una
in regione gastrica, altera in regione cardiaca sita; spinis v. tuberculis acutis
4 — 5 parvulis quoque utrinque in lateribus. Rostrum longum, carapacis lougitu-
dinis quartam partem occupante, valde gracile, cornibus acicularibus omnino
contiguis. Chelopoda/cemwn; setosa et partim spinosa, mero ad apicem spina
longa; carpo bispinoso; manu curvata, digitis compressis, intus deniiculatis,
dimidiam manus longitudinis p?ene formantibus. Pedes ambulatorii graciles,
mero apice spina acuta armatjft; dactjlis pedum quatuor posticorum falciformi-
bus. 5 Carapacis long. 0.61 ; lat. 0.35; pedum ambulatoriorum primi paris
long. 1.75 poll.

Hab. — Ad Promontorium Bonae Spei, sinu " Simon's Bay" ; inter algas e fando
arenoso prof. 12 org.

23. Leptopodia sagittaria, Leach ; Zool. Misc. ii. pi. Ixvii ; Edw. I. c. i. 27
Ad insulam Madeira ; e prof. 30 org.

24. Perinea tumida, Dana; U. S, Exploring Expedition, Crust, i. 114 ; pi. iv.
f. 1. Ad insulam " Hawaii."

25. PuGETTiA INCISA. Meuoethius incisus, De Haan ; Fauna Japoaica, Crust.
98; pi. xxiv. f. 3. In sinu " Hakodadi" insulae "Jesso" ; fundo algoso- arenoso,
(3 org.

26. PuGETTiA QiTADRiDENS. Memxthitis quadriclens, De Haan ; Fauna Japonica
Crust. 97 ; pi. xxiv. f. 2. la portu " Simoda" Japonice et " Hong Kong" Sinensi -
sublittoralis inter fucos.

27. Men.ethhts subserratus, Adams and White; Voy. Samarang, Crust, p.
18 ; pl.iv. f. 1, 2. Dana; U. S. Exploring Exp. Crust.; i. 122 ; pi. iv. f. 7. lu portu
"Hong Kong"; et ad insulas " Amakirrima" prope '• Loo Choo."

28. Men.ethius dentatus, nov sp. M. suhscrralo afRnis, sed dentibus laterali-
bu8, tuberculisque magis prominentibus. Regio cardiaca valde prominens,
prope tertiam partem latitudinis carapacis occupans. Dentes prseorbitales
elongati, longitudinaliter porrecti. 5 Carapacis long. 0.84; lat. 0.56 poll.

Hab. — Ad insulas "Amakirrima."

29. Mes^thius depressus, Dana; U. S. Exploring Expedition, Crust, i. 121.
pi. iv. f. 6. Ad insulas " Loo Choo"; in sargassum, sublittoralis.

30. AcANTHOSYX DENTATUS, Milne Edwards; Hist. Nat. des Crust, i. 343. Ad
Promontorium Bonas Spei, sinu "Simon's Bay"; fundo arenoso, org. 12.

31. Epialtus productds, Eandall; Dana, I.e. i. 123; pi. vi, f. 2. Prope
" San Francisco," California,

1857.]

220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

PARTHENOPID^.

32. EuRTNOME LONGiMANA, Dov. sp. Regiones sat distinctae, ron profunde
separatae. Carapas rugosus; tuberculis rotuodatis depressis, latitudine varia-
bilibus, ssepe confluentibus. Margo lateralis dente magno triangulari post
orbitam ; in regionibus branchialibus dentibus parvis quatuor. Margo posterior
utrinque dente parvulo tuberculiformi. Regio gastrica spinis parvis duabus et
postice tuberculis confluentibus; branchiales utrinque spina parva mediana ;
cardiaca sat prominens, oblonga, tuberculis confluentibus. Rostrum profunde
bifidum, cornibus longis, acutis, paullo divergentibus. Fissura supra-orbitalis
clausa. Chelopoda maris grandia, corpore vix duplo longiora ; manu subgra-
cili, supra quadrispinosa; digitis subdeflexis. Pedes ambulalorii debiles, supra
bicarinati, carinis in mero spiuosis. Carapacis maris long. 0.47; lat. 0.34 poll.

Hab. — Ad Promontorium Bocae Spei; inter Gorgonias e prof. 10 org.

33. Lambrus rugosus, nov. sp. Carapax rugosus, pone oculos vix con-
strictus ; longitudine et latitudine fere sequalibus ; superficie tota valde irregulari
et tuberculata. Frons concava, Itevis ; regio gastrica parva, eminentiis tribus, —
mediana posteriors, minuta, granuliformi, — et duabus lateralibus latis, granu-
latis. Regio branchialis elevata, tuberculis conicis ad quinque ornata, uno
magno. Area postero-mediana subtriangularis, depressa, in media qua regio
cardiaca granulata, paulo elevata. Margo lateralis decem-dentata ; dente
anteriore hepatico prominente ; dentibus sequentibus parvis; dente pos-
teriore magno, conico, elevato, utrinque ad basim denticulo insfructo. Margo
posterior tuberculis inconspicuis quatuor distantibus. Cbelopoda longitudine
mediocria, robust'i, supra inequaliter dentata et tuberculata; subtus tuberculis
depressis, levibus, aequalibus, subseriatis. Pedes^nbulatorii hieves, mero supra
2 — 3-spinuloso. Long, carapacis, 0.34 ; lat. O.S^oU.

Hab. — Prope insulam " St. Jago" archipelagi " Cape de Verdes"; inter nuUi-
poras ad prof. 20 org.

34. Lambrus laoiniatus, De Haan; Fauna Japonica, Crust, p. 91., pi. xxii.
f. 2, 3. In portu " Hong Kong"; vulgaris in fundo limoso prof. 5 — 20 org.

35. Lambrus tuberculosus, nov. sp. Carapax supra bene tuberculatus ;
tuberculis sub-aequalibus, confertis, depressis, granulis coronatis. Margo
lateralis decem-dentata, dentibus denticulatis et granulatis, duobus posticis
multo majoribus in margine postero-laterali sitis. Frons supra profunde exca-
vata; rostro subtriangulari acuto. Chelopoda valida, marginibus spinis granu-
losis acute conicis (10-11 in manus carinis) serratis ; superflcie intercarinali
tuberculala, tuberculis granulatis, supra acutis et biseriatis, subtus minoribus
obtusis 3 — 4-seriatis. Pedes ambulatorii debiles, supra spinis acutis obsessi.
Carapacis long., 0.66 ; lat., 0.80 poll. L. valido et laciniato forma, longitudine
chelopodorum, dentibus marginalibusque affinis ; sed superficie magis tuber-
culata.

Hab. — Prope insulam "Hong Kong'' Sinensem ; in fundo conchoso-limoso,
prof. 15 org.

36. Cryptopodia contracta, nov. sp. Carapax parvus, paulo expansus,
triangularis, angulis lateralibus truncatis ; marginibus antero-lateralibus crenu-
latis, post orbitas sub-contractis et emarginatis; margine posteriore recta, obso-
lete crenulata. Dorsum valde convexum, area mediana et regionibus antero-
lateralibus depressis, regionibus branchialibus postice valde elevatis et granu-
latis. Frous supra concava, rostro obtuso. Chelopoda sat longa, subtus
regulariter depresso-tuberculata; manu subprismatica, crista superiore sexden-
tata, dentibus contiguis, mediana majore, carina exteriore granulata. Pedes
ambulatorii ischio meroque subtus bicarinatis, carinis spinigeris. Carapacis
long. 0.38; lat. 0.55 poll.

Hab. — In mari Sinensi boreali, lat. bor. 23° ; e fundo arenoso prof. 25 org.

37. Cryptopodia fornicata, M. Edwards ; Hist. Xat. dcs Crust, i. 302. In
portu "Hong Kong"; in fundo couchoso prof. 10 org.

[December,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 221

38. ^THRA SCRUPOSA, M. Edwards ; Hist. Nat. des Crust, i. 371. Ad insulas
freti Gaspar ; sublittoralis.

39. Ceratocarcinds albolineatus. Hurrovia alboUneata, Adams et White ;
Voy. Samarang, Crust, p. 55. pi. xii. f. 5. Carapax hexagonus ; margine froa-
tali dimidiam partem latitudiuis vix superante, pauUo coovexa, media emar-
ginata. Deas prceorbitalis sinu e froute discretus, et frontem nou longiludinaliter
superans. Margo antero-lateralis qiiadridentata, angulo orbitae vix promiaente
incluso; deate posteriore raagoo, acuto. Margo postero-Uteralis et posterior
oequales, L'eves. Dorsum paullo convexum, tomentosum et versus marginem
graaulatum ; regionibus vix distinctis ; tuberculis duobus in regione gastrica,
et UDO in utraque regioae branchiali prope dentem lateralem. Oculi retractiles.
Chelopoda valida, carapace plus duplo longiores, granulala ; mero supra prope
basim spinoso ; carpo uni-tuberculato ; maau laevi. Pedes ambulatorii minute
villosi. Long, carapacis, 0.35; lat. 0.44 poll.

Hab. — la portu "Ilong Kong."

ONCINOPIDiE.

40. Oncinopus suppelluoidds, nov. sp. Corpus subpellucidum, ubique

*u. WNUlNOl'Ua sU-i'l'liiliLiUUiUUS, uov. sp. uurpus Huupcuuuiuuui, UUUJUC

pubesceate. 0. aranece valde affinis, diversus carapace post orbitas paullo
expanso et Subau'^'ulatO : nrtir.nlo npnnltimn Tiprinm amhnlatoriorum nrimi
secuadique paris gracilior
mis et penultimis pedum
pacis, 0.48; lat. 0.36 poll.

Hab. In portu Jacksoni Australiensi ; later spongias e prof. 6 org

ibesceate. 0. aranece valde affinis, diversus carapace post orbitas paullo
cpauso et subaagulato ; articulo penultimo pedum ambulatoriorum primi
scuadique paris graciliore et longe ciliato. A 0. Ncpiuno differt articulis ulti-
,is et penultimis peduai posticorum miaoribus et gracilioribus. Long, cara-
, 0.36 poll.

The Kecording Secretary read the following Annual Report :

REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY FOR 1857.

During the past year there have been elected forty-nine Members and two
Correspondents.

Three Members have died, to wit: Dr. E. K. Kane, Mr. John A. Guex, and
Mr. Thomas Biddle.

The deaths of the following Correspondents have been announced to the
Academy: — Professor J. W. Bailey, of West Point ; Prince Charles Lucien Bona-
parte ; Mr. Henry Pratten, of New Harmony, Ind.

The following Papers have been presented and ordered to be published in the
Proceedings or Journal of the Academy.

By W. G. Binney, two, to wit : " Description of American Land Shells ; "
" Notes on American Land Shells, No, 2."

By John Cassin, three, to wit: "Catalogue of Birds collected at Cape Lopez,
Western Africa, by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu in 1850, with notes and descriptions of
new species;" "Catalogue of Birds, collected by P. B. Duchaillu, on the River
Muni, in 1856, wtih descriptions of new species ;" "Description of North Ameri-
can species of Archibutes and Lanius, and description of a new species of Toucan
of the genus Selenidera."

By T. A. Conrad, six, to wit: "Description of three new genera, twenty-three
species of middle Tertiary fossils from California, and one species from Texas;"
" Descriptions of two new genera of Shells ; " " Rectification of some of the gen-
eric names of American Tertiary Fossils ; " " Description of a new species of
Myacites; " "Description of a new genus of the family Dreissercidai."

By Joseph Barnard Davis, " On the Crania of the ancient Britons, with remarks
on the people themselves."

By Charles Girard, M. D., three, to wit : "Description of some new Reptiles
collected by the United States Exploring Expedition, etc., parts 3d and 4th.'

1857.]

'222 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

''Notice upon new genera and new species of ilariae and Fresli-water Fishes
ofWestern North America."

By Edward Hallowell, M. D., five, to wit : "Note on the collection of Reptiles
from Texas, recently presented to the Academy of Natural Sciences, by Dr. A. L.
Heermann ;"" Description of a new genus of colubriform Serpents from Cali-
fornia ; " "Notice of a Collection of Reptiles from the Gaboon country, Western
Africa, made by Dr. Henry A. Ford ; " " On Trigonophys rugiceps; " " On the
caduciate Urodele Batrachians."

By F. V. Hayden, M. D., two, to wit : " Notes explanatory of a map and sec-
tion illustrating the geological structure of the country bordering on the Mis-
souri river, etc. ;" "Geological notes on the Mauvaises Terres of White River."

By Theodore C. Hilgard, M. D., " Classification of the Vegetable Kingdom."

By C. R. Kennerly, " Description of a new species of Cypselus, etc."

By J. P. Eirtland, M. D., " On the Larva of Thyreus Abbottii."

By Isaac Lea, L.L. D., seven, to wit: "Descriptions of thirteen new species of
Uniones from Georgia; " "Descriptions of twelve new species of Naiades from
North Carolina;" "Descriptions of six new species of Uniones from Alabama;"
" Descriptions of eight new species of Naiades from various parts of the United
States;" "Descriptions of three new exotic species of Naiades ;" " Descriptions
of six new species of fresh water and land shells ; " "Descriptions of twenty-seven
new species of Uniones from Georgia."

By Major John LeConte, two, to wit : " On three new species of Vesperti-
lionidse ; " " Observations on the Wild Turkey."

By John L. LeConte, M. D., four, to wit : " Catalogue of the species of Bem-
bidium found in the LTnited States and contiguous northern regions;" "Index
to the Buprestidas of the United States, described in the work of Laporte and
Gory, with notes ; " " Descriptions of several new Mammals from Western
Africa ; " " Synopsis of the species of Clivina and allied genera, inhabiting the
United States "

By Joseph Leidy, M. D., six, to wit : " Remarks on certain extinct species of
Fishes; " " Notice of remains of extinct Turtles from New Jersey, etc. ;" "Notices
of extinct Vertebrata, discovered by Dr. F. V. Hayden, etc. ; " " List of extinct
Vertebrata, the remains of which have been discovered in the region of the Mis-
souri, with remarks on their geological age;" "Notices of extinct Fishes;"
" Rectification of the references of the extinct Mammalian Genera of Nebraska."

By F. B. Meek and F. V. Hayden, M. D., " Explorations under the War De-
partment. Descriptions of new Cretaceous and Tertiary Fossils collected by Dr.
F. V. Hayden in Nebraska, etc."

By William Stimpson, two, to wit: " Prodromus descriptionis animalium
Gvertebratorum, quae in Expeditione &,d Oceanum Pacificum Septentrionalem, a
Republica Federata missa, Cadwaladaro Ringgold et Johanne Rodgers Ducibus,
observavit et descripsit W. Stimpson, (two papers.)

By William J. Taylor, four, to wit: "Aluminium, the progress in its mani-
pulation ; " " Investigation of the rock Guano from the islands of the Carribean
Sea ; " " Examination of a Nickel Meteorite from Okkitebaha county, Miss. ; "
" Examination of Enargite from New Granada."

By Philip R. Uhler, " Contributions to the Neuropterology of the United
States."

All of which is respectfully submitted by

B. Howard Rand, M. D.

Recording Secretary.
Nov. 3Qtk, 1857.

The Librarian read the following Annual Report :

[December,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

22c

LIBRARIAN'S REPORT FOR 1857.
During the present year, ending December 31st, 1857, 382 volumes and 1053
periodicals and pamphlets have been added to tlie Library of the Academy.
The various subjects upon which these treat, and the number belonging to each
.-jubject, are shown in the following table :

Subjects. A^o.

iJcueral Natural History and Mamma-
logy, 34

iJniithologj, 63

Kntomology, 51

Conchology, 211

Botany, 44

Geology, Palceontology and Geography, 146

Anatomy, Physiology, &c., 72

Mineralogy, 11

Herpetology and Ichthyology, 6

Subjects.

No.

Ethnology, "

Physics and Chemistry, 14

Transactions, Journals, Proceedings, Re-
ports, Ac, of Societies, 72C

Voyages and Travels, 18

Medicine, r H

Biography, 6

Miscellaneous, 16

Total,-

•1435

Of the above works, 73 have been contributed by authors, 71 by editors, 53
by members, correspondents and others, 208 by societies and corporations, 45
by Mr. Edward Wilson, and 985 by Dr. T. B. Wilson ; making a total of 1435
additions to the Library in 1857.

Among the many valuable additions made during this year, the following
may be mentioned : Memoirs and Transactions of the Royal Academy of Sciences
of Berlin, from 1710 to 1850, 85 volumes, from Dr. Wilson; Donovan's Natural
History of British Insects, 16 volumes, from Mr. Ord ; sixth volume of the United
.States Naval Astronomical Expedition to the Southern Hemisphere, from Lieut.
Gilliss ; twelfth volume of the United States Exploring Expedition, from Dr. A.
A. Gould ; the terrestrial air-breathing Mollusks of the United States and ad-
jacent territories of North America, from the executors of Dr. Binney ; the
Zoologist, 50 numbers ; Morris' History of British Birds, 48 numbers ; the Natural-
ist, 48 numbers ; Adams' Genera of Recent MoUusca, 26 numbers ; Deshayes'
Description des Animaux sans Vertebres decouvertes dans le bassin de Paris ; H.
Von Meyer's Fauna der Vorwelt ; Crania Britannica ; Museum Botanicum Lug-
duno-Batavum, &c. &c., from Dr. Wilson, and also a number of rare and valuable
pamphlets upon Anatomy, Physiology and Zoology from Mr. E. Wilson.

In 1836 the Library contained about 7000 volumes ; in 1850, it had increased,
as was ascertained by actual enumeration, to 12,057. During the fourteen j^ears,
from 1836 to 1850, therefore, the annual rate of increase of the Library was
about 430 volumes. In 1851, 2,2G2 additions were made to the Library ; in 1852,
2,886 ; in 1853, 1,011 ; in 1854, 729 ; in 1855, 857 ; in 1856, 1,449 ; and in 1857,
1,435 ; making a total increase during the past seven years of 10,629. From
this statement it will be seen that the average annual increase for this period
is a little more than 1500 volumes, a rate of increase 3^ times greater than that
for the preceding fourteen years. In his report, laid before the Academy in
1850, my friend and predecessor, Dr. Wm. S. Zantzinger, presented a classified
table of the whole number of volumes in the Library. Taking this estimate as a
basis, I have constructed the following table, in which is shown not only the
whole number of volumes in the Library, but also the number distributed to each
of the leading divisions.

Natural Sciences, 5579

Anatomy and Physiology, 633

Voyages and Travels, 984

History and Geography, 590

Transactions, Journals, Proceedings, Reports, &c., of Societies, 3723

Dictionaries of Arts and Sciences, 586

Maps and Charts, 49

Chemistry and Physics, 462

Historical Documents of all descriptions, 1857

Antiquities and Fine Arts, 430

Miscellaneous, 1660

1857.]

Total, 16,553 Vols.

224 PROCEEDINGS OE THE ACADEMY OF

In the Report above alluded to, Dr. Zantzinger estimated that the works in
parts or numbers not yet completed, and pamphlets, when bound, would make
about 500 volumes. Since that time the increase in periodicals and pamphlets
has been over 6000. If now we regard these, when bound, as equivalent to 500
volumes, and accordingly add them to the above sum, we shall obtain for the
whole Library a grand total of more than 17,000 volumes.

During the year more than 400 volumes have been bound in a substantia!
manner, and without cost to the Academy, the expenses having been defrayed
by Dr. T. B. Wilson. Many other volumes are still in the hands of the binder.

Owing to the increase in the number of Journals, Transactions, &c., of learned
societies received in exchange for the publications of the Academy, Dr. T. B.
Wilson, with his accustomed liberality, has caused eight additional cases to be
made and placed in the western room of the Library for the better accommoda-
tion and arrangement of the books. These cases extend in a row, like a par-
tition, nearly across the room from north to south, dividing it into two smaller,
oblong apartments, which communicate by a narrow passage, and are lighted by
two windows, one at each end. In consequence of these alterations, and the in-
creased attendance' at the meetings of the Academy, the latter have, since Novem-
ber last, been held in the eastern room, the largest and most coramodioi;s of the
three rooms containing the Library. The two northern windows of this apart-
ment have been walled up with brick from the floor to the ceiling, so that the
dangers from fire in that direction are considerably diminished. Upon the floor,
and in the recesses formerly occupied by the windows, two new book-cases have
been erected. Gas has also been introduced into this room. The whole cost
of these alterations has been borne by Dr. Wilson.

While congratulating the members of the Academy and the lovers of science
in general upon the rapid influx of valuable books and periodicals into the
Library, and the increasing facilities thus offered for scientific research, I deem
it not inappropriate to take this opportunity of earnestly reminding the mem-
bers of the importance of using every eS'ort still further to enlarge the bounds
of the Library, protect it from injury, and increase the sphere of its utility.

J. AiTKEN Meigs, Librarian.

The Treasurer's Report was read and referred to the Auditors.
The Curators reported as follows :

REPORT OF THE CURATORS FOR 1857.

The Curators, in presenting their annual report, take pleasure in stating that
the Museum of the Academy continues in its usual excellent condition of pre-
servation.

The arrangement of the Museum has made considerable progress during the
year now approaching its close, though much remains to be done before it shall
be put in complete order.

The collections, at present nearly or completely arranged and labelled, are
those of Mammals, Reptiles, Insects, Crustaceans, of Botany, of Vertebrate
Fossils, of Fossil Plants, of Minerals, of Birds' Eggs, and of Human Skulls.

The collections in course of arrangement, and of which several have made
considerable progress, are those of Birds, Fishes, Mollusks, and of Comparative
Anatomy.

The collections of Invertebrate Fossils, Echinoderms, Zoophytes, and Sponges,
remain untouched. The first of these collections indicated is a very large and
important one, and strongly demands the attention of some of our members to
arrange it.

During the year, Mr. W. J. Binney has nearly completed the arrangement of
the Conchological cabinet. Dr. Wilson continues to arrange the collection of
Birds, and Drs. Bridges and Morris have made considerable progress in the

[[December,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 225

arrangement of the collection of Fishes. The Mammalogical cabinet has been
arranged by Col. McCall and Dr. Camac ; and Dr. Wilson and Mr. Schaf hirt,
have been engaged in arranging the Insects.

In relation to the Herbarium, Mr. E. Durand has furnished the following
statement :
To the Curators, —

Dear Sirs, — The Herbarium BorealuAmericanum, upon which I have been engaged
for these four years, is now nearly completed. As far as it goes, it fills up more than
sixty large port-folios.

In its formation, I have followed the arrangements of DeCandolle, and have just
finished the order Gramima: , which is the last of the PhEnogamous jikuits. The number
of described species therein contained, amounts to seven thousand two hundred and
forty-two, of which 5994 are dicotyledonous, and 1248 monocotyledonous species. It
contains, moreover, other plants, either new or as yet unpubUshed, wliich may, in all
probability, raise the whole number of plianiogamous species of this particular collection
TO eight thousand. When the cryptogams have been added to these, it will form a mass
of not less than ten thousand North American plants, constituting one of the most com-
plete Herbaria extant.

This special North American herbarium had become an essential desideratum in an
Institution like ours, particularly devoted to the study of the natural wealth of the
country. In times past, it was inconvenient and difficult to the student of the botany of
North America, to search in the general herbarium, among a mass of forty-six thousand
species from all parts of the world, for the particular native plants which he was
desirous to examine. Now this work is rendered easy, and he may at once, and without
trouble or interruption, examine a whole suit of American species of the same genus or
of the same order.

The Herbarinm Borcali-Americanum, as far as it reaches, has been made up from the nu-
merous packages of specimens transmitted to the Academy of Natural Sciences from all
jiarts of the country, and piled up, neglected, on the shelves of the Botanical room. It is
highly indebted to the valuable private collections of Major LeConte, and of the late Messrs.
Conrad and James Reed, and to partial invoices of Drs. Torrey, Gray, Englemann, Short
and others. From my own herbarium I have selected for it more than fifteen hundred
rare and frequently unique specimens of my collection, all from Texas, New Mexico,
the North-VVestern Territories, Oregon and California. The whole number of species
contained in this new botanical treasure is at least double that which is to be found
scattered in our general herbarium.

I do not vouch for a complete accuracy of names; but I have performed my task to
the best of rny ability. If faulty in some rare instances, it remains open to correction
by those who will follow me. Ifit ])osseses other defects, one is that, in many cases, it
is overstocked with duplicates; but this I intend to obviate hereafter, by abstracting tht
superfluity, with a view to enrich the general herbarium, or to store up duplicates for ex-
change.

The great merit of this valuable collection of North American plants is that it pos-
sesses a large number of authentic specimens — almost all the plants of Mr. Nuttali,
and many others from Messrs. EJhott, Baldwin, Pursh, Torrey, Asa Gray, Curtis, &c.

With regard, your most obedient servant,

Philadelphia, December ilth, 1857. E. Durand.

The donations to the different departments of the Museum for 1857 are as
follows : —

Mammals. — Of these, 31 specimens of 22 species have been added to the col-
lection ; the principal donors being Dr. T. B. Wilson, Dr, W. A. Hammond.
\Ir. L. De Vesey, and Dr. H. A. Ford.

Birds. — Of these, 46 specimens of about 25 species have been presented,
principally by Dr. Hammond, Mr. De Vesey and Mr. Slack. Several small col-
lections, in which the number of species is not designated, have been presented
by R. W. Mitchell, Capt. J. P. McCown, U. S. N., and the Smithsonian Institute.

Reptiles. — In the department of Herpetology, which is so zealously cultivated by
Dr. E. Hallowell, wehave receivedjich additions. Dr. W^ A. Hammond, U. S. A.,
presented 480 specimens of 40 species, from Kansas Territory. 184 specimens
of 30 species were presented by Drs. Wilson, Leidy, Hallowell, and Mr. Conrad.
150 specimens of 30 genera from Ceylon and the Philipines, were obtained in
exchange. R. W. Mitchell presented 24 specimens of 10 species from New
Granada ; Mr. C. Hering, 29 specimens of 10 species from Surinam ; Dr. H. A.

1857.]

226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Ford, 31 specimens of 13 species from Africa; Dr. A. W. King, 71 specimens of
11 species ; and Major LeConte 38 specimens of 11 species. Besides the fore-
going, 220 specimens of 80 species were presented, principally by Messrs. T.
Swift, Boulton, Wood, Canfield, Trout, Lesquereux, andKrider, and Drs. Rusch-
enberger, LeConte, Jos. Wilson and Uhler.

Fishes. — Of these, Dr. Hammond presented 120 specimens, yet undetermined,
from Kansas Territory. Drs. Ruschenberger and H. C. Caldwell presented 47
specimens of 40 species. 21 other specimens of 14 species were presented
principally by Messrs. Slack and S. Powel, and Drs. Davidson, Kittoe and T.
Dunn.

JloUusks. — Dr. H. A. Ford presented 130 specimens of 12 species from Western
Africa ; and Dr. Woodhouse presented 126 specimens of 23 species of Naiades
from the Arkansas and its tributaries. 24 specimens of 15 species were pre-
sented principally by Dr. Ruschenberger ; and a small collection was presented
by Dr. Hammond.

Insects. — Of the different orders of insects the following have been presented :
(Joleoptera, 635 specimens of 280 species ; hemiptera, 189 specimens of 90 species ;
orthoptera, 208 specimens of 100 species; hymenoptera, 114 specimens of 60
species; diptera, 102 specimens of 50 species ; neuroptera, 19 specimens of 15
species ; arachnida, 18 specimens of 7 species ; and myriapoda, 5 specimens of
4 species. The principal donors are Drs. Leidy, Wilson, Hammond, LeConte,
and Ruschenberger, and Messrs. W. L. Cassin and W. B. Chandler.

Crustaceans. — Mr. W. Stimpson presented 34 specimens of 15 species from the
west coast of America. 65 specimens of 30 species were presented principally
by Drs. Ruschenberger and Hammond, and Mr. Pease.

Annelides, JEchinoderms and Zoophytes. — Dr. Ruschenberger presented 29 speci-
mens of 14 species of echinoderms and zoophytes. Dr. Hammond presented 48
Gordii, and Mr. Ashmead 1 Nereis.

Comparative Anatomy. — Of human skulls. Dr. B. Vreeland presented 9, Dr. B. H.
Abadie 6, Dr. Ruschenberger 3, and Dr. T. J. Turner 27 ; besides which 3 others
were presented. Of skulls of other animals 22 were presented, principally by
Drs. Wilson, Woodhouse, and McClellan. A fine example of the skeleton of the
Camel from Tunis was presented by W. S. Vaux. Besides the foregoing, there
were 4 other skeletons, and 8 miscellaneous specimens presented.

Botany. — Prof. John Torrey presented 427 specimens of western American
plants ; Mr. Durand presented IS species ; Dr. Jos. Wilson U. S. N. presented a
collection of plants from Western Africa ; and Mr. S. Ashmead presented 9
species of marine algse. Of fungi, 997 species, prepared by Ezra Michener, were
presented by this gentleman and the Rev. M. A. Curtis.

Palaeontology. — Of vertebrate remains 68 specimens have been presented,
principally by Drs. LeConte, Leidy, and Minturn, and Messrs. W. McClane and
C Wheatley. Of invertebrate fossils, Mr. W. Cleburne presented 250 specimens
from the green sand of New Jersey, and a collection from the Silurian rocks of
Ohio. Dr. Leidy presented 62 triassic, eocene, pliocene and post-pliocene
fossils ; Prof Holmes, 26 specimens pliocene and post-pliocene fossils ; Dr. Wilson,
18 species tertiary shells from California ; and Dr. Woodhouse 15 specimens of
fossils. Of other specimens, 13 were presented, besides a small collection from
Chili, by W. Blake. Of coal plants. Dr. R. Bennett presented 42 specimens;
besides which 12 other fossil plants were presented.

Mineralogy. — Of minerals, 52 specimens wero presented ; the principal donors
being Col. G. M. Totten, Dr. Spilman, Mr. Taylor, Dr. Woodhouse, and T. W,
Yardley. Respectfully submitted by

Joseph Leidy,
Chairman of the Curators.

Dr. Rand announced the death of W. Frederick Rogers, late a mem-
ber of the Academy, at Paris, on the 9th of December.

[December.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF rniLADELPUIA.

The following officers were then elected for the ensuing year.

President,
George Ord.

Vice Presidents^
Robert Bridges, Isaac Lea.

Corresponding Secretary,
John L. LeConte.

Recording Secretary,
B. Howard Rand.

Librarian,
J. Aitken Meigs.

Treasurer,
George W. Carpenter.

Curators,
Jos. Lcidy, W. S. Vaux,

Samuel Ashmead. John Cassin,

Auditors,

Jos. Jeanes, Saml. Ashmead,

W. S. Vaux.

Publication Committee,
W. S. Vaux, Robert Bridges,

Jos. Leidy, Isaac Lea,

W. §1. W. Ruschenberger,

1857.]

228 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY.

Elections in 1857.

The following gentlemen were elected members, viz :

Jan. 27. J. Keese Fry, and Louis Fassitt, M. D.

Feh. 24. J. Ennis, E. A. Souder, A. C. Gorga?, M. D., G. K.
Warren, Lt. U. S. Top. Engineers, and W. J. Taylor.

31arcli 31. Wm. Cleburne, James Paul, M. D., P. P. Bertholet,
M. D., and Gideon Scull.

April 28. Benj. V. Marsh, Alex. Wilcocks, M. D., Wm. S. Halsey,
M. D., Joseph Roach, Ferdinand J. Dreer, Jas. C. McGuire, Robert
Carter, M. D., and George Martin, M. D.

May 26. Edward P. Eastwick, Walter F. Atlee, M. D., J. Coates
Brown, R. H. Lamborn, Emil Fischer, M.D.,and David March Warren.

June 30. Daniel B. Cummins, Wm. Spillman, M. D., John C. Da
Costa, Sr., John C. Da Costa, Jr., ahd Edward Bennett.

July 28. L. S. Pepper, M. D., J. H. Slack, A. J. Rohas, M. D.,
Marco A. Rojas, M. D., C. S. Wurts, M. D., and W. P. Turnbull.

Aug. 25. Richard J. Haldeman, and Louis D. Harlow, M. D.

Sept. 30. Theodore De H. Rand

Oct. 27. Edward Minturn, M. D., and Prof. E. D. Porter.

Nov. 29. H. Clay Caldwell, M. D., and Edward A. Jessup.

Dec. 29. Mayland Cuthbert, Edward N. Covey, M. D., U. S. A.,
K. Ryland, M. D., U. S. A.

The following gentlemen were elected Correspondents, viz :

June 30. Brig. Gen. Harney, U. S. A,, and Capt. Alfred Pleason-
ton, U. S. A.

December,

CORRESPONDENCE. 1857. 1

The following letters have been received.

Jan. Qth. From the Trustees of the New York State Library, dated Albany,
Dec. 27th, 185G, acknowledginp; the receipt of the Proceedings, vol. viii. No. 5.

IZlh. From the Smithsonian Institution, dated Washington, March 28th, 1856,
acknowledging the receipt of Proceedings, vol. viii. No. 1, and Index to vol. vii.

From the American Antiquarian Society, dated Worcester, Mass., Jan. 7th,
1857, acknowledging the receipt of .Journal, New Series, vol. iii. part 3.

20ih. From Prosper Tarbe, dated Paris, Oct. 7th, 1856, transmitting specimens
of fossils, and desiring exchanges.

From Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger, U. S. N., dated Panama, Sept. 3d, 1856,
transmitting a donation of marine animals.

Feb. M. From S. D. Gross, M. D., dated Philadelphia Jan. 30th, 1857, acknow-
ledging election as member.

From Sandwith Drinker, dated Hong Kong, Nov. 12th, 185G, acknowledging
receipt of Proceedings of Academy, and expressing desire to contribute to the
Museum.

From Rev. E. I. Lowe, dated Nottingham, England, January 7th, 1857, de-
siring exchanges.

From the K. L. C. Akad. der Naturforscher, dated Breslau, Oct. 31st, 1856,
accompanying their publications presented this evening.

From the Academic Royale des Sciences de Stockholm, dated August Ist,
1856, accompanying donation presented this evening.

From the same, of same date, acknowledging receipt of the Proceedings, vol.
vii., Nos. 2 — 7, and of the Journal, new series, vol. iii. part 1.

From the Smithsonian Institution, dated Washington, Jan. 29th, 1857, ac-
knowledging receipt of Journal, new series, vol. iii. part 3.

lOth. From James Ross Snowden, dated Philadelphia, Jan. 27th, 1857, ac-
companying a mastodon bone from New Jersey, presented at the last meeting.

From Edward Schlossberger, dated New York, Feb. 6th, 1857, tran.smitting a
donation from Prof. Schlossberger of Tubingen, and desiring exchange.

2Uh. From Senkenberg. Naturf. Gesellschaft, Frankfurt-a-M., Feb. 4, 1857,
acknowledging publications.

March 3d. From tUe American Antiquarian Society, dated Worcester, Mass.,
Feb. 26th, 1857.

From the Entomological Society of London, dated Dec. 3d, 1856.

From the Trustees of the British Museum, dated London, Dec. 31st, 1856.

From the British Association, dated Oxford, Dec. 6th, 1856.

From the Asiatic Society, dated Calcutta, Oct. 18th, 1856.

From the Natural History Society of Northumberland, dated New Castle-upon
Tyne, Dec. 13th, 1856, — severally acknowledging the receipt of publications ol
the Academy.

11th. From the Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Emden, dated Oct. 2d, 1856,
accompanying a donation presented this evening.

From the Linnean Society of London, dated Nov. 10th, and Nov. 25th, 1856,
acknowledging the receipt of the Journal, new series vol. ii. part 4, vol. iii. parts
1 and 2 ; and Proceedings vol. ii. No. 2 ; vol. vi. Nos. 7 — 12 ; vol. vii. Nos. 1 — 1 2
and vol. viii. Nos. 1 and 2.

2i(h. A letter from Hon. J. K. Kane, acknowledging receipt of the resolutions
adopted by the Academy upon the death of Dr. E. K. Kane, U. S. N.

3lst. A letter from Louis de Vesey, dated Philadelphia, March 29th, 1857
acknowledging his election as a member of the Academy.

April I4ith. From W. Cleburne, Cincinnati, 0., April 8, 1857, acknowledging
his election.

From Acad, of Sciences, St. Louis, Mo., April 6, 1857, transmitting publica-
tions.

From K.-K. Geol. Reichsanstalt, Wien, Nov. 29, 1856, transmitting publica-
tions.

2 CORRESPONDENCE. — 1857.

From Kongelige Danske Vid. Selskab, Kjobenbava, Juni 1, 1856, acknow-
ledging receipt of publications, and transmitting tbeir own.

From Senkenberg. Naturf. Gesellschaft, Frankfurt-am-M., Oct. 21. 1857,
transmitting publications.

Aj^ril 2l6t. From Kon. Sacbs. Gesellschaft d. Wiss. Leipsic, Sept. 15, 1856,
transmitting publications.

3fa>y 5tk. From Elliott Society of Nat. Historj, Charleston, S. C, acknow-
ledging publications.

From Naturf. Gesellschaft, Basel, Jan. 24, 1856, acknowledging publications.

From Kon. Sachs. Gesellschaft d. W., Leipsic, Jan. 12, 1857, acknowledging
publications.

From Konigl, Bay. Akad. der Wiss., Miiucben, Feb. 3, 1857, acknow-
ledging publications, and desiring missing numbers.

From Rev. J. C. Adamson, D. D., New York, April 29, 1857, asking exchange
of publications, &c., with the Museum of Cape Town, Africa.

From Col. J. J. Abert, Washington, D. C, April 28, 1857, referring to a sup-
posed new species of Mocking-bird.

3Ia)j 12th. From Boston Society of Nat. History, May 4, 1857, acknowledging
publications.

From Ethnological Society, London, Jan. 31, 1857, acknowledging publica-
tions.

Maij I9th. From Societe Royale des Sciences a Upsal, Nov. 10, 1856, trans-
mitting publications.

From Societe Imp. des Naturalistes de Moscou, Juin 12-24th, 1856, transmit-
ting publications.

From Konigl. Bay. Akad. der Wiss., Miinchen, Feb. 4, 1857, transmitting
publications.

From Konigl. Bohm. Gesellschaft der Wiss., Prag, Jan. 12, 1857, transmitting
publications.

From Acad. Royale des Sciences, Amsterdam, Aout 27, 1856, transmitting
publications.

From Wiirtemb.Naturw. Geselleschaft, Dec.20, 1856,transmitting publications.

From Konigl. Bohm. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Prag, Jan. 12, 1857,
acknowledging publications and desiring missing numbers.

From Wiirtemb. Naturw. Gesellschaft, Dec. 20, 1856, acknowledging publica-
tions and desiring missing numbers.

June 2d. From J. C. Brown, dated Philadelphia, June 1, 1857, acknowledging
his election.

From Imperial Mineral. Society, St. Petersburg, Nov. 30, 1855, acknowledging
receipt of publications, and transmitting theirs in exchange.

From Naturf. Gesellschaft in Emden, Jan. 21, 1856, acknowledging receipt of
publications and transmitting their own.

From Geol. Society of London, dated Dec. 4, 1856, acknowledging publications.

From I. R. Istituto Lombardo di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti, Milano, Juglio 29,
1856.

June 9(h. From E. P. Eastwick, dated June 8, 1857, acknowledging his
election.

June IGt/i. From K. L. C. Akad. d. Naturforscher, Breslau, Miirz 4, 1857, ac-
knowledging publications.

From Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes, Moscou, Mars 10-22d, 1857, acknow-
ledging publications.

From Utrecht Society of Arts and Sciences, March 30, 1857, acknowledging
publications.

From K.-K, Geol. Reichsanstalt, Wien, Jan. 21, 1857, acknowledging publica-
tions and transmitting their own.

From Verein fiir Naturkunde in Hm. Nassau, Wiesbaden, Jan. 3, 1857, trans-
mitting publications and desiring exchange.

Jime 23d. From Naturw. Verein in Hamburg, Jan. 1, 1857, acknowledging
publications.

From Amer. Antiquarian Society, June 19, 1857, acknowledging publications.

CORRESPONDENCE. — 1857. 3

July 1th. From Amer. Acad, of Arts and Scienpea, Boston, July 1st, 18oT,
transmitting their Procedings.

Juhj 14:th. From Naturkundige Vereenigung in Nederlandsch Indie, Batavia,
April 20th, 1857, acknowledging receipt of Proceedings,

From the Sec. of Geological Survey of India, transmitting Memoirs.
Julij 2\s(. From D. R. Bennett, Woodside, Pa., July 14th, transmitting dona-
tion to Museum.

From the Heidelburg Universitatsbibliothek, Feb, 2d, 1857, acknowledging
Proceedings,

From the Gottingen Universitiltibibliothek, Jan, 27th, 1857, acknowledging
Proceedings.

From the Academic Royale des Sciences, Amsterdam, Jan. 5th, 1857, acknow-
ledging publications.

From the Senckenb. Naturf. Gesellschaft, Franfurt, A. M,, Feb, 4th, 1857,
acknowledging publications.

July 28th. From R, H. Lamborn, Trenton, July 20th, acknowledging his
election.
From Georgic Society, Randolph, N, Y., July 18th, desiring donations.
From Wisconsin State Historical Society, desiring exchange.
• August llth. From W, Spillman, M. D., Columbus, Miss., July 28th, ac-
knowledging his election and transmitting donation.

From L. S. Pepper, M. D., July 30th, acknowledging his election.
From the Societe des Sciences Phys. et Naturelles, Zurich, Feb. 19th, 1857,
acknowledging and transmitting publications.

From the Royal Society of Sciences, Gottingen, April 18th, 1857, acknowledg-
ing Proceedings.

September 1st. From the Trustees N. Y. State Library, June 22d, 1857, ac-
knowledging publications.

From Lt, H. L. Abbott, U. S. Top. Eng., transmitting Reports on Miss, and
Pacific R. R. route, vol. 2.

September 8th. From Dr. E. H. Abadie, U. S. A., of this date, transmitting
donation.
From D. B. McCartee, M. D., N. Y., Sept. 3d., transmitting donation.
From Rev. J. P. Kirtland. Galena, Aug. 31st, transmitting donation.
From Stephen F. Miller, Oglethorpe, Ga., July 28d, transmitting donation.
October 6th. From I'Academie Roy. des Sciences, Lettres et Beaux Arts,
Bruxelles, Jan. 15th, 1856 and Feb, 1st, 1857, acknowledging publications and
desiring missing numbers.
From Carl Hering, Surinam, relating to donation,

October I3th. From Naturf. Gesellschaft in Dantzig, transmitting and ac-
knowledging publications.

From Kaisl. Akad. der Wissenschaften, "Wien, Nov. 24th, 1856 and April,
1857, acknowledging and transmitting publications.

October 20tk. From J. Hare Powel, Newport, October 15th, transmitting
donation to museum.

From Chas. M. Blake, Condersport, October 12th, transmitting donation to
museum.

November 3d. From Naturk. Vereenigung in Nederlandsh-Indie, Batavia,
April 18th, 1857, relating to their publications.

November lOth. From Naturvviss. Verein, Hamburg, Oct. 4th, 1856, trans-
mitting publications.

From E. Baldamus, Leipzig, Aug. 5th, 1857, desiring to exchange with
Oologists of the Academy.

December 1st. From Royal Society of Sciences, Upsal, May 19th, 1857, ac-
knowledging publications

From Naturf. Gesellschaft in Emden, Aug. 1st, 1857, acknowledging publica-
tions.

From Societe des Sciences Naturelles, Neuchatel, Mai 7th, 1857, acknowledg.
ing publications.

4 CORRESPONDENCE. — 1857.

FromNaturhist. Verein d. Preuss. Rh. u. Westphal., April 20th, 1857, acknow-
ledging publications.

From Acad, of Sciences, St. Louis, Mo., Nov. 17th, 1857, acknowledging
publications.

FromNaturhist. Verein d. Pr. Rheinl. u. Westphalens, April 20th, 1857, trans-
mitting publications.

From Naturf. Gesellschaft in Emden, July 9th, transntiitting publications.

From M. Belhomme, Metz, (Moselle.)

December 'sth. From Prof. E. D. Porter, Newark, Dec. 3d, 1857, acknowledg-
ing his election.

December 22d. From Royal Society, Edinburg, Nov. 1st, 1856, acknowledg-
ing Proceedings.

DONATIONS TO MUSEUM.

Donations to Museum. — 1857.

Jan. 13<A. Three specimens of Diemictylisviridescens, from Virginia. Presented
by Dr. Taliafero.

Thirty-four specimens of fifteen species of Cancer, Pachygrapsus, Pseado-
grapsus, Fabia, Hippa, Porcellana, Astacus, Calianassa, Crangon, Pandalus.
Atya, and Gebia, from the west coast of North America. Presented by Wm.
Stimpson, Esq.

A small collection of fossil tertiary shells from Courtagnon, near Rheimf,
France. Offered in exchange by Prosper Tarbe.

Skull of Sioux Indian Chief. Presented by Thos. Morton, M.D,

Large specimen of fossil wood, from A.ntigua. Presented by Edward A.
Souder, Esq.

Crystals of Bi-carbonate of Ammonia, from the Guano of the Cincha Island.";.
Presented by Wm. L. Mactier, Esq.

20^/i. A specimen of Microps lineatus, HaUowell, from tlie Osage country.
Presented by Dr. Robley Dunglison.

A collection from the Gaboon, West Africa, containing specimens of Tachy-
dromus, Gerrhosaurus, riemidactylus, Euprepis ; a new genus of Scincoids, Oxy-
belis, Dipsas, Boedon ; a new genus of Lycodontians, Leptophis, Naia, Vipera,
in all thirteen species, and several birds. Presented by Dr. Ford.

A collection of Echinodermata, Acelepha? and MoUusca in alcohol, from the
Navigator Islands. Presented by Drs. W. S. W. Ruschenberger, and Henrr
Clay Caldwell, U. S. N.

A specimen of Pteropus from the same locality. The same.

February 3d. Twenty terrestrial shells, 20 Melania, 90 marine shells, 12 spe-
cies, from Western Africa. Presented by Dr. Ford.

Twenty-nine specimens, 26 species of the genera Chaetodon, Pomacentrus.
Balistes, Equula, Holocentrum, Diacope, Serranus, Tautoga, Centropristes, Go-
bius, Caranx, Echineis, Upenens, Scarus, Mugil, Tetrodon, Ostracion, Anguilla.
Murajna ; Harbor of Apia, Upolu, Samoan or Navigator Islands. Presented br
Drs. W. S. W. Ruschenberger and Dr. II. Clay Caldwell, U. S. N.

Eight specimens, four species Crustacea of the genera Carpelius, Calappa.
Panulirus, Palaemon. Same locality. Presented by Dr. Ruschenberger.

Shaft of humerus of Mastodon, from near Pemberton, Burlington Co. N. .1.
Presented by James Ross Snowden.

Dr. Kane's Esqnimax dog " Toodla." Presented by Dr. E. K. Kane, U. S. N.

Bradypus tridactylus, Hystrix dorsata. Presented by Dr. J. Cheston Morrip.

Two Felis mitis and skulls, one Galictis vitata and skull, one Salvator meria
and skull ; from Brazil. Presented by Dr. S. B. Wilson.

Mus barbarus, Myocelius pusillus, young, and skull; Western Africa- Pre-
sented by Dr. Henry A. Ford.

Arctic Fox, summer pelage. Presented by Dr. J. J. Hayes.

Cairina mosctata. Presented by Dr. Uhler.

lO^A. Several specimens of skins of Sciurus, from Racine, Wisconsin. Pre-
sented by P. R. Hoy, M. D.

Two hundred and fifty specimens invertebrate fossils from the cretaceous for-
mations of Monmouth Co., N. J. ; one large dental plate of Mjliobates ; several
.specimens of lignites and fossil amber, from the same formations. Presented
by Wm. Cleburne, Esq.

Two fossil Fishes from the new red sandstone, Turner's Falls, Connecticut.
Presented by Isaac Lea, Esq.

llih. Two species Locusta, one Gryllus, one Acrydium, two Mantis (3 spe-
cimens,) four Hymenoptera, two Diptera, one Hemiptera ; from Bridger's Pass.
Presented by Dr. W. A. Hammond, U. S. A.

li. DONATIONS TO MUSEUM.

One Mantis, one Libellula, one Cicada ; from Fort Riley, Kansas. Presented
by Dr. Hammond, U. S. N.

One Orthoptera from Nicaragua. Presented by Dr. Woodhouse.

Two Orthoptera from Lake Superior. Presented by Dr. J. L. LeConte.

One Orthoptera from Palestine. Presented by Rev. Dr. Barclay.

A small collection of rocks from Berks Co., Penna. Presented by Dr. Peter
P. Bertolet.

March 3d. Three vertebrae and three other fragments of extinct saurians,
from the mesozoic formations of Chatham Co., N. C. Presented by Wm. McClane,
Esq., through Jos. Jeanes, Esq.

The young of Hystrix dorsata, from Penn'a. Presented by Wm. S. Wood.

lOth. Fine specimen of Hystrix dorsata, from Penn'a. ; mounted by Wm. S-
Wood. Presented by Dr. S. B. Wilson.

Thirty specimens, 23 species, of coal plants of the genera Sphenophyllnm,
Lepidostrobus, Lepidodendron, Favularia, Sigillaria, Stigmaria, Pecopteris, As-
terophyllites, Neuropteris, Calamites, Hippurites ; from the coal measures of
Schuylkill Co., Pa. Presented by D. R. Bennett, Esq., through Jos. Jeanes, Esq.

nth. Two Hesperomys Bairdii, from Kennicott, Illinois. Presented by Robert
Kennicott, Esq.

Four fragments of a large Ammonite, from Caldera, Peru. Presented by W.
S. W. Ruschenberger, M. D.

Sixty-five specimens, 43 species, Orthoptera, from Delaware. Presented by T.
B. Wilson, M. D.

Three specimens, one species, Orthoptera. Presented by C. Guillou, Esq.

Two specimens, one species, Orthoptera, from Key West ; 10 specimens, 9 spe-
cies, marine Algffi, from Key West, Florida. Presented by S. Ashmead, Esq.

One Nereis from Beesley's Point, N. J. Presented by C. C. Ashmead, Esq.

One Podiceps cornutus from Pemberton, N. J. Presented by Dr. J. P. Cole-
man.

Specimen of incrustation from a boiler. Presented by P. W. Sheafer, of Potts-

ville.

24:th. One fine specimen Lepidodendron, from Cambria Co., Pa. Presented
by G. C. Morris, Esq.

April 1th. One Coal plant, from Lehigh Co., Pa. Presented by Dr. W. H.
Uhler.

Seven skulls of Eskimos and two of Loo Choo Islanders. Presented by Dr.
B. Vreeland.

May 5th. Nickel Meteorite, from Oktibbeha Co., Miss. Presented by Dr. Wm.
Spillman, of Columbus, Miss.

Six specimens of Minerals, from Sussex Co., N. J., and from the Lancaster
Kinc mines. Pa. Presented by W. J. Taylor.

Gray Fox, from Kansas. Presented by Dr. Hammond and Mr. L. De Vesey.

Six Mammals, accompanied with skulls of the same, from Brazil. Presented
by Dr. T. B. Wilson.

i2th. Forty-five specimens, 16 species. Eocene, Pliocene, and Post-pliocene
Fossils, from South Carolina. Presented by Dr. Leidy.

Fragments of bones and teeth of Mammalia, and teeth of Sharks, from the
eocene and post-pliocene deposits of Ashley River, South Carolina. Presented
by Dr. Leidy.

Fossil bones and teeth of Dorcatherium, Palseomeryx, and of a Frog, from
the miocene deposits of Germany. Presented by Dr. J. L. LeConte.

Numerous Silurian Fossils, from near Cincinnati, Ohio. Two Fossil Algae
and 10 specimens of Rocks, from Minnesota. Presented by Wm. Cleburne, Esq.

DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. 111.

A small collection of Minerals and Fossils. Presented by Dr. I. Hays.
Do. do. do. do.

Six specimens Fossil Helix and bones of Cervus virginianus, from 25 feet
loess in the valley of the Vermilion, Illinois. Presented by J. W. Foster, Esq.

One large Catfish and one large White Perch, from Mississippi River. Pre-
sented by Dr. E. D. Kittoe, of Galena.

Specimens of Cottonwood and Chips cut by the Beaver, from the Missouri
River. Presented by Edward Harris, Esq.

Six specimens Anolius, 7 Ameiva, 10 Iguana, from St. Thomas, W. I. Pre-
sented by Mr. Swift.

I9ih. Four Tropidonotus, from Fort Delaware. Four Skulls of Canis, from
New Mexico and Red Fork of Arkansas. Three fine specimens of Opal, from
Honduras. Malachite and Sulphuret of Copper, from North Carolina. One
hundred and twenty-six specimens, 23 species, Unio, Anodon, and Margaritina,
collected on the tributaries of the Arkansas River. Presented by Dr. S. W.
Woodhouse.

June 2d. Ten specimens Fossil Fishes, Mecolepis, Elonichthys, and Diplodus,
from the coal field of Linton, Jefferson Co., Ohio. Presented by C. M. Wheatley.

Two Fossil Plants, from Mary's Point, Bay of Fundy. Presented by Wm.
Struthers.

Helix plicata; Neretina; Fulgur, 3 Orthoptera, 3 sp. ; 6 Coleoptera, 6 sp. ;
7 Scorpions, 1 sp. ; 3 Polydermus, 2 sp. ; Synbranchus ; Carapus trachinus ;
from New Granada, Presented by R. W. Mitchell.

One Blennius, 1 Gunellus, from Puget Sound. Presented by R. Davidson.

A fine specimen of the Skeleton of the Camel, from Tunis, Africa. Presented
bj Wm. S. Vaux.

9th. Forty-two specimens Plestiodon, Anolius, Crotalophorus, Tropidonotus,
Plethodon, Hyla, and Acris, from South Carolina. Presented by Drs. Hallowell
and Leidy.

Thirty-eight specimens Lygosoma, Ophisaurus, Simotes. Rana, Cystignathus,
Hyla, Acris, Engystoma, Plethodon, Ambystoma, Siren. Presented by Major
.1. LeConte.

Twenty-nine specimens Emys, Kinosternon, Crocodilus, Ameiva, Helicops,
Calopisura, Herpetodryas, Elaphis, Bufo, from Surinam. By Mr. Chas. Herring.

One Euprepes, from Upolu, Navigator Islands. Presented by Dr. Ruschen-
berger.

One Menobranchus, from the Wabash River. Presented by Dr. Blackwood.

Two specimens Tropidonotus and Gerrhonotus, from Admiralty Inlet and
Puget Sound. Presented by Geo. Davidson.

One Rana. Dr. Uhler. Three Ambystoma, from New Jersey. C. Ashmead.

Twenty-four specimens Anolius, Draconura, Bothrops, Flaps, Oxybelis, Lep-
tophis, &c., from Cocuyas de Veraguas, N. Grenada. Presented by R. Walsh
Mitchell.

One hundred and fifty specimens Draco, Calotes, Bronchocela, Trigono-
cephalus, Bothrops, Hydrophis, Lycodon, Tropidonotus, Rhinophis, Oligodon,
Aspidura, Calamaria, Dendrophis, Herpetodryas, Leptophis, &c., from Ceylon
and the Phillipine Islands. In exchange from Mr. Cuming.

Twenty-three specimens Iguana, Anelius, Ameiva, from St. Thomas, W. I.
Preaented by Mr. Swift.

One Anolius equestris, from Cuba. Presented by Maj. LeConte.

Twelve specimens Posidonia Shales and Coprolites, and a Fossil Fish Jaw,
from the Triassic rocks of Black Rock Tunnel near Phcenixville, Chester Co.,
Pa. Presented by T. Conrad and Jos. Leidy.

Magnetic Iron Ore, from Danbury, N. C. Presented by R. D. Golding.

Three specimens Sulphuret of Iron, from Isle of Wight. Presented by J.
Lambert.

IV. DONATIONS TO MUSEUM.

One Chamaeleo, from Tunis. Presented by W. P. Chandler.

I6th. Alosa sapidissima. Presented by Dr. J. C. Morris.

Four hundred and twenty-seven specimens of Plants collected by Dr. J. M.
Bigelow in Lieut. A. W. Whipple's Expedition for a Railway route from the
Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean, near the 35° parallel of latitude. Pre-
sented by Prof. John Torrey.

A collection of Plants from the West Coast of Africa, between Madeira and
the Equator. Presented by Jos. Wilson, Jr., M.D., U. S. N.

One Recurvirostra; 1 Sturnus; 1 Coturnix; Skull of the Camel; from Tunip.
Presented by Wm. S. Vaux.

Aquila canadensis. Presented by Mrs. David Ross, Louisville, Ky.

Two Wolf Skins; 25 Bird Skins; 1 Bird's Nest; from Fort Riley, Kansa?.
Presented by Dr. Hammond and L. D. Vesey.

Two Skulls of Thugs, from Bengal. Presented by John Biddle, Esq.

Mummied Cat, from Thebes. Mummied Ibis, from Sakkara. Mummied
Child, together with Sarcophagus, from Thebes. Mummy Shawl, from Thebe?.
Presented by J. H. Slack, Esq.

Iguana taberculata, from Barbadoes. Presented by Dr. Rand.

Jaws of Galeocerdo arcticus, from Delaware Bay. Presented by Wm. J.
Bates.

Three fragments of rock with Reptilian remains, from Gwynedd. Pa. Pre-
sented by Jos. Leidy.

Jaws of an Otter, from New Jersey. Presented by Mr. Ashmead.

One Herpetodryas, from Pennsylvania. Presented by A. H. Smith.

Young of the Wild Boar of Europe. Presented by Prince Max. de Wied.

23d. Fragments of Shale with Fossil Cypris and Fish Scales, from Gwynedd,
Pa. Presented by Joseph Leidy.

Fruit of Fevillea javilla, from New Grenada. Presented by J. Cheston Morris.

One Platydactylus, from Tunis. Presented by J, P. Chandler, Esq.

One Trionyx, 1 Crotaphytus, 1 Elaphis, 2 Pituophis, 1 Ablabes, 1 Bufo, 1
Ambystoma, from Kansas. Presented by Dr. Hammond, U. S. A.

Microps lineatus, from Osage country. Presented by Dr. R. Dunglison.

One Boa, 1 Herpetodryas, 1 Flaps, I Xenodon, 3 Ameivas, 2 Cnemidophorns,
from Laguira. Presented by W. G. Bolton, E q., through Dr. J. C. Morris.

3 Helix melanostoma, from Tunis. Presented by W. P. Chandler, Esq.

Juh/ 1th. Large specimen of Chlorastrolite, from Isle Royal, Lake Superior
Presented by J. F. Blandy.

Slab of Chyastolite, from White Mts., New Hampshire. Presented by Dr
LeConte and I. Lea.

Eighteen species Tertiary Fossil Shells, &c. of the genera Ostrea, Pallium
Janira, Axinia, Arcopagia, Mactra, Cyclas, Crepidula, Area, Cryptomya, Astro
dapsis, and Tamiosoma, from California Presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson.

Five species recent Shells, from California. Presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson.

\Uh. Fifteen specimens of Reptiles, viz.: 1 Boa, 1 Crotalus, 1 Bothrops
1 Trigonocephalus, 2 Liophis, 2 Leptophis from Surinam, 2 Bufo, 1 Rana, and
4 Hylas from the United States. Presented by C. Wood.

2\st. Collection of Fossils from the first Anthracite Coal field. Presented
by D. R. Bennett.

Specimen of Bituminous Coal, from Westmoreland Co., Pa. Presented by
D. M. Laughlin.

Specimen of Crystallized Lead. Presented by Dr. W. M. Uhler.

Crystals of Sulphur deposited from solution. Presented by Dr. W. M. Uhler.

DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. ▼.

August \Stlu Eiechteen specimens, 17 species Serranus, Trigla, Hippocam-
l)us, ChiBtodon, Ephippus, Vomer, llemiramphus, Siluris, Tetradon, Diodon,
Squalus, Murnena. 11 specimens, 9 species Calappa, Nautilograpsus, Grapsus,
Gecarcinus, Pagurus, Balanus, Asterias, Echinus, from Panama. Presented by
Dr. Ruschenberger.

Ninety-six specimens, 13 species Tropidonotus, Heterodon, Rana, Hyla, Bufo,
Pletliodon, Diemyctylus, Hylodes, &c., from the Alleglieny Mountains of western
Pennsylvania. Presented by Drs. Wilson and Leidy and Mr. Conrad.

Five specimens, Iguana, Xiphosoma, Liophis, Elaps, from Panama. Presented
by Dr. Ruschenberger.

Twenty-one specimens Ambystoma, Plethodon, Ilyla, Diemyctylus, from
Newark, Delaware. Presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson.

Ten specimens Leptophis, Elaps, Bufo, from Omoa, Honduras. Presented by
Dr. John L. LeConte.

Bones and skull of the two-toed sloth, and skull of the black Howling Monkey,
from Darien, New Grenada. Presented by H. C. Caldwell, M. D., U. S. N.

September 1st. Twenty-six specimens, 1 species shells and 1 Echinodcrm, from
the pliocene and post-pliocene formations of South Carolina. Presented by
Prof. F. S. Holmes. •»

Nineteen specimens, 8 species Orthoptera, 15 specimens, 11 species Neurop-
tera, 48 specimens 27 species Hemiptera, 38 specimens 28 species Hymenoptera,
84 specimens 51 species Diptera, from Western Pennsylvania. Presented by
Drs. Leidy and Wilson and Mr. Conrad.

Thirty-six specimens 10 species Coleoptera, 32 specimens, 7 species Orthop-
tera, 3 specimens, 2 species Hemiptera, 9 specimens, 2 species Hymenoptera.
Presented by Eugene Sharpless and Wm. L. Cassin.

Corvus cornix, Upupa epops, Ceryle bicincta, Ardea russata, Charadrius spi-
nosa, Querquedula crecca and Merops, from Egypt and Nubia. Presented bv
Mr. John H. Slack.

Collection of Human Crania twenty-seven in number, from Arica, Paracas
Bay, near Pisco, Puget's Sound, Bhering's Straits, Tahiti, Honolula, Oahu, &c.
Deposited by Dr. Thos. J. Turner, U. S. N.

Fragment of Human Skull with remarkable occipital flattening, found in a
cave near Jerusalem, and presented by J. Judson Barclay.

8tk. Eleven specimens Pimelodus, Pomotis, Leuciscus, Catastomus, 6 species,
from New Jersey. Presented by J. H. Slack.

Unio Boykinianus, Lea, from Flint River, Georgia. Presented by S. F. Mil-
ler, Esq.

Specimens Lava, from Hawaii, Feb. 1856. Coral, from Panama Bay, 3 My-
tilus, from Arica, Peru. 1 Large Pinna, from Panama Bay. Presented by Dr.
Ruschenberger.

One Spectrum, from Houston, Texas. Presented by J. Boyd Elliot.

One Alligator, from South Carolina. Presented by Dr. Leidy.

One Plethodon, from Pennsylvania. Presented by Mr. Je.anes.

Two Carphophis, 2 Plestiodon, 1 Tropidonotus, from Virginia. Presented by
Mr. Krider, Jr.

Twelve larvae of Pseudotriton ruber, from New Jersey. Presented by F. Canfield.

One living Coryphodon, from Ohio. Presented by Prof. Kirtland.

Two Bufo, Mr. Cassin ; 1 Hylodes, 2 Bufo, 1 Plestiodon, 7 Hylocoetus feriarum,
Drs. Leidy and Wilson, 2 Menobranchus lateralis, from Portage Lake. Pre-
sented by B. Hoopes, Esq.

Three ancient Peruvian skulls, from Arica. Presented by Dr. Ruschenberger.

Seven specimens, 3 species Star fishes and 1 Echinus, from Upolu, Samoa. 2
Star fishes, from Panama Bay. Jaws of a fish, from Arica. Presented by Dr.
Ruschenberger.

Six human crania from New Mexico. Presented by Dr. E. H. Abadie, U. S. A.

Eighteen new species of Appenine plants from Prof. Senore, of Naples. Pre-
sented by E. Durand.

VI. DONATIONS TO MUSEUM.

One Copris, from Upper Egypt. Presented by J. H. Slack.

15ih. Scops portoricensis, from the Island of St. Thomas, West Indies. Pre-
sented by Mr. Robert Swift.

A collection of birds from the province of Varagua, New Grenada. Presented
by Mr. Robert W. Mitchell.

A small collection of birds from Nicaragua, and three species of Humming
Birds from New Grenada. Presented by the Smithsonian Institution.

Lepus palustris, from Georgia, and Lepus americanus, from New York. Pre-
sented by the Smithsonian Institution.

Four hundred and forty-five specimens, 232 species Coleopterous insects of the
Middle States. Presented by Dr. Joseph Leidy.

Six specimens Sulphate of Lime, and 1 Cray-fish, from Mammoth Cave, Ken-
tucky. Presented by Samuel Hazard, Jr.

2'2nd. Seven specimens silver ores from Peru. Presented by Col. G. M.
Totten, of Aspinwall, through Dr. Ruschenberger.

Seven specimens copper ores, from Coro Coro, Bolivia. Presented by the same.

Thirteen specimens, 2 species fossils, from Rio Pecos, Texas ; 3 subcarbonif-
erous fossils, from Illinois River, Illinois ; Skulls of Sciurus Aberti, Woodhouse,
an(J Dipodomys Ordii, Woodhouse ; Zonotricha pileata or Fringilla Mortoni,
the original specimen from Dr. Townsend's collection. Presented by Dr. S W.
Woodhouse.

October 6tk. A collection of birds collected at Ringgold Barracks, Texas. Pre-
sented by Capt. John P. McCown, U. S. Army.

Sturnella ludoviciana, Common Lark, curious variety, with the entire under
parts black instead of yellow, from Haddonfield, New Jersey. Presented by Mr.
B. B. Willis.

Collection of Daguerreotypes — views of places in the vicinity of Manilla, and
portraits of the native people. Presented by Mr. W. W. Wood, of Manilla.

Volcanic scoria, from Tuscany. Tinnunculus alaudarius, from Egypt. Pre-
sented by Mr. J. H. Slack.

Corvus ossifragus, from River Delaware, near Chester. Presented by Mr. Wm.
S. Wood.

Fine specimen native copper, from Portage mine, Lake Superior. Presented
by H. Denckla, Esq., through Dr. Weir.

Three cretaceous fossils, from Tennessee. Presented by Edwin Lehman, Esq.

Two skulls of the four-horned variety of the domestic sheep. 1 Siredon, 1
Ambystoma, from New Mexico. Presented by Dr. J. H. B. McClellan.

One Carphophus, 1 Ablabes, from New Jersey. Presented by Mr. Tiffany.

One Ambystoma, from New Jersey. Presented by Mr. Ashmead.

Two Rana, 2 Lygosoma, 2 Menopoma, 2 Tropidonotus, 2 Herpetodryas, 1
Ablabes, from Maryland. Presented by J. C. Front, M. D.

One Plestiodon, 1 Nerodia, 1 Tropidonotus, 2 Ablabes, 2 Ambystoma, 5 Die-
myctj'lus, from Columbus, Ohio. Presented by Leo Lesquereux.

One Rana, from Sandusky, Ohio. Presented by Dr. J. J. Hayes.

One Alligator, 1 Cnemidophorus, 1 Periops, 1 Heterodon, 1 Cnemidophorus, I
Tropidonotus, 1 Heterodon, 1 Platurus, 2 Bothrops, 1 Elaps, 1 Crotalus. Pre-
sented by Dr. Joseph Wilson, U. S. N.

Two Tropidonotus, from New Jersey. Presented by W. G. Binney.

One Kinosternon, 2 Coryphodon, 6 Hyla, 1 Herpetodryas, 1 Ischognathus, 1
Tropidonotus, 1 Ophisaurus, 1 Rana, 3 Bufo, 1 Crotalus, 1 Coronella, 1 Liophis,
2 Cbamaeleo. Presented by T. B. Wilson.

Fourteen Plethodon, 2 Spelerpes, 2 Rana, from Philadelphia. Presented by
Dr. Uhler.

Two Spelerpes, 1 Plethodon, 1 Ambystoma, 1 Diemyctylus, from Ohio. Pre-
sented by S. M. Luther.

One large Balanus. Presented by W. P. Foulke.

Specimens of Reptiles, Fishes, &c., collected in Kansas Territory. Presented;
by Dr. W. A. Hammond, U. S. A. Reptiles : — 5 specimens Plestiodon, I species .

DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. VU.

19 Bufo, 2 ; 2 Cnemidophonis; 9 Crotalus ; 1 Ophisaurus ; 3 Nerodia ; 22 Rana,
2; 15 Heterodon ; 5 Pituophis ; 4 Eiuys ; 1 Cistudo ; 9 Bascanion ; 67 Eutainia,
4; 86Holbrookia; 2Chlorosoma; 2 Ambystoma ; 37 Phrynosoma ; 37 Eugysto-
ma ; 59 Siredon ; 1 Crotalophorus. Fishes : — 123 specimens, undetermined.
Astaci: — 24 specimens.

October 20lh. 100 Coleoptera, 15 species ; 29 Orthoptera, 8 ; 6 Hymenoptcra 3 ;
1 Hemiptera, from Pennsylvania. Presented by Wm. L. Cassin.

Ten Coleoptera, 9 ; 12 Orthoptera, 6 ; 9 Aptera, 4; from Tunis, Africa. Present-
ed by W. P. Chandler.

Thirty-six Coleoptera, 9 ; 2 Orthoptera, 2 ; 25 Hymenoptera, 2 ; 8 Hemiptera,
4 ; from the Middle States. Presented by Dr. J. L. LeConte.

Nine Orthoptera, 1, from Mammoth Cave, Kentucky. Presented by Dr. J. L.
LeConte.

Three Orthoptera, 3 ; 1 Ilemiptera, from Columbia River, Oregon. Presented
by Dr. J. L. LeConte.

Two Coleoptera, 2 ; 3 Orthoptera, 3 ; 2 Neuroptera, 1 ; 8 Hymenoptera, 8 ; 7
Hemiptera, 5 ; 2 Diptera 2. Presented by Dr. J. L. LeConte.

2 Hymenoptera, 1 ; 5 Hemiptera, 5 ; from Panama. Presented by Dr. W. S. W.
Ruschenberger.

Four Orthoptera, 3 ; from Honduras. Presented by E. G. Squier.

Five Hymenoptera, 5 ; 1 Hemiptera, 1 Diptera, from Bridger's Pacific Expedi-
tion. Presented by Dr. W. A. Hammond, U. S. A.

One Hemiptera, from Kansas. 1 Orthoptera, from the Rocky Mountains. Pre-
sented by Dr. W. A. Hammond, U. S. A.

One Falco, from Upper Egypt. Presented by Mr. J. H. Slack.

Nest of Icterus spurius. Presented by Mr. Elliot.

Young of Anas sponsa, from Rhode Island. Presented by J. H. Powel.

November 3rd. Vespertilio californicus. Presented by Dr. McCIellan.

Quartz and chalcedony pebbles, from Lower Egypt. Presented by J. H. Slack.

10^'t. One large Tridaene and an Echinus, from Navigator Islands. Presented
by Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger.

Two fossil shells and 1 fragment of fossil wood, from Maryland. 1 Herpeto-
dryas, 1 Coronella, 2 Tropidonotus. Presented by Dr. J. L. Burtt, U. S. N.

One Trionyx, 1 Cistudo, 4 Tropidonotus, 1 Ablabes, 2 Coronella, 2 Hyla, 5
Ambystoma 3 species, 23 Plethodon, 6 Bufo and 26 larvae, of do. Presented by
Prof. A. W. King, of Hanover College, Indiana.

Thirty-two Phrynosoma, 3 Holbrookia, 2 Coryphodon, 21 Tropidonotus, 9
Crotalus, 6 Heterodon, 2 Bufo, 1 Ambystoma, from Kansas. Presented by Dr.
"Wm. A. Hammond, U. S. A.

11 th. Seven hundred and ninety six species fungi (finely mounted specimens.)
Presented by Rev. M. A. Curtis.

Two hundred and one species fungi (finely mounted specimens.) Presented
by Ezra Michener, who prepared all the specimens.

Baculites ovatus, from Crosswicks, New Jersey. Presented by J. H. Slack.

Tympanic bone of a right whale, killed in Narragansett Bay. Presented by
Dr. Theodore C. Dunn, of Newport.

Epeira and Cocoons, from Rhode Island. Mr. S. Powel.

December 1st. Fragment of a jaw with teeth of Crocodilus clavirostris, from
Green Sand, New Jersey. Presented by R J. Burtt, Esq., through Dr. Burtt.

One Centiped, from Acapulco. Presented by Mr. Powel.

One Centiped, from Kansas. Presented by Dr. W. A. Hammond.

A small collection of shells. Presented by Dr. W. A. Hammond.

Numerous specimens of a large species of Gordius, from Kansas. Presented
by Dr. W. A Hammond.

Specimens of the larva of an Oestrus from a pouched rat, from the Rocky
Mountains. Presented by Dr. W. A. Hammond.

Vlll. DONATIONS TO MUSEUM.

Forty-two specimens Rana halecina, from South Carolina. In exchange. 1
Phrynosoma orbiciUare, from New Mexico. Presented by W. H. Davis, Esq.

One Goronella, from Texas. Presented by Capt. J. B. McCown, U. S. A.

Calappa decora, from Beaufort, South Carolina. Presented by S. W. Mitchell,
M. D.

Scomberesox Storei, Lumpus anglorum, Hemitripterus americanus, from New-
port, Rhode Island. Presented by Dr. Thomas Dunn.

One Gunnelus vulgaris, from Newport. Presented by Mr. S. Powel.

Eighteen specimens, 11 species of the genera Remipes, Calappa, Huenia,
Maeropthalmus, Goniograpsus, Etisus, Atergatis, Actaeodes, Pseudosquilla, from
Sandwich Islands. Presented by Mr. Pease.

One specimen Neuroptera, 5 Orthoptera 6 specimens, 48 Hemiptera 113 speci-
mens, 13 Hymenoptera 15 specimens, 6 Diptera 8 specimens, 1 Arachnida, from
the Middle States. Presented by Dr. J. Leidy.

Two Orthoptera, 2 Hymenoptera 5 specimens, from Newport, Rhode Island.
Presented by S. Powel, Esq.

One Diptera, 1 Hemiptera, 3 specimens, from Kansas. Presented by Dr. W.
A. Hammond.

8th. Three large specimens of crystallized quartz, curiously encrusted with
talc, from Pottsville, Pa. Presented by T. W. Yardley.

Large fragment of fossil wood, from interior of China. Presented by Dr. McCar-
tee, of Ningpo.

Fragments of fossil wood and turtle bones from the tertiary, from Beaufort,
South Carolina. Presented by Mr. R. W. Gibbes.

A small collection of fossils, tertiary, and carboniferous, from the coast of
Chili. Presented by Charles W. Blake.

Jaw of Edaphodon, from Green Sand, Camden county, New Jersey. Presented
by Edward Harris, Esq.

I5ih. 4 specimens, 2 species fossil fishes, from Eocene, of Mississippi. 1 fos-
sil crustacean, from Eocene, of Mississippi. Presented by Dr. Edward Minturn.

22nd. 1 Pituophis melanoleucus, from New Jersey. 1 Fish. Fragments of
curiously fissured limestone, from Burlington county, New Jersey. Presented
by S. C. Thornton, Jr., through Edward Harris, Esq.

Specimens of Falco polyagrus, Cassin, from Rock Island county, Illinois, the
first specimen ever obtained east of the Rocky Mountains. Presented by Mr. J.
Dickinson Sergeant.

■ Two specimens of Arvicola, and one specimen of Perognathus, from Chester
county, Pennsylvania. Presented by Mr. Joseph Watson.

Seven specimens of birds from California, and one specimen from Georgia,
Presented by Mr. George Davidson, U. S. Coast Survey.

Collection of 52 specimens of Birds, from Singapore. Presented by George
Suckley, M. D., late U. S. Army.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

Donations to Library — 1857.

January Gth. Report on the present state of our knowledge of Linguistic
Ethnolo.sy. By Prof. S. S. Haldeman. From the Author.

Monot,'raphie dcs Guepes Solitaires, &c. Par H. F. de Saussure, cahier 2c.
From the Author.

Monographic des Guepes Sociales, &c. Par H. de Saussure, cah. 3, 4, 5. From
the Author.

Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. YI. 3, and title
page and index of Vol. V. From the Society.

Proceedings of the Elliott Society, Jan., 1856. From the Society.

Twenty-eighth Annual Report of the Natural History Society of Montreal.
From the Society.

Sixth Annual Report of the Geological Survey of Pennsylvania. By Henry
D. Rogers. Ilarrisburg, 1852. From S. F. Baird.

The Arterial Circulation ; its Physiology and chief Pathological Relations.
By H. Hartshorne, M. D. Philada., *] 85G. From the Author.

A Discourse on the Tendencies of Modern Science. From the same.

Geological Report of the Midland Counties of North Carolina. By Ebenezer
Emmons. New York, 1856. From the Author.

Le Terrain Carbonifere dans I'Amerique du Nord. Resume explicatif d'nne
carte Geologique des Etats-Unis et des Provinces Anglaises de I'Amerique du
Nord, &c. Cours de Geologic Paleontologique ; Legon d'ouverture. Esquisse
d'une classification des chaines de Montagues d'une partie de I'Amerique du
Nord. Uber die Geologic der Yereinigten Staaten und der Britischen. Pro-
vinzen von Nord-Amerika. By Jules Marcou. From the Author.

Rapport sur un Memoire de M. Jules Marcoa, relatif a la classification des
chaines de Montagnes d'une partie de I'Amerique du Nord. From M. Marcou.

Geografia de la Isla de Cuba. Por Felipe Poey. Habana, 1856. From the
Author.

Apertura del Ano Academico de 1856 a 57 en la Real Universidad Literaria
de la Habana. Habana, 1856.

The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson on the usual conditions :

Journal of the Franklin Institute. Dec, 1856.

Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale Zoologique d'Acclimatation. T. 3, No. 11.

Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 1856, No. 11.

Amenites Malacologiques. Par J. R. Bourguignat. T. 1. Paris, 1856.

Comptcs Rendus, T. 43, Nos. 15, 16, 17, 18.

Wanderungen durch die mittel-amerikanischen Freistaaten Nicaragua, Hon-
duras und San Salvador. Yon Dr. C. Scherzer. Braunschweig, 1857.

Die Lehre von den Flotzformationen. Yon B. Cotta. Freiberg, 1856.

Finlands MoUusker Beskrifne af A. D. Nordenskiold och A. E. Nylander. Hel-
singfors, 1856.

Zoonomische Briefe, von Dr. H. Burmeister, 2ter tbeil. Leipzig, 1856.

Die kritischen Gruppen der Europaischen Clausilien von Adolf Schmidt.
Leipzig, 1857.

The genera of the Plants of the United States illustrated by figures and ana-
lyses from nature. By Isaac Sprague, superintended, &c., by Asa Gray, M. D.
2 vols. New York, 1849.

\Ztk. The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson on the usual con-
ditions :

The Zoologist. Nos. 117 to 167 inclusive.

A History of British Birds. By Rev. F. 0. Morris, London. Parts 28 to 76
inclusive.

The Naturalist. Nos. 19 to 67 inclusive.

The Genera of recent MoUusca, &c. By H. and A. Adams. London. Parts
1 to 26 inclusive.

H DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

LinnEea Entomologica. Bd. 1,8.

Naumannia. Archiv fiir die Ornithologie, &c. Quart. 2, 4.

Journal de Conchyliologie. An. 1852, Nos. 3, 4. An. 1853, Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.

The History and Descrijition of the Fossil Fuel, the Collieries and Coal Trade
of Great Britain. London, 1841.

A Monograph on the Sub-class Cirripedia, with figures of all the species. By
Charles Darwin. London, 1854.

Botanical and Physiological Memoirs. Edited for the Ray Society, by A. Hen-
frey. London, 1853.

Bibliographia Zoologiae et Geologise. By L. Agassiz. Edited by Strickland
and Jardine, for the Ray Society, Vol. IV. London, 1854.

Journal of an Expedition into the interior of Tropical Australia. By T. L.
Mitchell. London, 1848.

Ipsa Linnagi Conchjdia. By S. Hanley. London, 1855.

Monographia Pneumonopomorum Virentium. Auc. L.Pfeiffer, Dr. Cassellis,
1852.

Proceedings of the Association for promoting the Discovery of the Interior
parts of Africa. 2 vols. London, 1810.

A Monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca. By J. Alder and A.
Hancock. Parts VL and VII.

Amours des Salamandres Aquatiques et developpement du tetard de ces Sala-
mandres depuis I'oeuf jusqu'a I'animal parfait ouvrage du Docteur M. Rusconi.
Milan, 1821.

Atti della Quarta Riunione degli Scienziati Italiani. Padova, 1843.

Attidella Quinta Unione della Scienziati Italiani. Lucca, 1844.

A Voyage to Terra Australis, by Matthew Flinders. 2 vols, with an Atlas.
London, 1314.

The Colonial Journal, Vols. 1, 2, 3. London.

Abhandlungen der Kbniglichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu GSttingen,
5ter bd. Gottingen, 1853.

Voyages and Travels to India, Ceylon, the Red Sea, Abyssinia and Egypt. By
George, Viscount Valencia. London, 1809, 3 vols. ^

Gottingisches Magazinder Wissenschaften und Litteratur. Heraus. von Lich-
tenberg und Forster. 3 vols.

The Certainties of Geology. By W. S. Gibson. London, 1840.

Handbuch zur Bestimmung und Kenntniss der phaneroganischen Gewachse
dieser Provinz, &c. Von F. Wimmer. Berlin, 1832.

The Franklin Expedition. By Rev. W. Scoresby. London, 1850.

Considerations on Volcanos. By G. P. Scrope. London, 1825.

Elements de Geologic et d'Hydrographie. Par H. Lecoq. Bruxelles. 1839.

A Syllabus of Lectures in Mineralogy, &c. By E. D. Clarke. Cambridge, 1820.

Description des Gites de Minerai, et des Bouches a feu de la France. Par le
Baron Dietrich. Paris, 1V89, 3 vols.

Narrative of an ascent to the summit of Mont Blanc. By J. Auldjo. London,
1828.

Systematische Beschreibung der Europaischen Schmetterlingc. Von J. W.
Meigen. Bds, 1, 2, 3.

Agricola de Re Metallica, &c. Basileae, 1546.

Transactions of the Tyneside Naturalists' Field Club. Vol. 2, parts 1, 2 and 3.

Insecta Saundersiana, Diptera. Parts 4 and 5. By F. Walker. London.

Comptes Rendus. T. 43, Nos. 21, 22, 23.

Die Natur. Nos. 33, 34, 35.

Bonplandia. 4 Jahr., Nos. 15 and 16.

February/ 3d. Report of the Commissioner of Patents for the year 18.55, From
the Patent Office.

Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society. From the Society.

Journal of the London Society of Arts. Nos. 202—10, inclusive. From the
Society.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Ill

American Journal of Science and Arts. January, 1857. From the Editors.

Charlestoa Medical Journal and Review. January, 1857. From the Editor..

Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. VI. pp. 49 — 64.

Annales des Mines IX. 1, 2 liv. From the Minister of Public Works.

Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar for 1853 — 4. Also Ofversigt of
the same, 1855. From the Academy. i

Nachrichten von der Georg-Augusts-Universitiit und dcr Kgl. Gesellschaft der
Wi.^senschaften zu Gottingen, 1855. 1 — 18. From the Society.

Verhandlungen der Kaiserlichen Leopoldinisch-Carolinischen Akademie der
Naturforscher. Vol. XXV. pts. 1, 2, and Supplement to Vol. XXIV. From the
Academy.

Schriften der in St. Petersburg gestiftctcn Russich-Kaiscrlichcn Gesellschaft
fiir die gesammte Mineralogie, 1 Bd. 1, 2. From the Society.

Les dernieres heures de la vie de I'Empereur Nicolas I. Vicnne, 1855.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. January,
1857. From the Committee on Proceedings.

10th. Journal of the Indian Archipelago. N. S. I. 1. From the Editor.

Die Chemie der Gewebe des Gesammten Thierreichs von J. E. Schlossberger.
1 Bd. Leipzig and Heidelberg, 185G. From the Author.

Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. VI. 5G. From the So-
ciety.

The Canadian Journal, January, 1857. From the Editor.

Descriptions of Terrestrial Shells of North America. By Thos. Say, From
W. G. Binney.

Monographic des Guepes Sociales. Par H. de Saussure, 2d Cahier. From
the Author.

Erfahrungen iiber Ischl's Heil-Anstalten. Von Dr. J. Brenner. From the
Author.

The following were presented by Dr. T. B. "Wilson on the usual conditions :

Malakozoologische Bliltter. Bd. 3, bogen 10 — 12.

Bonplandia. IV. Nos. 20 and 21.

Comptes Rendns. 43, Nos. 24, 25, 26.

Journal of the Franklin Institute. January, 1857.

llifi. American Notes and Queries, I. 2. From the Editor.

Journal de I'lnstruction Publique, I. 1. From L. A. Huguet-Latour.

New Orleans Medical and Surgical Journal. XIII. 4. From the Editor.

The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson on the usual conditions :

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Dec, 1856, Jan., 1857.

Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science. January, 1857.

London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. Dec, 1856, and
Supplement, ajid Jan., 1857.

Histoire Naturelle des Coleopteres de France, Pectinipedes. Par M. E. Mulsant.
Paris, 1856.

Conchologia Iconica. Part 158.

Palseontographica. 4 Bd. 6 lief, and 6 Bd. 1 lief.

Transactions of the Geological Society of London. VIL pt. 4.

L'Organisation du Regne Animal. 21 liv.

Xenia Orchidacea. 9 heft.

Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes' geographischer Anstalt, &c. Nos. 9, 10.

Zeitschrift fiir Wissenschaftliche Zoologie. 8 Bd. 3 heft.

Zur Kritik und Geschichte der Untersuchungen ueber das Algengeschlecht
von Dr. N. Pringsheim. Berlin, 1857.

Traite des Roches. Par H. Coquand. Paris, 1857.

De laHouille. Par M. A. Burat. Paris, 1851.

Witterung und Wachsthum oder Grundziige der Pflanzenklimatologie. Von
Hermann Hoffmann. Liepzig, 1857.

Phytographie Medicale. Par Joseph Rogues. Paris, 1835. 3 vols, text, 1
vol. atlas.

IV DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

Etudes sur I'Histologie comparee du Systeme Nerveux chez quelques animaax
inferieures. Par Ernest Faivre. Paris, 1857.

Description des animaux sans Vertebras decouverts dans le Bassin de Paris,
&c. Par G. P. Deshayes. Paris, 1857, 1 and 2 livr.

Das Gebiss der Schnecken zur begriindung einer Natiirlichen ClassificatioQ
untersucht von Dr. F. H. Troschel. Berlin, 1856, 1 lief.

Fauna Austriaca, Die Kiifer. Von L. Redtenbacher. Wien, 1857, 1 heft.

Der Befruchtungsprocess in Pfianzenreiche und sein Verhaltniss zu dem im
Tliierreiche. Von L. Radl-Kofer. Leipzig, 1857.

Museum Botanicum Lugduno-Batavum. Auc. C. L. Blume, t. II. 1 — 12.

Beitriige zur Palaontologie Wurtemberg's, &c. Von H. von Meyer und T.
Plieninger. Stuttgart, 1844.

Zur Fauna der Vorwelt, Fossile Saeugethiere, Voegel, und Reptilien aus dem
Molasse-Mergel von Oeningen. Von H. von Meyer. Frankfurt am Main, 1845.
Zweite Abtheilung; Die Saurier des Muschelkalkes, &c., 1847 — 1855.

March 3d. President's Message to Congress, and accompanying documents.
2 vols. From J. R. Tyson.

The U. S. Naval Astronomical Expedition to the Southern Hemisphere. Vol.
VI. Magnetic and Meteorological Observations. From Lieut. J. M. Gillis.

Annates des Mines. 5 ser., t. IX. From the School of Mines.

Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Pp. 65 — 80.

Annual Report of the Geological Survey of the State of Wisconsin. By Jamep
G. Percival. From J. A. Lapham.

American Notes and Queries. I. 3. From the Editor.

American Journal of Science and Arts. From the Editors.

La Correspondance Litt^raire. No. 1.

Journal of the Franklin Institute. Feb., 1857. From Dr. T. B. "Wilson.

Conchologia Iconica. Parts 159, 160. From Dr. Wilson.

Die Natur. Nos. 45 — 51. From Dr. Wilson.

The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Feb., 1857. From the Editor.

Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale Zoologique d'Acclimatation, t. 3, No. 12. Froic
Dr T, B. Wilson.

Address on Public Education. By P. Tappan. From the Author.

IQih. The following were presented by Mr. Edward Wilson on the usual con-
ditions :

Traitement homoeopathique des Animaux. Par Alexandre.

Memoires Physiologiques et pratiques sur I'aneurisme et la ligature des Ar-
teres. Par J. P. Maunoir.

Dissertatio Medica de Natura et Usu lactis in diversis animalibus. Auc. T.
Young, M.D. Edinburgi, 1776.

Dissertatio inauguralis Medica de Cantharidibus. Auc. J. C. Arzwiesero.

Diss, inaug. Med. de Viperarum Usu Medico. Auc. C. J. Kutzschin.

Manuel theorique et pratique pour le traitement des Maladies Vermineose.s.
Par Calvet. Paris, 1805.

Diss, inaug. Med. de Morientium Cygneo Cantu. Auc. P. G. Haferting.

Diss, inaug. de Morsu Viperse. Sub. M. Ettmiiller. Lipsias, 1685.

De Hirundine Medicinali. Auc. C. E. Beyer. Lipsise, 1838.

Exercitat. Histor.-Med. de Viperarum usu Medico. Auc. C. A. Mayer. Al-
torfii.

De Sinu Cutaneo Ungularum ovis et Capreae. Auc. F. Klein. Berolini, 1830.

Conjectures sur I'existence de quelques animaux Microscopiques, &c. Par C.
Morel de Vinde. Paris, 1811.

Die Salinischen Eisenmoorbader zu Franzsensbad und ihre Heilwirkungen.
Von Dr. F. Boschan. Wien, 1850.

Experimenta circa Sanguinis missionem, &c., dc Antonii de Heide, M. D.
Amstelodami, 1686.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. T.

nth. Miscellanea Berolinensia ad increraentum Scientiarum, ex scriptis So-
cietati Regiaj Scientiarum exhibitis, &c. Bcrolini, 1710 — 1743. 7 vols. His-
toire de 1' Academic Koyale des Sciences et des Belles-Lettres dc Berlin, 1745 —
1769. 25 vols. Nouveaux Memoires de rAcadeniic Royale des Sciences et
Belles-Lettres. 1770— 178G. 17 vols. Abhandlungen der Konigliclien Akademic
der Wissenschaften in Berlin. 1812—1850. 36 vols. From Dr. T. B. Wilson.

London Atliena?um. January, 1857. From the same.

Biographical Memoir of the late F. A. Michaux. By E. Durand. From the
Author.

Comptes Rendus. T. 44, Nos. 1, 2, 3. From Dr. T, B. Wilson.

Journal of the London Society of Arts. V. Nos. 211— 214. From the Society.

On the Avoidance of Cyclones; with notices of a typhoon at the Bonin Islands.
By J. Rodgers and A. Schonborn. From the Authors.

Journal of Education. L No. 1. From Huguet Latour.

Journal of the Franklin Institute. March, 1857. From Dr. T. B. Wilson.

Explorations of the Dacota Country in the year 1855. By Lieut. G. K. War-
ren. From the author.

Nouvelles Considerations sur la Nidification des Guepes. Par H. de Saussure.
From the Author.

Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society. Zoology, I. Nos. 1, 2, 3.
Botany, I. Nos. 1, 2, 3.

Transactions of the Linnean Society of London. Vol. 22, part 1st.

Monographic des Guepes Sociales. Par H. de Saussure. 2 and 4. From the
Author.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. February.
1855. From the Committee on Proceedings.

Bulletin de la Societe ImperialeZoologique d'Acclimatation. T. IV.No.l. From
Dr. T. B. Wilson.

24(h. The Farmer's Journal. IV. No. 11. From L. A. Hnguet Latour.

Charleston Medical Journal. March, 1857. From the Editor.

Journal de I'lnstruction Publique. I. No. 2. From L. A. Huguet Latour.

Comptes Rendus. T. 44, Nos. 4, 5, 6. Tables des Comptes Rendus, ler se-
mestre, 1856. T. 42. From Dr. T. B. W^ilson.

April Itk. Report on the Commerce and Navigation of the United States for
the year ending June 30, 1856. From J. R. Tyson, Esq.

Report of the Secretary of the Treasury on the state of the Finances for the
year ending June 30, 1856. From J. R. Tyson, Esq.

Notice of Remains of the Walrus discovered on the coast of the United States.
Description of Remains of Fishes from the Carboniferous Limestone of Illinois
and Missouri. Remarks on Saurocephalus and its allies. Observations on the
Extinct Peccary of North America. Remarks on the Structure of the Feet of
Megalonyx. By Jos. Leidy, M.D. From the Author.

Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, vol. vi. pp. 97 — 128.
From the Society.

Journal du Cultivateur, vol. iii. Nos. 1 — 12. From L. A. Huguet Latour.

Report of the Superintendent of Education for Lower Canada for 1850 — '51.
From L. A. Huguet Latour.

The Natural History of British Insects. By E. Donovan. London, 1833.
16 vols. From Geo. Ord, Esq.

Description of a new Baptista. By H. W. Ravenel. From the Author.

The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions:

The London Athenaeum. Feb., 1857.

Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes' geographischer Anstalt, &c. Von Dr. A.
Petermann. 1856. Nos. 11 and 12.

Novitates Conchologicae, von Dr. Louis Pfeiffer. Cassel, 1855. 7 lief.

Die Familie der Bromeliaceen. Von J. G. Beer. Wien, 1857.

Untersuchungen liber die Textur des Riickenmarks, &c. Von Dr. F. Bidder
and Dr. C. Kupffer. Leipzig, 1857.

VI. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

Memoire sur le Camphrier de Sumatra et de Borneo. Par W. H. De Vriese,
Leide, 1857.

Fauna littoralis Norvegiae, par Dr. M. Sars, J. Koren, and D. C. Danielssen.
2d livr. Bergen, 1856.

Phyceffi Extraeuropaeae exsiccatae, quas distribuit J. E. Areschong. 3d Fas-
ciculus. UpsaliaB, 1856.

I4th. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
March, 1857. From the Committee on Proceedings.

The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, March, 1857. From the EditorB.

On some of the bearings of Ethnology upon Archaeological Science. By J. B.
Davis. From the Author.

Speech of Hon. J. R. Tyson on the Fugitive Slave laws and Compromise
Measures of 1850. From the Author.

The Transactions of the Academy of Science of St. Louis, Vol. i. No. 1. From
the Academy.

Notes on some American Species of Cyclas, &c. By T. Prime. Part 1. The
Hague, 1857. From the Author,

Ueber die Prioritatsrechte der Trilobiten-Gattung, &c. Von Dr. A. v, Vol-
borth. Ueber die Russischen Sphaeoniten. Von Dr. A. v. Volborth. Ueber
einige Russische Trilobiten. Von Dr. A. v. Volborth. Ueber die Arme der
Bisher zu den Armlosen Chrinoiden Geziihlten Echino-Encrinen. Von Dr. A.
Volborth. From Baron R. von Osten Sacken, in exchange.

The following were presented by Dr. T. B. "Wilson, on the usual conditions :

Journal of the Franklin Institute, April, 1857.

Description des Animaux sans Vertebres decouverts dans le Bassin de Paris,
&c. Par G. P. Deshayes. 3e and 4e livr. Paris, 1857.

Bonplandia, 4 Jahr., Nos. 22, 23, 24, and 5 Jahr., Nos. 1 and 2.

Die Natur, 1856, No. 52, and 1857, Nos. 1—9.

Insect Architecture, &c. By Jas. Rennie. London, 1857.

Introduction to Cryptogamic Botany. By Rev. M. J. Berkeley. London, 1857.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Feb. and March, 1857.

London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. Feb. and March,
1857.

Conchologia Iconica. Parts 161, 162 and 163.

Papers of the Palaeontological Society. Vol. for 1856.

2lst. The Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art, March, 1857. From
the Editors.

Synopsis avium Tanagrinarum. By P. L. Sclater. London, 1857. From
the Author.

Description of New Fossil Crinoidea, &c. By B. F. Shumard, M.D. From
the Author.

Tafein der Flora, mit Beriicksichtigung der Storungen durch Jupiter nnd
Saturn entworfen, von Dr. F. Briinnow. Berlin, 1855. From the Author.

Abhandlungen herausg. von der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Ge-
sellschaft. 2 bd. 1 lief. Frankfurt A. M., 1856. From the Society.

Abhandlungen der k. k. Geologischen Reichsanstalt. 3 bd. Wien, 1856.
From the Institute.

Jahrbuch der k. k. Geologischen Reichsanstalt. 1855, No. 4; 1856, No. 1.
From the same.

Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen der k. Sach. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften
zu Leipzig. 1854, iii. ; 1855, i. ii. ; 1856, i. From the Society.

Nachtrage zur Theorie der Musikalischen Tonverhaltnisse. Von M. W.
Drobisch. Leipzig, 1855. From the same.

Electrodynamische Maassbestimmungen, &c. Von R. Kohlrausch und W.
Weber. Leipzig, 1856. From the same.

Berechnung der absoluten Storungen der kleinen Planeten. Von P. A.
Hansen. Leipzig, 1856. From the same.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. VU.

Nebelflecken und Sternhaufen. Von H. D' Arrest. Iste Reihe, Leipzig, 1856.
From the same.

Oversigt over dct Kongelige danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Forhandlinger
og dets Medleramers Arbeider i Aaret 1855. From the Association.

Det Kongelige danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Skrifter. Fjerde Binds. Iste
hefte. Kjobenhavn, 185G. From the Association.

Observationes Meteorologicae per Annos 1832 — '54 in Gronland factse A. C. G.
Ostergaard, L. A. Mossin, J. M. P. Kragh, C. N. Rudolph, F. P. E. Bloch.
Hauniae, 1856. From the Danish Society of Sciences.

Comptes Rendus, T. 44, Nos. 7, 8, 9, 10. From Dr. T. B. Wilson.

Memoire sur un nouveau Systeme de Moteur fonctionnant tonjours avec Ja.
meme vapeur, &c. Par M. Seguin Aine. From Dr. T. B. Wilson.

Revue et Magasin de Zoologie pure et Appliquee. 1857. No. 1. From Dr.
T. B. Wilson.

Malakozoologische Blatter. Bd. 3, bogen 16. Bd. 4, bogen 1, 2. From Dr.
Wilson.

Report of the Geological Survey of Kentucky, made during the years 1854 — '5,
by David Dale Owen. Trom the Author.

May 5th. Indigenous Races of the Earth ; or New Chapters of Ethnological
Inquiry, &c. By J. C. Nott and G. R. Gliddon ; with contributions from A.
Maury, F. Pulszky, and J. A. Meigs ; and communications from J. Leidy and
L. Agassiz. From J. C. Nott and G. R. Gliddon.

American Journal of Science and Arts, May, 1857. From the Editors.

Schriften der Gesellschaft zur Beforderung der gesammten Naturwissen-
schaften zu Marburg. 8 Bd. From the Society.

Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel. 1, 2, 3 heften.
From the Society.

Neues Jahrbuch fur Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologic und Petrefakten-kunde.
1856. 5, 6 heften. From H. G. Bronn.

Verhandlungen des Vereines zur Beforderung des Gartenbauea, in den Konig-
lich Preussischen Staaten. Januar bis Juni, 1856; Juli bis December, 1855.
From the Association.

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 21 Jahr., 6 Heft.; 22 Jahr., 1, 2 Heften. From
Dr. Troschel.

The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions :

Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 1857, No. 2.

Comptes Rendus, t. 44, Nos. 11 and 12.

Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale Zoologiquo d'Acclimatation. Mars, 1857.

Naturgeschichte der Insecten Deutschlands. 4 Bd. 1st Lief.

Indicis Generum Malacozoorum supplementa et corrigenda. Auc. A. N.
Herrmannsen. Cassellis, 1852.

Zeitschrift fiir Wissenschaftliche Zoologie. 8 Bd., 4 Heft.

Species, Genera et Ordines Algarum. Auc. J. G. Agardh. Vol. 2di, pars 3.
Lundae, 1852.

Museum Botanicum Lugduno-Batavum. Auc. L. Blume. T. 3, fasc. 13 — 16.

Recensio (Jritica Aranearum Suecicarum quas descripserunt Clerckius, Lin-
naeus, Dr. Geerus. Scripsit T. Thorell. Upsaliae, 1856.

Uber eiuige Farngattungen von Dr. G. Mettenius. I. Polypodium. Frank-
furt A. M., 1857.

Ueber die Entwickelung der Sagitta. Von Dr. C. Gegenbaur. Halle, 1857.

Treraatodenlarven und Trematoden. Von Dr. H. A. Pagenstecher. Heidel-
berg, 1857.

Catalogue of Plants growing without Cultivation in the Counties of Mon-
mouth and Ocean, New Jersey. By P. D. Knieskern, M. D. Trenton, 1857.
From Geo. H. Cook.

Third Annual Report of the Geological Survey of the State of New Jersey,
for the year 185G. From Geo. H. Cook.

flu. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

May I2th. Catalogus Conchyliorum quse reliquit D. A. D'Aguirra and Gadea
Gomes de foldi, &c. Scripsit 0. A. L. Morch. Fascic. I. Cephalophora.
Hafniae, 1852. From A. H. Riise.

United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. xii. Mollusca and Shells. By A. H.
Gould, M.D. Boston, 1852. From the Author.

^ The Terrestrial Air-breathing Mollusks of the United States and the adjacent
Territories of North America; described and illustrated by Amos Binney.
Edited by A. A. Gould. Vol. iii. Plates. Boston, 1857. From the Executors
of the late Dr. Binney, in accordance with his will.

May Idth. Bulletin of the Imperial Society of Naturalists of Moscow. Nos.
2, 3, 4 for 1855, and No. 1 for 1856. From the Society.

^^ Nouveaux Memoires de la Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou.
Tome X. ou XL de la Collection. Moscou, 1855. From the Society.

Gelehrte Anzeigen, 42 und 43 Bd. From the Bavarian Academy of Sciences.

Nova Acta Regiae Societatis Scientiarum Upsaliensis. Ser. Ter. Vol. ii.
Fascic. prior 1856. From the Society.

Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Bohmischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften.
5ter Polge, 9ter Bd. Prag, 1857. From the Society.

Wiirttembergische Naturwissenscbaftliche Jahre'shefte. lOter Jahr., 3 Heft.
12ter Jahr., 3 Heft. 13 Jahr., 1 Heft.

^ Verhandelingen der Koninkiijke Akademie van Wetenschappen. 3 Deel.
From the Academy.

Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninkiijke Akademie van Wetenschappen.
Iste Deel. ; 3 Stk., 2de Deel. ; 1 Stk., 3de Deel. ; 3de Stk. ; 4de Deel. 1, 2, 3 Stk.
5 Deel., Iste Stk. From the Academy.

Natural History Review, London. 1856, Nos. 9, 10, 11 ; 1857, No, 1. From
the Editors.

Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologic und Petrefakten-kunde.
1856, 7 Heft.; 1857, 1 Heft.

Verhandlungen der Russisch-Kaiserlichen Mineralogischen Gesellschaft zu
St. Petersburg. 1855-6. From the Society.

Verhandlungen des Naturhistorischen Vereines der preussischen Rheinlande
und Westplialens. 13 Jahr. 2, 3 Heften. From the Union.

Kleine Schriften der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Emden. Die Gewitter
des Jahres, 1855. Von Dr. M. A. F. Prestel. From the Society.

Lycidas Ecloga et MusEe invocatio, &c. From J. Van Leeuwen.

The following were presented by Dr. W. R. Weitenweber, of Prag.

Systematisches Verzeichniss der bohmischen Trilobiten, &c. Mitgetheilt
von Dr. W. R. Weitenweber. Prag, 1857.

Anweisung bezuglich des hauslichen Gebrauches der Kunslichen Seebader
nach der von dem Apotheker J. Fracchia, &c.

Aus dem Leben und Wirken des Herrn Dr. J. T. Held, von Dr. W. R. Weiten-
weber.

The Lotos, Sept. to Dec, 1853; Jan. to Dec, 1854.

Die Ichneumonen der Ungegand von Kaplitz. Von L. Kirchner. Prag, 1856.

Ueber Mileten in Bdhmen ein topographisch-historischer Versuch von J. L.
Yandera. Prag, 1830.

Zur Feir des 50 jiihrigen Doctorjubiliiems de Herrn J. Jeitteles, &c.

Der Arabische Kaftee, geschildert von Dr. W. R. Weitenweber.

Dr. J. C. E. Hoser's Ruckblicke auf sein Leben und Wirken. Prag, 1848.

June 2d. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Societj', Vol. 13, Part 1.
From the Society.

Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. VL pp. 145 — 176.
From the Society.

Nouveau Memoire sur la question relative aux iI<]gilops, Triticoides et Spel-
tajformis, par A. Jordan. Paris, 1857. From the Author.

Ichthyology. From the Editors of the Encyclopaedia Britannica.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. V.*

Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, vol. ii. parti. From
ihe Society.

Giornale dell' J. R. Instituto Lombardo di Scienze Lettere ed Arti e Biblioteca
Italiana. Fascic. 37 — 45 inclusive. From the Society.

Sulla Successione Normale dei diversi membri del Terrene Triasico nella
Lombardia, memeria di G. Curioni. From the Author.

The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual con-
ditions :

Life in its Lower, Intermediate, and Higher Forms. By P. H. Gosse, Lon-
don. 1857.

Essai sur la Faune de L'lle de Woodlark ou Moiu. Par P. Montrouzier.
Lyon. 1857.

Bonplandia. v. Jahr., Nos. 3-5.

Die Natur. Nos. 10-15.

Neue Untersuchungen iiber des Bau den Riickenmarks von Dr. B. Stilling.
2ce Lief. Atlas, Taf. 1, 11-17. Cassel, 1857.

Journal of the Franklin Institute. May, 1857.

London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. April, 1857.

Quarterly Journal of Microscopic Science. April, 1857.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. April, 1857.

Revue et Magazin de Zoologie. 1857. No. 3.

Comptes Rendus. Tome 44. Nos. 13-16.

June dth. Proceedings of the Philadelphia Society for promoting Agricul-
ture, for the years 1854-5-6. From Dr. A. L. Kennedy.

London Journal of the Society of Arts, v. Nos. 215-227. From the Society.

Bulletin of the Imperial Society of Acclimatation. April, 1857. From Dr.
T. B. Wilson.

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. May, 1857. From the Editors.

Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. May, 1857. From the
Editors.

Journal of Franklin Institute. June, 1857. From Dr. T, B. Wilson.

Jime 16ih. Malakozoologische Blatter. Bd. iv. Bogen 3-5. From Dr. T. B.
Wilson.

Vierteljahrsschrift der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Zurich. Iste Jahr.
1,2,3,4. Heften. From the Society.

Entiomologische Zeitung. 17 Jahr, From the Entomological Union ot
Stettin.

Fourth Annual Report of the Secretary of the Massachusetts Board of Agri-
culture. Boston. 1857. From C. J. Flint.

Jahrbiicher des Vereins fur Naturkunde im Herzogthum Nassau 11 Heft.
Wiesbaden, 1856. From the Union.

Jahrbuch der Kaiserlich-K5niglichen[Geologischen Reichsanstalt. 7 Jahr.
Nos. 2, 3. From the Institute.

Bonplandia, v. Jahr., No. 26.

Die Natur, 1857, No. 16, 17, 18.

Silification Organischer Korper. Yon A. Petzholdt. Halle, 1853. The three
preceding from Dr. T. B. Wilson.

Journal de L'Instruction Publique, i. Nos. 3 and 4. From L. A. Huguet
Latour.

June 23d. Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. New
Series, vol. i. part 1. From the Academy.

Human Physiology. By R. Dunglison, M.D., &c. 8th editon, 1856, 2 vols.
From the Author.

Monographs of the Tribolites of North America. By Jacob Green, M. D.
Philadelphia. 1832. From T. A. Conrad.

Journal of the Indian Archipelago and Eastern Asia, New Series, vol. i. No. 2.
From the Editor.

Vir DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

American Geology, containing a Statement of the Principles of the Science,
with full illustrations of the Characteristic American Fossils. By E. Emmons.
Part vi. Albany, 1857. From Dr. J. Leidy.

Annales des Mines. 5me Ser. t. x. 5e livr. de 1856. From the School of
Mines.

Discours prononces aux Funerailles de M. Dufrenoy. Paris, 1857. From
School of Mines.

The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson on the usual con-
ditions :

Travels and Discoveries in North and Central Africa. By Henry Barth. Lon-
don, 1857. Vols. 1, 2, 3.

London, Edinburgli and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, May, 1857.

Histoire Naturelle des Insectes, Genera des Coleopteres. Par Th. Lacordaire.
T. 4me. Paris, 1857.

Museum Botanicum Lugduno Batavum. Auc. C. L. Blume. T. i.

Mittheilungenaus Justus Perthes Geographischer Anstalt. Von Dr. A. Peter-
man, 1847, i.

Novitates Conchologicse, 8 lief.

Palseontologica Svecica. Auc. N. P. Angelin. Part i.

Das Electrische Organ des Zitterwelses anatomisch Beschrieben. Von Dr. Th.
Bilharz. Leipzig, 1857.

Flora Tertiaria Helvetia. Von Dr. Oswald Heer. 6 Lief.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. May, 1857.

Revue et Magazin de Zoology. 1857. No. 4.

Comptes Rendus, t. 44, Nos. 17, 18, 19, 20, and Tables des Matieres du
tome 43.

Traite de Paleontologie. Par F. J. Pictet. T. 4me, with Atlas. 4 livr.
Planches 85-110. Paris, 1857.

Conchologia Iconica. Parts 164, 165, door F. A. W, MiqueL Iste Deel,
Aflev. 5 ; 2de Deel, Aflev. 1.

Bibliotheca Geographica, Heraus. Von. W. Engelman, Iste Hillfte. Leipzig,
1857.

Monographia Auriculaceorum viventrinm, Auc. L. Pfeififer, Dr. Cassellis,
1856.

Description des Animaux Sans Vertebres decouverts dans le Bassin de Paris,
let 6 livr. Pages 161 a 240, Planches 21 a 30. Par. G. P. Deshayes. Paris,
1857.

July 1(h. Charleston Medical Journal and Review, July, 1857. From the
Editor.

American Journal of Science and Arts, July, 1857. From the Editors.

IJber die Selbststandigkeit der Species des Ursus Ferox Desm. Von Prinz
Max. von Wied niit Anatomischen Bemerkungen von Dr. C. Mayer. From
Maximilian of Wied.

The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson.

Die Parisiten der Chiroptern von Prof. Dr. F. A. Kolenati. Dresden, 1857.

Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale Zoologique d'Acclimatation, Mai, 1857.

Die Natur. Nos. 19, 20.

Bonplandia. No. 7.

London Athanseum, May, 1857.

Etymologisch-botanisches Handworterbuch. VonDr. G. C. Wittstein. Erlan-
gen, 1857.

Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Vol. 2. From
tJie Academy.

Juh/ \4:(h. An account of the Smithsonian Institution, its Founder, Building,
Operations, etc. By Wm. J. Rhees, Washington, 1857. From the Author.
New Orleans Medical and Surgical Journal, July, 1857. From the Editor.
Journal of the Franklin Institute, July, 1857. From Dr. T. B. Wilson.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Vur

On the Cyclones or Typhoons of the North Pacific Ocean. By W. C. Redfield.
From the Author.

Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Vol. 1, pt. 1. Calcutta, 1856.
From the Survey.

July 2lst. Studies in Organic Morj)hology. By J. Warner. From the
Author.

Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 185T, No. 5. From Dr. T. B. Wilson.

Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. 6, pp. 177 to 208.
From the Society.

The Crustacea and Echinodermata of the Pacific shores of North America. By
Wm. Stimpson. From the Author.

The Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art, July, 1857. From the
Editor.

Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voorNederlandsch Indie, Dcel 12, Aflog, 1-3. From
the Natural History Union.

Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale Zoologique d'Acclimatation. T. IV, No. 6.

Comptes Rendus, T. 44, No. 21, 22, 23, T. 36, No. 8, T. 31, No. 21.

Tables des Comptes Rendus, T. 36 et 43.

Auguat Wth. Tableaux of New Orleans. By Bennett Dowler, M. D. From
the Author.

Tableaux of the Yellow Fever of 1853, with sketches of the Epidemics of New
Orleans. By Bennett Dowler, M. D. From the Author.

The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, July, 1856. From the Editors.

The Natural History Review, (London,) April, 1857. From the Editors.

The London Journal of the Society of Arts, vol v. No. 328 to 231.

Nachrichten von der Georg-Augusts-Universitat und der K. Gesellschaft der
Wissenschaften zu Gtittingen, 1856, No. 1-18. From the Royal Society of
fiottingen.

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 22 Jahr., 3 Heft. From Dr. Troschel.

Monographic des Guepes Sociales, Par Henri de Saussure, Cahier 5. From
the Author.

Mittheilungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Zurich, Heftcn 1 to 10.
From the Society.

Annates des Mines, 5me serie, t. x. From the Administration of Mines.

Essai d'Application a la Classe des Reptiles d'nne Distribution par series
paralleles et Description d'un Saurien type d'un genre nouveau dans la Famille
des Iguaniens. Par Dr. Auguste Dumeril. From the Author.

Comptes Rendus, t. 34, Nos. 24, 25, 26. From Dr. T. B. Wilson.

Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 1857, No. 6. From Dr. Wilson.

Journal of the Franklin Institute, August, 1857. From Dr. Wilson.

Traite de Physiologie, Par. F. A. Longet, t. ler, 2d partie, fascic 2. Paris,
1857. From Dr. Wilson.

Sept. \st. The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson on the usual
conditions :

Crania Britannica. By J. B. Davis and J. Thurnam, 2d Decade, London.
1857.

Popular History of the Aquarium of Marine and Fresh-Water animals and
Plants. By G. B. Sowerby. London, 1857.

Rain and Rivers ; or Hutton and Playfair against Lyell and all comers. By
Col. G. Greenwood. London, 1859.

The Annals and JIagazine of Natural History, June and July, 1857.

London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, June, July, and Sup-
plement, 1857.

Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science, No. 20.

Tagesfragen aus der Naturgeschichte. Von C. G. Giebel, Bf^rlin. 1857.

Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale Zoologique d'Acclimatation, July, 1857.

Beitriige zur Malakologie voa Adolf Schmidt. Berlin, 1857.

Vilir DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Europilischen Chiroptern. Dr. Kolenati.
Dresden, 1857.

Notitiae Malacologicee. Von R. J. Shuttleworth, 1 Heft. Bern, 1856.

Fauna der Wirbelthiere Deutschlands. Von J. H. Blasius. Braunschweig.
1857, Ister Bd.

Die Natur, Nos. 21 to 26.

Bonplandia, Nos. 8 to 10.

Mitthcilungen aus Justus Perthes Geographischer Anstalt iiber Wichtige neue
Erforschungen, &c. Von. Dr. A. Petermann. Nos. 2 and 3.

Neue Untersuchungen iiber den Bau des Riickenmarks von Dr. B. Stilling, 3
Lief. Atlas Mikroskopisch, Anatomischer Abbildungen, &c. By the same, 3
Lief, Taf, 18-22 Cassel, 1857.

Beitrage zur Nacheren Kenntniss der urweltlichen Saugethiere von Dr. J.
J. Kaup, 3 Heft. Darmstadt, 1857.

Untersuchungen iiber die Entwickelung des Schadelgrundes im Gesunden und
Krankhaften Zustande und iiber den Einfluss derselben auf Schadelform.
Gesichtsbeldung und Gehionban. Von R. Virchow. Berlin, 1857.

Die im Bernstein befindlicher organischen Reste der Vorwelt. Von Dr. G.
C. Berendt, 2 Bd. Berlin, 1856.

Systematisches Conchylien Cabinet, von Martini und Chemnitz, Nos. 108 to
155.

Fossils of South Carolina. By M. Tuomey and F. S. Holmes. Charleston S. C.
Nos. 1 to 12.

PalaeontologieFranqaise, Terrains Jurassiques, Livr, 84 to 108. Terr. Cretaces,
Livr. 203 to 254.

Deutschlands Fauna von H. G. L. Reichenbach, Tenuirostres, 51 plates:
Trochiliuae, 95 plates ; Meropinae, 67 plates : Picinse, 66 plates.

Sept. 8th. The following were presented by Mr. Edward Wilson, on the usual
conditions :

Memoria sobre a virtude Tcenifuga da Romeira. Par B. A. Gomes. Lisbon,
1822.

A Spigelii de Lumbrico Lato liber. Batavii, 1618.

Vermium Intestinorum Hominis Historia. Defendet C. F. Happ. Lipsiae. ^

Reichard, De Pediculis inguinalibus insectis et Vermibus homini molestis.
Erfurti, 1759.

Michaele, De Vermibus in homine. Lipsiae 1628.

F. Tiedemaun von lebenden Wiirmerun und Insekten im den Geruchsorganen
des Menschen. Mannheim, 1844.

Rossollin. Essai sur les vers intestinaux, qu'on rencontre dans Thomine.
Montpellier, 1814.

Jaurand. Considerations sur les causes et les effets des vers dans le canal in-
testinal de I'homme. Paris, 1833.

HofFmeister, De vermibus quibusdam ad genus lumbricorum pertinentibus.
Borolini, 1842.

Turpin. Dissertation sur les Vers des intestius. Paris, 1834.

L'Herminier. Dissertation sur le Dragonnean. Paris, 1826.

Mikrographische Beitrage zur Entomologie und Helminthologie, von Dr. K.
A. Ramdor. ler Thiel. Halle, 1805.

Die eingebildeken Wiirmer in Ziihnen von J. C. Schaffer. Regensburg,
1757.

Trampel. De T^nia Gcettingae.

Rudolplii. Observationes circa vermes intestinales. Gryphiswaldioe, 1793.

Kiihn. De Ascaridibus per urinam emissis. Jenae, 1798.

Hahn. De Ttenia, Lipsige, 1717.

Greydanus. De Lumbricis. Franekeras, 1654.

Beschreibung des Bandwurmes.

Harvies. De Vermibus intestinorum. Edinburgi, 1790.

Heller. De Helminthiasi. Berolini, 1837.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. IX.

Drauth. De Animalibus humanorum corporum infestis hospitibus. Halae Map-
deburgicae, 1734.
Theorie de I'origine des Montagnes. Par B. G. Sage. Paris, 1809.
Incendio del Monte Vesuvio di Pietro Castelli Romano. Roma, 1632.
Memoirs sur la theorie des Marees. Par Ch. Delaunay.

Sept. I5ik. Catalogue of North American Mammals chiefly in the Museum ol
the Smithsonian Institution. By S. F. Baird. From the Author.

Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, vol. vi. pp. 209 to 240.
From the Society.

Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Arts, September, 1857. From the
Editors.

Proceedings of the Elliott Society, pp. 49 to 104. From the Society.

Report on the Recent Contributions of Chemistry to the Medical Profession.
By Dr. L. H. Steiner. From the Author.

The Rh Ya, or Ready Guide ; the oldest dictionary extant in the Chinese lan-
guage, edited by Tsang Ngau of Nau-Ching, 1802. From Dr. L. B. McCartee.

Journal of the Franklin Institute, September, 1857. From Dr. T. B. Wilson.

Comptes Rendus, t. 45, Nos. 1 to 5. From Dr. Wilson.

London Athenseum, July, 1857. From Dr. Wilson.

Sept. 22d. First Annuah Report of the Board of Directors of the McKean and
Elk Land and Improvement Company to the Stockholders. Philadelphia, 1857.
From Dr. C. M. Cresson.

Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science,
10th meeting. From the Association.

Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, No. 7. From Dr. T. B. Wilson.

Comptes Rendus, t. 45, No. 6. From Dr. Wilson.

October Qth. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, vol. viii. From the
Smithsonian Institute.

Tenth Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution.
From the Institution.

Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution for the
year 1856. From the Institution.

London Athenaeum, August, 1857. From Dr. T. B. Wilson.

Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale Zoologique d'Acclimatalion, August, 1857.
From Dr. Wilson.

Malakosoologische Bliitter, Bd. 4 ; Bogen 6-8. From Dr. Wilson.

Comptes Rendus, t. 45 ; Nos. 7 and 8. From Dr. Wilson.

Memoires couronnes etMemoires des savants etrangers, publics par I'Academu
Royale des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux Arts de Belgique, tomes 27 et 2^.
From the Academy.

Memoires de I'Academie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux-Arts
de Belgique, tome 30. From the Academy.

Bulletins de I'Academie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux-Ari^
•le Belgique, t. 22, 2d part ; 23, 1st and 2d parts. From the Academy.

Annuaire de I'Academie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres, et des Beau.\-Art^
'le Belgique, 1856 et 1857. From the Academy.

Notice sur G. J. A. Baron de Stassart. Par A. Quetelet.^ From the Author.

Rapport adresse a M. le Ministre de I'lnterieur sur I'Etai et les travaux de
I'observatoire royal pendant I'annee 1856. Par A. Quetelet. From the Authdr.

Preliminary Report on the Geology and Agriculture of the State of Mississippi.
By L. Harper, LL. D. Jackson, 1857. From the Author.

Reports of Explorations and Surveys to ascertain the most practicable and
economical route for a railroad from the Mississippi river to the Pacific ocean
vol. ii. Washington, 1855. From the Secretary of War.

October loth. Sitzungsberichte der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaf-
ten. Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftlich Classe. 20 Bd. 2 und 3 Heft. : 21 Ed.

X. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

•

1^ und 2 Heft.; 22 Bd. 1, 2 und 3 Heft. ; 23 Bd. 1 Heft. From the Academy of
Sciences in Vienna.

Register zu den zweiten 10 Banden der Sitzungsberichte (Bd. 11-20) der
Mathemat-Naturwissenschaftlichen Classe der K. Akad. der Wissenschaften.
From the same.

Denkschriften der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Mathematisch-
>raturwissenschaftliche Classe, 12 Bd. From the same.

Verhandlungen des naturhistorischen Vereines der preussischen Rheinlande
und Westphalens, ISter Jahr,, 4 Heft, 14er Jahr., Ites Heft. From the Associa-
tion.

Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologic und Petrefakten-Kunde,
185*7, 2 Heft. From Prof. H. G. Bronn.

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 23 Jahr., Ites Heft. From Dr. F. H. Troschel.

Neueste Schriften der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Danzig, 2 Bd., 3 und
i Heft., 3 Bd. 4 Heft, j 4 Bd., 1, 2, 3 und 4 Heft. ; 5 Bd. 1, 2, 3, 4 Heft. From
the Society.

Tageblatt der 32 Versammlung Deutscher Naturforscher und Arzte in Wien
ira Jahre, 1856. Nos. 1 to 8. From the Convention.

London Journal of the Society of Arts, vol. 2, Nos. 222 to 240. From the
-Society.

Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, vol. 6, No. 67. From the
.Society.

Catalogue of the Ninth Exhibition of Inventions. From the Society for the
encouragement of Arts, Manufactures and commerce of London.

Report of the Secretary of War respecting the purchase of camels for the pur-
poses of military transportation.

November 3d. Report of the Commissioner of Patents for the year 1855, Arts
and Manufactures, 3 vols. Washington, 1857. From the Commissioner,

Natural History Review. London, July, 1857. From the Editors.

Etudes Entomologiques, redigees par V. de Motschulsky, 1-5. Helsingfors.
From M. de Motschulsky.

Monographie des Guepes Sociales, Cahier 8. Par H. de Saussure. From the
Annales des Mines, 5eme serie ; t. 11 ; 1 livr., 1857.

The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions :

System der Ornithologie Westafricas von Dr. G. Hartlaub. Bremen, 1857.

London Athenaeum, September, 1857.

Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 1857, No. 8.

Bulletin de la Society Imperiale, t. 4, No. 9.

Comptes Rendus, t. 45, 9-12.

Die Natur, 1857, No. 27-35.

Kosmos, 1857, Nos. 1-7.

November 10th. Address on the Scientific life and labors of William C. Red-
field, A. M., &c. By D. Olmsted. From the Author.

Report of the Commissioner of Patents for the year 1855. Agriculture. From
the Commissioner.

New Orleans Medical and Surgical Journal, November, 1857. From the
Editors.

American Journal of Science and Arts, November, 1857. From the Editors.

Annals des Mines, 5eme serie, t. 11, 2d livr. de 1857. From School of
Mines.

Bulletin de la Societe des Sciences Naturelles de Neuchatel, t. 4, 1 cah. From
the Society.

Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologic und Petrefakten-Kunde,
1857, 3 Heft. From H. G. Bronn.

Zweiundvierzigster Jahresbericht der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Emden
fiir 1856. From the Society.

Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Naturwissenschaften herausg. von dem
naturwissenschaftlichen Verein in Hamburg. 3 Bd. From the Union.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. XI.

The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson on the usual conditions :
. Journal of the Franklin Institute, November, 1857.

Die Conchylien des norddeutschen Tertiiirgebirges von Dr. E. Beyrich, 6
Lief.

Naturgeschichte der Insecten Deutschlands, I ab, 1 Bd. 2 Lief and 2 Bd. 3,

4, Lief.

Fauna Austriaca. Die Kafer, von L. Redtccbacher, 2, 3 und 4 Ileften.
Das Gebiss der Schnecken zur begriindung einer naturlichen Classification
untersucht von Dr. F. H. Troschel, 2 Lief Berlin, 1857.

Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes Geographischer Anstalt, &c., 1857, Nos. 4,

5, 6, 7, 8.

Novitates Conchologicae. Par Dr. L. Pfeiffer. 9 Livraisou.

Atlas der Cranioscopie von Dr. 0. G. Carus. Heft. 2.

Diagnoses Plantarum Novaruin praesertim Orientalium nonnullis Europaeis
Boreali-Africauisque additis. Series secunda, Nos. 2, 3, 5. Auc. E. Boissier.
Lipsiae, 1856.

Jahrbiicher fiir -wissenschaftliche Botanik Herausg. von Dr. N. Pringshein, 1
Bd., 1 Heft. Berlin, 1857.

Uber die Geologic d^s siidlichen Nordwegens von T. Kjerulf Christiania,
1857.

De Bodem van Nederland door W. C. H. Staring, 2 deel. Haarlem, 1857,

Observationes Phycologicae in Floram Batavam. Auc. W. F. R. Suringar.
Leovardite, 1857.

Wiener Entoraologische Monatschrift. Bd. 1, No. 1.

Synopsis des Echinides Fossils par E. Desor. Paris, 1854-7, 1, 2, 3, 4 Livr.
Planches 1-29.

Synopsis Hepaticarum Javanicarum, Descrip. et illustrav. C. M. Van der
Sande Lacoste. Amsteloedami, 1856.

Felices Javanicae seu Observationes Botanicas, etc. Fecit J. K. Hasskarl. 1
Pugillus. Batavia3, 1856.

Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Phyllomorphose. Von Dr. G. W. J. Ropmann. 1
Heft. Giessen, 1857.

November \lih. Contributions to the Natural History of the United States of
America. By Louis Agassiz. Boston, 1857. Vols. 1 and 2. From Dr. T. B.
Wilson. ^

L'Organisation du Regne Animal. Par Emile Blanchard. Livr. 22. From Dr.
Wilson.

Description des Animaux sans Vertebres decouverts dans le bassin de Paris.
Par G. P. Deshajes. 7-10 Livraisons. From Dr. T. B. Wilson.

Plates for the Essays on the Microscope. By G. Adams. London, 1787. From
J. H. Slack.

Charleston Medical Journal and Review. November, 1857. From the Editor.

Experimental Researches relative to the Nutritive Value and Physiological
Effects of Albumen, Starch and Gum, when singly and exclusively used as food.
By W. A. Hammond, M. D., Philadelphia, 1857. From the Author.

Report of the 26th meeting of the British Association for the advancement of
Science. London, 1857. From the Association.

Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, Vol. 13, No. 51. From the
Society.

Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science, No. 21. From Dr. T. B. Wilson.

London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, 4th Series, Nos. 91 —
03. From Dr. T. B. Wilson.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. August, September and October,
1357. From Dr. T. B. Wilson.

Proceedings of the American Pharmaceutical Association at the 6th Annual
Meeting, held in Philadelphia, September, 1857. From Dr. S. S. Garrigues.

Description of a new Tanager of the genus Euphonia. Review of the species
of the South American subfamily Tityrinae. By P. L. Sclater. From the Author.

XU. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

Further additions to the list of Birds received in collections from Bogota.-By
P. L. Sclater. From the Author. ,

December \st. The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson on the usual
conditions :

London Athenaeum, October, 1857.

Reisen in Nord-Ost-Afrilia, von Theodor von Heuglin. Gotha, 185 7.

Conspectus Generum Avium. Auctore C. L. Bonaparte. Tom. ii.

Die im Bernstein befindlichen organischen Reste der Vorwelt. Herausg. Vou
Dr. G. C. Berendt. 1 Bd. ; 2 Abth. Berlin, 1854.

Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz. Von H. C.
Kiister. 3 Bd. Heften 15, 16, 17.

Icones Zootomicae. Herausg. Von J. V. Cams. Iste Hillfte.

London Journal of the Society of Arts, vol. v. Nos. 241-245. From the
Society.

Catalogue Raisonne of the Medical Library of the Pennsylvania Hospital. By
E. Fischer, M. D. From the Managers of the Pennsylvania Hospital. Philadel-
phia, 1857.

Memorial of the Inauguration of the Statue of Franklin. From the City of
Boston.

Report of the Commissioner of Patents for the year 1856. 3 vols. From the
Commissioner.

December 8ih. The following were presented by Dr. T. B. "Wilson on the
usual conditions :

Proceedings of the Somersetshire Archeeological and Natural History Society.
1851, 1852, 1854.

De danske Ostersbanker of Henrik Kriiyer. Kjobenhavn, 1837.

Einige Beobachtungen und Reflexionen iiber die Skelettsyeteme der Wirbei-
thiere deren Begrenzung und Plan. Von Dr. C. Bergmann. Gottingen, 1846.

De Plumarum Pennarumque evolutione disquisitio Microscopica. Scripsit C.
Reclam. Lipsiae, 1846.

Ausfiirliche Naturgeschichte des Thier-, Pflanzen- und Mineral-Reichs. 2
Bdn. Breslau, 1843. Presented by S. Schilling.

Revisio critica generis Ichneumonis specimen. Auc. J. J. Trentepohl. Kiliap.
1825.

Diss, inaug. Med. sistens Myologise Insectorum, etc. Auc. Dr. F. G. L. Succow.
HeidelbergcE, 1813.

Diss*, inaug. de Cloaca. Auc. F. Haag, Bernensis. Turici, 1837.

Diss, inaug. de Hydatibus. Submit. H. C. L. Liidersen. Gottingae, 1808.

Observationes Anatomicae de Uteri Vaccini Fabrica. Auc. A. Burckhardt.
Basileae, 1834.

Geological Sketches and Observations on Vegetable fossil Remains. By Chas.
Clay. London, 1839.

The Physiology of Digestion. By A. Combe, M. D. Edinburgh, 1841. ,

Lehrbuch der Zoologie. Von J. F. A. Eichelberg. 1 Bd. Zurich, 1842.

J. und K. Menzel's Bemerkungen iiber die Struktur der ausgewachseneii
Schwung und Schweif Federn. Tubingen, 1807.

Observationes Anatomicae de corde Testudinis Marinae Mydas dictae collecta-
et cum corde humano collatae. H. A. "Wrisbergii. Gottingae, 1808.

De Ascidiarum Structura. Subjicit H. F. Schalck. Plalae, 1814.

Supplementa ad Anatomiam et Physiologiam potissimum comparatam edita
A. C. H. Dzondi. Lipsiae, 1806.

Essai sur I'llistoire Naturelle des Roches. Par. M. de Launay. Paris, 1786.

Prodromus Monographiae Castniae, generis Lepidypterorum. Auc. J. W.
Dalman. Holmiae, 1825.

The Mineralogy of Derbyshire. By Jno. Mawe. London, 1802.

Histoire Naturelle des Volcans. Par. C. N. Ordinaire. Paris, 1802.

A Mineralogical description of the County of Dumfries. By R. Jameson.
Edinburg, 1805.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. XUl.

Skeletogcnie. Von K. A. F. Otto. Wurzburg, 1831.

An Analysis of the Naturcal System and its application to the Mineral Kingdom.

Travels in the interior of Brazil. By J. Mawe. London, 1812.

Traite ou Description abregee et Mecthodique des Mineraux. Par. Prince
Gellitzin. Mrcstricht, 1792.

A Geological Inquiry respecting the Water-bearing Strata of the Country
around London. By J. Prestwich. London, 1851.

Views of the Mineralogy, Agriculture, Manufactures and Fisheries of the
Island of Arran. By J. Headrick. Edinburgh, 1847.

Insektologische Terrainologie. Von G. B. Schmiedlein. Leipzig, 1789.

Lithophylacium Mitisianuni. A. F. Giissmann. Vicnnae, 1785.

Naturgeschichtliche Reiscn durch Nord-Afrika und West-Asien. Von Dr.
W. F. Hemprich und Dr. C. G. Ehrenberg. 1 Dd. 1 Abtheilung. Berlin, 1828.

Riflessioni sopra il Sistema Linfatico dei Rettili. Di Manro Rusconi. Pavia,
1845.

December \Uh. Presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions:

Essais sur les Isles Fortunees et I'antique Atlantide. Par. J. B. M. Bory de
St. Vincent. Paris.

Istorica Narrazione de principal! fatti che promossero e seguirone c confer-
marona anco con aut"irevoli stampati Guidizii del Dott. G. Rivelli. Fano,
1845.

Esposizione di due Vescichette di Graaf semi-retrovariche una di donna e
I'altra di Vacca. Del Dr. G. RivelU.

Additaraenta ad Georgii Augusti Pritzelii Thesaurum literature Botanicae.
Col. et Comp. E. A. Zuchold.

Journal of an Embassy from the Governor-General of India to the Courts of
Siam and Cochin China. By J. Crawford. London, 1828.

Aanmerkingen over den Oorsprong, Gesteltheit, en Aard der Zee-Wormen.
Door Den Hr. Roussct. Leyden, 1733.

Diss, inaug. Anatomiam suis scropha. Tubingse, 1820.

Stone Steps. A stratigraphical arrangement of the British Geological Forma-
tions. By J. Buckman. London.

Ai Cultori delle Scienze Naturali. Parma, 1838.

Diss, inaug. de Vermienn intestinalium prima origine. Auc. J. A. Braun.

Monographia Tanypodum Sveccise. Auc. B. F. Fries. London, 1823.

Die Paukenhohle der Silugethiere. Von E. Hagenbach. Leipzig, 1835.

Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Geschlechts-verhaltnisse und der Samenfliissigkeit
vsrirbelloser Thiere. Von A. Kolliker. Berlin, 1841.

Zoologische Abhandlungen aus den Annalen des Wiener Museums der Natur-
geschichte, ] und 2 Bds., 1 und 2 Abthei. Wien, 1841.

MoUusques Medderraneens. Par. J. B. Verany. lere partie. Cephalopodes.
Genes, 1851.

Museum der Naturgeschichte Helvetiens Herausg. Von F. Meisner. 1 Bd.
Bern, 1820.

J. P. Breynii Historia Naturalis Coci Radicum Tinctorii. Gedani, 1731.

Lehrbuch der Mineraiogie. Von L. A. Emmerling. ler Theil. Giessen,
1793.

The Undercliff of the Isle of Wight. By G. A. Martin. London, 1849.

Histoire de la Grande Isle Madagascar. Par. De Flacourt. Paris, 1661.

Die Versteinerungen der Grauwack-enformation in Sachsen und den Angren-
zenden Lader-Abtheilungen. Von H. B. Geinitz. Heft. 2. Leipzig, 1853.

Prodromus Historise Generationis Hominis atque animalium. Auc. R. Wagner.
Lipsias, 1836.

Essai d'employer les Instruments Microscopiques avec Utilite et Plaisir dans
la Saison du Printems. Nuremberg, 1763, (German and French.)

Notizie suUa Moltiplicazione in Firenze Negli Anni 1837-9 deel uccello
Americano Paroaria Cucullata Chiamato Volgarmente Cardinale dal Dr. C.
Passerinii Firenze, 1841.

XIV. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

Diss, inaug. de Evolutione Strongyli Auricularis et Ascaridis acuminatse
viviparorum. Auc. H. Bagge. Erlangse, 1841.

C. Mayer de Organo Electrico in Raiis anelectricis et de Haematozois. Bonna?.
1843.

De Pancreato Piscium. Auc. H. Brockmann. Rostochii, 1846.

Die zweifliigligea Insecten von arztlichem Gesichtspunkte ans betrachtet.
Von J. Hensler. Freiburg, 1845.

Die Versteinerungen der Fische und Pflanzen im Sandsteine. Von H. A. C.
Berger. Coburg, 1832.

Kleine Beitrage zur Naturgescbichte der Infusorien. Von L. K. Schmarda.
Wein, 1846.

De Echinorhyncho Polymorpho Bremseri. Auc. E. T. Jassory. Herbipoli.
1820.

Beschreibung und Untersuchung des Monostoma Bijegum. Von Dr. Fr.
Fischer. Basel, 1838.

Beitrage zur Monographic der Pteromalinen Nees. Von A. Foerster. Aachen.
1841,

December 22d. Memoires de la Societe des Sciences, de I'Agriculture et des
Arts de Lille. Annee, 184'7. let 2 Partie; 1848, 1852, 1853, Supplement a 1853.
1854, 1825, 1856. From the Society.

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. November, 1857. From the Editors.

Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, pp. 271 to 272. From
the Society.

Proceedings of the American Atiquarian Society at the Annual Meeting, held
in Worcester, Oct. 21, 1857. From the Society.

Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Arts, November, 1857. From the
Editors.

Histoire physique, politique et Naturelle de I'lle de Cuba. Par. Ramon de la
Sagra, 78, 79 and 80th Livraisons. From Wm. S. Vaux.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Session 1856-7. From the
Society.

The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions :

Bulletin mensuel de la Societe Imperiale Zoologique d'Acclimation. Octobre.
1857.

Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 1857. No. 9.

Comptes Rendus, t. 45. Nos. 15-18.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History, November, 1857.

London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, November, 1857.

Die Natur, 1857. Nos. 36-40.

Kosmos. Nos. 8 and 9.
. Palaeontographica. 5 Bd., 2 Lief. 6 Bd., 2 und 3 Lief.

Monograph of the Trochilidae. By Jno. Gould. Parts 13 and 14.

The Birds of Asia. By J. Gould. Part 9th.

The Mammals of Australia. By J. Gould. Part 9.

J. Cypriani Historise Animalium. Lipsiae et Francofurti, 1688.

J. J. Lubecensis Historia Sermium. Hamburgi.

J. C. Kuhlemanni Observationes quaedem circa Negotium Generationes in
Ovibus Factae. Lipsiae, 1754.

De Locustis. A. C. Brange. Jenae, 1693.

Exercitat. Med. de Harengo. P. Neucrantzi. Lubecae.

J. Reiskii de Glossopetris. Lipsiae, 1684.

Nomeuclator Entomologicus. Slralsund, 1785.

Examination of the objections made in Britain against the Doctrines of Gall
and Spurzheim. By J. G. Spurzheim. Edinburgh, 1817.

Einiges liber den Blutegel. Von Dr. Fr. Sigism.

Trilobites des Geognostischen Sammlung. Voa F. W. Hoeninghaus. Crefeld.
1848.

vim, W IIOI I IHUAKY

UH l&QQ 0